Full text of "Elementary French; the essentials of French grammar"

See other formats

UC-NRLF

ELEMENT a <

FRENCH

oMdriMikskr-Sioiik

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2008 with funding from

Microsoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/elementaryfrenchOOaldrrich

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

THE ESSENTIALS OF FRENCH GRAMMAR
WITH EXERCISES

FRED DAVIS ALDRICH, A.M.

SENIOR MASTER IN WORCESTER ACADEMY

IRVING LYSANDER FOSTER, Litt.D.

PROFESSOR OF THE ROMANCE LANGUAGES IN
THE PENNSYLVANIA STATE COLLEGE

AND

CLAUDE ROULE

ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF FRENCH IN DARTMOUTH COLLEGE

REVISED EDITION

GINN AND COMPANY

BOSTON • NEW YORK • CHICAGO • LONDON
ATLANTA • DALLAS • COLUMBUS • SAN FRANCISCO

322.4

1 • •■

:• : .

EDUCATION DEFT*

Cfte gtftenaum ffrtgg

G1NN AND COMPANY- PRO-
PRIETORS • BOSTON • U.S.A.

PREFACE

During the European war old pupils of the authors, in
service in France, repeatedly wrote for copies of the former
edition of this book, that they might furbish up their rusty
knowledge of French from its familiar pages. Others reported
finding grimy copies passing from hand to hand in the bomb-
proofs of the first-line trenches. Such continued loyalty from
former pupils has given the greatest satisfaction to the
authors of this book. These friends, and the many others who
as teachers or pupils have used " Elementary French " since
it was published fifteen years ago, have encouraged them to
prepare this new edition, entirely rewritten and containing
several new features of promise.

The general plan of the former volume, which has com-
mended itself so widely, is rigorously retained. As before, the
work in content covers the elementary French requirement as
generally understood. The book is adapted either to serve in
a secondary school or to constitute the nucleus of the first
year's work in a college course that does not demand French
for entrance. Pupils in the third year of the high school or
at a more advanced stage can complete the work in a single
year, and have sufficient time left for the reading of simple
French texts.

The modifications that characterize this revision lie along
three lines. By further subdividing certain topics, especially at
the start and when dealing with critical subjects, and by post-
poning certain exceptions in syntax to later supplementary

iii

889455

iv ELEMENTARY FRENCH

pages, the ground covered by separate lessons is reduced.
The admission into the Models of a larger and more varied
vocabulary, especially of everyday words and phrases, per-
mits much greater flexibility and vividness in the French
employed. Pictures and other forms of illustration, drawn
to an unusual degree from scenes of daily life, bring to the
pupil the characteristic atmosphere of the vivacious and
intellectual people whose language he is learning.

Special attention is called to the following features, most
of which this edition shares with its predecessor :

i. Unity and system are secured by grouping the succes-
sive lessons in natural relations around a common topic,
such as the verb, the pronoun, etc.

2. The statement of principles of grammar is adapted
to the point of view of the English-speaking pupil, without
assuming, however, that he is a master of English syntax.

3. The French text of each lesson consists of a connected
paragraph, narrative or descriptive, v dealing more and more,
as facility increases, with the situations of everyday life.

4". Each Model is the center of abundant exercises, which
continually emphasize the essential points of the lesson.
These are set in a great variety of forms, including exercises
for thorough drill and in supplying omitted words and in
making the substitutions that are today considered so valuable,
and also giving a considerable amount of connected discourse.
Every task propounded has a definite aim. Plenty of material
is offered for constant and effective review.

5. A serious effort is made to teach the inflection of the
verb by developing it from the principal parts. For the use
of those who prefer to memorize from visualizing, the para-
digms and the irregular verbs are given in full in the
Appendix.

PREFACE * v

6. The sentences and other matter taken directly from
college papers will prove of great assistance in preparing for
entrance examinations.

v 7. The illustrations are connected in nearly every instance
with the subject matter with which they are placed, forming
thus an integral part of the course. Each is explained by a
paragraph in ordinary French. No attempt is made to limit
the phraseology of these explanations to words that the pupil
has at the time mastered. It is believed that many a student,
at times out of mere curiosity, will be tempted by the pictures
to set himself at unraveling the meaning of the attached para-
graphs. For this purpose the general vocabulary is ample.
These paragraphs can also be assigned at the end of the course
for additional translation.

8. To bring the flavor of French life and thought more fully
before the pupil, the pictures are supplemented by proverbs,
by a menu, by French posted signs, by models of correspond-
ence, by classroom phrases, and by other similar matter.

9. Not only the illustrative material mentioned in the last
paragraphs but also the theme and construction of the main
exercises readily lend themselves to the molding hand of
the instructor who strives to impart a practical command of
the living language. Oral exercises form a part of each lesson.

10. The phonetic alphabet of the International Phonetic
Association is fully developed in the Introduction, and abun-
dant material for practice is placed in the Appendix, including
the phonetic reproduction of the first twelve models. The body
of the book and the vocabularies are free from this notation,
except to indicate the sound of words pronounced irregularly.

1 1 . The completeness and analytical clearness of the
English-French vocabulary will prevent many an error in
the pupil's work.

vi ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Only the more mature and energetic classes will find it
practicable to take a whole lesson at a single session. A con-
venient point of division into two parts is at the end of the
Model ; into three, after the Drill and the Theme. A con-
cise and yet thoroughly complete and unified course can be
secured by assigning only the Resume, in connection with
the grammar. Some, on the contrary, may prefer to omit
the Resumes until a certain portion, or even the whole book,
has been covered, and then assign them in connection with
the review work. Such a plan, moreover, easily adapts the
book to serve as a text for a second review course.

The authors, themselves bringing to their task long experi-
ence, partly in college and partly in secondary schools, and
combining in their equipment both a native and an acquired
knowledge of the language, have been aided by multifold
suggestions from numerous colleagues and friends. They
desire to acknowledge with gratitude the valuable aid fur-
nished among others by Professor Sidney C. Hazelton of
Dartmouth College and by Professor H. H. Arnold of the
Pennsylvania State College. They are much indebted also to
the accurate scholarship and resourceful suggestions placed at
their command by the editorial department of the publishers.

THE AUTHORS

CONTENTS

PAGE

List of Abbreviations x

Introduction i

LESSON

I. Gender — The Articles 25

II. Contraction — Possession 29

III. Verb and Subject — Etre 33

Review — Lessons I-1 1 1 38

IV. The Negative — Avoir 39

V. Interrogative Forms 44

VI. Present Tense Forms 48

Review — Lessons IV- VI 53

VII. Plural of Nouns 55

VIII. Agreement of Adjectives 60

IX. Position of Adjectives 64

X. Irregular Adjectives 71

Review — Lessons VI I-X 75

XL Comparison of Adjectives yj

XII. Adverbs and their Comparison 82

XIII. The Partitive Construction 89

XIV. Uses of the Articles 94

Review — Lessons XI-XIV 99

XV. Regular Conjugations — Present Indicative 102

XVI. Principal Parts — The Imperfect 107

XVII. The Past Definite 115

Review — Lessons XV-X VI I 122

XVIII. The Future 124

XIX. The Conditional 129

XX. The Imperative 135

XXI. Subjunctive — Simple Verbs Completed 140

Review — Lessons XVIII-XXI 147

vii

Vlll

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON PAGE

XXII. Inflection and Use of Avoir 149

XXIII. A voir in Perfect Tenses 155

XXIV. Etre in Perfect Tenses 163

XXV. Agreement of Participles 167

Review — Lessons XXI I-XXV 174

XXVI. Interrogation 177

XXVII. Negation 183

Review — Lessons XXVI, XXVII 190

- XXVIII. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns 192

XXIX. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns 199

— XXX. V and En 204

-» XXXI. Possessives 211

Review — Lessons XXVIII-XXXI 219

XXXII. Demonstratives 221

XXXIII. Relative Pronouns 229

XXXIV. Relative Pronouns (continued) 237

XXXV. Interrogatives 244

Review — Lessons XXXI I-XXXV . . ... . . 250

XXXVI. Numerals — Cardinals 253

XXXVII. Numerals— Ordinals 258

XXXVIII. Numerals in Expressions of Time, etc 263

Review— Lessons XXX VI-XXXVI 1 1 .... 270

- XXXIX. Reflexive Verbs 273

_^, XL. Passive Voice 280

XLI. Special Uses of the Passive and the Reflexive . . 286

Review— Lessons XXXI X-XLI ...... 292

XLI I. Orthographic Changes in the First Conjugation . . 294

XLIII. Irregular Verbs in er 300

XLIV. Irregular Verbs in ir 308

Review — Lessons XLI I-XLIV 314

XLV. Irregular Verbs in oir 316

XLVI. Irregular Verbs in oir 322

XLVII. Irregular Verbs in re 328

XLVIII. Irregular Verbs in re 334

XLIX. Faire and its Construction 339

CONTENTS ix

LESSON PAGE

Review — Lessons XLV-XLIX 346

L. Dependent Infinitives 348

LI. The Subjunctive Mood 355

LII. The Subjunctive in Object and Adjective Clauses . . . 361

LIII. The Subjunctive in Adverbial Clauses 368

Review — Lessons L-LIII 375

LIV. Supplementary — Inflection 378

LV. Supplementary — Articles, Pronouns 383

LVI. Supplementary — Word Order, etc 388

Sentences for General Review 395

Appendixes

I. Drill Sentences from College Papers 399

II. Material for Phonetic Practice 415

III. Gender of Nouns • 428

IV. Plural of Nouns 429

V. Formation of Adverbs 430

VI. Verbal Endings 431

VII. Regular Conjugations 432

VIII. Irregular Verbs 440

Vocabularies

French-English 457

English-French 502

General Index 533

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

adj. sb adjective

adv. = adverb

ant. = anterior

art. = article

cond. = conditional

conj. sa conjunction

conj. pron. = conjunctive pronoun

def. = definite

dir. = direct

disj. = disjunctive

f. = feminine

Fr. s= French

fut. = future

imp. = imperfect

imv. = imperative

ind. =53 indicative

indef. = indefinite

indir. = indirect

inf. SB infinitive

int. =s interrogative

inten. = intensive

intj. ss interjection

intr. ss intransitive

irr. ss irregular

m. s= masculine

n. ss noun
neg. = negative
num. = numeral
obj. = object
p. ss page
part. = participle
pass. =s passive
per. 53 person
perf. = perfect
pers. = personal
pi. (plu.) = plural
pluperf . = pluperfect
poss. =s possessive
prep. =B preposition
pres. = present
pret. = preterit
pron. ss pronoun
refl. = reflexive
rel. = relative
Sec. ss Section
sing. = singular
sub. = subject
subj. = subjunctive
tr. ss transitive
v. = verb

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

INTRODUCTION

THE FRENCH LANGUAGE

1. French and Latin. The French language is one of
the forms of modern Latin now spoken in those parts of
Europe which the Romans conquered, colonized, and ruled
in the days of Julius Caesar and his successors. These forms,
called collectively the Romanic or Romance languages, com-
prise French, Italian, Spanish, and Portuguese, the four most
important ; Provencal, the old language of the south of
France ; Rhaetian, used in parts of the Alps ; and the speech
of Rumania. There is an unbroken continuity between the
Latin of the Roman Empire and these languages, so much
so that one cannot tell just where Latin leaves off and the
others begin. French, therefore, is Latin as it has been
modified, on the soil of France, by twenty centuries of
influences, internal and external.

The student of French who is familiar with Latin will
see many obvious resemblances between the two languages ;
others are apparent when suggested. Of the elaborate Latin
inflection not much remains except in the verb. The great
essential qualities that characterized Latin persist, however,
and the pupil will realize more and more that in French he
has a language unsurpassed for clearness of expression and
for artistic value.

2 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

TEE ALPHABET

2. The Alphabet. The letters of the French alphabet are
the same as those of the English. K and w are used only
in a few words borrowed or formed from other languages.

3. The French Names of the Letters are

ache

double ve

iks

erre

i grec

die

esse

zcde

effe

em?ne

enne

Note. In oral spelling the consonants are sometimes pronounced
with the sound of mute e. Thus d is pronounced de ; g, gue orje ; etc.

4. Vowels and Consonants. The alphabet is divided into
vowels and consonants.

The letters a, e, i, o, u, and y are vowels ; the rest are
consonants.

Note. I, o, u, and y often have the value of consonants when they
precede a vowel sound. See Sees. 34-37.

CAPITALS

5. Capitalization. The French use of capital letters is
the same as the English, except that proper adjectives, the
names of months and days, titles of rank or office, and the
personal pronoun je (I) are not capitalized.

Note. In titles of books, names of corporations, and the like, French
aims to capitalize one main word, generally the first noun unless it is
preceded by a preposition. To this one capital there is added a capital
on any adjective preceding the noun, on nouns connected coordinately

INTRODUCTION 3

with the capitalized noun, and on any adjective preceding this second
noun. If an article is used as the first word of a title, it is not capitalized
unless it begins a sentence.

ORTHOGRAPHIC MARKS

6. Accent Marks. There are certain marks in written
French, called accents, placed over vowels. These are not
used, as in English, to indicate that the syllable where
they stand is to be pronounced more strongly, but they
serve in general to distinguish the sounds of the vowels.

7. The Three Accents. There are three accents : the
acute (aigu) ('), the grave {grave) (*), and the circumflex
(circonflexe) (") : 6tant, pere, tete.

Note i. The acute accent occurs only on e; the grave on e, and
rarely on a or u to distinguish words otherwise spelled alike; the
circumflex on any vowel (except y).

Note 2. The circumflex accent is usually a sign of contraction in the
formation of the word, especially of the omission of an s : for example,
fete, from Latin festa; compare English "feast."

Note 3. Vowels, except e, usually omit their accent when capitalized.

8. The Other Orthographic Marks are

a. The cedilla (cidille) (J, placed under c to indicate a
soft sound : 5a.

b. The diaeresis (trema) (*"), placed over the second of
two consecutive vowels to denote that it does not unite
with the first to form a digraph, but is pronounced
separately : Noel.

Note. A diaeresis over an i crowds out the dot : hair.

c. The apostrophe (apostrophe) ('), which indicates the
omission of a vowel : j'ai.

d. The hyphen (trait d'union) (-), which is used to join
words in close connection : avez-vous ?

4 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

SYLLABLES

9. Syllabication. The correct division of words into
syllables is more important in French than in English,
because it not only shows where words are to be divided
at the end of lines, but it also often determines how a
letter or group of letters is pronounced.

10. Number of Syllables. There are as many syllables in
a word as there are vowels (or digraphs) : a-mi, par-lent,
cou-pe-rai, vic-toi-re, pro-pri-£-tai-re.

Note i. E and u, when added as explained in Sec. 50, &, Note,
do not form a syllable : man-gea, guer-re.

Note 2. A mute e (Sec. 22) in the middle of a word, following
a vowel, does not form a syllable: joue-rai.

Note 3. I, y, 0, ou, and u, when preceding other vowels, are often
sounded as consonants (Sec. 4, Note; Sees. 34-37), and then do not
form a syllable : bien, 6-tions, yeux, loin, fouet-ter, lui, 6-cuel-le.

Note 4. Observe that final mute e, though usually not pronounced,
is regarded as forming a syllable : no-te, ra-re, pat-te. It has full syllabic
value in the meter of poetry and songs.

11. A Single Consonant (except x) at the point of division
belongs to the following syllable : a-mi, a-vant, pa-ro-les,
i-nS-ga-li-te" ; but, ex-a-men.

Note. At the end of a line in writing or printing, division is usually
avoided between x and a vowel. See Sec. 62.

12. Treatment of Two Consonants. When there are two
consonants at the point of division, the break is generally
made between them : ad-mi-ra, es-poir, par-la, don-nai.

Combinations of two consonants, however, which can be
pronounced together, are not divided. Such pairs are treated
as a single consonant and so go with the following syllable :
ta-ble, mai-grir, cou-vrit, a-che-ta, ga-gna.

INTRODUCTION 5

Note i . Such pairs are those ending in 1 or r (but not rl, lr), and ch,
ph, th, and gn.

Note 2. Since h, unless aspirate (Sec. 52), has no consonantal value,
a preceding consonant is put with such an h in the syllable that follows :
si-lhouet-te.

13. Three Consonants. In groups of three (or more)
consonants, the last consonant, or the last two when they
form one of the special combinations mentioned in Sec. 12,
go with the syllable that follows : trans-po-ser, com-bla, per-dre.

PRONUNCIATION

14. Pronouncing French. One of the elements involved in
pronouncing French is the ability to utter the sounds correctly.
Few of these sounds have an exact counterpart in English ;
many are strikingly strange. The task, for one whose habits
of speech are formed, demands persistent and well-guided
effort. It is necessary to hear and imitate a person who
pronounces the language correctly. An understanding of
the positions assumed by the vocal organs is also a great aid.

15. Characteristics of Spoken French, important for the
attention of an English-speaking pupil, include

a. More energetic action of the vocal organs, especially
of the lips and tongue.

b. Pure vowel sounds. Many English vowels are not pure,
but begin with one sound and glide into another at the end.
That is, they are really diphthongs. The i in "bite," for
example, is a combination of a in "far" and e in "meet"

c. The grouping of a medial consonant with the following
syllable. The impression upon the ear of the French ci-t6 is
very different from the English cit-y. See Sec. 1 1 .

d. The absence of strongly accented syllables in words
and word-groups.

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

16. Sounds of Letters. Another element in pronunciation
is knowledge of what sounds the various French letters
represent in their different positions. French has greater
regularity in this respect than English ; still there are
numerous exceptions to the rules.

17. A Phonetic Alphabet, in which a certain written
character always represents a certain sound, obviates the diffi-
culties involved in an ordinary unphonetic alphabet. The
following alphabet of the International Phonetic Association
is in general use, and is employed here to supplement the
discussion of sounds and to indicate irregular pronunciations.

The " Description of Sound " in the list below is only
approximate ; later sections give more accurate descriptions.

THE INTERNATIONAL PHONETIC ALPHABET

Symbol

Description of Sound

Regularly Represented by

a. Pure Vowels

open a ; between a in
" father " and a in
" fat "

a, Sec. 1 8, a

closed a ; a in " father "

a, a, Sec. 18, b

[e]

closed e ; a in " fate "

4, Sec. 19 ; final er, Sec. 21,
Note 1; ai, Sec. 29, a

open e\ e in " met "

e, e, Sec. 20; e, Sec. 21 ; ai,
Sec. 29, b\ ei, Sec. 30

mute e\ e in "the man"

e, Sec. 22

i in " machine n

i, Sec. 23 ; y, Sec. 27

[o]

closed o ; o in " holy "

6, Sec. 24 ; 0, Sec. 25, a ; au,
Sec. 31

open o ; o in " wholly "

0, Sec. 2 5 , £ ; au, Sec. 3 1 , Note

oo in " moon "

ou, Sec. 33

INTRODUCTION

Symbol

Description of

Sound

Regularly Represented by

b. Rounded Vowels

rounded [e]

eu, Sec. 32, a

r«i

rounded [e]

eu, Sec. 32, b

[y]

rounded [i]

u, Sec. 26

c. Nasal Vowels

nasal [a]

an, en, etc., Sec. 40

nasal [e]

in, etc., Sec. 40

nasal [o]

on, etc., Sec. 40

[•]

nasal [oe]

un, etc., Sec. 40

Consonantal Vowels

[j]

y in " yes "

h y, Sec. 35 ; 1, Sec. 54

[w]

w in " was "

ou-, 0-, Sec. 37

French u before vowel

u-, Sec. 36

e. Consonants

b in " bad "

d in M dim "

d, Sec. 48

/in "fan"

[g]

g in " get "

g, Sec. 50, b

s in " measure

g, Sec. so, a- j, Sec. 53

k in M kit "

c, Sec. 46, b ; qu, Sec. 58

[•]

/ in M lid "

1, Sees. 48, 54, Note, 55

m in " man "

n in " nap "

n, Sec. 48

[P]

p in " pie "

r*i

r trilled

r, Sec. 59

j- in M so "

s, Sec. 60 ; c, 9, Sec. 46, a ;
t, Sec. 61

/in "tin"

t, Sea 48

p in " vine "

[«]

s in " rose "

s, Sec. 60 ; z

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Symbol

Description of Sound

Regularly Represented by

sh in M shall "
ny in " canyon "

ch, Sec. 47
gn, Sec. 51

/. Quantity

a long vowel

This symbol is placed
after the vowel af-
fected; Sec. 42

Note 1 . Phonetic symbols in this book are inclosed in brackets.

Note 2. In this volume, to aid the beginner, a hyphen is used to
separate the syllables of a word or word-group, a usage not general in
technical works on phonetics.

SOUNDS OF VOWELS

18. A has two sounds.

a. It usually has a sound between a in "father" and a in
"fat" : ami, malle, malade, page, table, la.

This is known as open a. The mouth is widely open, and the
tongue lies flat. Its phonetic symbol is [a]. Thus : ami [a-mi],
malle [mal], malade [ma-lad], page [pa^], table [tabl], la [la].

b. When it has the circumflex accent, or is followed by
s, it usually has a sound much like a in " father " : ame,
batir, base, classe, pas.

This is known as closed a. The mouth is less open than for
open a, and the tongue is drawn farther back. Its phonetic symbol
is [a]. Thus: ame [a:m], batir [ba-ti:r], base [ba:z], classe [kla:s],
pas [pa].

Note i. A is closed also before ille: paille [pa:j].
Note 2. A circumflex in the verb endings ames, ates, at is open :
donnames [do-nam], donnat [do-na].
Note 3. A is silent in aout [u].

INTRODUCTION 9

19. E acute (e) has the sound of a in li fate," without the
vanishing sound of e in "meet" which is heard in. long a in
English : 6t6, c6da.

This is known as closed e (eferme). Its phonetic symbol is [e].
Thus : 6te" [e-te], c6da [se-da].

20. E grave (e) and e circumflex (e) have a sound much
like e in "met," often somewhat prolonged : leve, tete.

This sound is known as open e (e ouverf). Its phonetic symbol
is [e]. Thus : leve [lev], tete [te:t].

21. E unaccented, when not at the end of a syllable, has the
same sound as e (e in " met," Sec. 20): tel, pressa, mer, cadet.

Thus : tel [tel], pressa [pre-sa], mer [me:r], cadet [ka-de].

Note i . Er, when final in words of more than one syllable, has the
sound of closed e (Sec. 19), the r being silent. Thus: parler [par-le],
dernier [der-nje]. In the following words, however, final r is sounded
and the e is open (Sec. 20): amer [a-me:r], cuiller [kqi-je:r], enfer [a-fe:r].

Note 2. E is closed (Sec. 1 9) in final ez, and, among other words,
in the final sounds of pied [pje], assied(s) [a-sje], clef [kle], and et [e].

Note 3. E in femme has the sound of French open a [fam].

22. E mute. Unaccented e at the end of a syllable is
sounded as little as possible, whatever sound it has approxi-
mating that of e in the expression " the man " when fluently
pronounced. This sound is known as mute e (e muef).

The phonetic symbol for mute e is [9].

Three positions in which mute e occurs must be noted.
a. At the end of a word of one syllable it is sounded
fully : le, me.

Note. When such words as le and me are closely connected in
thought with other words, as is almost always the case, the e is more
or less obscured. Thus in le pere the e in le is sounded but slightly. In
je le fais the e in le is silent when the expression is uttered fluently [3al-fe].

IO ELEMENTARY FRENCH

b. At the end of a word of more than one syllable it is
silent : malle, apporte, table.

c. When it is not at the end of a word, the fullness of its
pronunciation is determined by the character of the sounds
that precede and follow it. It is sounded rather clearly in
regarda, pesa ; it is sounded slightly in petit, sera ; it is silent
in samedi, appela.

Phonetically, the examples above are represented as follows :
le [b] apporte [a-port] pesa [pa-za] samedi [sam-di]

me [ma] table [tabl] petit [pa-ti] appela [a-pla]

malle [mal] regarda [re-gar-da] sera [s9-ra]

Note i. In es at the end of a word of more than one syllable, and
in ent at the end of the third person plural of verbs, the e is mute, and
the final consonants are silent : tetes [te:t], paries [pari], parlent [pari].

Note 2. See Sec. 50, Note, for silent e after g.

23. I (with or without accent) has the sound of i in
" machine " : il, ile, midi.

Avoid the vanishing sound of y in "yet" usually heard in English.
The corners of the mouth should be drawn out. The phonetic
symbol of this sound is [i]. Thus : il [il], ile [il], midi [mi-di].

24. 0 circumflex (6) has the sound of 0 in " holy," without
the vanishing sound of 00 in " moon " heard in long 0 in
English : cote, notre.

This sound is known as closed 0. The lips are tensely rounded
(puckered) and protruded. The phonetic symbol is [o]. Thus :
cdte [kot], notre [no:tr].

25. 0 unaccented has two sounds.

a. When it is the final sound of a word, it has the sound
of 6 (0 in "holy," Sec. 24) : mot, cachot.

Phonetically : mot [mo], cachot [ka-Jo].

INTRODUCTION 1 1

b. When it is not the final sound of a word, it has a
more open sound, somewhat like o in the Yankee pro-
nunciation of M wholly " : fol, robe, notre, or.

This sound is known as open o. The lips are less strongly-
rounded than in closed o; the back of the tongue is lower. The
phonetic symbol is [o]. Thus: fol [fol], robe [rob], notre [notr],
or [o:r].

Note. 0 is closed (Sec. 24) in the terminations ome and one, before
the ending tion, and before the sound of z [z]: tome [torn], notion
[no-sj5], chose [Jo:z].

26. U (with or without accent) has no equivalent in
English. To produce its sound, round or pucker the lips
as if to pronounce 00 in " moon," and then try to pronounce
e in M meet " : du, sucre, mur.

The phonetic symbol is [y]. Thus: du [dy], sucre [sykr],
mur [my:r].

Note. See Sec. 50, Note, for silent u after g.

27. Y has the sound of French i: 'style.

Phonetically : style [stil].

Note. Y between vowels, and in pays and derivatives, is equivalent
to i-i. The first i goes with the preceding vowel (Sec. 28); the second, ex-
cept in pays etc., is consonantal (Sec. 35): asseyant {assei-yant [a-se-ja]),
appuyai (appui-yai [a-pqi-je]), pays {pai-i [pe-i]).

SOUNDS OF DIGRAPHS

28. The Digraphs. The vowels in the common groups
ai, ei, au (eau), eu (ceu), ou, however, are not sounded as
above, but each group represents a single sound. These
are called compound vowels or digraphs (or, when there
are three, trigraphs).

12 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

29. Ai has two sounds.

a. When final in verbs, it has the sound of e* (a in "fate,"
Sec. 19) : parlai.

Phonetically : parlai [par-le].

Note. Ai has the sound of e" also in gai [ge], quai [ke], sais, sait [se].

b. Elsewhere it has the sound of e (e in "met," Sec. 20) :
vrai, faible, mais, parlais, aimer.

Phonetically: vrai [vre], faible [fe:bl], mais [me], parlais [par-le],
aimer [e-me].

Note. In faisant and derived forms ai has the sound of mute e
(Sec. 22, c): faisant [fa-za].

30. Ei has the sound of e (e in "met," Sec. 20) : reine.
Phonetically : reine [rem].

31. Au and eau usually have the sound of 6 (o in " holy,"
Sec. 24) : autre, chaud, beau.

Phonetically: autre [otr], chaud [Jo], beau [bo].

Note. Au has the sound of open 0 (Sec. 25, b) in mauvais [mo-ve], and
in aurai [o-re] and related forms.

32. Eu and oeu have a sound somewhat like 11 in " fur."
More exactly, they have two distinct sounds, formed as
follows :

a. When they are the final sound in a word, or are before
t or a z sound, round the lips as if to pronounce o in " holy "
(Sec. 24) and pronounce e* (a in " fate," Sec. 19) : feu, veux,
meute, creuser.

The phonetic symbol is [0]. Thus : feu [f0], veux [v0], meute
[m0:t], creuser [kr0-ze].

INTRODUCTION 1 3

b. When they precede a pronounced consonant (except t
or one that has the sound of z), round the lips as if to
pronounce 0 in " holy " (Sec. 24) and pronounce e (e in
" met," Sec. 20) : neuf, jeune, sceur.

The phonetic symbol is [ce]. Thus : neuf [noef], jeune [3cen],
soeur [soe:r].

Note i. Eu, and also oe and ue, when before the liquid sound
(Sec. 54), have the sound [ce]: feuille [fce:j], ceil [ce:j], orgueil [or-gce:j],
cueillir [kce-ji:r].

Note 2. Eu in all forms of the verb avoir has the sound of the
French u (Sec. 26) : eut [y], eussions [y-sj5].

33. Ou (with or without accent) has the sound of 00 in
" moon " : tour, gout.

The lips are tensely rounded. Avoid carefully the vanishing
sound of u in "must." The phonetic symbol is [u]. Thus: tour
[tu:r], gout [gu].

CONSONANTAL VOWELS

34. Consonantal Vowels. When i (or y), 0, u, or ou

precede a strongly uttered vowel sound, they take on a
value approaching that of a consonant. They then give rise
to three well-distinguished sounds.

Note. These sounds are often called semivowels. Observe that
these letters (except 0 in ou) cannot begin a digraph.

35. Consonantal i or y gives a sound much like y in
*' yes " : viande, ciel, yeux.

The sound is formed by blending naturally the sound of i with
the following vowel. The phonetic symbol is [j]. Thus : viande
[vja:d], ciel [sjel], yeux [J0].

14 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

36. Consonantal u has nothing corresponding to it in
English. The sound is almost inevitably formed when the
French u is blended with a following vowel : lui, suis.

The phonetic symbol is [q]. Thus: lui [lip], suis [suj]. The
rounded characteristic of the u must be preserved.

37. Consonantal ou or o gives a sound much like w in
" was " : oui, nouer, oasis.

The sound is formed by blending naturally the sound of ou or o
with the following vowel. The phonetic symbol is [w]. Thus :
oui [wi], nouer [nwe], oasis [wa-zis].

38. Oi is conveniently classed with the consonantal vowels.
It has the sound of wa> the a being usually open (Sec. 18, a) :
moi, poire.

Phonetically it is represented by [wa]. Thus: moi [mwa],
poire [pwa:r].

NASAL VOWELS

39. Nasal Vowels. A vowel or digraph followed im-
mediately in the same syllable by a single m or n acquires
a nasal quality. The m and n are silent : bon, mon-trer,
temps, faim.

The nasal quality is produced by leaving the opening from the
pharynx to the nasal passage open, thus allowing a part of the air
of expiration to escape through the nose.

Note i. From the rule for dividing words into syllables (Sec. ii),
it will be seen that (disregarding a few exceptions) m or n must be final
or followed by a consonant to produce the nasal sound.

Note 2. If the m or the n is doubled, the preceding vowel is
usually not nasal : bonne [bon].

INTRODUCTION

40. The Four Nasal Vowels are represented and sounded
as follows :

ain

aim

ein

eim

Have the sound of a in M far " (more exactly, the
sound of a of Sec. 18, b) pronounced through the
nose : dans, chambre, enfant, temple.

Have the sound of a in w fan" (more exactly, the
sound of e, Sec. 20) pronounced through the nose :
fin, simple, nymphe, pain, faim, plein.

Have the sound of aw in " fawn " (more exactly,
the sound of 0 of Sec. 25, b) pronounced through
the nose : Don, nom, tromper.

un
eun

um
eum

Have the sound of u in M fur " (more exactly, the
sound of eu of Sec. 32, b) pronounced through
the nose : brun, humble, jeun.

No trace of the m or n should appear in the pronunci-
ation of the nasal vowels, except in liaison (Sec. 65, Note).

The phonetic symbols of the four nasal vowels are respectively
[a] [e] [5] [«].

Thus, the examples above are represented as follows :
dans [da] fin [fe] faim [fe] tromper [tr5-pe]

chambre [Ja:br] simple [se:pl] plein [pie] brun [brde]
enfant [a-fa] nymphe [ne:f] bon [b5] humble [ce:bl]

temple [ta:pl] pain [pe] nom [n5] jeun [362]

Note i. Final en after i or y has the sound of the nasal in; also
nasal en after i everywhere in the verbs tenir and venir: bien [bje],
moyen [mwa-je] ; tiens [tje], viendra [vje-dra].

Note 2. Before the nasal in, 0 has its consonantal sound of w in
"was ' (Sec. 37): loin [lwe], moins [mwe].

Note 3. On in monsieur has the sound of mute e : [ma-sje].

Note 4. For final ent in verbs, see Sec. 22, c, Note 1.

1 6 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

QUANTITY OF VOWELS

41. Quantity. The extent to which a vowel sound is
prolonged is called its quantity. It varies according to its
position, and is styled long or short.

Note i. Similar variations occur in English, though less markedly.
Compare " I am sad " (the a short in quantity) with " I am mad " (the
a longer in quantity).

Note 2. The length of vowels is not so important for the attention
of a beginner as getting the correct and pure sounds.

42. The Phonetic Symbol for a long vowel is [:], placed
after the vowel affected : reine [re:n], Mtir [ba-ti:r].

43. Rules for Quantity. Long vowels occur only in the
last stressed (Sec. 63) or clearly pronounced syllable of a
word. Hence short vowels predominate.

The following vowels are long :

a. Vowels in final syllables before an r pronounced : fer [fe:r],
finir [fi-ni:r], fort [foir], noir [nwa:r].

b. Certain vowels in the next to the last syllable of words that
end in a mute e syllable, namely :

(1) Vowels with a circumflex accent: ame [a:m], tete [te:t],
notre [no:tr].

(2) Nasal vowels: chambre [ja:br], prince [pre:s], ronde [ro:d],
humble [ce:bl].

(3) Vowels when followed by the sounds [v], [z], [3], [j], [r] :
rive [ri:v], chaise [Je:z], rouge [111:3], fille [fi:j], terre [ten:].

Note i. The vowels [o], [0], [a], and [e] are often long in the situ-
ation of b even when other consonants than those of (3) follow them :
faute [fo:t], meule [mo:l], tasse [ta:s], reine [re:n], dixieme [di-zje:m].

Note 2. Vowels other than those mentioned in a and b above are
usually short. In particular, vowels that constitute the final sound of a
word are short : donne" [do-ne], chat [Ja], enfant [a-fa].

INTRODUCTION 1 7

SOUNDS OF CONSONANTS

44. Consonants in General have approximately the same
sounds as in English. The principal differences are given
below.

45. Final Consonants are not sounded except c, f, 1, and r.
Likewise of final groups of consonants only c, f, 1, and r are
sounded : nid, trop, des (silent) ; sec, vif, nul, pour (sounded) ;
neufs (f sounded) ; corps (r sounded).

Phonetically :

nid [ni]

sec [sek]

pour [pur]

trop [tro]

vif [vif]

neufs [noef]

des [de]

nul [nyl]

corps [ko:r]

46. a. C before e, i, and y, and likewise 9, have the sound
of c in " certain " : cette, ca.

This is the soft c. The phonetic symbol is [s] : cette [set], ca [sa].

b. C in other positions (except in ch) has the sound of
c in M cast " : col, avec.

This is the hard c. The phonetic symbol is [k] : col [kol],
avec [a-vek].

Note i . Final c, usually sounded, is silent after nasal n : blanc [bla] ;
also in clerc [kle:r], estomac [es-to-ma], pore [po:r], tabac [ta-ba], and in
a few other words.

Note 2. C in second has the sound of g (Sec. 50, b) [so-g5].

v 47. Ch usually has the sound of sh in " shall " or ch in
" machine " : chat, chercher.

The phonetic symbol is [j] : chat [Ja], chercher [Jer-Je].

Note. In some words, mostly those derived from Greek, ch has the
sound of k : chr6tien [kre-tje], dcho [e-ko].

1 8 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

48. In pronouncing the English d, 1, n, and t, the tip of the
tongue is placed against the hard palate some distance back of the
roots of the upper teeth. In French it is generally placed against
the upper teeth. An appreciably different sound is produced :
dame [dam], ronde [r5:d], les [le], aller [a-le], nette [net], donner
[do-ne], tete [tat].

49. Final f, usually sounded, is silent in clef [kle], and' in the
plurals bceufs [b0], nerfs [ne:r], ceufs [0].

50. a. G before e, i, and y has the sound of s in " meas-
ure " : geler, large, gilet.

The phonetic symbol is [3] : geler [sjS-le], large parg], gilet [3i-le].

b. G in other positions (except in gn) has the sound of
g in "get": gai, grand.

The phonetic symbol is [g] : gai [ge], grand [gra].

Note. After g, e is often inserted before a, 0, and u, to indicate the
first sound of g ; u is often inserted before e, i, and y, to indicate the
second. The e and the u are silent : mangea [ma-3a] ; guerre [ge:r].

51. Gn represents a single sound, much like the last part
of ny in " canyon " : gagner. •

The phonetic symbol is [p] : gagner [ga-ne].

52. H is never sounded : homme, the\

In some words, however, initial h has sufficient force to
prevent elision and linking, as in huit, haut. The h is then
called aspirate ; otherwise it is called mute.

Phonetically: homme [5m], the" [te] ; le huit [te-qit], le haut [b-o].

Note. Among the commonest words beginning with aspirate h are

haine hardi haut honte

hair haricot Havre hors

halle hasard hlros huit

hangar hate hibou hurler

Consult a lexicon for others.

INTRODUCTION 19

53. J has the sound of s in " measure " : je, jardin.

The phonetic symbol is [3] : je [39], jardin [3ar-de].

54. Liquid L. Final il preceded by a vowel has the so-
called liquid sound. In this position il is sounded much like
the English consonant y in " yes." The preceding vowel
(or digraph) does not unite with the i, but retains its indi-
vidual sound, the e of the ending eil having the sound of e
([e], Sec. 20) : travail, sommeil, seuil.

This is called liquid 1 (1 mouille). The phonetic symbol is [j] :
travail [tra-va:j], sommeil [sD-me:j], seuil [soe:j].

Ill, when not initial, has also in most words the liquid
sound explained above, that of English y : veille, fille.

Phonetically : veille [ve:j], fille [fi:j].

Note. In the following words ill is not liquid: mille [mil], ville
[vil], tranquille [tra-kil].

55. In Final il preceded by a consonant, the 1 is some-
times sounded, as in fil, mil, civil; sometimes silent, as in
gentil, fusil.

Phonetically: fil [fil], mil [mil], civil [si-vil] ; gentil [3a-ti],
fusil [fy-zi].

Note i. For the tongue position in 1, see Sec. 48.
Note 2. In fils (meaning " son ") 1 is silent : [fis].

56. M is silent in automne [o-ton]. For m and n nasal, see
Sees. 39 and 40. For the tongue position in n, see Sec. 48.

57. P is silent in sept [set] and compter [k5-te].

58. Qu generally has the sound of k : quel, quoique.

Phonetically : quel [kel] ; quoique [kwa-ka].

20 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

59. R is pronounced more prominently than in English :
rose, tres, tenir, irai.

Phonetically : rose [ro:z], tres [tre], tenir [ta-ni:r], irai [i-re].

Note i. Two different sounds of r are in common use in France.
One is a trill of the tip of the tongue, the other a trill of the extremity
of the soft palate. Either is correct, though the best usage perhaps now
favors the latter.

Note 2. R is silent in monsieur [ma-sje].

Note 3. For final er, see Sec. 21, Note 1.

60. S is usually sounded like English initial s, but between
two vowels it has the sound of z : salle, pense, classe ; rose,
maison.

Phonetically : salle [sal], pense [pais], classe [kla:s] ; rose [ro:z],
maison [me-z5].

Note. Final s, usually silent, is sounded in
fils [fis] lis [lis] {usually) ours [urs]

heias [e-la:s] mars [mars] sens [sa:s] {usually)

jadis [3a-dis] mceurs [mcers] tous [tus] {as a pronoun)

61. T in the combinations tion, tial, tiel, tieux, and tie
usually has the sound of s. This is true especially in words

L'INSTITUT ET LE PONT DES ARTS. Pour conserver les belles traditions
de la langue frangaise et pour l'embellir (y compris meme les questions d'or-
thographe, d'accentuation, etc.), il y a une fameuse institution connue sous
le nom d'Academie frangaise, reconnue par le parlement en 1637. Elle est
composee de 40 membres, generalement connus sous le nom d' « immortels ».
lis sont ordinairement choisis a cause de leur talent litteraire, et, quand un
membre meurt, les survivants elisent son successeur. Les ecrivains francais
se considerent tres honores d'etre admis au sein de cette assemblee. L'Aca-
demie publie le Dictionnaire, code de la langue frangaise.

Les seances de cette Academie ont lieu au palais de l'lnstitut, situe sur
la rive de la Seine, en face du pont des Arts. Dans le meme edifice se
reunissent aussi les quatre Academies consacrees aux arts et aux sciences,
lesquelles avec l'Academie frangaise forment l'lnstitut de France.

22 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

that correspond in form and meaning to English words in
which t has the sound of sh (not ch), or is represented by
soft c : nation, partial, essentiel, ambitieux, democratic

Phonetically : nation [na-sjo], partial [par-sjal], essentiel
[e-sa-sjel], ambitieux [d-bi-sj'0], democratic [de-mo-kra-si].

Note i. Final t, usually silent, is sounded in dot [dot], est [est]
(point of compass), net [net], ouest [west].

Note 2. For the tongue position in t, see Sec. 48.

Note 3. Since h is always silent, th is sounded like t: the* [te].

62. X usually has the sound of ks: luxe, exposer. It has
the sound of gz in ex initial before a vowel or mute h :
exemple, exhaler.

Phonetically: luxe [lyks], exposer [eks-po-ze] ; exemple [eg-za:pl],
exhaler [eg-za-le].

Note. X has the sound of s in six [sis], dix [dis], soixante [swa-sa:t],
Bruxelles [bry-sel] ; the sound of z in dix-huit [di-zqit], dix-neuf [diz-ncef ],
deuxieme [d0-zje:m], sixieme [si-zje:m], dixieme [di-zje:m].

STRESS

63. Stress. As indicated in Sec. 15, d, French words do
not, like English, have a strong accent, but each syllable (ex-
cept those containing mute e) is clearly pronounced. There
is, however, an apparent stress of voice that normally falls
on the last syllable. Phrases likewise have a stress falling on
the last syllable of their last word.

LIAISON

64. Liaison. A final consonant before an initial vowel
sound is often pronounced with this vowel sound when
the two words are closely connected in thought. The

INTRODUCTION 23

result of this is that the words are run together and pro-
nounced as one. This is called linking (in French, liaison) :
beaucoup"a faire, es£il.

Phonetically: beaucoup a faire [bo-ku-pa-fe:r], est-il [e-til].

65. Consonant Changes in Liaison. When carried over,
a final d is sounded like t : gramTenfant ;

a final f is sounded like v : neufhommes ;

a final g is sounded like k : longpiiver ;

a final s or x is sounded like 2 : les"amis, dixlunis.

Phonetically: grand enfant [gra-ta-fa], neuf hommes [noe-vom],
long hiver [l5-ki-ve:r], les amis [le-za-mi], dix amis [di-za-mi].

Note. M and n in nasal groups are carried over. The nasal quality
of the vowel is then largely lost, except in un and a few other words.
Monlimi [mo-na-mi], un~nomme [ce-nom].

66. Omission of Liaison. Some words, notably et, and,
never permit their final consonant to be carried over to a
following word.

ELISION

67. Elision. A final vowel is often dropped before an
initial vowel or mute h, an apostrophe taking its place. This
is called elision : j'ai, s'ils, l'homme.

68. Cases of Elision. The following words alone, undergo
elision :

a. All monosyllables ending in mute e.
p. Jusque ; also lorsque, puisque, and quoique before il, ils,
elle, elles, on, and un.

c. La, both the article and the pronoun.

d. Si, before il and ils.

e. A few special cases, such as quelqu'un.

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

PUNCTUATION

69. Punctuation in French follows in the main the same
principles as in English.

The use of the dash ( — ) to denote a change of speaker
in a conversation is to be noted. The whole conversation
quoted may then be inclosed in quotation marks. For
many purposes the place of the dash is taken by les points
suspensifs (. . .).

70. The French Names

marks are —

the period

the comma

the semicolon

the colon

the dash

the quotation marks

the interrogation point

the exclamation point

for the common punctuation

le point

la virgule

le point et virgule

les deux points

le tiret

les guillemets

le point d' interrogation

le point d' exclamation

LESSON ONE

GENDER -THE ARTICLES

71. Gender of Nouns. In French all nouns, whether the
names of persons, animals, or things, are either masculine
or feminine. There is no neuter gender. The gender of
names of persons or animals of definite sex is determined,
as in English, by that sex. The gender of other nouns
seems arbitrary, and must be learned for each word.

Note i. Nouns ending in certain letters are apt to have the same
gender; likewise the names of certain classes of things. See page 427.

Note 2. French nouns derived from Latin masculines and neuters
are regularly masculine in French ; those from Latin feminines are
regularly feminine.

72. The Definite Article the is expressed

a. With masculine nouns in the singular by le.

b. With feminine nouns in the singular by la.

c. With all nouns in the plural by les.

the father, leph-e the fathers, lesperes

the mother, la mere the mothers, les meres

73. L' in Elision. Before words beginning with a vowel
or mute h, le and la become P.

the child, Venfant the children, les enfatits

the man, Vhomme the men, les hommes

Notei This dropping of a final vowel before an initial vowel sound
for the sake of euphony, and the substitution of the apostrophe, is called
elision. It takes place in several other short words ; for example, de, of.
See Sec. 68.

26 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

74. The Indefinite Article a or an is expressed

a. With masculine nouns by un.

b. With feminine nouns by une.

a brother, unfrere a sister, une sceur

75. Repetition of Articles. The definite and indefinite
articles are repeated before each noun to which they belong.

the father and brother, le pere et lefrere
a brother and sister, unfrere et une soeur

76. The Plural of Nouns is regularly formed by adding
s to the singular.

le mari, the husband les maris, the husbands

la femme, the wife les femmes, the wives

l'enfant, the child les enfants, the children

VOCABULARY

a, has le frere, the brother

aussi, also le garcon, the boy
avec, with l'homme, the man

de, of le mari, the husband

deux, two la mere, the mother
l'enfant m.f, the child ont, have

est [e], is ou, where

et [e], and le parent m.f, the parent

la famille, the family le pere, the father

la femme [fam], the woman, the qui, who

wife la sceur, the sister

la fille, the girl sont, are

Drift EXERCISE

I . Prefix to the following nouns the proper word for the :
pere garcons filles parents homme

mere enfant mari sceur hommes

. GENDER — THE ARTICLES 27

2. Prefix to the following nouns the proper word for a :

garc,on enfant homme

soeur mere parent

3. Change to the plural form —

le frere la femme la soeur

le mari l'homme l'enfant

4. Translate into French —

two boys of the man

two girls also a father and mother

the brother has a man is

the brothers have the men are

who has a sister ? where is the boy ?

of the girl where are the children ?

of a girl the husband and wife

of a husband with the women

Model

Une Famille

Un gargon et une fille sont avec un homme et une femme. Le
gargon est le frere de la fille. Le gargon a une soeur. La fille a
un frere. Le gargon est le frere de la soeur. La fille et le gargon
ont deux parents. L'homme et la femme sont les parents. Les
parents ont deux enfants. Les enfants de l'homme et de la femme
sont le gargon et la fille. Les enfants ont un pere et une mere.
La mere est la femme de l'homme. L'homme a une femme. La
femme de l'homme est la mere de la fille. Le frere de la fille
est aussi l'enfant de la mere. Le mari de la mere est le pere.
Le pere et la mere sont les deux parents. Ou est le pere? Le
pere est avec la mere. Oil sont les enfants ? Les enfants sont
avec les parents. Qui sont les enfants? Le gargon et la fille
sont les enfants. Qui sont les parents?

28 ELEMENTARY FRENCH .

Theme

A man is with a boy and a girl. The boy and the girl are the
children of the man. The boy is the brother of the girl. The boy
has a sister. The girl is the sister. The girl has a mother. The
mother of the girl is the wife of the man. The man has a wife.
The wife of the man is the mother of the girl. The father of the
girl is the husband of the woman. The father and mother have
two children. The children are the boy and girl. Who is the
brother of the girl ? The boy. The man has two children. Where
is the sister of the child ? The girl is with the boy. The children
are with the man. W7ho is the man ? The man is the husband of
the woman. The father and mother are the parents of the girl.
The boy and the girl have a father and mother.

Oral

i. Qui est avec l'homme ? 2. Qui est le frere de la fille ?
3. Qui a une sceur? 4. Oil est la sceur? 5. Qui a deux parents?
6. Qui sont les parents ? 7. Qui a deux enfants ? 8. Qui sont les
enfants de la femme? 9. Qui est le pere de la fille? 10. Qui a
une femme? 11. Qui est le mari de la mere? 12. Oil sont les
enfants ? 13. Oil est le frere de la fille ? 14. Qui a un pere et une
mere ? 15. Oil sont le garcon et la fille ?

Resume

1. The boy has a sister. 2. The woman has a husband. 3. The
boy and girl are the children. 4. Wiho are the parents of the child ?
5. Where is the child of the man ? 6. The father and mother are
the parents of the child. 7. The boy has a brother and sister.
8. Who is the girl with the woman ? 9. The man has two children.
10. The children have a father and mother. 11. Who is the
brojher of the girl? 12. The man is the father of two children.
13. The woman is with the boy and girl. 14. Where is the mother
of the child? 15. The two children have a brother and sister.

CONTRACTION — POSSESSION 29

LESSON TWO

CONTRACTION - POSSESSION

77. Contraction with the Article. Whenever the prepo-
sitions de and a directly precede the articles le and les, they
contract as follows :

de + le = du a + le = au

de + les = des a 4- les = aux

of the father, dupere to the father, aupere

of the fathers, des per es to the fathers, aux pe res

the son of the father, lefils dupere

Note. No contraction takes place before la and 1\

of the family, de lafamille to the man, a Vhomme

78. Possession is not expressed in French by 's, but by
the preposition de, of.

John's friend, Pami de Jean
the girl's father, le pere de lafille
the boy's sister, la sceur du gar con
the children's uncle, Poticle des en/ants

79. Some Possessive Adjectives. Possessive adjectives,
like the articles, change in form according to the gender
and number of the nouns they modify. Among them are

Before

Masc. Sing.

Fem. Sing.

Pl.

mon

mes

his, her

son

ses

your

votre

vos

Note. Possessive

adjectives, like articles, are repeated before each

noun they modify.

father and mother,

mon ph~e et ma mere

ELEMENTARY FRENCH
VOCABULARY

a, to

l'ami m., the friend
Berthe, Bertha
cher, dear
le cousin, the cousin
dans, in

la fille, the daughter, girl
le fils [fis], the son

Jean, John

Marie, Mary
l'oncle, the uncle
la tante, the aunt

Drill

EXERCISE

I. Prefix to the nouns below the proper form for (a) my
(b) your, (c) his, (d) the, (e) her :

famille
oncle

2. Express in French

of the father,
of the mother
of the child
of the children
to the father
to the mother
to the child

freres
homme

sceurs
pere

to the children
of the uncle
to the son
to the men
of the sisters
of a wife
to an aunt*

UNE HUMBLE FAMILLE DE PAYSANS. Dans la gravure, a l'autre page,
assise sur le tronc d'arbre, est la grand'mere, un fichu sur la tete, coiffure
plutot commune des femmes de la campagne. A cote d'elle est sa bru, la
femme de son fils, l'homme qui se tient debout a ses cotes. C'est la fin
d'une dure journee de travail, et ils se reposent dans la cour de la ferme
avec leurs enfants, apres le repas du soir. Face a leurs parents et a leur
grand'mere nous voyons la fille la plus agee, son frere sur les genoux et sa
petite soeur a cote d'elle. La famille est pauvre, et cependant c'est par le
labeur de ces gens honnetes et economes que la France est ce qu'elle est.

32 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

3. Translate into French —

my brother your aunt

my father's brother the boy's aunt

my cousin's brother a friend's wife

my cousins' brother dear to the son

the child's brother dear to her son

John's brother dear to his mother

Ma Famille

Dans une famille le fils et la fllle sont les enfants du pere et de
la mere. Le fils est cher au pere et a la mere aussi. Le fils est
cher aux deux parents. Les parents sont le pere et la mere. La
mere est la femme du pere. Le pere et la mere sont les parents
des enfants. Dans ma famille mes parents ont deux filles et un
fils. Mon pere a une femme. Sa femme est ma mere. Mon pere
est le mari de ma mere. Mon pere et ma mere sont mes parents.
Mes sceurs, Marie et Berthe, sont les filles de mes parents. Mon
pere a une sceur. Ma tante est la sceur de mon pere. Ma tante
a un mari. Son mari est mon oncle. Les enfants de mon oncle
sont mes cousins. Mon cousin Jean est cher au frere de mon oncle.

Theme

John is my friend. My friend has a father and mother. His
father and mother are his parents. My friend has two sisters,
Mary and Bertha. The sisters are the children of the parents.
John's father is my mother's friend. My mother has a brother.
My mother's brother is my uncle. Who is your uncle's wife ?
My aunt is my uncle's wife. My uncle and aunt have a son. An
uncle's son is a cousin. John has a cousin also. The cousin's
mother is John's aunt. John is dear to the cousin and to the
cousin's family. The girls with John are his sisters. Who is dear
to John's sisters ?

CONTRACTION — POSSESSION 33

Oral

1. Qui sont les enfants ? 2. Qui sont les parents ? 3. Qui est la
femme de votre pere ? 4. Qui sont les parents des enfants ? 5. Qui
est votre pere ? 6. Qui a une femme ? 7. Qui est votre mere ?
8. Qui sont les filles de votre mere ? 9. Qui sont Marie et Berthe ?
1 o. Qui est la femme de votre oncle ? 1 r . Qui est votre
cousin? 12. Qui est la mere de votre ami ? 13. Qui est le fils de
votre oncle? 14. Qui sont les parents de votre cousin? 15. Qui
est cher aux parents ?

Resume

1. My friend has an uncle. 2. His uncle's wife is his aunt.
3. My cousin has two children, a son and a daughter. 4. My uncle
is my father's brother. 5. My friend's wife is your mother's sister.
6. The children of John's parents are my cousins. 7. The son is
dear to the father. 8. The son is dear to the friends of his family
also. 9. Who is the father of the boys? 10. The boys are with
my cousin John. 11. Where are the children's parents? 12. My
friend has a boy and girl in his family. 13. The child is dear
to the mother. 14. The boy is the son of my father's sister.
15. Mary and Bertha are the daughters of my brother's friend.

LESSON THREE

VERB AND SUBJECT - &TRE

80. Present Tense of itre, to be.

je suis, I am nous sommes, we are

tu es, thou art vous etes, you are

il (elle) est, he (she) is ils (elles) sont, they are

Note i. This tense illustrates the fact that in French, as in English,
the form of a verb changes with the person and number of its subject.
Note 2. Observe that je is not capitalized. See Sec. 5.

34 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

81. It and They, French, having no neuter gender, has
no special form for the subject pronoun it. II or elle is
used according to the gender of the word to which the it
refers. Likewise they is ils or elles as the gender demands.

I have a book ; it is here. J'ai tin livre ; il est ici.

I have a pen ; it is here. fai une plume ; elle est ici.

She has two pencils ; they are Elle a deux crayons ; ils sont ici.

here.

He has two pens ; they are here. 77 a deux plumes ; elles sont ici.

82. Subject Noun. When the subject of an affirmative
sentence is a noun expressed, a subject pronoun does not
accompany the verb.

My brother has two books. Monfrere a deux livres.

The men are here. Les hommes sont ici.

VOCABULARY

a, at, to la fenetre, the window
fe banc [ba], the bench, settee ici, here

le bureau, the desk (of the le livre, the book

teacher) le maitre d'&ole, the school-
le cahier [ka-je], the notebook teacher m.

la classe, the class la maitresse, the teacher f.

le crayon, the pencil la plume, the pen

dans, in, into la porte, the door
derriere, behind pour, for

devant, before, in front of le pupitre, the desk (of the
l'e*cole/, the school pupil)

al'&ole, at school quatre, four

l'eleve m.f., the pupil la salle de classe, the classroom
etes-vous, are you sur, on

le fauteuil, the armchair, chair le tableau, the blackboard

(of the teacher) un, une, (as a numeral) one

VERB AND SUBJECT— ETRE

Drill

i. Translate into French —

a. of the boy
of the girl
cf the man
of the men
to the boy
to the girl
to the man
to the men

b. the teacher

the school-teacher

to the teacher

the desk (of the teacher)

the desk (of the pupil)

the class

c. the armchair, it is here
a pen, it is here

one pen

one of the windows

2. Give the full tense of —

of the parents

to the teachers

of the pens

to the book

of the pupil

at the blackboard

at the window

at one window

the classroom

of the classroom

the school

at school

in the school

on the blackboard

the notebooks, they are

here
the pens, they are here
the pens are here

Model

je suis ici, tu es ici, etc.

je suis a l'ecole

je suis devant la fenetre

Ma Salle de Classe

Je suis a l'ecole avec mon frere. Nous sommes ici. Nous sommes
dans la salle de classe. Elle a deux portes et quatre fenetres. Le
fauteuil et le bureau devant le tableau sont pour le maitre d'ecole ;
les bancs et les pupitres pour les eleves de la classe. Les livres et
les crayons du maitre sont sur le bureau. Ses plumes sont aussi

36 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

sur son bureau. Les cahiers des e'leves sont sur les pupitres. Le
maitre est au tableau derriere son bureau. Une eleve est devant
le bureau du maitre. Deux des eleves sont aux fenetres. «Ou
sont vos livres ? — * lis sont sur le pupitre de mon frere. — Oil sont
vos plumes ? — Elles sont sur mon pupitre. »

Theme

We are at school. The teacher and the pupils are in the class-
room. The classroom has four windows. It has also two doors.
One pupil is at the board. The teacher has the pupil's notebook.
I am in front of the teacher. " Who has my books ? " " I have
my books. They are here on the teacher's desk." The pupils' pens
and pencils are in the desks. The teacher has his book on his desk.
The teacher's desk and chair are in front of the blackboard. The
blackboard is behind the teacher. Are you behind the teacher ?

Oral

i. Ou etes-vous? 2. Sommes-nous dans la salle de classe?
3. Ou est le fauteuil du maitre? 4. Qui a un pupitre? 5. Qui
a un bureau? 6. Ou sont les livres du maitre? 7. Oil est le
crayon de l'eleve ? 8. Qui a vos livres ? 9. Ou sont les cahiers
des eleves? 10. Etes-vous a. l'ecole ? 11. Qui est au tableau?
12. Qui a la plume? 13. Etes-vous dans le fauteuil? 14. Oil est
votre livre ? 15. Qui est dans la salle de classe ?

1 A dash in French usually indicates a change of speaker. See Sec. 69.

UNE SALLE DE CLASSE. Cette gravure represente une salle de classe
dans une ecole primaire, oil les petits garcons sont generalement en tablier
noir, en pantalon court, et portent des chaussettes. Ici Tun d'eux, debout
entre son banc et le pupitre, et le livre a la main, lit pendant que les autres
suivent. Son voisin de droite, cependant, cherche quelque chose dans son
pupitre ouvert. Derriere eux, au mur, nous voyons une couple de cartes,
et des gravures pour venir en aide aux descriptions que pourra leur faire
le maitre. Les petits Francais apprennent tous le dessin, et le relief en
platre est la pour servir de modele.

UNE SALLE DE CLASSE

38 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Resume

i. Are you also at school with your brother and sister? 2. The
two windows of the classroom are behind the teacher's desk.
3. The pupil's pen and pencil are here. 4. Four of the books are
■for the school-teacher. 5. We are at the blackboard behind the
door. 6. The pupils have the notebooks on the benches. 7. The
man's son and daughter are at school. 8. I have her pencils ;
they are on my desk. 9. One of the pupils of the class is his
sister. 10. Where is the pen? It is in my desk. 11. I am the
teacher's son. 12. The classroom has four windows and two
doors. 13. Who is the man at the window? 14. Where are the
notebooks? They are on your desk with the books. 15. The
teacher has her chair before her desk.

REVIEW

(Lessons One to Three)
A. General Drill

1 . Give all forms of the French words for the, a, my,
his, your, her.

2. Give the gender of the following nouns and state in
each case how the gender is known :

pere fille famille

plume eleve livre

3. Place before the nouns below the proper form for
(a) the, (b) his, (c) to the, (d) your, (e) of the. Also, when
the number allows, for (f) a, (g) two.

sceur tantes e'leve

tableau fen£tre livres

4. Illustrate by examples elision and contraction.

THE NEGATIVE— AVOIR 39

5. Continue je suis a l'ecole, tu es a Pecole, etc.

6. Fill in the blanks :

Ou est livre ? est sur bureau. Ou est

plume? est sur pupitre. Ou est oncle?

est avec femme. Oil sont enfants? sont sur

bancs. Nous dans salle. Vous devant -

fenetre. Le cahier garcon. Les cahiers Aleves.

, B. Translate into French

1. Mary has a brother and sister. 2. Her father and mother
are her parents. 3. The man and woman have a family of two
children. 4. The child is dear to the father. 5. My brother and
sister are at school. 6. The school-teacher is dear to the pupils.
7. The boys are at the windows. 8. Where are Bertha's pens?
They are on her desk. 9. The pupil has one pen ; it is here.
10. The boys' notebooks are on the desk. 11. Four of the pupils
at the blackboard have a book. 12. Who is at school with the
children ? 13. The teachers have the books and pencils. 14. Where
are the girls? They are behind the armchair. 15. Who is at the
door ? My uncle and aunt.

LESSON FOUR

THE NEGATIVE- A VOIR

83. The Negative ne . . . pas. The ordinary form for not
with a verb is ne . . . pas, ne before the verb and pas after it.

I am not in the yard. Je ne suis pas dans la cour.

He has not the pen. // n*a pas la plume.

The men are not seated. Les homtnes ne sont pas assis.

Note. Observe that ne undergoes elision.

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

84. Present Tense of erre, Negatively.

je ne suis pas, / am not nous ne sommes pas, we are not

tu n'es pas etc. vous n'etes pas etc.

il (elle) n'est pas ils (elles) ne sont pas

85. Present Tense of avoir.

a. Affirmatively :

j'ai, I have

tu as, thou hast

il (elle) a, he (she) has

b. Negatively :

je n'ai pas, I have not
tu n'as pas etc.
il (elle) n'a pas

nous avons, we have
vous avez, you have
ils (elles) ont, they have

nous n'avons pas, we have not
vous n'avez pas etc.

ils (elles) n'ont pas

86. The Present of avoir with Past Participles of other
verbs forms a compound tense, the past indefinite, which
represents sometimes the English perfect, sometimes the
English simple past.

J'ai trouve" la regie.
P211e a trouve" sa plume.
Nous n'avons pas apporte les
livres.

/ have found (I found) the ruler.
She has found {she found) her pen.
We have not brought (did not
bring) the books.

Note. Observe the position of pas, directly after the form of avoir
and preceding the past participle.

apportS, brought

apres, after

assis, seated, sitting
le bras, the arm
la carte, the map

VOCABULARY

la cloche, the bell
la cour, the yard
debout, standing
donne, give, gives
l'encre /., the ink

THE NEGATIVE — AVOIR

l'encrier [a-kri-e] m., the ink-
stand
la France, France
la lecon, the lesson
mais, but

montre, shows, is showing
le porte-plume, the penholder

quand, when
la regie, the ruler
sonne, rings
sous, under
trouve\ found
voici, here is
vont, go ( 3dpi.)

EXERCISE

Drill

1. Translate into French —

I am

he has

you are

I have

he is

the man has

they have

she is

the men are

they are

we have

we are

I have found

we brought

she gives

I found

they have found

they go

we have brought

they brought

he gives

2. Put into French negatively, the expressions in 1 , a and b.

3. Continue —

j'ai un encrier je ne suis pas debout

je n'ai pas le porte-plume j'ai trouve' un crayon

4. Read the Model below, making the affirmative sen-
tences negative, and the negative affirmative. Make no change
in the questions, nor in expressions beginning with voici.

Model

Une Salle de Classe

Le maitre est avec ses e'leves dans la classe. II n'est pas assis.
II est debout devant ses eleves. II a une regie sous le bras ; un
eleve est au tableau. Le maitre montre une carte de France a
l'eleve. Deux eleves sont assis devant le tableau. lis ont un porte-
plume et un cahier. L'encre est dans l'encrier. Nous sommes assis.

42 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Je donne une plume a un eleve. II a un porte-plume. Je n'ai pas
mon cahier. II n'est pas ici. Void un cahier. « Avez-vous un
crayon? — Je n'ai pas trouve mon crayon, mais j'ai apporte ma
plume. Elle est dans mon pupitre. » Apres la lecon, la cloche
sonne. Les eleves vont dans la cour. « Ou est la cour ? — Elle
est derriere l'ecole. Nous ne sommes pas dans la cour. »

Theme

11 Who is in the yard ? " M The pupils are in the yard. The
yard is not in front of the school. We are not with the teacher."
M Where is the teacher ? " " He is at the window of the class-
room." The bell rings. When it rings, the pupils go into the
class. The teacher is standing at the blackboard. He has his
ruler. He is showing the map to the pupils. The pupils are not
at the blackboard. My uncle's son is not at school. He has not
his books. I have brought my books, but I did not bring my pencil.
I have found a penholder on the teacher's desk. Where is the
inkstand ? The teacher has not his book. A pupil gives a book
to the teacher.

Oral

i. Avez-vous trouve le maitre dans la gravure (picture) ? 2. Qui
est dans la salle de classe ? 3. Qui est debout ? 4. Qui a une regie
sous le bras? 5. Qui est au tableau? 6. Qui montre la carte?
7. A qui (whom) ? 8. Ou sont les eleves ? 9. Qui a un porte-
plume ? 1 o. Ou est l'encre ? 11. Avez-vous apporte vos livres ?
12. Ou vont les eleves apres la classe? 13. Oil est la cour?
14. Qui est dans la cour quand la cloche sonne? 15. Qui est
avec les e'leves dans la cour ?

Resume

1. The ink is in the inkstand on the pupil's desk. 2. My sister
gives a penholder to her son. 3. The pupils are standing behind
the armchair in the classroom. 4. The children are not in the yard

UNE SALLE DE CLASSE EN ALSACE

Le maitre demande a l'eleve t « Quel est le pays represente au tableau ?
— La France, monsieur » , repond l'eleve

44 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

with your brother. 5. We found his pen, but we did not find her
notebook. 6. Here is the woman; she brought the books to the
teacher. 7. The teacher is showing the map to the pupils. 8. The
boy and girl go into the classroom when the bell rings. 9. She has
found the ruler. It is on her desk. 1 o. Who has John's pencils ?
They are not on the bench. 11. Two of the men are seated at the
window. 12. Who is the man standing in front of the blackboard ?

13. Mary did not find her father and mother after the lesson.

14. Here is the teacher's son; he rings the bell. 15. The school-
teacher gives a lesson to the class.

LESSON FIVE

INTERROGATIVE FORMS

87. The Interrogative Form of a sentence with a personal
pronoun as subject is made by placing the pronoun after
the verb and joining the two words by a hyphen.

Is he in the room ? Est-il da?is la chambre f

Have you not two brothers ? JV'avez-vous pas deux freres ?
Have you found a pen ? Avez-vous trouve une plume ?

88. Present Tense of itre> Interrogatively.

o. Affirmatively :

suis-je ? am I? sommes-nous ? are we ?

es-tu ? etc. etes-vous ? etc.

est-il(elle) ? sont-ils(elles) ?

b. Negatively :

ne suis-je pas? am I not? ne sommes-nous pas? are we not?

n'es-tu pas ? etc. n'etes-vous pas ? * etc.

n 'est-il (elle) pas ? ne sont-ils(elles) pas ?

INTERROGATIVE FORMS

89. Present Tense of avoir, Interrogatively.
a. Affirmatively :

ai-je ? have I?
as-tu ? etc.
a-t-il(elle) ?

b. Negatively :

n 'ai-je pas ? have I not ?
etc.

avons-nous ? have we ?
avez-vous ? etc.
ont-ils(elles) ?

n'avons-nous pas ? have we not 1
etc.

Note. The presence of t in the forms a-t-il and a-t-elle is in order
to prevent the succession of two vowels.

90. Interrogative Form with Subject Nouns. A sentence
whose subject is a noun is made interrogative, among other
ways, by placing the subject first, and repeating it by the
proper form of the subject pronoun placed after the verb.

Are the men in the room ?

Has his sister found the two

pens?
Have not your sisters my book ?

Les hommes sont-ils dans la

chambre ?
Sa sceur a-t-elle trouve les deux

plumes 1
Vos saeurs n'ont-elles pas mon

livre ?

VOCABULARY

aujourd'hui, today
la chaise, the chair
la chambre, the room
la grand' mere, the grandmother
le grand-pere, the grandfather
le jardin, the garden
la maison, the house

le neveu, the nephew
la niece, the niece

non, no

ou, or

oui, yes

qui, who,

whom,

which

table, the table

a la maison, at home, at the house

46 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Drill EXERCISE

i. Translate into French —

have you a cousin ? the inkstands are not here

has John a cousin ? are not the inkstands here ?

has John's father a cousin ? has she ?

is she at home ? are they not ?

is Mary at home ? am I not ?

is your sister at home ? have I not ?

is Mary's sister at home ? have they not found ?

the children are here the men who are here

are the children here ? the tables which are here

2. Change into questions —

Marie est debout Nous ne sommes pas k la maison

La niece de Jean a une sceur Son tils n'est pas ici

3. Continue —

Suis-je a la maison ? Ne suis-je pas avec Marie ?

N'ai-je pas une table ? Ai-je trouve le crayon ?

4. Change, in the Model below, the affirmative sentences
(except voici . . .) into negative, omitting the words oui, non,
and mais.

Model LA Famille a la Maison

« Etes-vous a. Pe'cole aujourd'hui ? — Non, nous ne sommes pas
a l'ecole ; nous sommes a la maison. — Vos parents sont-ils avec
vous ? — Oui, ils sont aussi a la maison. — Oil sont-ils ? — lis
sont dans ma chambre. Voici ma chambre. — A-t-elle une table ?
— Oui, elle a une table, deux chaises et un fauteuil. J'ai aussi un
bureau dans ma chambre. — Etes-vous debout devant votre
bureau ? — Non, je suis assis dans mon fauteuil. — Votre grand-
pere est-il dans la maison ? — Non, il est assis dans le jardin avec
mon cousin Jean. — Votre cousin est-il l'enfant de votre oncle?

INTERROGATIVE FORMS 47

— Oui, et il est aussi le neveu de mon pere. — Votre cousin
n'a-t-il pas une ou deux sceurs ? — II a deux soeurs qui sont les
nieces de mon pere. — Ne sont-elles pas dans la cour qui est
derriere la maison ? — Marie est dans la cour, mais sa sceur est
ici avec sa grand 'mere. »

Theme

" Has your grandmother a husband ? " M My grandmother has
a husband, who is my grandfather." "Is not your grandfather
seated with his wife on a bench in the garden ? " " No, he is in
my brother's room. My grandmother is with my cousin in front
of the house." M Is not your cousin at school today ? " M No, my
cousin John, and Mary, John's sister, are at home today. John is
my father's nephew ; Mary is my father's niece." M Is the family
at home ? " M Yes, it is at home." M Are not your uncle and your
cousin John in the yard ? " M Yes, they are in the yard which is in
front of the house." "Has your room an armchair? Has it a
blackboard ? "

Oral

1. Etes-vous a l'e'cole aujourd'hui ? 2. Ou sont vos parents?
3. Ou est votre chambre ? 4. Votre chambre a-t-elle une table ?
5. N'a-t-elle pas aussi deux chaises ? 6. Avez-vous un pupitre dans
votre chambre? 7. Votre grand-pere est-il a la maison? 8. Votre
grand-pere a-t-il une femme ? 9. Qui est le neveu de votre pere ?
10. Votre maison a-t-elle une cour? 11. La cour n'est-elle pas
derriere la maison? 12. Marie est-elle dans la cour? 13. Qui est
Jean ? 14. Ou est Jean ? 15. Jean est-il le frere de Marie ?

Resume

1. My mother is at home with her children. 2. My father's
mother is one of my grandmothers. 3. Here is John's chair behind
the door in my room. 4. Is Mary in the house with her cousin ?
No, she is here in the garden. 5. Where is your nephew's

48 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

penholder? It is in my desk. 6. Who is the man who rings the
bell at school? 7. My uncle is my aunt's husband, and he has a
son and daughter. 8. Are you seated before the class or standing
at the blackboard ? 9. Are not my books on the table which is in
John's room? 10. Mary, John's niece, is his brother's daughter.
1 1. Has he not brought the pens to his uncle's children? 12. Did
the pupil bring a pencil and a notebook to school today ? 13. Yes,
and he found also the teacher's inkstand on his desk. 14. Is my
grandfather's chair in front of the window? 15. The teacher is
showing a map of France to his class.

LESSON SIX

PRESENT TENSE FORMS

91. The Present Tense (indicative) is treated in full later.
In the majority of verbs it follows the model below.

je donne, I give nous donnons, we give

tu donnes, thou givest vous donnez, you give

il donne, he gives ils donnent, they give

Note i. The pupil is already familiar with the irregular presents of
etre and avoir. Others will be given from time to time in the lesson
vocabularies.

Note 2. Interrogative forms of the present are made in accordance
with Lesson Five. Thus :

nous donnons

becomes

donnons-nous ?

il ecrit

becomes

ecrit-il ?

il donne

becomes

donne-t-il ?

l'eleve lit

becomes

l'eleve lit-il ?

92. Auxiliary Forms in English often correspond to the
French simple present. Thus :

je donne, I give, I am giving, I do give

PRESENT TENSE FORMS 49

Likewise, in negative and interrogative forms :

il ne donne pas, he is not giving, he does not give

donne-t-il ? is he giving ? does he. give t

ne donne-t-il pas ? is he not giving ? does he not give ?

VOCABULARY

la craie, the chalk mademoiselle, Miss

difficile, difficult monsieur [mo-sjo], Mr., sir

l'exemple m., the example, illus- je montre, etc., I show, etc.

trative sentence montrez-moi, show me

facile, easy le morceau, the piece

francais, French la phrase, the sentence

la grammaire, the grammar la regie, the rule

la lecture, the reading au tableau, on (at) the blackboard

madame, Mrs., madam je trouve, etc., I find, etc.

lecon de grammaire, grammar lesson
lecon de lecture, reading lesson
livre de francais, French book

Note i . These last three phrases illustrate a common French usage
in which two nouns connected by de correspond in English to a noun
preceded by an adjective.

Note 2. Livre de francais means a book of French, that is, a French
textbook ; livre francais. an expression with which we are soon to become
familiar, means a book that is printed in French or that has some French
characteristic.

Irregular Presents

je lis, / read nous lisons, we read

tu lis, thou readest vous lisez, you read

il lit, he reads ils lisent, they read

j'ecris, I write nous ecrivons, we write

tu ecris, thou writest vous e'crivez, you write

il ecrit, he writes ils ecrivent, they write

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

EXERCISE

Drill

i . Translate into French —

a. he shows
she reads
he writes
we give

we are giving
are we giving ?
do we give ?

b. a book

a French book
a reading book

c. Mr. Lacour
Mrs. Lacour

Miss Lacour

yes, sir

no, sir

I am here, sir

are we not giving ?
does he read ?
does the pupil read ?
are they showing ?
have I found ?
did he find ?
does he find ?

the grammar lesson
the grammar rules
my French lesson

yes, Mrs. Lacour !
no, Miss Lacour
yes, Mr. Lacour

2. Continue —
je montre

je donne les regies
je ne donne pas
je lis la lecon

3. Fill the blanks :
nous montr— la phrase

montrent carte

elle donn regies

vous lis--- grammaire

je trouve

je n'ecris pas mes phrases
n'ai-je pas trouve la grammaire ?
suis-je au tableau ?

don— elle cahier?

ils lis lecon

_ enfants ecriv-- la regie

je ne donn deux legons

4. Replace in the following Model the subjects of the verbs
by je, whenever the meaning allows, making the corresponding
changes in the verbs. Replace them likewise by vous ; elles.

1 In conversation the French say oui, madame, not out, Madame Lacour \
similarly with mademoiselle and monsieur.

PRESENT TENSE FORMS 51

Model La Leqon

« N'avez-vous pas votre livre de francais ? — Oui, monsieur, il
est sur mon pupitre. » Le maitre donne une leQon de grammaire
aux e'leves. 11 lit les regies, et il e'crit les exemples au tableau avec
un morceau de craie. II montre les exemples aux eleves. J'e'cris
dans mon cahier avec ma plume. Nous ecrivons les phrases qui
sont sur le tableau. Mon frere n'ecrit pas les exemples. II a sa
grammaire, mais il n'a pas apporte son cahier. « Montrez-moi la
lecon. La lecon est-elle difficile ? — Non, elle est facile. » Apres
la lecon de grammaire nous avons la le^on de lecture. Les e'leves
n'e'crivent pas. Le maitre lit devant les e'leves. Nous lisons apres
le maitre, et nous ecrivons les exercices a la maison.

Theme

Today we have a reading lesson. The teacher is standing in
front of the class. We read the lesson with the teacher. My
cousin is not at his desk. He is at the board and he is writing
the exercise. "Is not your brother writing with the chalk ? "
M Yes, sir ; he is writing with a piece of chalk." " Have we not
a grammar lesson ? " M Yes, sir." The teacher gives the rules of
the lesson to the pupils and they write the examples in a notebook.
M Where are the examples ? " " They are on the blackboard."
" Show me the examples." After the lesson the children go home
and write the exercises. We show the exercises to the teacher.
M Show me your notebook."

Oral

1. Montrez-moi votre livre de francais. 2. Oil est-il? 3. Qui
donne la lecon de grammaire? 4. Le maitre ecrit-il les regies
au tableau? 5. ficrit-il les regies au tableau avec un crayon?
6. Les enfants lisent-ils les regies ? 7. Votre frere a-t-il apporte sa
grammaire? 8. La lecon de grammaire n'est-elle pas difficile?

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

9. Avons-nous une le-
c,on de lecture aujour-
d'hui ? 1 o. Qui lit apres
le maitre? 11. Ou
sont les exemples de la
lecon? 12. Les eleves
ecrivent-ils au tableau ?

13. ficrivez-vous vos
exercices a l'ecole ?

14. A qui (whom) les
eleves donnent-ils les
exercices ? 15. Les en-
fants vont-ils dans la
cour apres la lecbn ?

Resume

1. The pupils are
writing the grammar
lesson on the black-
board. 2. When does
he give the French
lesson to the children?
' 3. I am giving a map
of France to my sister's son. 4. The teacher is reading the rules
of grammar to his class. 5. Is the lesson for today easy? No,

1 L'histoire d'Alphonse Daudet, La Demttre Classe, dont nous repro-
duisons ici quelques paragraphes, est un incident de cette epoque :

« Mes enfants, c'est la derniere fois que je vous fais la classe. Le nouveau
maitre arrive demain. Aujourd'hui, c'est votre derniere lecon de francais. »

Tout a coup l'horloge de 1'eglise sonna midi, puis PAngelus. Au meme
moment, les trompettes des Prussiens qui revenaient de l'exercice ecla-
terent sous nos fenetres. . . . M. Hamel se leva, tout pale, dans sa chaire.

« Mes amis, dit-il, mes amis, je . . . je . . . » Mais quelque chose l'etourrait.
II ne pouvait pas achever sa phrase. Alors il se tourna vers le tableau, prit
un morceau de craie, et, en appuyant de toutes ses forces, il ecrivit aussi
gros qu'il put : « Vive la France ! »

LA DERNIERE CLASSE

A la suite de la guerre de 1 870, l'Alsace et la Lor-
raine devinrent allemandes, et la langue fran-
caise cessa d'etre enseignee dans les ecoles1

PRESENT TENSE FORMS 53

sir, it is difficult. 6. Do you read the reading lesson after the
teacher ? 7. Yes, Miss Hamel, but we write the exercises at
home. 8. Miss Riou writes the sentences in her notebook. 9. At
school the teachers write the examples with a piece of chalk.
10. After the lesson the boys and girls go into the yard. 11. Mr.
and Mrs. Riou, John's father and mother, are in the house.
12. Show me the French books which are on your desk. 13. Mary
is showing her French exercises to the pupils. 14. When the bell
rings, my brother and sister go to school. 15. Here is the man
who found the pencils ; they are on the table.

REVIEW

(Lessons Four to Six)
A. General Drill

1. Complete the present indicative of (a) je montre,
(b) j'&ris (neg.), (c) j'ai (neg.-int), (d) je suis (int.).

2. Express in French —

(7. she gives she has found she writes

she has she found she is

b. did she bring ? does she bring ? is she giving ?
has she brought ? is she ? is she reading?

c. we are not showing we do not show
we did not show we have not found

d. do you not read ? did you not find ?

have you not found ? are you not giving ?

3. Change to the interrogative —

vous etes il n'a pas trouve

les chaises sont le maitre lit

les hommes ont la fille n'e'crit pas

54 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

4. Translate into French —

he is reading the grandfather or the grand-
he is sitting in the chair mother
we are standing she is at home
they go to school a grammar lesson
yes or no .a French grammar
here is a penholder show me the map
where is it ? a map of France

5 . Replace, below, je by il ; by nous ; vous ; elles ; l'61eve ;
ses freres. Then, with each subject, change to the negative
form ; to the interrogative ; negative-interrogative.

je suis a l'e'oole je lis la lecon

j'ai un livre je montre la carte aux eleves

j'ecris les exercices

B. Translate into French

1. John is not with his brother and sister. 2. Are you writing
the grammar lesson on the blackboard? 3. Here is the girl who
found the teacher's pencils. 4. The school-teacher is showing his
map of France to the pupils. 5. Where did you find my pen?
It is here on my desk. 6. Where is the French lesson ? We have
a reading lesson today. 7. The man who rings the bell is not my
uncle. 8% Show me your notebook ; I am writing my French
exercise. 9. Did the boy bring his French book to school today ?
10. Are you reading the book which is on your desk? 11. Do you
write your exercises with a pen or with a pencil? 12. Are the
children at home today? No, sir, they are at school. 13. The
pupil who is sitting on the bench is reading his grammar lesson.
1 4. The girl who is standing in front of the teacher's desk is your
niece. 15. Mr. and Mrs. Lebon, Mary's father and mother, are
standing at the window.

PLURAL OF NOUNS 55

LESSON SEVEN

PLURAL OF NOUNS

93. Irregular Plurals. It has been stated in Sec. y6 that
nouns in French regularly form their plural by the addition
of 8.. The following exceptions are important :

a. Nouns ending in s, x, or z remain unchanged.

le fils, the son les fils, the sons

la noix, the nut les noix, the nuts

le nez, the nose les nez, the noses

b. Nouns ending in au and eu, and seven in ou, add x.

Poiseau, the bird les oiseaux, the birds

le neveu, the nephew les neveux, the nephews

le bijou, the jewel les bijoux, the jewels

The seven nouns in ou are

le bijou, the jewel le hibou, the owl

le caillou, the pebble le joujou, the plaything

le chou, the cabbage le pou, the louse

le genou, the knee

Note i. The h in hibou is aspirate : therefore, le hibou. See Sec. 52.
Note 2. Other nouns in ou add s.

le trou, the hole les trous, the holes

c. Most nouns ending in al change this termination to aux.
le cheval, the horse les chevaux, the horses

Note. For exceptions to this see Sec. 311.

d. The following nouns have irregular plural forms :

le del, the sky les cieux, the skies

Poeil, the eye les yeux, the eyes

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VOCABULARY

l'all<§e/., the path
l'animal m., the animal
l'arbre m., the tree

le bois, the wood

la bonne, the maid, nursemaid

le chapeau, the hat

le gateau, the cake

gns, gray
le journal, the newspaper
le manteau, the cloak
le monsieur [ma-sjo], the gentle-
man
le pare [park], the park
le sac, the bag

je chante, etc., I sing, etc.

a cote* de, beside

en face de, opposite

voila, there is (are) {calling attention to an object)

il y a, there is (are) (merely stating existence of an object)

Note. Other words used in the exercises below will be foui

in Sec. 93.

Drin EXERCISE

I. Give the plural of —

le nez la niece

Foiseau

le journal votre fils

le ciel

la noix le caillou

son ceil

le fils l'homme

un bijou

le neveu mon animal

le chapeau de Jean

2. Give the singular of —

ses chevaux mes yeux les hiboux

ves manteaux

les enfants les nez deux bras

les sacs

3. Continue —

j'ai deux yeux

je n'ai pas deux nez

je donne un sac de noix

je ne chante pas

je lis les journaux

ne suis-je pas dans les bois ?

PLURAL OF NOUNS 57

4. Translate into French —

there 's my horse he is singing

there is a horse in the park does he sing ?

behind the trees the owl is gray

beside the tree the owl's hole

opposite the park the owls' holes

5. Take from the Model below each noun with the modi-
fying word (if any) that precedes it, and then change each
from the singular to the plural and vice versa (change un to
deux, deux to un).

Model Le Parc

Je suis dans le parc avec les neveux de mon pere. Le parc est
en face de ma maison. Les oiseaux chantent dans les arbres.
Dans le bois il y a deux hiboux. Le hibou est un oiseau. Voila
un homme qui lit ses journaux sur le banc. A cote de l'homme il
y a une bonne et les fils de l'homme. Un des fils est sur les
genoux du monsieur. Les yeux de l'enfant sont gris. Son chapeau
est derriere le banc sur les cailloux de l'allee. Les joujoux et les
manteaux des enfants sont dans les bras de la bonne. Elle donne
aux enfants les noix et les gateaux qui sont dans son sac. Dans
l'allee pour les chevaux il y a un homme et son cheval.

Theme

There is a park opposite my house. In the woods there is a
path for the horses. The two horses of my nephews are not in
the park. There is a bench! On the bench a maid is reading
a book to a child. The child's eyes are gray. He is in the arms
of the maid and he has two cakes. The maid reads the lesson
on the animals and birds. M Here are two owls. The owl is a
bird." Beside the maid, on the bench, are the children's cloaks,
hats, and playthings. There 's a gentleman and his sons. He is
reading his newspapers.

58 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Oral

i. Le pare est-il en face de votre maison ? 2. Les oiseaux sont-
ils dans les arbres ? 3. Ou sont les arbres ? 4. Le hibou est-il un
animal? 5. Lisez-vous les journaux? 6. Ou est la bonne? 7. Qui
est sur les genoux de la bonne ? 8. L'enfant est-il dans les bras de
la bonne ? 9. 0 11 est l'allee pour les chevaux ? 10. Votre livre est-il
sur vos genoux? 11. Vos yeux sont-ils gris? 12. Les chapeaux
des eleves sont-ils dans la classe ? 13. Vous et votre frere etes-vous
les fils de vos parents? 14. Avez-vous deux genoux? 15. Avez-
vous deux nez?

Resume

1. The maid who is on the settee is reading a French book.
2. The man gives the nuts to the children. 3. My nephews found
the birds in the trees of my uncle's garden. 4. My aunt is giving
the jewels to my sister. 5. My father's horses are in the woods
which are opposite his house. 6. Has the man two noses? No,
sir, but he has two eyes and two knees. 7. The skies are gray,
and the children are not going (vont) to school. 8. There are two
owls in the holes of the trees in front of our house. 9. There is
the gentleman who brought the cakes and playthings to the pupils.

10. The reading lesson is on the animals and it is not difficult.

1 1. The maid is singing to the child who is in her arms. 12. Where

LA FONTAINE DE MEDiCIS. Paris est fameux pour ses pares, dont 1'un
des mieux connus et des plus beaux est celui du Luxembourg. II est situe
pres du Quartier Latin, oil demeurent beaucoup des etudiants de Paris, et
est tres frequente par les etudiants eux-memes ainsi que par les enfants
du voisinage, ces derniers visitant surtout la partie du pare reservee pour
leurs jeux. Le jardin est orne de statues et d'autres oeuvres d'art, parmi
lesquelles se detache la fontaine de Medicis, encadree de grands arbres,
que vous voyez dans la gravure d'a cote. Le batiment que Ton distingue
derriere est le palais du Luxembourg, ou le Senat tient ses seances. Ce palais
fut construit de 1615 a 1620 pour Marie de Medicis, femme de Henri IV,
et fut habite par divers princes et princesses jusqu'a la Revolution.

LA FONTAINE DE M^DICIS

60 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

are the children's hats and cloaks? They are not here. 13. Did
not the boy find the cabbages in the gentleman's garden ? 1 4. My
son is standing on the pebbles in the path and is singing to his
mother. 15. Here is the gentleman who reads his newspapers in
the park. 16. He has also a bag of nuts for the animals. 17. Is
the French teacher giving a reading lesson or a grammar lesson
to his class today? 18. Did you give the French books to the
pupils who are seated on the benches? 19. The boys found
the nuts which are on the table. 20. Here is the park ; are the
birds singing in the woods ?

LESSON EIGHT

AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES

94. Agreement of Adjectives. Adjectives in French vary
in form to agree with the gender and number of the words
they modify.

95. The Feminine of Adjectives is regularly formed by
adding mute e to the masculine.

le grand jardin, the large garden la grancle cour, the large yard

96. The Plural of Adjectives is generally formed in the
same way as the plural of nouns of similar ending.

le petit garc,on, the little boy les petits gargons, the little boys

le gros chien, the big dog les gros chiens, the big dogs

la grande ville, the large city les grandes villes, the large cities

Note i. Bleu, blue, however, takes s in the plural.

Note 2. An adjective has, therefore, normally four forms : masculine
singular and plural, feminine singular and plural ; for example, grand,
grands, grande, grandes.

AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES 6 1

97. Double Agreement. When the same adjective modi-
fies nouns of different gender, it takes the masculine form.
His son and daughter are small. Sonjils et sajille sont petits.

98. Feminine of Nouns. A few nouns which may be
applied to either sex have a feminine form made in the
same way as the feminine of adjectives.

le cousin, la cousine, the cousin un ami, une amie, a friend

Note. Enfant and many other nouns of this type have the same form
for both genders.

VOCABULARY

l'ami (/. amie), the friend je joue, etc., I play, etc.
beau, beautiful, handsome long, long

bleu, blue parce que, because

charmant, attractive petit, small, little

le chien, the dog la piece, the room

le ciel, the sky plein, full

content, glad pourquoi, why

la cuisine, the kitchen je represents, etc., I represent,^.

je demeure, etc., I dwell, live, etc. le rideau, the curtain

la feuille, the leaf rond, round

la fleur, the flower la rue, the street

gai, cheerful le salon, the parlor
grand, large seul, only, alone

gros, big le tableau, the picture, blackboard

haut (Note), high le vase, the vase
l'herbe/, the grass vert, green

joli, pretty la ville [vjl], the city

la chambre a coucher, the bedroom
la salle a manger, the dining-room
etre de retour, to be back
de quelle couleur ? of what color ?

Note. The h in haut. is aspirate; see Sec. 52.

62 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Drin EXERCISE

i. Give all forms (both numbers and genders) of —

petit le votre son

joli charmant bleu mauvais

francais plein seul gai

2. Translate into French —

a large table a big dog

the window is round two beautiful curtains

the pretty leaves the skies are blue

his cousin (/) is attractive full of pictures

the grass is green your friend (/) is glad

the flower is blue the boy and girl are pretty

my little room his brother and sister

3. Replace in the following sentences, making all neces-
sary changes in agreement, Jean by Marie ; by vos neveux ;
by mes cou sines.

Jean est mon petit ami. II n'est pas grand, mais il est bon. II
est ici. II a deux gros chiens. Est-il seul ?

Model _ _.

La Maison

Jean est de retour a la maison. Son oncle a une grande maison
parce qu'il a une grande famille. Le salon est tres joli. II a deux
grandes et hautes fenetres. Les longs rideaux des fenetres sont
tres beaux. Voici une petite table. Elle est ronde. Un tableau
represente un jardin. Le ciel du tableau est tres bleu. II y a deux
charmants enfants dans le tableau. Le garcon est debout et joue
avec un gros chien. La petite fille est assise sur l'herbe. L'herbe
est tres verte. Les arbres et les feuilles sont verts aussi. Le jardin
est plein de jolies fleurs. Le salon n'est pas la seule piece de la

AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES 63

maison. II y a aussi une salle a manger et une cuisine. Les
chambres a coucher sont petites mais gaies. La cousine de Jean
a apporte un vase de fleurs.

Theme

My aunt is your friend. My uncle's large family lives in a street
where the houses are high. We are back at home. Here is the
parlor. It is large and has two large and high windows. The long
curtains are very beautiful. On the table, which is round, there
is a pretty flower in a little vase. The flower is blue. The
dining-room and kitchen are small. My bedroom is very cheerful.
We are back in the parlor. There 's a beautiful picture ! It repre-
sents two children, a little boy and a little girl, who are in a garden
full of pretty flowers. On the grass the boy is playing with a big
dog. The little girl is seated in the grass under the trees.

Oral

1. Oil l'oncle de Jean est-il? 2. Pourquoi l'oncle de Jean a-t-il
une grande maison? 3. De'crivez (describe) les rideaux du salon.

4. Decrivez la table. 5. Oil est le beau tableau? 6. Le tableau
represente-t-il un pare? 7. Qui est dans le jardin de l'oncle?
8. Le jardin est-il petit? 9. Avec qui le petit garcon joue-t-il?
10. Nommez (name) les pieces de la maison. 11. Votre maison
est-elle haute ? 12. Votre pere a-t-il une grande famille ? 1 3. Avons-
nous une table dans la classe ? 1 4. De quelle couleur est le ciel ?
15. De quelle couleur est l'herbe?

Resume

1. The gardens of the city are small, but the grass in the park
is green. 2. Did you find the boy's big dog in the street? 3. The
sky is blue today and the little boys are going to school. 4. The
beautiful birds are singing in the large trees of the woods.

5. The windows of my cousin's bedroom are high, but the cur-
tains are not long. 6. I live in a house which has a large kitchen

64 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

and an attractive dining-room. 7. There is a vase full of pretty
flowers on the table of the parlor. 8. We are back at home, and
are glad because the rooms are very cheerful. 9. The picture rep-
resents a large room with four windows and a table. 10. The
table is round; a little girl is sitting in an armchair. 11. The
leaves of the trees in the yard are very green. 12. A boy is
standing under the trees and is playing with a small dog. 13. My
friend lives alone in an attractive house of four rooms. 14. Here
is the man who found the horses ; they are behind the house.
15. Of what color are your mother's jewels? They are blue and
green. 16. The curtains for the windows of Mary's room are blue.
17. The bedrooms of my uncle's house are not large, but they are
cheerful. 1 8. Why are the pupils going to the woods today ? 19. The
flowers in the girl's garden are blue ; she is giving a flower to her
teacher. 20. We are playing in the park, where the grass is high.

LESSON NINE

POSITION OF ADJECTIVES

99. Position of Adjectives. Qualifying adjectives, as a
rule, follow the word they modify.

l'arbre vert, the green tree

les tables rondes, the round tables

100. Thirteen Adjectives that Precede. Several of the
most common adjectives regularly precede their noun.
Among the most important are

beau, beautiful grand, large vieux, old

joli, pretty gros, big jeune, young

vilain, homely petit, little nouveau, new

bon, good long, long

mauvais, bad court, short

POSITION OF ADJECTIVES 65

une jolie femme, a pretty woman
deux petits enfants, two tittle children

Note. The position of adjectives is further discussed in Sec. 326.
The beginner should put every adjective after its noun unless he knows
a definite reason to the contrary.

101. Tout and tel. The irregular adjectives tout (tous, //.;
toute, toutes, /.), all, every, and tel (telle, /.), such, require
special attention in regard to their position when used with
an article.

tout le pays, the whole country, all the country
tous les arbres, every tree, all (the) trees
tout le monde, everybody (all the world)
un tel homme, such a man
une telle femme, such a woman

102. Adjectives used as Nouns. The noun which an
adjective modifies is often omitted, and the adjective, pre-
ceded by an article, then stands alone, taking the gender
and number of the noun it represents. This construction
is most frequent with nouns that denote persons.

Le Francais est ici. The Frenchman is here.

Une Francaise est ici. A Frenchwoman is here.

Les Francais ont un beau pays. The French (people) have a

beautiful country.

II est avec la petite. He is with the little girl.

J'ai deux pommes ; une verte et / have two apples ; a green one
une rouge. and a red one.

Note. Proper adjectives are not capitalized in French when used as
adjectives ; they are capitalized when used as nouns. See Sec. 5.

les enfants francais, the French children
les Francais, the French (people)

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VOCABULARY

j 'admire, etc., I admire, etc.
l'arbre (m.) fruitier, fruit tree

bon, good
la campagne, the country (Note)
la cerise, the cherry
le cerisier, the cherry tree
le chemin, the road

chez, at (to) the house of
la ferme, the farm
le feuillage, the foliage
en fleur, in bloom
la foret, the forest
le gout, the taste

jeune, young

maintenant, now

mauvais [mo-ve], bad
le monde, the world

mur, ripe

nouveau, new
le noyer, the walnut tree

le pays [pe-i], the country (Note)

plusieurs, several
la poire, the pear
le poirier, the pear tree
la pomme, the apple
le pommier, the apple tree
il pousse, etc., it grows, etc.

rouge, red
je sSpare, etc., I separate, etc.
souvent, often

tel (/ telle), such (Sec. 101)
tendre, delicate, tender
tout (m. pi. tous), all, every

(Sec. 101)
tree, very
le verger, the orchard
le vert, the green
vieux, old
vilain, homely
le village [vi-laig], the village

tout le monde, everybody
a la campagne, in the country
chez son oncle, at (to) his uncle's

Note. Pays, a geographical unit ; campagne, the rural district, n6t
the city.

Driu EXERCISE

I. Give the four forms of the French words for

bad such all blue

ripe glad round green

short

French

round
high

•POSITION OF ADJECTIVES

2. Give the French for —
the round window

a green forest

the French children

my good uncle

3. Translate into French —

a. he lives in a beautiful country
he lives in the country

the apples on the apple trees
we admire his farm
the country is in bloom
the pears are not ripe

b. all the trees
the whole forest
every orchard
everybody

4. Continue —

the red apples
a delicate green
a new teacher
a very green pear

several roads .

several streets

it has a good taste

at John's house

at my friend's (house)

at John's father's

such a picture

such a flower

all flowers

all my friends

Model

j 'admire un grand arbre

je ne demeure pas a la campagne

suis-je chez ma tante ?

je ne suis pas grand

je lis dans la foret

A la Campagne

Aujourd'hui Jean est a la campagne. Tout le pays est en fleur.
Son ami a une grande ferme dans un joli petit village. II y a deux
hommes chez son ami, un vieux et un jeune. Le jeune est francais.
Le Francois n'est pas ici. II est maintenant dans les bois. Le
chemin separe la ferme de la foret. Nous admirons souvent les
beaux arbres qui ont un feuillage d'un vert tres tendre. Tout
le monde admire une telle foret. Les arbres fruitiers ne poussent
pas dans les bois. lis poussent dans le verger. Dans le verger il

68 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

yaun cerisier, un gros noyer, plusieurs pommiers et un poirier.
Toutes les cerises sont rouges. Elles ont un bon gout quand elles
sont mures. Elles ont un mauvais gout quand elles sont vertes.
Les noix dans ma poche sont les noix du* noyer qui est devant
vous. Les gros arbres du verger sont tres vieux.

Theme

John is with a young Frenchman at my friend's farm. The
French have a beautiful country, but the little village where my
friend has his little farm is beautiful also. The whole country is
now in bloom. My friend's apple trees, pear trees, and little
cherry trees are in the orchard behind the barn, but the big
walnut trees are in the forest. There is a ripe pear. It has a
good taste. Everybody admires such a pear. Are his pears large
or small ? The cherries on the table are red. The old walnut tree
produces (gives) the nuts which are on the table of the dining-room.
There 's a bad nut, but all the nuts are not bad. The walnut tree
is a fruit tree which grows in the woods. The foliage of the
beautiful trees beside the road that separates the forest from the
farm is of a very delicate green.

Oral

i.Jean est-il a l'ecole aujourd'hui? 2. Le pays est-il beau?
3. Oil est la grande ferme de l'ami de Jean ? 4. Qui est a. la
ferme ? 5. Le Francais n'est-il pas dans le bois ? 6. De quelle

LA CAMPAGNE — VUE PRISE D'UN AEROPLANE. Nous avons ici une
photographie prise d'un aeroplane, laquelle represente a la lettre un pay-
sage tel qu'on ne manque pas, pour ainsi dire, de voir a quelque endroit de la
France qu'on aille. Les ecuries, les etables, les hangars forment generale-
ment un groupe au centre duquel se trouve la cour, l'abreuvoir, etc. La photo
montre bien le morcellement considerable de la propriete en France, beau-
coup de ces lots separes les uns des autres par les routes nombreuses qui
sillonnent le pays. Tout le terrain est cultive, et, sauf les vergers et une foret
par-ci par-la, il n'y a pas d'espaces cultivables qui ne soient pas utilises.

fO ELEMENTARY FRENCH

couleur est le feuillage des arbres? 7. Ou les1 arbres fruitiers
poussent-ils ? 8. Les * noyers ne poussent-ils pas aussi dans le
verger? 9. Les1 pommes vertes ont-elles un bon gout? 10. De
quelle couleur sontles * cerises mures ? 1 1 - Toutes les fleurs sont-elles
rouges? 12. Le Francais est-il vieux ou jeune? 13. Les Francois
n'ont-ils pas un beau pays ? 1 4. Etes-vous chez votre oncle ? 15. Jean
n'est-il pas chez son ami avec le Frangais? 16. Admirez-vous le
pays des Francois ? 17. Demeurez-vous a la campagne ?

Resume

1. In every country all the orchards are full of fruit trees.

2. There are, in his orchard, several trees which are now in bloom.

3. All the good pupils write the French exercises at home. 4. When
the apples are green, they have a bad taste. 5. Of what color are
(the) cherries when they are ripe ? 6. The old curtains which sepa-
rate the parlor from the dining-room are very homely. 7. Who
gave to the teacher the pretty flowers in the vase which is on her
table ? 8. The little girl found the large nuts in the forest under the
old walnut trees. 9. All the houses in the little French village are
very attractive. 1 o. Do you not admire my sister's pretty cloaks ?
1 1. All her children are now at her father's in the country. 1 2. John's
teacher often2 reads the French lesson to his pupils. 13. Such a
teacher is dear to the pupils of every school. 14. In my new
orchard every pear tree is full of pears. 15. Everybody admires
the cherry tree which is growing in our yard. 16. There is a big
tree beside the path which separates the garden from the yard.
17. He found the apples under the apple tree, a green one and a
ripe one. 18. I admire the delicate green of the foliage of the
apple trees. 19. Are they going to school today? No, sir, they
are going to his uncle's. 20. There is the Frenchman who gave
th French books to John's brother.

1 See Sec. 119. 2 See Sec. no.

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 7 1

LESSON TEN

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

103. Irregular Feminines. French adjectives regularly
form their feminine, as stated in Sec. 95, by the addition
of mute e. The following exceptions are important :

a. Adjectives already ending in mute e remain unchanged.

le jeune homme, the young man
la jeune femme, the young woman

b. Adjectives ending in f change the f to v on adding e.

II est actif. He is active.

Elle est active. She is active.

c. Most adjectives ending in x change the x to 8 on
adding e.

II est heureux. He is happy.

Elle est heureuse. She is happy.

d. The following adjectives, among many others, present
special irregularities :

Masculine

Feminine

bas

basse

low

gros

grosse

big, stout

dpais

e'paisse

thick

bon

bonne

good

cher

chere

dear

sec

seche

dry

blanc

blanche

white

long

longue

long

frais

fraiche

fresh

doux

douce

sweet, gentle

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note i. The first four of these adjectives, as well as those of
Sec. 1 04 below, illustrate a common tendency to double a final consonant
on the addition of the e.

Note 2. For a more complete list of irregular feminines see Sec. 3 1 2.

104. Two Masculine Forms. The following adjectives,
among other irregularities, have two forms in the masculine
singular. Of these two forms, the first is used before words
beginning with a consonant ; the second, before words be-
ginning with a vowel sound.

Masculine

Sing.

Plu.

beau, bel

beaux

nouveau, nouvel

nouveaux

vieux, vieil

vieux

fou, fol

fous

mou, mol

mous

Feminine
Sing. Plu.

belle belles

nouvelle nouvelles

vieille vieilles

folle folles

molle molles

un beau tableau, a beautiful picture
un bel arbre, a beautiful tree

beautiful

new

old

crazy

soft

VOCABULARY
l'air m., the air

l'ecurie/., the stable (for horses)
ratable/., the stable (for cattle)
la ferme, the farmhouse, farm
fort, strong, loud
large, broad

neuf, new (Note 2)

noir, black
le pr6, the field, pasture

pur, pure
la vache, the cow
la voix, the voice

de qui ? of (by) whom ? whose ?

a haute voix, aloud

a voix basse, in a low voice

Note i . For other adjectives used in this lesson see Sees. 1 03 and 1 04.
Note 2. Neuf, new, in the sense of newly made ; nouveau, new, in
the sense of different, newly acquired.

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES

Drill

i. Give all forms of the French words for
dry
thick .
old
young

2. Give a French sentence or phrase containing —
blanches nouvel jeune deux

broad

white

low

long

seated

dear

big

gentle

good

new {two words)

high

all

heureuse
neuve

chere
beaux

3. Translate into French —

the cow's stable a thick leaf

the horses' stable she is reading aloud

a large farm a dry nut

a broad path a new friend

4. Continue —

je suis heureux

je chante a voix basse

je ne demeure pas dans une e'curie

je n'admire pas tout le monde

n'ai-je pas trouve une pomme rouge ?

telle

bonne

doux

vieille

a new house

a dear 1 aunt

an old aunt

an active aunt

Model

A la Ferme

La ferme de M. Leblanc, le bon ami de Jean, est une belle
maison blanche. Elle est neuve. Dans la cour, qui est longue et
large, sont les grandes etables pour les grosses vaches et les
ecuries pour les beaux chevaux de la ferme. A cote du verger
le gros cheval noir de M. Leblanc est dans le pre oil T'herbe

1 Dear precedes its noun when it means beloved.

74 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

est e'paisse. La petite fille de M. Leblanc est sous le feuillage
epais du vieil arbre de la cour. Elle lit a haute voix le nouveau
livre d'Anatole France, et elle est heureuse. La petite, assise sur
une chaise basse, a une voix tres douce et est Pamie de tout le
monde. Son pere est vieux et gros, mais il est tres actif. Sa mere
n'est pas tres vieille, et elle est active aussi. lis sont heureux.

Theme

M Where is the little daughter of Mr. Lebon ? " M She is in the
yard seated with her mother on a very low bench." Mary is a good
little girl. She is very beautiful and gentle. Mary is everybody's
friend. Under the thick foliage of the old tree of the yard she is
reading aloud to her mother the new book by (of) Anatole France.
The mother of the little girl is an active woman ; she is not old.
Her husband is old. He is stout, but he is active also. Mr. Lebon's
farmhouse is new. It has a beautiful yard. The big cows are not
in the stable, which is long and low. They are in the thick, green
(thick and green) .grass of the field. Two of the cows are black.
The air of the country is dry and pure.

Oral

i. De quelle couleur est la maison de M. Leblanc? 2. Est-elle
vieille ou neuve? 3. Oil sont les etables de la ferme? 4. Les
beaux chevaux de M. Leblanc sont-ils a l'ecurie? 5. M. Leblanc
a-t-il un enfant ? 6. Ou est sa petite ? 7. Lit-elle a haute voix ou
a voix basse? 8. De qui est le livre? 9. A qui lit-elle? 10. Pour-
quoi la petite est-elle heureuse ? 11. A-t-elle une forte voix ? 1 2. Sa
mere est-elle jeune? 13. Votre pere est-il vieux? 14. Etes-vous
assis sur une chaise basse ? 15. Votre mere est-elle active ?

Resume

1. In the orchard the leaves of the trees are fresh and green.

2. My uncle's black cows are in the pasture behind the farmhouse.

3, My friend's new house is in a pretty French village beside an

IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 75

attractive road. 4. Mr. Lebon's daughter has a sweet voice ; she
is reading aloud to her father. 5. A Frenchman gave (to) my
nephews the white horses which are in the stable. 6. In the country
all children are strong because the air is pure. 7. My dear mother
often sings to her children when they are at home. 8. The old
man who is standing at the window is the friend of all the animals.

9. A crazy woman lives in the white house behind the woods.

10. The apples which are on the trees are red, but they are not
ripe. 1 1. Show me the new book by (of) Rend Bazin which is on the
round table. 12. The little boy sitting in front of the low table is
everybody's friend. 13. We have two big cows in the stable, a red
one and a white one. 1 4. John's sisters are now writing the long
French exercises. 15. In the field the grass is green and thick.
16. My aunt lives in a small house, but she is happy and cheer-
ful. 17. Where did you find the red flowers? They are very
beautiful. 18. The Frenchwoman is not young, but she is strong
and active. 19. He is reading the French lesson in a low voice
before the class. 20. The old owls are in the holes of the old tree.

REVIEW

(Lessons Seven to Ten)
A. General Drill

1. Give the exceptions to the regular formation of the
plural of nouns and adjectives. Illustrate.

2. Give the list of nouns ending in ou that form the plural
by adding x.

3. Give the plural of —

homme ciel genou joli votre

bras trou ceil tout nez

doux animal heureux beau assis

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

4. Give the feminine singular of —
jeune actif le

cher sec bon

fou tel vieux

5. Give all the forms of —
mauvais vieux tout
rouge blanc nouveau

6. Express in French —
a young man
the white horse
your pretty house

7. Translate into French
the leaves are green
two eyes
a French picture
every house

bas
mou

a low voice
a new friend
my dear friend

tout

doux

ami

heureux
votre

frais

enfant

epais

beau
joli

a new house
a short road
a long lesson

such a house
all houses
all the house
everybody
the old woman

the new cloak and the old one

we are back

a house of four rooms

a beautiful dining-room

the white owl

there is a boy

here is a good pear

there 's a bad pear

there is a tree in the yard

parentheses by the correct

8. Replace the words in
French forms :

Le (old) homme est (happy). (His good) femme est (old), mais
elle est (beautiful). (Her) fils a (two young) filles. (They) sont
(small), mais tres (sweet) et (pretty). (The whole) famille demeure
dans une (new white) maison sous un (old green) arbre.

B. Translate into French

1. The old woman lives alone in the white house. 2. Such a
girl is everybody's friend. 3. All the pupils are reading the French
lesson aloud. 4. Is the stable for the horses in the yard ? 5. All

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 77

the birds are now in the thick forest. 6. Where are the child's
playthings ? 7. Do you not write the French exercises at home ?
8. In my new orchard all the cherry trees are in bloom. 9. There
are two cows in the pasture, a white' and a black one. 10. When
the apples are ripe they are of a red color. 11. Everybody admires
her beautiful black eyes. 12. We are writing the long grammar
lesson on the blackboard. 13. Such a woman is a friend of all the
children of the village. 14. In the country the grass is now fresh
and green. 15. The Frenchman is showing the French books to
his friends. 1 6. John's father and mother are old, but they are very
active. 17. The leaves of the pear tree are dry, but the pears are
sweet and good. 18. All the girls are back at home and they are
happy. 19. Show me the old owls which are in the old walnut tree.
20. The maid is singing in a low voice to the children.

LESSON ELEVEN

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES

105. Regular Comparison. The comparative degree of
adjectives is regularly formed by prefixing plus, more ; the
superlative, by prefixing the proper form of the definite
article to the comparative. Thus : grand, plus grand, le plus
grand, large, larger, largest.

grand cheval, large horse

plus grand cheval, larger horse

le plus grand cheval, largest horse

une belle dame, a beautiful lady

une plus belle dame, a more beautiful lady

la plus belle dame, the most beautiful lady

deux jolis enfants, two pretty children
deux plus jolis enfants, two prettier children
les plus jolis enfants, the prettiest children

78 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note i. The prettier picture of two and the prettiest picture of
more than two are alike in French, le plus joli tableau.

Note 2. An adjective that follows its noun in the positive follows

it also in the comparative and superlative. Observe the repetition of

the article.

le ciel le plus bleu, the bluest sky

Note 3. When a possessive adjective is used before a superlative,
the definite article is not required.

mon plus cher ami, my dearest friend

106. Irregular Comparison. The following three adjec-
tives are usually compared irregularly :

bon, good meilleur, better le meilleur, best

mauvais, bad pire, worse le pire, worst

petit, little moindre, less le moindre, least

Note. Petit is compared regularly when it means small in size.
My house is smaller. Ma maison est plus petite.

But the least occasion la moindre occasion

107. Comparison Downward. To express less and least
degrees, moins, less, and le moins, least, are prefixed.

II est moins poli. He is less polite.

Son frere est le moins poli. His brother is least polite.

108. Comparative Connectives. In comparative sentences
than is expressed by que, as ... as by aussi . . . que, so . . .
as, in negative expressions, by si . . . que.

The boy is taller than his sister. Le gar con est plus grand que sa

sceur.
He is as rich as his brother. II est aussi riche que son frere.

She is not so beautiful as her Elle n'est pas si belle que sa
mother. mere.

Note. In after superlative expressions is de.
The most beautiful woman in (of) La plus belle femme de la ville.
the city.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 79

VOCABULARY

Page m., the age malade, sick

ag£, old (in years) (Note) meilleur (le), better (best)

agreable, pleasant moindre (le), less (least)

aimable, kind naturellement, naturally, of

attentif , attentive course

avanc£, advanced l'occasion/., the occasion

le camarade, the chum, comrade paresseux, lazy

cependant, however pire (le), worse (worst)

enclasse, in class poli, polite

aucontraire, on the contrary riche, rich

different, different robuste, sturdy

gai, cheerful, merry studieux, studious

grand, tall, large je tombe, etc., I fall, etc.

intelligent, bright toujours, always

Jeanne, Jane vif, lively
bien (mal) 61ev6, well-bred (ill-bred)
a la moindre occasion, on the least occasion

Note. Age" is used to define anyone's age, whether old or young;
vieux means advanced in years, not young.

jy ... EXERCISE

i. Compare upward and also downward —
grand beau cher avance

petit bonne mauvais vive

2. Compare (upward simply) —

vieille dame belles filles un homme aimable

mauvais garcon la chambre haute ma petite sceur

3. Form sentences or phrases in French containing —
moins belle si grand que meilleurs agee
aussi petit que bien e'levees la pire plus polis

80 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

4. Translate into French —

he is better than you she has a better book than you

he is not so good as you she has the best book

the best boy in the class the pretty house

she is not so attractive as your the prettier house (of the two)

friend the prettiest house (of all)

John is older than Charles my best friends

5. Continue —

je suis plus grand que l'enfant

suis-je aussi robuste que vous ?

je ne suis pas si riche que son frere

j'ai le banc le plus bas de la salle de classe

Model les Deux Camarades d'Ecole

J'ai deux camarades, Jean et Charles. Jean demeure a Paris,
la plus belle ville du monde. Charles demeure dans une ville plus
grande mais moins belle. Jean est riche ; ses parents ont une
grande maison. Charles n'est pas si riche que Jean. Sa maison est
moins grande ; elle est cependant aussi belle. Elle n'est pas si vieille.
Jean est plus age que Charles. II est grand et robuste. Charles
est aussi grand mais moins fort. II est bien eleve, poli, et toujours
aimable. Jean, au contraire, est mal eleve. II n'est pas si agreable
que son camarade et est moins poli. En classe il est paresseux.
Charles est plus studieux. Jean est naturellement moins avance'
parce qu'il n'est pas si attentif en classe. II est cependant aussi in-
telligent que Charles. Charles est le meilleur des deux et mon plus
cher ami. Jean n'est pas cependant le pire des garcons de son age.

Theme

Jane and Mary are two well-bred girls, but very different. Jane
is very merry and lively ; Mary is not so pleasant. Jane is the
younger and the less strong. She is less sturdy than Mary, who

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 8 1

is the taller and also the elder of the two. Mary is not so kind as
Jane, who is more attractive than she. Jane is, however, less
handsome. The two girls sing well. Mary has the stronger voice,
but her voice is less pleasing. Jane's voice is less strong. Jane is
not so sturdy as Mary. She falls sick on the least occasion. Mary
is the brighter of the two, but she is not the best pupil in her class.
She is, however, not so attentive as Jane, who is always more
studious. They live in the most beautiful street in the city.

Oral

i. Jean n'est-il pas riche? 2. Qui est le plus riche, Jean ou
Charles? 3. La maison de Charles est-elle aussi grande que la
maison de son camarade ? 4. Qui est le plus age, Jean ou Charles ?
5. Charles n'est-il pas le plus jeune? 6. Est-il plus grand que
Jean ? 7. Jean est-il aussi bien eleve que Charles ? 8. Qui est le
moins studieux, Jean ou Charles ? 9. Jean n'est-il pas aussi avance
que Charles ? 1 o. Qui est le meilleur des eleves, Jean ou Charles ?
1 1. Pourquoi Charles est-il plus avance que Jean ? 12. Demeurez-
vous dans la plus belle rue de la ville? 13. Etes-vous aussi age
que le maitre ? 14. Tombez-vous malade souvent ? 15. Etes-vous
tou jours attentif en classe ?

Resume

1. His sons are better than his nephews. 2. Who has the most
beautiful jewels in the city ? 3. He falls sick when the teacher
gives a long French lesson. 4. The boys are younger than the
girls and are also more active. 5. The grass is greener in the
meadow than in the forest. 6. Is she more attentive in class than
your daughter? 7. Jane is less studious than Mary, but more
lively. 8. Her sons, on the contrary, are lazier than your children.
9. Bertha is the least intelligent girl in the whole class. 10. Natu-
rally she is less advanced than the girls of her age. 1 1. The French
woman is as tall as my mother. 12. Mary is the elder of the two

82 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

sisters. 13. My chum is, however, the eldest in the family. 14. Jane
is very different from her younger sister. 15. His horses are the
largest in the world. 16. On the least occasion he reads aloud his
grammar lesson. 1 7 . Everybody admires a well-bred child. 18. Such
a son is, of course, dear to his parents. 19. The best nuts are dry
when they are ripe. 20. The merriest pupils are not always the
brightest.

LESSON TWELVE

ADVERBS AND THEIR COMPARISON

109. Formation of Adverbs. Many French adverbs are
formed by adding ment to an adjective.

This syllable ment is added

a. To the masculine of an adjective when it ends in a vowel.

joli, pretty joliment, prettily

b. To the feminine when the masculine ends in a consonant.

doux, douce, sweet doucement, sweetly

Note. French has, of course, many adverbs not thus formed from
adjectives; for example, bien, well) tre3, very.

110. Position of Adverbs. An adverb modifying a finite
verb usually directly follows it ; it never directly precedes
it, as it does sometimes in English.

He writes at the board well. 77 ecrit bien au tableau.

We often read. Nous lisons souvent

Note. In a compound tense, as the past indefinite, short, simple
adverbs are usually placed between the form of avoir and the past
participle.

You wrote well. Vous avez bien ecrit.

You wrote at length. Vous avez ecrit longuement.

ADVERBS AND THEIR COMPARISON

111. Comparison of Adverbs. Adverbs are compared in
the same way as adjectives. As they undergo no variation
for agreement, the form of the article in the superlative is
always le.

souvent, plus souvent, le plus souvent, often, qftener, oftenest

112. Irregular Comparison. The following four adverbs
are compared irregularly :

beaucoup, plus, le plus
bien, mieux, le mieux
mal, pis, le pis
peu, moins, le moins

much, more, most
well, better, best
badly, worse, worst
little, less, least

113. Adverbs of Quantity. The following common ad-
verbs denoting quantity are often used with the force of
nouns. In this construction they take de before a following
noun.

assez, enough

autant, as much, as many

beaucoup, much, many, a great

deal
combien? how much? how many?

Le maitre a beaucoup d'eleves.
Elle a trop d' argent.
II a autant de fils que de filles.
J'ai assez d'argent.

J'ai peu de livres.

moins, less, fewer

peu, little, few

plus, more

tant, so much, so many

trop, too much, too many

The teacher has many pupils.
She has too much money.
He has as many sons as daughters.
I have money enough {enough of

money).
I have few books.

Note. When these words are used in a strictly adverbial sense,
without a dependent noun, they do not require de.

II ecrit trop souvent.
II lit assez bien.

He writes too often.
He reads well enough.

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VOCABULARY

l'argent m., the money

autre, other
le chateau, the castle
la chose, the thing
la croix, the cross

donne\ given
de droite, right-hand

encore, still, yet

fier [fje:r] (/. fiere), proud
en France, in France

g6ne*ral, general

g6ne>eux, generous
la guerre, the war

jaloux, jealous

leur {pi. leurs), their
la page, the page

Note. For additional words

pauvre, poor

pendant, during
je pense, etc., I think, etc.
le plaisir, the pleasure

que, that (conj.)

quelquefois, sometimes

rare, rare
la robe, the dress

seulement, only
le soldat, the soldier

sur, sure
la tour, the tower
je travaille, etc., I work, etc.

travail^, worked

un, one, a
les vetements m., the clothes

see Sec. 113.

Drill

1. Compare

EXERCISE

bien souvent petit beaucoup mal

bon peu sur mauvais rarement

2. Form the adverbs meaning —

actively dearly

generally

prettily surely

proudly

3. Express in French —

he reads much more friends

less money

much money more attractive

fewer benches

a little money apples enough

as much money

a little boy less attractive

too many rules

how much money a great deal of chalk

too surely

ADVERBS AND THEIR COMPARISON 85

4. Translate into French —

she is better than Mary on the left-hand page

she is the best girl in the city he rarely works

she rarely reads he worked well

she gives generously she is sure of her friend

she has several dresses she surely is jealous

she has many dresses I have too many pleasures

she has money enough I am too poor

they are proud of their clothes you are less advanced

in France you have less ink

5. Continue —

j'ai trop de leQons

n'ai-je pas assez d'amis ?

je suis le meilleur e'leve de la classe

je travaille le mieux

Model LES Riches et les Pauvres

Dans tous les pays il y a generalement beaucoup de pauvres
et peu de riches. Les pauvres ont peu d'argent ; les riches ont
beaucoup d'argent. Les riches ont plus d'argent que les pauvres.
Les pauvres ont moins d'argent que les riches. Les pauvres n'ont
pas assez d'argent. lis pensent quelquefois que les riches ont trop
d'argent, de maisons et de beaux vetements. lis sont jaloux des
riches. Les pauvres ont souvent autant d'amis que les riches, mais
ils n'ont pas tant de plaisirs. Les pauvres sont souvent aussi
heureux que les riches; ils ne sont pas cependant si fiers. Les
femmes des riches ont beaucoup de beaux bijoux et de belles
robes. Les enfants des pauvres ont moins de joujoux que les
enfants des riches. Les riches donnent beaucoup de joujoux et
d'autres choses aux petits enfants des pauvres. Pendant la grande
guerre les riches et les pauvres ont donne tres ge'nereusement
aux soldats et aussi a la Croix-Rouge. Naturellement les riches

86 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

ont donne plus que les pauvres. Les petits ont donne moins
que leurs parents. En France les riches ont beaucoup de chateaux.
Voici, sur la page de droite, un des grands chateaux. Combien de
tours a-t-il ? Est-il plus beau que les maisons de votre pays ?

Theme

The rich live most often in the prettiest houses in the city.
They do not always work the most; they have, however, more
money than the poor. The poor have naturally fewer pleasures
because they have not so much money. They have generally not
enough money. They have very often a large family, and have
rarely too much money. Happily the rich, who are sometimes
generous, give much to the children of the poor. The children
of the poor have few playthings, and their mothers have still
fewer jewels, but they are happy and have as many friends as the
rich. On the other page there is a castle. It is surely very
beautiful. Has it enough towers? How many towers has it?
The richest man in my country has a castle also. He has given
a great deal to the soldiers during the great war.

Oral

i. Qui a le plus d'argent, les riches ou les pauvres? 2. Les
pauvres ont-ils plus de vetements que les riches ? 3. Ne sont-ils
pas jaloux des riches ? 4. Ont-ils moins d'amis que les riches ?
5. Ont-ils autant de plaisirs? 6. Les femmes des riches ont-elles

LE CHATEAU DE CHAUMONT. La France est parsemee, particulierement
au centre, d'un grand nombre de chateaux. Quelques-uns de ces chateaux
etaient autrefois des forteresses, mais furent plus tard amenages pour
servir de residences. lis furent construits, pour la plupart, aux quinzieme
et seizieme siecles. Leur exterieur imposant et l'interieur richement decore
ont ete une inspiration aux architectes, un grand nombre de proprietes
americaines en montrant les traits caracteristiques. Un des chateaux les
plus interessants de la region de la Loire est celui de Chaumont.

88 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

assez de robes ? 7. Qui a le plus de joujoux, les enfants des riches
ou des pauvres? 8. A qui les riches donnent-ils ge'nereusement ?
9. Quand les riches ont-ils donne aux soldats ? 10. Ont-ils donne
seulement aux soldats? 11. Les petits ont-ils donne autant que
leurs parents ? 12. Combien de tours a le chateau de la page 87 ?
13. N'a-t-il pas trop de f enetres ? 14. A-t-il autant de portes?
15. Qui est l'homme le plus riche de votre pays ?

Resume

1. Her youngest brother has more horses than John. 2. Here
is one of* the most beautiful castles in the world. 3. The Red
Cross gave many things to the soldiers during the war. 4. The
rich have rarely too much money. 5. The girl surely has as many
pleasures as a boy. 6. The generous women of the city are giving
many playthings to the children. 7. How much money does he
have ? 8. There are generally more boys than girls in my French
class. 9. Does Mary sing better than the other sisters? 10. John
is the least studious boy in the whole school. 1 1 . Jane reads badly,
but Mary reads the worst of all the girls. 12. The French woman
has more beautiful dresses than my sister. 13. His eldest son has
not clothes enough for his children. 14. We think that he is still
the richest man in the country. 15. At school we sometimes read
aloud the reading lesson. 16. You have few books, but Jane has
fewer books than you. 17. The beautiful castle on page 87 has
many high towers. 18. Most often I write my French exercises
at home. 19. Their nephews work a great deal in the country.
20. There are still more castles in France than in my country.

Proverbes

C'est le premier pas qui coute.
fc Le chemin le plus long est souvent le plus court.

Plus on se h&te, moins on avance.
Le mieux est Tennemi du bien.

THE PARTITIVE CONSTRUCTION 89

LESSON THIRTEEN

THE PARTITIVE CONSTRUCTION

114. The Partitive Idea. The use of a noun to represent
an indefinite part of its class of objects is called the parti-
tive use. In English this idea is expressed by some or
any, which, however, are often omitted when the thought
is clear without them ; thus, / have some bread, or / have
bread \ I have not any bread, or I have no bread.

115. The Partitive Construction. The partitive idea is
expressed in French by de with the proper form of the
definite article. The contractions noted in Sec. yy take place.

some (any) bread, du pain some (any) water, de Veau

some (any) meat, de la viande some (any) books, des livres

She has some coffee. Elle a du cafe.

You always have friends. Vous avez toujours des amis.

Have you (any) apples ? Avez-vous des pommes ?

He gives money to the children. 71 donne de V argent aux enfants.

Note. The partitive sign is repeated before each noun.

There are bread and meat on the II y a dupain et de la viande sur la
table. table.

116. Article Omitted. The partitive idea is expressed by
de alone, without the article,

a. When the noun is the direct object of a negative verb.

I have no (not any) bread. Je n'ai pas de pain.

I have no (not any) ink. Je n'ai pas d*encre.

He has no (not any) pen. 77 n^a pas deplume.

There are no (not any) pens. II rty a pas de plumes.

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

&. When the noun is preceded by an adjective.

I have (some) good bread. fai de bon pain.

There is some old wine on the II y a de vieux vin sur la tablt.
table.

But when the adjective follows the noun, the article is used.

I have some fresh water. fai de Veau fraiche.

Note. The use of de without the article after adverbs of quantity
(Sec. 1 1 3) must not be confused with the partitive construction.

John has many books. Jean a beaucoup de livres.

John has some books. Jean a des livres.

117. Nouns of Measure or quantity are followed by de
without the article.

a pound of meat, une livre de viande
a glass of water, tin verre d'eau

VOCABULARY

achetS, bought
j'aime, etc., I like, love, etc.
l'assiette/, the plate

autour de, around
la banane, the banana
le bceuf , the beef
la bouteille, the bottle
le cafe\ the coffee

chaque, each
le couteau, the knife
la cuiller [kiri-je:r], the spoon
le cuisinier, the cook (m.)
la cuisiniere, the cook (/)

d6ja, already
le dessert, the dessert
le diner, the dinner

l'eau/, the water
les 6piceriesy!, the groceries

6t6, been
la fourchette, the fork
le fruit, the fruit
les fruits, the fruit (collectively)
le haricot vert, the string bean
la laitue, the lettuce
le legume, the vegetable
le marchi, the market
au marchi, to market
la nappe, the tablecloth
notre (pi. nos), our
l'orange/., the orange
le pain, the bread
la place, the place

THE PARTITIVE CONSTRUCTION

la pomme de terre, the potato
je prepare, etc., I prepare, etc.

pr6par£, prepared

quant a, as for
la salade, the salad

la serviette, the napkin
la tasse, the cup
le verre, the glass
la viande, the meat
le vin, the wine

EXERCISE

Drill

1. Translate into French —

a. he has a horse

we have some horses
has he any white horses ?
she has horses
you have no white horses
they have no horse

b. some red apples
some red wine
some red fruit

" some bad fruit
enough fruit

c. around the house
each knife

each fork

as for the dessert

our meat

I have some good horses
we have no coffee
she has coffee
she has black coffee
she has good coffee
have we the coffee ?

too much fruit

a glass of water

the water

little cups

a bottle of black coffee

our spoons

I have been in France
she bought a dress
she brought a dress
do you like my salad ?

2. Replace the parentheses by French forms :

II a (some) cafe. Elle a (no) viande. J'ai (no) assiette. Ont-ils
(any) cuillers ? Vous avez (little) viande. J'ai (little of the) salade.
Elle a (not any) legumes. lis ont (some) bon bceuf. A-t-elle (any)
fleurs blanches ?

92 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Model Le Diner

Mon pere a des amis a diner aujourd'hui. II a donne de l'argent
a ma mere. Elle a ete au marche et a achete beaucoup de choses
pour le diner: des epiceries, du pain, des legumes, de la viande
et des fruits. Elle n'a pas achete de cafe. Elle a assez de cafe
a la maison. Pour legumes il y a des pommes de terre, des haricots
verts, et de la laitue tres fraiche pour la salade. Quant a la viande,
ma mere a achete du bceuf. Elle n'a pas achete beaucoup de fruits
parce qu'ils sont chers. Pour le dessert elle a achete seulement
des pommes, de bonnes oranges, de belles bananes et une bouteille
de bon vin. Notre salle a manger est grande. Autour de la table
ronde il y a des chaises. Sur la table il y a une nappe blanche et
de belles serviettes ; a chaque place une assiette, une fourchette,
un couteau, de grandes et de petites cuillers et des verres. Nous
avons de bonnes choses pour le diner. II est ge'neralement bon
parce que nous avons une bonne cuisiniere.

Theme

Today my mother has been to market because we have friends
of my father at dinner. My father gave some money to my
mother, and with the money she bought some fresh vegetables,
meat, bread, groceries, and good fruit. My mother did not buy any
coffee; she has coffee enough for the dinner. After (the) dinner
we always have black coffee. Do you not like a cup of black coffee
after your dinner ? As for meat, my mother bought some beef. We
like (the) beef much. She found good vegetables, new potatoes,
very tender string beans, and lettuce for the salad. The lettuce
is very fresh. We have fruit from our orchard, but my mother
has bought good oranges, and also some bananas, which are very
dear. Of course she bought a bottle of wine, which is already on
the table of the dining-room. A large white tablecloth and some
napkins are on the table, and at each place there are plates.

THE PARTITIVE CONSTRUCTION 93

Oral

1. Qui (whom) votre pere a-t-il a diner aujourd'hui ? 2. Oil votre
mere a-t-elle e'te ? 3. A-t-elle achete de la viande ? 4. Les fruits
sont-ils chers ? 5. Pourquoi votre mere n'a-t-elle pas achete de cafe?
6. A-t-elle trouve' des le'gumes ? 7. Votre mere n'a-t-elle pas assez
de fruits dans son verger? 8. Vos parents ont-ils une bonne
cuisiniere ? 9. La nappe est-elle sur la table de la salle a manger ?
10. De quelle couleur est la nappe? 11. Oil sont les serviettes?
12. Les cuillers sont-elles petites ou grandes? 13. Qui a prepare
la salade ? 1 4. Avez-vous du vin sur la table de votre salle a manger?
15. Avez-vous toujours de la viande ?

Resume

1. Do you have friends at dinner today? 2. Yes, sir, and our
mother has already been to market. 3. The cook has bought fresh
lettuce for the salad. 4. Happily she has found some good string
beans. 5. Did not your mother buy any potatoes today ? 6. As
for the fruit, she. found only some big red bananas. 7. At each
place there is a knife, a fork, and some spoons. 8. The large glasses
are for the water and the smaller ones for the wine. 9. Show me
your pretty white tablecloth and your beautiful napkins. 10. In
our dining-room there are always chairs around the table. 1 1 . The
cook is preparing beef and vegetables for the dinner. 12. We are
having some large sweet oranges for (the) dessert. 13. Often we
like some fresh nuts with the oranges. 14. The cook has brought
a piece of tender beef on each plate. 15. After a good dinner do
you not like a cup of black coffee? 16. There is no fresh water
in the house. 17. My father found many big cabbages at the other
market. 18. Have you fresh bread enough for the dinner? 19. I
like a dinner in the woods with the whole family. 20. Did your
cook also buy some groceries for your mother ?

94 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON FOURTEEN

USES OF THE ARTICLES

118. Articles in French are used, in the main, as in Eng-
lish ; important cases where the two languages differ follow.

119. The General Sense. Common nouns take the defi-
nite article in French when they are used in a general or
inclusive sense ; that is, when they refer to the whole of a
class of objects.

Men are mortal. Les hommes sont mortels.

Glass is useful. Le verre est utile.

Ripe strawberries are red. Les /raises mures sont rouges.

I love good children. J'aime les bons enfants.

Vice is odious. Le vice est odieux.

Life is short. La vie est courte.

Note i . The last two sentences above illustrate the general use of
the article with abstract nouns, which represent an entire quality or con-
ception rather than a class of objects. '

Note 2. The general sense must be carefully distinguished from the
partitive use.

She loves flowers (as a class). Elle aime lesfleurs.

She has (some) flowers. Elle a desfleurs.

Birds {general) have wings (parti- Les oiseaux ont des ailes.

live).

Note 3. The use of the article in French is so extensive, for one
reason or another, that the student should never use a common noun
without an article, possessive adjective, or some similar word, unless he
has a definite reason for such omission. Such reasons are found in
Sees. 121 and 149.

We have meat for dinner. Nous avons de la viande pour le diner.

Morning is the best part of the day. Lemattn est la meilleure partie du jour.

USES OF THE ARTICLES 95

120. Proper nouns take the definite article in French

a. When preceded by a title or adjective (except in
direct address).

Marshal Foch, le marechal Foch
little Charles, le petit Charles
beautiful France, la belle France

b. When they are the names of countries or other large
geographical divisions.

France is beautiful. La France est belle.

America saved Europe. L'Amerique a sauve VEurope.

Note. Most names of countries ending in e are feminine; most
others are masculine. Before feminine singular names of countries, in
and to are expressed by en ; before masculine and plural names of
countries, by a. The definite article is omitted after en, and also after de
when it means/raw, with feminine names of countries ; but with mas-
culine and plural names the article is used.
London is in England. Londres est en Angleterre.

He is going to Italy. // va en Italic

She is coming from Germany. Elle vient d'Atiemagne.

They live in Canada. Its demeurent au Canada.

We live in the United States. Nous demeurons aux iZtats-Unis.

He is coming from Japan. # // vient dujapon.

121. The Indefinite Article is not used in French before
an unmodified predicate noun denoting profession, rank,
nationality, and the like.

I am a soldier. Je suis soldat.

She is a queen. Elle est reine.

His friend is an Englishman. Son ami est anglais.

Note. The small a of anglais shows that in such a sentence the
word appears to the French as an adjective.

But the article is used when the predicate noun is modified.
My friend is a good teacher. Mon ami est un bon maitre.

John is a soldier of France. Jean est un soldat de la France.

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VOCABULARY

les Alpes/., the Alps
americain, American
anglais, English
l'Angleterre/., England
le Canada, Canada
la capitale, the capital
dit, says, said
en, in, into, to
les Etats-Unis /#., the United
States
l'&ranger (/ -ere), the for-
eigner
l'Europe/, Europe
le fleuve, the river (Note)

jamais, ever
le lac, the lake

Londres m., London
le marshal, the marshal

le mont, the mount

la montagne, the mountain

odieux, odious
Fouest [west] m., the west
h l'ouest, in the west

Paris m., Paris
la population, the population

quel ? (/. quelle ?) what ?
la riviere, the river (Note)
la Seine, the Seine

servi, served
la Tamise, the Thames
le Texas, Texas

utile, useful

va, goes, is going
le vice, the vice

vient, comes, is coming

visiter, to visit

Note. Fleuve generally means a large river ; riviere, a smaller one.

Drill

I . Express in French —

a. horses are useful

good students are attentive
boys are taller than girls
vice is odious

c. he is a teacher

his brother is a teacher
John is a good teacher
we have a teacher

EXERCISE

b. they have horses
he has good pupils
some boys are here
I have no fork

d. she is French

she is an American
she is a French cook
we have a French lesson

USES OF THE ARTICLES 97

2. Express in French —

is she in France ? in Canada

she is in France he is going to Germany

in the United States it is in the city

in England from Paris

3. Translate into French —

leaves are green from England

he is a soldier France is rich

England is small little John

owls have big eyes his father is a polite man

4. Select all the nouns in the Model that are used in the
general sense ; in the partitive sense.

Model La France

La France est un tres beau pays. Elle est a l'ouest de l'Europe.
Elle est beaucoup plus petite que les litats-Unis. Elle est plus
petite que le Texas, mais sa population est plus grande. Les
Francais sont vifs et gais. La France est un vieux pays. En
France il y a des montagnes qui sont tres hautes. Les montagnes
sont toujours tres jolies aux yeux des etrangers. La plus haute
montagne est le mont Blanc. La France a de grands fleuves. II
n'y a pas de grands lacs. Paris est la capitale de la France. Paris
est sur la Seine. Les villes qui sont aussi belles que Paris sont
rares. Londres, sur la Tamise, est en Angleterre et est la capitale
du pays. Les Anglais vont souvent en France. II y a des
Francais a Londres et des Anglais a Paris. Avez-vous jamais
visite Paris ? II y a des Francais aux £tats-Unis. J'ai un ami qui
a ete soldat pendant la grande guerre. II a servi sous le mare'chal
Foch. Le marechal Foch est un grand general. Les bons generaux
sont rares.

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Theme

France is an old country. Paris, which is the capital of the
country, is on the Seine. Foreigners often visit Paris. There

are many Americans in Paris,
and there are French people
(Sec. 102) in the United States.
The English often go to France
too. There are English who live
in Canada. Your brother is not
an American. He comes from
Canada, where he is a soldier.
He has been in France. He
says that war is odious. France
is in the west of Europe. The
country is smaller than Texas,
but it has a greater population.
In France there are very high
mountains. Mont Blanc is the
highest mountain in the Alps.
France has great rivers. Rivers
are useful.

Oral

1. Votre ami est-il soldat?

2. Qui est le mare'chal Foch ?

3. La France est-elle plus grande
que les fitats-Unis ? 4. Oil est
la France ? 5. La France a-t-elle
des fleuves ? 6. Les fleuves ne
sont-ils pas utiles? 7. Quelle est

le marfxhal foch

Foch, general en chef, commandant
les armees de tous les Allies a la fin
victorieuse de la grande guerre, op-
cupait encore dans Parmee franeaise,
en 191 4, une position subordonnee.
II s'etait consacre, toute sa vie, a
Petude et a. l'enseignement des tac-
tiques militaires. Ses qualites de com-
mandant devinrent si evidentes que
son elevation au supreme commande-
ment etait inevitable. II a ete fait, de-
puis, marechal de France et membre
de PAcademie. Voir page 20

la capitale de la France ? 8. Sur
quel fleuve est Paris? 9. N'avez-vous pas ete a Paris? 10. Les
etrangers ne visitent-ils pas Paris? 11. Etes-vous francais ou

USES OF THE ARTICLES 99

americain? 12. Le Canada est-il en Amerique? 13. Avez-vous
ete au Canada ? 1 4. Quelle est la capitale des fitats-Unis ?

Resume

1. All Americans love France. 2. Good apples are dear now.
3. There are often little lakes on high mountains. 4. In the west
of Europe there are four long rivers. 5. All countries are not so
small as England. 6. Paris, the largest city of France, is on a long
river. 7. Friends are useful ; have you many friends ? 8. Marshal
Foch, one of the best generals of the great war, is a Frenchman.
9. Foreigners do not always love the United States. 10. Such men
are odious to all friends of America. 1 1 . The population of France
is less than the population of the United States. 12. He is at
Paris, but his sister is in England. 13. Little Charles has the best
books in the house. 1 4. Englishmen admire the Thames ; they
love also forests and mountains. 15. My aunt is a teacher and
reads French books well. 16. Young Leblanc is a good soldier;
he served in France under General Pershing. 17. Canada is larger
than England; many French live in Canada. 18. I have a friend
who visits Europe often. 19. Chalk is useful to pupils at school.
20. My chum has some good nuts, but he has no big oranges.

REVIEW

(Lessons Eleven to Fourteen)
A. General Drill

1. Compare the French adjectives meaning —

pretty poor proud

good little bad

2. Compare the French adverbs meaning —

often little badly

well proudly much

IOO ELEMENTARY FRENCH

3. Compare downward —

grand cruellement age

4. Form the adverbs meaning —

richly happily rarely

prettily usefully jealously

5. Define the partitive construction. How is it expressed
in French ? When is the article omitted ?

6. 1/anslate into French, and complete by inserting in
the blanks in turn the word for bread, meat, water, apples :
we have some more

he has enough

has she any ? how much (many) ?

I have no most

you have some good good

7. Give three cases where the definite article is used in
French but not in English. Illustrate.

8. Give French sentences containing —

meilleures sur jouent

agee Canada mieux

leurs en ete

sur pires dit

9. Translate into French —

the most attractive lady in England

she sings most sweetly in the United States

she is young in the room

she is younger than you in the country

she is as young as you young Peter

she is not so young as you I am a merchant

the best pupils in the school my father is a rich merchant

horses are useful he is an Englishman

chalk is white France and England

REVIEW, LESSONS XI-XIV IOI

General Montcalm much less badly

she has no friend on the least occasion

fresh water enough . I often play

the prettier of the two he has played often -

the prettiest of all a glass of v/ine"

10. Rewrite correctly the words in italics :
Les hommes aime des montagnes. II y ont beaucoup des mon-
tagnes dans France. France a-t-i/ de pres verts ? Les Francais
enfants sont bien eleves. Aimez-vous des petits enf antes'! Avez
vous plus des cousins que votre vieux ami, Marie ? Etes-vous plus
age de la petite fille? Avez-vous ete en Canada et en Paris?
licrivez-vous mauvais ?

B. Translate into French ♦

i. My uncle is the oldest man in your city. 2. My friend is a
good teacher and he has many friends in England. 3. Many rich
men have beautiful houses. 4. I have much less money than you.
5. Such attentive girls are always bright pupils. 6. The Thames,
the largest river in England, is not very long. 7. All the children
have bread enough, but we have little meat. 8. Good fresh water
is better than tea or coffee. 9. Are all the generals brave ? No, but
they are dear to the soldiers. 1 o. You have too much mpney, but I
do not have money enough. 11. He has big bananas and sweet
oranges, but there is no lettuce for the salad. 12. Wood is more
useful than glass, and it is less dear. 13. Does the little girl write
better than her older sister? Yes, and she reads better also. 14. His
brother, who is an English soldier, has been in France. 15. The
Frenchman is not so tall as his English friend. 16. London is one
of the oldest cities in Europe. 17. John's mother has bought some
new dresses and many beautiful jewels. 18. Are there any owls
in the holes of the old trees in the garden ? 19. America is larger
than France and has more beautiful lakes. 20. My friend lives in
the country ; she has some white horses and many beautiful cows.

102

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON FIFTEEN

REGULAR CONJUGATIONS - PRESENT INDICATIVE

122. The Three Conjugations. The infinitive, which in
French as in English is the fundamental form of the verb,
ends in either er, ir, or re. This infinitive ending determines
the conjugation, or system of inflection, to which a verb
belongs. There are three such systems, or conjugations, in
French verbs.

First Conjugation

Infinitive ending in er : donn-er, to give

Second Conjugation
Infinitive ending in ir : fin-ir, to Jifiish

Third Conjugation
Infinitive ending in re : vend-re, to sell

Note. That portion of a verb to which the endings are added is*
called the stem.

123. Formation of Present Indicative. The endings of
the present indicative of the three regular conjugations are,
reading vertically,

Singular

First
Conjugation

Second
Conjugation

is
is
it

Third
Conjugation

s
s

Plural

All
Conjugations

ons

ent

PRESENT INDICATIVE 103

124. Present Indicative of the Three Conjugations, illus-
trating the endings above :

donner (1st) finzr (2d) vendre (3d)

je donne je finis je vends

tu'donnes tu finis tu vends

il donne il finit il vend

nous donnons nous finissons nous vendons

vous donnez vous finissez vous vendez

ils donnent ils finissent ils vendent

Note i. Observe the connecting syllable iss in the plural of the
second conjugation. The i in the singular of this conjugation is also a
sort of connecting vowel. For a complete rule for the formation of this
tense see Sec. 1 28.

125. The Translation of the Present Indicative often
leads to auxiliary forms in English, such as are briefly
mentioned in Sec. 92.

a. In progressive and emphatic forms :

je donne, I am giving, I do give
il donne, he is giving, he does give

b. In negative sentences :

*!"''« f He is not giving

II ne donne pas^ ,, _ \ .
[ He does not give

c. In interrogative sentences :

_ f Are you giving?

Donnez-vous?i ^ . _

{Do you give?

,T , A ., , [Are they not giving?

Ne donnent-ils pas?^ ^ , y „ . J
[Do they not give ?

Note. In translating a compound English verb form into French,
the pupil should observe that the auxiliary, in the present tense and in
other forms to be met later, is expressed merely by the proper tense
ending of the French verb.

We are giving. Nous donnons. He will give. // donnercu

104

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VOCABULARY

aimer, to love, like

aimer mieux, to prefer

arranger, to arrange

Particle m., the thing

le bl£, the wheat

le boucher, the butcher

le boulanger, the baker

choisir, to select
le comptoir, the counter
la corbeille, the basket

demander, to ask (for)

d^penser, to spend

descendre, to go down, come
down

donner, to give
l'emplette/., the purchase

emporter, to carry away

enfin, finally, at last
PSpicier m., the grocer

faire, to make

fait, makes

le filet, the net-bag

finir, to finish, end
le fruitier, the fruit dealer
le magasin, the store
la monnaie, the change

montrer, to show
le mouton, the mutton

obligeant, obliging

p£trir, to knead

pour, for, in order to, to (Note)

que, that, which, (as object) •

rendre, to give back
le sel, the salt
la sorte, the kind
le sucre, the sugar

tendre, to hand out
le thS, the tea
la tomate, the tomato

tomber, to fall

trouver, to find
le veau, the veal

vendre, to sell

la farine, the flour

garcon de magasin, clerk

descendre en ville, to go down town

chez le fruitier, etc., at the fruit dealer's, etc,

Note. To, when it means in order to, is always pour.

~ .„ EXERCISE

Drill

I. Give the present indicative in full of —

trouver rendre choisir

pe'trir aimer descendre

PRESENT INDICATIVE 105

2. Complete these forms in the present tense :

tu montr— ils fin—

ils emport—

vous tend— elle arrang—

vous chois—

j'aim— je chois—

elles demand —

il rend— nous pe'tr—

ils rend—

3. Translate into French —

she comes

we <

io not show

we are not finding

she

is going

they choose

you

are not finding

he is going down

the)

r are giving back

she kneads

I do not love

you do spend

she does not carry away

he comes to sell

the

tea that I like

4. Give the full tense of —

je rends la monnaie
je choisis une corbeille
je n'aime pas le mouton

5. Use successively je, nous, vous, tu, elles, as the sub-
jects of the italicized verbs in the Model below, making the
corresponding changes in the verbs.

Model Au Marche

Ma mere descend en ville pour faire des emplettes. Le fruitier
montre a ma mere les beaux fruits murs et les legumes frais qui
sont dans des corbeilles et dans de grands sacs. Ma mere choisit
des poires, des tomates, et des pommes de terre nouvelles. Le
fruitier donne une belle pomme rouge & ma mere. Elle emporte
ses emplettes dans un filet. Chez Pepicier, qui vend du sucre, du
cafe et beaucoup d'autres epiceries, elle demande du the et du sel.
Le garcon de magasin, qui est tres obligeant, arrange les articles
sur le comptoir. Ma mere tend de l'argent a l'e'picier, qui rend la

106 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

monnaie. L'epicier ne vend pas de pain. Le boulanger fait le pain
avec de la farine de ble', qu'il petrit avec de l'eau. Le boucher vend
du boeuf, du veau et du mouton. Ma mere depense beaucoup
d'argent chez le boucher parce que la viande est chere. Y&zfinit
enfin ses emplettes. Elle est de retour a la maison. Elle a achete
beaucoup de choses.

Theme

At the market we bought many things today. The butcher
generally has beef that we like. Do you like beef as much as veal ?
I prefer veal. The butcher sells also mutton. Meat is dear now.
At the fruit dealer's, where we often find beautiful fruit that he
arranges well on the counters, we bought pears and cherries. We
always choose the best ones. The fresh vegetables that we also
find at the fruit dealer's are in baskets or in large bags. The fruit
dealer is very obliging. The grocer is opposite the fruit dealer.
He sells sugar and coffee. He has two kinds of coffee. We
choose the best. We hand out money to the clerk, who gives back
the change to my mother. At the baker's we bought bread. We
always spend much money when we go down town to make our
purchases.

Oral

i. Ou notre mere descend-elle ? 2. Pourquoi descend-elle en
ville ? 3. Quels legumes votre mere choisit-elle ? 4. Qui montre
les legumes a votre mere ? 5. Choisit-elle seulement des legumes ?
6. Ou sont les legumes et les fruits ? 7. L'epicier vend-il seulement
du cafe ? 8. Le garcon de magasin est-il aimable ? 9. Qui vend du
pain? 10. Quelle viande le boucher vend-il? 11. Pourquoi votre
mere depense-t-elle beaucoup d'argent chez le boucher? 12. Ou
a-t-elle demande du the ? 13. Aimez-vous le mouton mieux que le
veau? 14. Quel fruit aimez-vous le mieux? 15. L'e'picier vend-il
du pain ?

PRINCIPAL PARTS — THE IMPERFECT 107

Resume

1. Children like apples or pears for (the) dessert. 2. My mother is
asking for tea and coffee. 3. The cook does not find any sugar.
4. The fruit dealer does not sell bread ; he sells fruit. 5. My father
always spends more money than my mother. 6. We found our
purchases at last and carried away the things in our baskets.
7. Do you like oranges as much as bananas ? 8. Does he not sell
many groceries to the women of the city? 9. The grocer is
showing (to) my mother some fine white flour. 10. My aunt hands
out some money to the obliging boy, and he gives back the change.

11. Did you buy bread and some other things at the baker's?

12. Are you going down town to buy vegetables ? 13. Do parents
always choose good toys for their children ? 1 4. You are finishing
your grammar lesson ; I am writing my French exercise. 15. Does
the teacher give long lessons to the pupils that he likes ? 1 6. Are
the cooks kneading bread for dinner ? 17. Do not apples fall from
trees when they are ripe? 18. Many women like tea better than
coffee. 19. Does he work at the butcher's or at the fruit dealer's ?
20. When we are at the market we choose fresh veal or mutton.

LESSON SIXTEEN

PRINCIPAL PARTS -THE IMPERFECT

126. Principal Parts. Before proceeding to other tenses,
attention must be given to those basal forms from which
the rest of the verb is derived by the application of certain
rules. These are called the principal parts. They are five
in number in the French verb, namely,

Infinitive, Present Participle, Past Participle, First Person
Singular of the Present Indicative, First Person Singular of
the Past Definite.

108

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

127. The Principal Parts of the Model Verbs of the
three regular conjugations are

First Conjugation

Infinitive

donner

to give

Pres. Part.

donnant

giving

Past Part.

donn£

given

Pres. Ind.

je donne

I give

Past Def.

je donnai
Second Conjugation

I gave

Infinitive

finir

to finish

Pres. Part.

fin-iss-ant

finishing

Past Part.

fini

finished

Pres. Ind.

je finis

I finish

Past Def.

je finis
Third Conjugation

I finished

Infinitive

vendre

to sell

Pres. Part.

vendant

selling

Past Part.

vendu

sold

Pres. Ind.

je vends

I sell

Past Def.

je vendis

Isold

Note. Observe that the present participle always ends in ant
that it has the connecting syllable iss in the second conjugation.

also

128. Present Indicative and Principal Parts. The present
indicative, already given in Lesson Fifteen, is formed from
the principal parts by the following rules :

a. The first person singular of the present indicative is
itself one of the principal parts. It ends (in regular verbs)

PRINCIPAL PARTS — THE IMPERFECT

109

in e, is, or s. The corresponding sets of endings for the
singular of this tense are, reading vertically,

ST CONJ.

2D CONJ

3D CONJ.

Note. Another series of endings, x, x, t, is found in some irregular
verbs.

b. The plural of the present indicative is formed by-
dropping the ending ant of the present participle and adding
ons, ez, ent.

129. The Imperfect is formed by dropping the ending ant
of the present participle, and adding ais, ais, ait, ions, iez,
aient. Thus :

First Conjugation

je donnais

/ was giving; I used to give, etc.

tu donnais

thou wast giving, etc.

il donnait

he was giving, etc.

nous donnions

we were giving, etc.

vous donniez

you were giving, etc.

ils donnaient

they were giving, etc.

Second Conjugation

je fin-iss-ais

I was finishing, etc.

etc.

Third Conjugation

je vendais

/ was selling, etc.

etc.

etc

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

130. The Imperfect expresses

a. What is thought of as continued, repeated, or habitual
in past time.

He was spending his money.
He did not love his children.
They used to sell meat.
She often kneaded bread.
We would ask for money every

morning.
The Gauls used to worship many

// depensait son argent.
II n'aimait pas ses enfants.
lis vendaient de la viande.
Elle petrissait souvent du pain.
Nous demandions de V argent tous

les matins.
Les Gaulois adoraient beaucoup

de dieux.

gods.

b. What is thought of as going on when something else
happened or was going on.

I was going down town when I

found the money.
I was working when you were

going down town.
Caesar attacked the Gauls when

they were divided.

Je descendais en ville quand fat
trouvk V argent.

Je travaillais quand vous descen-
diez en ville.

Cesar attaqua (past def.) les Gau-
lois quand Us etaient divises.

Note. The use of the imperfect includes the expression of a past
mental state.

The soldiers thought that he was Les soldats pensaientqu,il etait brave.
brave.

VOCABULARY

adorer, to worship

autrefois, formerly

Cesar, Caesar
le chef, the chief
les cheveux m., the hair

comme, like, as

couvert de, covered with
le dieu, the god

diviser (en), to divide (into)

le druide, the druid
le duel, the duel

6tais, etc. [imp. of etre), was, etc.
le festin, the feast

former, to form
la Gaule, Gaul (the country)
le Gaulois, the Gaul (a person)
l'habitant m., the inhabitant

habiter, to inhabit

PRINCIPAL PARTS — THE IMPERFECT III

le heros, the hero

hospitalier (/. -iere), hospi-
table

inde*pendant, independent

inviter, to invite

Jules, Julius
la justice, the justice
* le mar&age, the swamp

mener, to lead
le moment, the moment
la moustache, the mustache
•la nation, the nation

national, national

le nom, the name

le nombre, the number

la peau, the skin

penser, to think
le peuple, the people, tribe

porter, to bear, wear

premier (/. -iere), first
le pretre, the priest

rendre, to render

rude, rude
le siecle, the century

sombre, dark, gloomy
la vie, the life

jr)n7/ EXERCISE

1. Give the principal parts of the regular verbs former,
choisir, tendre, adorer, perdre. Give their imperfect in full ;
their present indicative.

2. Give the imperfect of the verbs whose present participles
are allant, 6tant, prenant, e*tudiant, punissant.

3. Translate into French —

a. you give

you were giving
you gave
you used to give
you are giving
do you give ?
you do give

b. she used to worship
they have not sold
we were not

does he not love ?
I was not showing

were you giving ?

you have given

you are not giving

giving

you were not giving

do you not give ?

to give

she handed out a pen

you were asking for a basket

he was leading a rude life

are they finishing ?

they were going down town

112 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

4. Give the full tense of —

je vends du bois

j'ai vendu du bois

je choisissais un bon livre

je descendais en ville

je rends la justice

Model Les Gaulois1

Autrefois la France portait le nom de Gaule. Elle etait
couverte de forets et de marecages. Les habitants, les Gaulois,
ne f ormaienU pas une nation comme les Francais d'aujourd'hui.'
lis etaient divises en un grand nombre de petits peuples inde-
pendants. Leurs pretres, les druides, rendaient la justice. Les
Gaulois etaient grands et forts. lis etaient braves, genereux, et
hospitaliers. lis aimaient beaucoup la guerre et avaient de nom-
breux duels apres leurs festins. lis choisissaient pour chefs les
plus braves de leurs soldats. lis adoraient de nombreux dieux
et menaient une vie simple et rude. Leur peau etait blanche, leurs
cheveux blonds et longs, et ils portaient de longues moustaches.
lis habitaient des maisons basses et sombres. Au moment de
l'invasion de la Gaule par les Romains, Jules Cesar avait une
armee mieux disciplined que les legions du chef gaulois Vercinge-
torix, le premier heros national de la France. Apres d'heroiques
efforts Vercingetorix est vaincu, et la Gaule est romaine pendant
quatre siecles.

Theme

Vercingetorix is the first national hero of France. He was chief
of the Gauls. He wore a (the) long mustache ; his hair was long
also. Gaul was formerly the name of France, and it was not the
beautiful country that it now is. The inhabitants were divided

1 A few words appearing in this model, but not elsewhere in this lesson,
must be sought in the general vocabulary, at the end of the book.

PRINCIPAL PARTS — THE IMPERFECT

113

into independent tribes and
did not form a nation. They
liked war very much. They
were hospitable and used
to invite strangers to their
feasts, which ended often
in {par) duels. They in-
habited houses which were
low and dark. The Gauls
led a rude life in a country
covered with many great
forests. Their priests, who
bore the name of druids,
rendered justice. The Gauls
worshiped a great number
of gods.

Oral

1. Quel nom la France
portait-elle autrefois? 2. La
Gaule etait-elle comme la
France de notre temps ?

3. Quel nom portaient les
habitants de la Gaule?

4. Les Gaulois formaient-
ils une nation? 5. Qui ren-
dait la justice ? 6. Decrivez
les Gaulois. 7. Quelle vie
menaient-ils ? 8. Leursche-
veux etaient-ils courts ?
9. Les Frangais portent-ils
la moustache? 10. Quelles
maisons les Gaulois habi-
taient-ils ? 11. Qui etait

VERCINGETORIX

Ceux qui ont etudie la conquete des Gaulois
par Cesar connaissent le nom de Vercin-
getorix. Sa defense d'Alesia est un des
hauts faits d'armes de l'histoire. Pres de
remplacement probable d'Alesia, Napo-
leon III fit eriger une statue heroique de
ce chef, le premier a concevoir les avan-
tages de l'union de toutes les tribus gau-
loises contre l'envahisseur, avantages si
bien demontres par ses paroles gravees
sur le piedestal de la statue : « La Gaule
unie,formant une seule nation animee d'un
meme esprit, peut defier l'univers »

114 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Jules Cesar? 12. Qui etait Vercingetorix? 13. Pourquoi les
Francois aiment-ils Vercingetorix? 14. Les Francais d'aujourd'hui
sont-ils grands ? 15. Nommez un ou deux de leurs heros.

Resume

1. I am working; you were working. 2. The Gauls used to
inhabit France. 3. Formerly Gaul was divided into small tribes.
4. Did the inhabitants of Gaul wear long mustaches ? 5. The
priest would render justice to the Gauls. 6. Every feast would
end in (par) a duel. 7. Vercingetorix, who was their first1 chief,
is now a national hero of France. 8. The Gauls inhabited houses
that were low and dark. 9. The father was working and the sons
were spending his money. 10. Gaul did not form one nation like
France of today. 11. They used to sell good wood. 12. Caesar
used to select the bravest men for his soldiers. 13. The clerk was
handing back the change to the little girl. 14. My grandfather's
hair was black when he was young. 15. The inhabitants of Europe
used to lead a rude life. 1 6. Were all the mountains covered with 2
thick forests? 17. The druids thought that their gods were
stronger than men. 18. He would often fall when he came down
from his room. 19. Was the cook preparing vegetables for the
children's dinner? 20. The apples were ripe and were falling
from the trees.

Mots Celebres

J'y suis et j'y reste. (MacMahon a Sevastopol.)

La garde meurt et ne se rend pas. (Cambronne a Waterloo.)

On ne passera pas. (L'armee francaise a Verdun.)

Tout est perdu fors l'honneur. (Francois I a. Pavie.)

1 For position of the adjective see Model.

2 See Model ; de alone expresses the with and the partitive.

THE PAST DEFINITE 1 15

LESSON SEVENTEEN

THE PAST DEFINITE

131. The Past Definite (or the preterit) is the other
simple past tense. Its first person singular is itself one of
the principal parts, and ends (in regular verbs) in either ai
or is. The other five forms of the tense are made by
changing

ai to as, a, ames, ates, erent (first conjugation) ;

is to is, it, imes, ites, irent (second and third conjugations).

Note. A third set of endings, us, us, ut, etc., is found in certain
irregular verbs.

132. The Past Definite of the Model Verbs, in accordance
with the above rule, is

First Conjugation

je donnai, I gave, I did give nous donnames, we gave, etc.

tu donnas, thou didst give vous donnates, you gave, etc.

il donna, he gave, etc. ils donnerent, they gave, etc.

Second Conjugation

je finis, I finished, I did finish nous finimes
tu finis etc. vous finites

il finit ils finirent

Third Conjugation

je vendis, I sold, I did sell nous vendimes

tu vendis etc. vous vendites

il vendit ils vendirent

116 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

133. Use of Past Definite. The past definite expresses
an act thought of as taking place once in past time.
Cassar attacked Vercingetorix at Cesar attaqua Vercingetorix a

Alesia. Alhia.

She left France forever. Elle quitta la France pour tou-

jours.
He was sitting in his room when // etait assis dans sa chambre

he heard the bell. quand il entendit la cloche.

134. Past Definite and Imperfect. The following sen-
tences illustrate the fundamental difference between the
past definite and imperfect.

He did not sell houses. • 77 ne vendait (imp.) pas de

maisons. •
He did not sell his house. II ne vendit (past de/.) pas sa

maison.
Joan often heard voices. Jeanneentenda.it souvent des voix.

One day Joan heard a voice. Un jour Jeanne entendit une voix.

Note. The imperfect is often called the descriptive past, and the
past definite the narrative past. Essentially, as these names suggest, the
former describes, the latter narrates. The past definite is also frequently
called the preterit.

135. The Past Indefinite, a compound of the present of
avoir with past participles, has been used since Lesson Four.
Besides expressing the English perfect it serves as a
substitute for the past definite, a substitution that becomes
the common usage in colloquial or informal style for most
cases where the past definite may be used.

I finished my work. faifird mon travail.

He worked four days. // a travailli quatre jours.

We saw your son yesterday. Nous avons vu voire Jils hier.

I sold the house last year. Jai vendu la maison Vannee

passie.

THE PAST DEFINITE

117

Note i. The past indefinite is mentioned above as a substitute for
the past definite. Theoretically the past definite, like the English past,
locates the action at a definite point in a period of time fully elapsed ;
the past indefinite, much like the English perfect, locates it somewhere
in time previous to the present. This distinction is reflected in the
names past definite and past indefinite. From its formation as a com-
pound tense, the past indefinite is often called the perfect.

Note 2. The following is a practical working rule for the beginner,
in his choice of the correct tense to represent the English past. If the
verb has the active auxiliary was, were, or is preceded by used to; if it
expresses a habit; if it describes a situation in which or along with
which an action takes place, use the imperfect. Elsewhere use the past
indefinite, reserving the past definite for formal narrative and matters
of historical importance.

Note 3. The past definite will, of course, be regularly met in French
texts, since these are generally in formal literary style. Even here the
past indefinite is the prevailing tense in the conversational portions.

VOCABULARY

x ardent, burning
1'arniee/, the army

attaquer, to attack
le Bourguignon, the Burgundian

bruler, to burn

chasser, to drive (out)

comment, how
le courage, the courage

ctesirer, to desire

dix (Sec. 216, a), ten
la domination, the control

entendre, to hear
la foi, the faith

fut, was

Jeanne, Joan, Jane
le jour, the day
le maitre, the master, teacher

Orleans, Orleans

partir, to start, set out
le paysan (f. -nne), peasant

pleurer, to weep

presque, almost
le prisonnier (f. -iere), prisoner

prit, took

ranimer, to revive

regarder, to look at (upon)
le roi, the king
le saint (/. sainte), the saint
le sorcier (/. -iere), the sorcerer
le sort, the fate

sur, over, on

triste, sad

vif, alive

vu, seen

118

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Drill

EXERCISE

i. Inflect in full the forms thus far given of —

(a) entendre, penser, p6trir ; (£) the verb whose principal parts
are coudre, cousant, cousu, je couds, je cousis.

2. Locate (that is, give tense, person, and number of) —
pleurerent finissent hesitiez finirent

tombe

demeura

portent

etais

tombe

choisites

finissons

entendant

vend

montrait

choisissions

adorames

3. Give the forms for —

pres. 3d sing, of demeurer
imp. 2d sing, of tendre
past def. 2d pi. of trouver
pres. 3d pi. of finir

4. Translate into French —

you finish

they were finishing

he showed

he does not hear

you were thinking

imp. 3d pi. of choisir
pres. 3d sing, of entendre
past def. 3d pi. of montrer
pres. 2d pi. of finir

are we not carrying away ?

we chose

was he not selling ?

you are selling

are they not kneading ?

5. Supply the correct forms of the verbs in the paren-
theses, successively in the present, imperfect, and past
definite tenses :

Nous (entendre) un enfant. II (pleurer) et (demander) des jou-
joux. Ses parents (demeurer) a la campagne. lis (finir) leur
travail. Le pere (vendre) du bois. La mere (petrir) du pain.
Elle ne (etre) pas gaie. (Penser) vous qu'elle (choisir) du fruit ?

THE PAST DEFINITE 1 19

Model Jeanne d'Arc 1

A une certaine epoque, la France etait presque sous la domi-
nation anglaise, quand parut Jeanne d'Arc, une jeune paysanne de
Domremy en Lorraine. Elle avait vu tres sou vent les habitants
des villages fuir devant les Anglais, et elle pleurait sur le triste sort
du pays. Elle desirait voir l'ennemi chasse de France. Un jour
elle entendit, pensa-t-elle,2 des voix celestes, qui inspirerent a la
jeune fille une foi ardente et un grand patriotisme. Elle ranime le
courage du peuple. Elle partit trouver le roi pour obtenir une
armee. II hesita longtemps, mais enfin il consentit. Elle attaqua
Orleans, qu'elle prit dix jours apres. A Compiegne, Jeanne, pri-
sonniere, est vendue aux Anglais par les Bourguignons, leurs allie's.
Elle fut brule'e vive comme sorciere h Rouen. Les Francais, encore
aujourd'hui, regardent Jeanne comme une sainte.

Theme

Joan of Arc lived with her parents at Domremy in Lorraine.
The English, who were masters of France, often attacked the
country of Domremy. Almost all France was under their con-
trol, and Joan wept over the sad fate of the country. Joan had a
burning faith. She desired to drive the English from France. The
king finally gave an army to Joan. She revived the courage of her
soldiers, who attacked Orleans and took (prirenf) the city ten days
after. At Compiegne the Burgundians sold Joan, their prisoner,
to the English. The English burned alive, in Rouen, the young
peasant, whom they thought to be a sorceress.

Oral

1. Ou avez-vous vu un portrait "de Jeanne d'Arc? 2. De quel
pays etait Jeanne ? 3. fitait-elle vieille ou jeune ? 4. £tait-elle
generalement gaie ? 5. Pourquoi ? 6. Qui etait maitre de la

1 Consult the general vocabulary for new words not found in the vocabu-
lary of this lesson. 2 See Sec. 328, a.

JEANNE D'ARC (CEUVRE DE CHAPU)

Une paysanne de Domremy, Jeanne d'Arc, possedant, selon la tradition et
les croyances de sa chere France, un pouvoir surnaturel d'esprit et de
volonte, est reconnue, par tous les historiens, comme ayant ete animee par
un amour de la patrie et un desinteressement de caractere remarquables
au plus haut degre. Femme qu'elle etait, elle ne pouvait esperer acquerir
des benefices personnels, et prouva jusqu'au bout son devouement et sa
Constance envers son roi, lequel personnifiait un pays sur le point de ceder
sans resistance a l'ennemi. « Tout ce que j'ai fait, j'ai bien fait de le faire »,
fut sa replique a ses juges

THE PAST DEFINITE 121

France? 7. Qu'entendit-elle un jour? 8. Qui Jeanne partit-elle
trouver? 9. Que desirait-elle ? 10. Le roi donna-t-il une armee
a Jeanne ? 11. Quelle ville attaqua-t-elle ? 1 2. En combien de jours
Jeanne prit-elle la ville? 13. A qui les Bourguignons vendirent-
ils Jeanne ? 14. De qui Jeanne e'tait-elle la prisonniere ? 15. Com-
ment la France regarde-t-elle Jeanne ?

Resume

1. Joan used to hear voices during the war. 2. One day Joan
heard voices. 3. I heard your voice in the classroom today.
4. When Joan was living with her parents, the English attacked
her village. 5. The soldiers burned many of the peasants' houses.
6. The young girl often wept over the sad fate of the king when
the English would attack her country. 7. With her little army
she drove the English from the city. 8. Soldiers sold Joan to the
English, who burned alive their prisoner. 9. Peasants almost
always live in the country or in small villages. 10. Joan had
courage and much faith. 11. When the French army took the
city, the Englishmen started for England. 12. Everybody loves
the young peasant of Domremy. 13. Faith revives the courage
of soldiers. 14. The French looked upon Joan, the peasant girl,
as a saint. 15. Your sister asked for a new dress and some
jewels. 16. He did not give as much money to his sons as to his
daughters. 17. The teacher would show a new map to his pupils
every day. 18. Did Joan show great courage when the English
army took the city? 19. He thinks that I found the nuts in the
forest. 20. The English and French used to burn sorcerers.

122 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

REVIEW

(Lessons Fifteen to Seventeen)
A. General Drill

1. Name the five principal parts in order.

2. Give the ending of the infinitive of the three conju-
gations ; of the present participle ; of the past participle.

3. Name four verbs of the first conjugation ; of the
second ; of the third. Give the principal parts of a verb
from each conjugation.

4. Give the endings of the present indicative plural ; of
the imperfect.

5. Give the sets of endings of the present indicative
singular ; of the past definite. Which sets are used in each
conjugation ?

6. Give the endings of the whole present indicative in
each conjugation ; of the past definite.

7. Give the principal parts and the three tenses thus far
treated of pleurer, entendre, punir.

8. Give the past indefinite of the three verbs of 7.

9. Give the three tenses thus far treated of the verb
whose principal parts are mettre, mettant, mis, je mets, je mis.

10. Give the forms in these three tenses of —

2d plu. of rendre

1 st plu.

of vendre

3d plu. of tomber

3d sing.

of punir

2d sing, of p&rir

3d plu.

of entendre

11. Give French sentences

containing -

depenses

fini

habitaient

e'tait

aimait

unit

dieux

chez

REVIEW, LESSONS XV-XVII 123

12. Translate into French —

she is hearing we were not asking

they used to build is he showing ?

is he weeping ? do you like ?

does it not burn ? he is going down

were you inviting ? we have given

13. Translate into French —

we worship one god , Joan selected a white horse
we are worshiping our god I selected a good book

the Gauls worshiped many gods she would often worship
Joan was worshiping in the garden her parents loved Joan

14. Supply the proper form of the verbs in the parentheses,
first in the present tense, and then in the imperfect.

Nous (depenser) beaucoup d'argent quand nous (acheter) des
legumes. Ma mere (choisir) des pommes et (tendre) Pargent a
l'epicier. Je (porter) les choses a la maison. Les garcons (aimer)
aller au marche.

1 5 . Correct the following :

Mon ami emportent ses livres. II a beaucoup des livres. II
aimes des livres. II desires a avoir des bons livres. II est vendant
un nombre des livres que il ne desires pas.

B. Translate into French
1. I was playing, but he was working in the garden. 2. Do
teachers always punish lazy pupils ? 3. He does not read as well
as you, but he reads better than his brothers. 4. Does your brother
go to school every day? 5. The boys used to bring ripe apples to
the house when they were in the country. 6. Many birds would
sing in our orchard behind the house. 7. The children often found
beautiful flowers in the meadow. 8. Joan used to hear voices in
the trees when she was living in Domremy. 9. When the French
attacked the English they drove the soldiers from the country.

124 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

10. When do you carry back the playthings to the children?

1 1 . Did you find any nuts under the old nut tree in the woods ?

12. The Gauls would often choose a soldier for their chief. 13. My
sister bought two dresses yesterday, a white one and a red one.

1 4. He sold his horses to my friend, who is now living in Canada.

15. Did you see the little boy who was sitting on the bench?

16. My best friend did not prepare his lessons and was always
looking at the teacher. 1 7. We are choosing your French grammar
because we desire the best orte. 18. The soldiers burned many
houses when they were in our country. 19. Did the king finally
give an army to the young French girl ? 20. Formerly he went to
town every day and spent more money than his friends.

LESSON EIGHTEEN

THE FUTURE

136. Formation of the Future. The future tense is
formed by adding the endings ai, as, a, ons, ez, ont to the
r of the infinitive, a final e being dropped as the endings
are added. Thus :

First Conjugation

je donnerai, I shall give nous donnerons, we shall give

tu donneras, thou wilt give vous donnerez, you will give

il donnera, he will give ils donneront, they will give

Second Conjugation Third Conjugation

je finirai, I shall finish je vendrai, I shall sell

etc. etc. etc. etc.

I shall leave the city soon. Je quitterai la ville bientbt.

If he arrives today, I shall stay. SHI arrive aujourd'huije resterai.

Note. The i of si elides before il and ils. See Sec. 68.

THE FUTURE

125

137. Future after Quand, etc. While the uses of the
French future are mainly the same as in English, the
following peculiarity must be noted. After quand, when,
aussitot que, as soon as, and other like words, the future
must be used when the verb denotes future time. Similar
constructions in English are usually in the present.
He will leave the room when li quittera la salle quand elle

she sings.
As soon as he arrives (shall
arrive) I shall close the
window.

chantera.
A ussitbt qu 'il arrivera, jefermerai
la /entire.

But when future time is not implied, the future is not used.
He leaves the room when(ever) 77 quite la chambre quand elle
she sings. chante.

VOCABULARY

accompagner, to accompany
aller, to go
l'annSe/., the year
arriver, to arrive
v aussitot que, as soon as
les bagages m., the baggage,
luggage
bientot, soon
au bord de, on the edge of
le buffet, the lunch counter

chercher, to look for, seek
le cocher, the coachman
compter, to intend
dejeuner, to lunch, break-
fast *
dernier (f, -iere), last
ensemble, together

TStude/, the study
la fois, the time
la gare, the (railway) station
heler, to call, hail
il y avait, there was
le lieu, the place
le monde, the world
du monde, people, company
monter a cheval, to ride

horseback
nager, swim

passer, to pass, spend (time)
i p£cher, to fish
pendant que, while
porter, carry
pr£t (a), ready (to)
prochain, next

126

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

quitter, to leave
la salle d'attente, the waiting-
room
le s6jour, the stay
la semaine, the week

sur le point de, on the point of, about to

Note. Phrases like last week, etc., take the article,
last week, la semaine demiere next year, Vannee prochaine

je serai, I shall be, etc.

si, if
les vacances/!, the vacation

vite, quickly
en voyage, on a journey

Drin EXERCISE

1 . (a) Inflect the future of passer, choisir, entendre, etre, dire.
(b) Inflect all forms treated thus far of finir, compter, tendre.

2. Locate (that is, give tense, person, and number of) —
vendrons vendions vendons
vendant vendent vendront
comptes compteras comptas

3. Translate into French —

vendre

vendra

montre

montera

montre

monta

a. will they arrive ?
do they think ?
we shall not seek
does he not leave ?

b. I shall call the coachman
they will fish in the river
shall you not leave the house ?
when he wept I heard

c. last week
next week
the last time
ready to fish

were we choosing ?
did she lunch ?
were they asking ?
have you heard ?

when he arrives we go down
when he arrives we shall go down
as soon as he arrives I shall leave
if we seek, we shall find

I shall spend my vacation here
in order to give
I intend to give
while she wept

4. Change to the future the verbs (except avoir) in the
Model on page 119.

THE FUTURE 1 27

5. Give the full tense of —
je vendrai du ble
je ne petrirai pas de pain
je ne serai pas pret a partir

Model Mes Vacances

Mon ami a fini ses e'tudes et il est sur le point de partir1 en
voyage. II quittera la ville la semaine prochaine pour passer ses
vacances a la campagne. II cherche un lieu agreable. L'annee
derniere il e'tait dans un joli petit village au bord d'un lac. Aussitot
que ses vacances arriveront, il preparera ses bagages. Quand ses
bagages seront prets, il he'lera un cocher pour aller k la gare.
J'accompagnerai mon ami. La derniere fois que nous e'tions a
la gare il y avait beaucoup de monde dans la salle d'attente. Dans
deux semaines je compte aller visiter mon ami. Quand j'arriverai,
il sera a la gare. Nous dejeunerons ensemble au buffet Pendant
mon sejour chez mon ami nous monterons a cheval, nous pecherons
et nagerons dans les eaux du lac ou du fleuve. Nos vacances
finiront trop vite. Quand je suis a la campagne, les semaines
passent toujours trop vite.

Theme

I shall soon finish my studies. I shall leave the city in order to
go to the country. I shall spend my vacation in a pleasant place
on the edge of a lake where I was last year. I shall start next week
if I am ready. I shall prepare my luggage today. The coachman
will carry my luggage to the station. The waiting-room is large
and beautiful. When I arrive in the country, I shall find my
friend, whom I shall accompany to the waiting-room. We shall
look for the lunch counter and we shall lunch together. My stay
will be very pleasant because I shall ride horseback often. While

1 Infinitives following a preposition must often be translated into English
by a present participle. See Sec. 298.

128 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

my friend fishes, I shall swim in the waters of the lake. Last year
I was often in the water. I intend to spend my vacation agreeably.
My stay will end too quickly. When I spend my vacation in the
country, it always passes too quickly.

Oral

i. Pourquoi votre ami est-il sur le point de partir ? 2. Partira-t-il
aujourd'hui ? 3. Oil passera-t-il ses vacances ? 4. Ou etait-il Panne'e
derniere? 5. A-t-il trouve' le lieu ou il desire aller? 6. Quand
pre'parera-t-il ses bagages ? 7. Ses bagages sont-ils prets? 8. Pour-
quoi votre ami helera-t-il un cocher ? 9. Ou est la salle d'attente ?
10. Qui comptez-vous visiter? 11. Serez-vous seul quand vous
arriverez a la gare ? 12. Ou nagerez-vous quand vous serez a la
campagne? 13. Les semaines passent-elles vite a la campagne?
14. Passerez-vous vos vacances ici? 15. Montez-vous a cheval?

Resume

1. My friend spends his vacation in the country. 2. His parents
used to spend their vacations in Canada or in Europe. 3. Do you
intend to spend your next vacation on the edge of a river ? 4. Did
my friend and his coachman leave the waiting-room together?
5. Joan left her parents and accompanied the army. 6. I shall
accompany my friend to the station when he leaves the school.

7. When they desire to go to the station, they will hail a coachman.

8. We shall start next week, and shall soon arrive at my friend's
home. 9. The friends will swim in the pure waters of the lake.
10. Do coachmen often spend a day at home ? n. She would ride
horseback almost every day in the park. 12. I shall soon finish
my studies and shall leave the city for my vacation. 13. Did you
breakfast sometimes at the lunch counter when you were about to
start on a journey? 14. The first time that we were on the edge of
the lake, we saw some large birds on the water. 15. Cities gener-
ally have large railway stations. 16. While we were breakfasting

THE CONDITIONAL 129

at the lunch counter last week, we heard the coachman's voice.

17. The pupil was sitting before the teacher's desk to hear better.

18. Is she not yet ready? They will soon be here. 19. As soon
as he is ready, we shall start. 20. He spent last week at the lake
with his parents, who always have company.

LESSON NINETEEN

THE CONDITIONAL

138. Formation of the Conditional. The conditional mood,
which has but one simple tense, is formed by adding the
endings ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient to the r of the infinitive,
a final e being dropped as the endings are added. Thus :

First Conjugation

je donnerais, I should give nous donnerions, we should give

tu donnerais, thou wouldst give vous donneriez, you would give
il donnerait, he would give ils donneraient, they would give

Second Conjugation Third Conjugation

je finirais, I should finish je vendrais, I should sell

etc. etc. etc. etc.

Such a man would love the sea. Un tel homme aimerait la mer.

Note i. Observe that the endings of the conditional are the same
as those of the imperfect.

Note 2. The conditional is a sort of past to the future, as, in English,
would and should are the past of will and shall. The following sen-
tences illustrate this relation :

I think that he will give some Je pense qtSil donnera de I 'argent.

money.

I thought that he would give some Je pensais qu'il donnerait de P argent.

money.

130 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

139. Conditions in French. Neither the future nor the
conditional may be used in a clause introduced by si, if.
The verb in a French conditional clause is

a. Present, when the English verb is present or future.
If the child falls, he weeps. Si V enfant tombe, il pleure.

If the child falls (shall fall), he Si /'enfant tombe, il pleurera.
will weep.

b. Imperfect, when the English verb is past, or is com-
pounded with should or would.

If the child fell (should fall), he Si Penfant tombait, il pleurerait.

would weep.

If the child were falling, he Si V enfant tombait, il pleurerait.

would weep (be weeping).

Note i . Classical students will observe that the first of the construc-
tions above corresponds to both the simple present and the more vivid
future conditions; the second to both the less vivid future and the
unreal conditions.

Note 2. As illustrated above, the conclusion of a conditional sen-
tence usually corresponds in tense and mood to the English form.

Note 3. When si has the meaning whether, the future or condi-
tional may follow it.

He is asking whether (if) you will II demande si vous resterez.

stay.
He was asking whether (if) you 77 demandail si vous resteriez.

would stay.

VOCABULARY

acheter, to buy dit {past part), said, told

admirer, to admire les Economies/, savings

le bord de la mer, the seashore les grands-parents, the grand-
la chance, the good luck parents

chasser, to hunt, drive l'hotel m., the hotel

combien de temps ? how long ? intgressant, interesting

demain, tomorrow l'itine"raire m., the itinerary

THE CONDITIONAL

131

jamais, ever

la, there

libre, free

longtemps, long (adv.)
le matin, the morning
la mer, the sea

midi, noon
le mois, the month
la necessity/., the necessity
la peche, the fishing

le point, the point, place
quelques, a few
rester, to stay, remain
les richesses/., the wealth

je sais, I know
vous savez, you know
surtout, especially

le temps, the time
tracer, to trace out
voyager, to travel

D .„ EXERCISE

i. Give the conditional of —

(a) chasser, choisir, descendre ; (p) the verbs whose infinitives
are dire, prendre.

2. Give all the forms thus far treated of —

(a) admirer, p£trir, rendre ; (b) the verb whose principal parts
are taire, taisant, tu, tais, tus.

3. Translate into French —
he will carry
he would carry
he did carry
he does carry
if he finds, he sells

if he finds, he will sell
if he found, he would sell
when he finds he sells
when he finds he will sell
as soon as he finds he sells

4. Supply the forms of the verbs in the parentheses,
successively in the present, future, conditional, past definite,
and past indefinite.

Je (passer) quelques jours chez mon oncle. II (demeurer) a la
campagne. Je (admirer) sa ferme. Nous (chercher) des fleurs et
(entendre) les oiseaux. Mon oncle et ma tante (choisir) des
tableaux. (Aimer) vous les tableaux? Nous (descendre) au lac
et (pecher). Mes vacances (finir) vite.

132 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Model

Le Voyage a la Campagne

Demain matin nous partirons pour la campagne. J'ai dit a mon
frere que, s'il e'tait libre, nous resterions a la campagne quelques
jours. J'ai trace' l'itineraire. Si nous avons de la chance, nous
arriverons a midi. Le lieu est si joli que nous resterions Ik un
mois si nous avions le temps. Je ne passe pas toujours mes
vacances a la campagne. L'anne'e derniere j'etais au bord de la
mer. L'annee prochaine je passerai un mois chez mes grands-
parents. Si j'etais chez mes grands-parents avec mon frere, nous
monterions a cheval, nous chasserions ou nous pecherions. J'aime
la peche. Quelquefois nous nagerions dans le lac. Si j'etais riche,
je voyagerais beaucoup. Je visiterais surtout la France. Je
choisirais les meilleurs hotels. Je visiterais tous les points inte-
ressants et admirerais les richesses du pays. Mais je ne suis pas
riche. Si j'ai de l'argent, je depense mes economies pour les
necessites de la vie. Je ne sais pas si je serai jamais riche.

Theme

We should pass good vacations if we had much money. We
should travel much and we should admire the wealth of the country
that we should visit. We should remain especially in France, where
we should choose the best hotels. We should visit the big stores
and should spend much money. Our vacation would end too
quickly. But we are not rich. With my savings I shall start
tomorrow for the seashore if I am free. My friend said that if he
were free he would set out also. We have traced out an itinerary.
I do not know whether we shall remain a long time. If we had
time, we should pass a few days at a place where we were last year.
I should hunt and, as I like fishing,1 1 should fish. We should ride
horseback and should visit all the interesting points. We should
find much which we should admire.

1 See Sec. 1 19.

FRONT DE BATAILLE DE L'OUEST

Les Americains qui voyagent maintenant en France sont naturellement
attires vers les champs de bataille de la grande guerre. En jetant un coup
d'ceil sur la carte, notamment sur Paris, on se rend compte de la proximite
dangereuse des lignes ennemies pendant ces annees de guerre. La distance
entre le front de bataille du 15 juillet 1918 et celui du moment de l'armistice
montre jusqu'a quel point les Allemands ont ete repousses pendant le
temps de la cooperation des troupes americaines. Les noms de Cantigny,
Chateau-Thierry, foret de l'Argonne, resteront a jamais fameux dans
l'histoire de la participation des litats-Unis dans la grande guerre

134 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Oral

i. Quand partirez-vous pour la campagne ? 2. Combien de jours
resterez-vous a la campagne ? 3. Avez-vous souvent de la chance ?
4. Quand arriverez-vous a la campagne ? 5. fitiez-vous a la cam-
pagne l'annee derniere ? 6. Combien de temps passerez-vous chez
vos grands-parents l'annee prochaine ? 7. Montez-vous a cheval ?
8. Monteriez-vous a cheval si vous habitiez la campagne ? 9. Pour-
quoi ne voyagez-vous pas beaucoup ? 10. Voyageriez-vous si vous
etiez riche? 11. Quel pays visiteriez-vous ? 12. Quels hotels
choisiriez-vous ? 13. Depensez-vous toutes vos economies?

Resume

1. My father will pass his vacation in the country if he has
money enough. 2. My father will visit the seashore when he is
free. 3. He would stay longer at the seashore if he had more
money. 4. If I finish my studies, I shall start on a journey next
week. 5. We should visit Europe and especially France next year
if we had the time. 6. When I was living in the country, I used to
fish a great deal in the lake. 7. If I were living in the country
now, I should fish every day. 8. If the boy should not work in the
store tomorrow, he would hunt with his father. 9. He said that
he would give some money to the boy if he finished his lesson.
10. He said that he would give some money to the boy if he would
stay at home tomorrow. 1 1 . Do you know whether your brother
will ride horseback today ? 12. Children like oranges for breakfast
in (omit) the morning. 13. Have you not all your savings there in the
desk ? 14. How much money would you spend if you lived at the
best hotels? 15. Would he ever trace out an itinerary for his
friends ? 1 6. If he finds a pleasant place, he will stay in the moun-
tains two months. 17. How long did you travel in France with
your grandparents ? 18. If I have good luck, I shall start at noon.

19. If I were staying at the seashore, I should swim every morning.

20. The king did not give Joan great wealth.

THE IMPERATIVE 1 35

LESSON TWENTY

THE IMPERATIVE

140. Formation of the Imperative. The imperative has but
three forms : second person singular, first and second persons
plural. These forms are the same as the first person singular
and the first and second persons plural of the present
indicative, the pronoun being omitted. Thus :

First Conjugation Second Conjugation

donne, give finis, finish

donnons, let us give finissons, let us finish

donnez, give fati&s&z, finish

Third Conjugation

. vends, sell
vendons, let us sell
vendez, sell

141. The Translation of the Imperative, which expresses
a command or exhortation, is illustrated by the following :

Parlez frangais. Speak French.

Ne parlons pas anglais. Let us not speak English.

Ne tombe pas. Do not fall.

142. Tu and Vous. The second person plural subject
pronoun vous is generally used (like the English pronoun
you) in addressing one person as well as more than one.
Tu, however, is used in addressing in the singular near
relations, intimate friends, small children, and servants ; in
general, those whom one may address in English usage by
the first name.

136

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

John, you speak well.

Mr. Leblanc, you speak well.

My friends, you speak well.

Jean, tu paries bien.

M. Leblanc, vous parlez bien.

Mes amis, vous parlez bien.

Note. An adjective or a participle in agreement with the subject
pronoun vous is singular when vous refers to one person, plural when
it refers to more than one.

Mon ami, vous etes fort.
Mes amis, vous etes forts.

My friend, you are strong.
My friends, you are strong.

143. Imperative Singular and Plural. The imperative,
likewise, uses the second singular in situations where tu
would be used in address, the second plural where vous
would be used.

John, speak more loudly.
Explain the lesson, sir.

Jean, park plus haut.
Expliquez la lefon, monsieur.

VOCABULARY

absent, absent

ah! ah!

apprendre, to learn

bien I good !

ce, this
la conjugaison, the conjugation

conjuguer, to conjugate

deranger, to disturb

deuxieme, second

donne-moi, give me

eaniter, to listen (to)
* ensuite, afterward

e*tudier, to study

expliquer, to explain

ferme, hard
le futur, the future

haut, loud, loudly

Henri, Henry
J hier, yesterday
l'indicatif m., the indicative
le mot, the word
le nom, the noun

nommer, to name
de nouveau, again

parler, to speak

Pierre, Peter
le pluriel, the plural
le present, the present

primaire, elementary

prononcer, to pronounce
la prononciation, the pronunci-
ation

THE IMPERATIVE 137

reciter, to recite ton, ta, tes, your, thy (Note 2)

rep£ter, to repeat le verbe, the verb

le soir, the evening J le voisin, the neighbor

gtudier le frangais, to study French

en frangais, in French

parler frangais, to speak French

s'il vous (te) plait, if you please

Note i. Names of languages are masculine, do not begin with a
capital, and require the definite article, which is omitted, however, after
en, and preferably after parler.

Note 2. Ton is used, not votre, when tu is the form of address.

-.« • EXERCISE

1. (a) Give the imperative of montrer, entendre, choisir,
both affirmatively and negatively.

(b) Give all forms thus far treated of punir ; of the verb
whose principal parts are lire, lisant, lu, je lis, je lus.

2. Express the following to a person addressed as tu :

listen give back the change

finish the lesson love your neighbors

do not fall name the months

3. Express the foregoing phrases to one addressed as vous.

4. Translate into French —

let us speak he speaks French

my father, you are kind she is studying English

my friend, you are kind choose an orange, if you please

John, pronounce this word again does she not read French ?

Mr. Ledoux, speak more loudly love thy neighbor

138 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Model la Le^on a l'Ecole prim aire

Nous sommes de nouveau en classe. Nous etudions nos legons.
Travaillons ferme. Quel livre as-tu sur ton pupitre ? J'ai ma
grammaire francaise. Donne-moi ton livre un moment, s'il te
plait. Je desire chercher une regie. Si nous etudions bien, nous
parlerons bientot frangais. Notre maitre parle frangais parce qu'il
est frangais. Ah! voici le maitre. II explique la lecon. Jean,
prononce les mots de ta lecon. Bien, ta prononciation est bonne.
Charles, ecris l'exercice au tableau. Henri, reste a ta place et lis
tes regies de grammaire. — J'etais absent hier, monsieur; je ne
sais pas la page. Montrez-moi la page, s'il vous plait. — Voici
la legon. Maintenant, donne le pluriel du mot cheval. Nomme
deux verbes de la deuxieme conjugaison. Conjugue le present de
I'indicatif du verbe finir. Recite aussi le futur du verbe vendre.
Bon. Donne du papier a Henri, qui n'a pas apporte son cahier.
Passons a la lecture, et ecoutez bien. Jean, quand tu liras, parle
plus haut. Tu lis mal. Jean, ne parle pas si haut a. ton voisin.
Tu deranges la classe. Mes enfants, demain etudiez mieux ou
je punirai toute la classe. Quand vous serez chez vous ce soir,
travaillez bien.

Theme

Henry, write the first sentence of the lesson on the board, and
John will write the last. You have no chalk? John, give some
chalk to Henry and afterward read the new rules of grammar.
Do not read the last rule. Good. Charles and Peter, you are not
listening. If all the pupils were like you, they would not learn their
lessons. Peter, recite the first rule. Now finish the lesson in your
notebook and do not disturb the class. Charles, you do not listen
and you read very badly. Read aloud and Henry will repeat the
sentences. Now conjugate the present indicative {Model) of the
verbs. Look at the master when you recite. If you spoke more

THE IMPERATIVE 1 39

loudly, the class would listen better. For tomorrow all the pupils
will study the plural of nouns. Work hard when you study your
lessons this evening at home. If you are not absent too often,
you will soon speak French. Always listen well when the master
explains the lessons.

Oral

1. Ob sommes-nous maintenant? 2. Les eleves travaillent-ils
ferme ? 3. Pourquoi un eleve demande-t-il le livre d'un autre eleve ?

4. Le professeur trouve-t-il que la prononciation de Jean est bonne ?

5. Votre maitre est-il francais ou ame'ricain ? 6. Donnez le pluriel
des mots cheval, general. 7. Nommez deux verbes de la deuxieme
conjugaison. 8. ficoutez-vous toujours quand vous etes en classe ?

9. Parlez-vous a haute voix ou a voix basse quand vous re'citez?

10. Le maitre parle-t-il plus haut que vous? 11. Lisez-vous bien
ou mal ? 12. Lisez-vous plus vite que le maitre ? 13. Ou preparez-
vous vos lecons ? 1 4. Aimeriez-vous le maitre s'il donnait de longues
lecons? 15. Le maitre punirait-il les eleves s'ils n'e'tudiaient pas?

Resume

1. My brother is back from his vacation and is again at school.
2. He is studying French, but he does not pronounce the words
well. 3. Today the teacher said, " Henry, work well, and you will
soon learn French." 4. Repeat the last sentence, Miss Riou, you
were not attentive. 5. John, if you do not recite all the rules
of grammar well, the teacher will give a longer lesson for to-
morrow. 6. Let us leave the classroom and play under the trees.
7.. Peter, look at your book, and do not speak to your chum when
he is writing his exercise on the board. 8. The teacher said to her
French class, u Study better or I shall punish every pupil." 9. We
should not disturb the school so much if we were studying the
English lesson. 10. Give the present indicative {Model) of this
verb, please. 11. Charles, you pronounce badly; read the French

140

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

aloud in your room every evening. 12. If you would study the
rules more, you would finish the French lesson today. 13. Write
the future of the verb vendre for the next lesson. 14. John,
you were absent yesterday; study hard today. 15. Do not
speak so loudly ; the class will hear if you read in a low voice.
16. Would Americans learn French verbs well if they studied
more? 17. (My) children, always listen to the gentleman when
he is reading French to the class. 18. Who will name all the
verbs of the .second conjugation which are in the lesson ?
19. Peter, how many nouns did you find in the reading lesson
this morning? 20. There are many French people in the United
States who speak English as well as they speak French.

LESSON TWENTY-ONE

SUBJUNCTIVE - SIMPLE VERBS COMPLETED

144. The Subjunctive Mood, a discussion of whose uses
is reserved for later lessons, is introduced here to complete
the verb. It has two simple tenses.

145. The Present Subjunctive is formed by dropping the
ending ant of the present participle and adding e, es, e,
ions, iez, ent. Thus :

First Conjugation Second Conjugation Third Conjugation

je donne je finisse je vende ■

tu donnes tu finisses tu vendes

il donne il finisse il vende

nous donnions nous finissions nous vendions

vous donniez vous finissiez vous vendiez

ils donnent ils finissent ils vendent

SUBJUNCTIVE — SIMPLE VERBS COMPLETED 141

146. The Imperfect Subjunctive is formed by dropping
the final letter of the first person singular of the past
definite and adding sse, sses, At, ssions, ssiez, ssent. Thus :

First Conjugation Second Conjugation Third Conjugation

je donnasse

tu donnasses

il donnat
nous donnassions
vous donnassiez

ils donnassent

je finisse

tu finisses

il finit
nous finissions
vous finissiez

ils finissent

je vendisse

tu vendisses

il vendit
nous vendissions
vous vendissiez

ils vendissent

147. The Synopsis. The formation of all the simple
tenses of the active voice has now been treated. A concise
outline of the conjugation of a verb is furnished by the
so-called synopsis, which consists of the first three principal
parts and the first form in each tense, in order.

Form
Pres. Inf.
Pres. Part.
Past Part,
ist Sing. Pres. Ind.
ist Sing. Imp. Ind.
ist Sing. Past Def. Ind.
ist Sing. Future Ind.
ist Sing. Conditional
2D Sing. Imperative
ist Sing. Pres. Subj.
ist Sing. Imp. Subj.

Synopsis of donner

French Name
Infinitif Present

Participe Present
Participe Passe
Indicatif Present
Imparfait
Passe Defini
Futur

Conditionnel
Imperatif
Subjonctif Present
Imparfait du Subj.

Synopsis
donner
donnant
donne
je donne
je donnais
je donnai
je donnerai
je donnerais

donne
je donne
je donnasse

Note i . The synopsis of donner in the third person singular, for
example, would be il donne, il donnait, etc.

142

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note 2. A summary of the rules by which the several tenses are
formed is given on pages 300 and 301. For a table of verb endings, see
page 431 ; for a fully inflected model of regular verbs, see page 432.

Note 3. The following table summarizes the derivation of the verb
from the five principal parts :

Inf.

Pres. Part.

Past Part.

Pres. Ind.

Past Def.

Future
Conditional

Pres. Ind. PI.
Imperative PL
Imperfect
Pres. Subj.

All com-
pound
tenses

Pres. Ind. Sing.
Imperative Sing.

Past Def.
Imp. Subj.

VOCABULARY

aimer a, like to

allemand, German

apprecier, to value correctly
l'artillerie/., the artillery

Brienne, the seat of a French
military school

comment 1 what ! why 1
l'&olier m., the student

eh bien ! well !
l'empereur, the emperor
l'examen m., the examination

facile, easy

futur (adj.), future
l'imb&ile m., the dunce
l'inaptitude/., the inaptitude

inspirer, to inspire

ironique, ironical
la langue, the language

lourd, heavy

M., abb. for monsieur

mais, why ! but

le mathe*maticien, the mathe-
matician
les matbimatiques/!, the mathe-
matics
le mgpris, the scorn
le m6"rite, the merits
Fofficier m., the officer
peut-6tre, perhaps
le professeur, the professor
profond, deep

quelque chose, something,
anything
la remarque, the remark
re*pondre, to reply
saisir, to grasp, seize
il sait, he knows
je savais (imp.), I knew
un seul, a single one
subir, to undergo
supposer, to suppose
vaut, is worth

SUBJUNCTIVE— SIMPLE VERBS COMPLETED 143

j)rill EXERCISE

1. (a) Give the present subjunctive of ecouter, subir, r£pondre.
(J?) Give the imperfect subjunctive of porter, choisir, tendre.

2. (a) Which forms of the present subjunctive of donner differ
from the corresponding forms of the present indicative ? Which of
finir ? of vendre ?

(&) Which forms of the imperfect subjunctive of finir differ
from the corresponding forms of its present subjunctive?

3. Locate in all possible places —

parle vendiez repondent montreras joua

subissent rendons vende subi jouera

subissant petrit donniez finis rendissent

4. Give all the forms of the verb whose principal parts are
battre, battant, battu, je bats, je battis.

5. Give the synopsis of subir ; of descendre in the second plural.

Model Napoleon Eleve

« Un homme qui sait deux langues vaut deux hommes » , dit un
jour Napoleon quand il etait empereur. Cependant, a l'ecole, le
jeune Napoleon ne saisissait pas facilement les langues etrangeres.
Un seul des professeurs de Napoleon, M. Bauer, gros {Sec. 314) et
lourd professeur d'allemand, n'apprecia pas le me'rite de son eleve,
qui n'aimait pas 1'allemand. L'inaptitude de l'e'leve avait inspire
le plus pro fond mepris k M. Bauer, qui supposait que son eleve
n'etait pas intelligent. Un jour le futur officier n'etait pas a sa place.
M. Bauer demanda 011 il etait. Un eleve repondit qu'il subissait peut-
etre son examen pour rartillerie. « Mais sait-il quelque chose ? » dit
ironiquement M. Bauer. — « Comment, monsieur, mais Bonaparte
est le plus fort mathematicien de l'e'cole. » « Eh bien, je savais bien
que les mathematiques etaient seulement pour les imbeciles ! »

144 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Theme

Napoleon was (a) student at Brienne and later at Paris. He had
for professor of German M. Bauer, a {Model) man big and heavy.
M. Bauer was a German. The professors of the school appreciated
much the merits of their student, but as Napoleon did not grasp
the German grammar very well, M. Bauer had only scorn for the
future officer. Napoleon did not like to study foreign languages,
and showed naturally much inaptitude in the study of German.
He was, however, intelligent, and knew that a man who knows
two languages is worth two men. One day, as Napoleon was not
in (at) his place, M. Bauer supposed that he was perhaps in the
country. Napoleon was undergoing a difficult examination for the
artillery. M. Bauer did not know that Napoleon was the best
mathematician in the school, and the thing inspired the professor
with {Model) the ironical remark that mathematics was only
for dunces.

Oral

i. Qui etait Monsieur Bauer ? 2. Decrivez le monsieur. 3. Mon-
sieur Bauer e'tait-il francais ? 4. Napoleon saisissait-il facilement
les langues etrangeres ? 5. Pour qui M. Bauer avait-il du mepris ?
6. Pourquoi avait-il du mepris pour Napole'on ? 7. Ou le futur

NAPOLEON A BRIENNE. Bonaparte fut etudiant a Brienne depuis l'age
de neuf ans et demi jusqu'a quinze ans. II n'etait pas populaire parce
qu'il etait moins riche que ses camarades, et ceux-ci le taquinaient a cause
de son accent, qui etait celui de la Corse, son pays natal. Tout ceci lui fit
hair la France, et il en vint meme a regretter que la Corse fut devenue
francaise. Son talent pour les mathematiques et les sciences militaires
etait si evident qu'on vit bientot en lui un chef. En general, il ne se
joignait pas a ses camarades pour jouer et passait plutot ses heures de
loisir a lire, ses auteurs favoris etant Homere et Plutarque. Chose inte-
ressante, alors qu'il etait etudiant, il critiquait le mode d'education, qui
developpait, pensait-il, l'amour de la gloire. Cet amour, plus tard dans
sa vie, semble avoir ete son motif principal.

146 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

officier n'etait-il pas un jour? 8. Pourquoi? 9. Subissez-vous
souvent des examens? 10. Napoleon etait-il bon mathematicien ?
1 1. M. Bauer aimait-il les mathe'matiques ? 12. Etes-vous francais ?
13. fitudiez-vous les langues etrangeres ? 14. La langue francaise
est-elle plus facile que la langue anglaise ? 15. Combien vaut un
homme qui sait deux langues ?

Resume

1. We are studying two languages, but we like the French
language best. 2. Do all pupils grasp foreign languages easily?
3. M. Bauer did not like Napoleon because he did not study
German. 4. Students like professors who give short examinations.
'5. In school we used to undergo examinations in (de) mathematics
often. 6. When the officer asked where Napoleon was, the other
student did not reply. 7. Work hard and you will like all your
studies well. 8. Good boys and girls will be in (a) their places
every day when the bell rings. 9. If I were not a mathematician,
my teacher would think that I was a dunce. 10. He will perhaps
write the French exercises on the blackboard for the class tomorrow.
11. Always speak French in class; do not speak English. 12. If
the emperor had soldiers enough, he would drive out the English.
13. Miss Leblanc, you are very bright; you are much more
studious than the other girls. 1 4. Shall you carry something to my
nephews when you go down town ? 15. If my friend had as much
money as you, he would pass his vacation in Europe. 16. He
intends to visit France every year if his savings are large enough.

17. How many horses shall you sell to my friend when he arrives ?

1 8. John, listen to the teacher or you will not learn French. 1 9. When
we are in school, let us not carry our books home evenings.
20. (My) children, when the lesson is long, write the exercises in
your notebooks.

REVIEW, LESSONS XVIII-XXI 147

REVIEW

(Lessons Eighteen to Twenty-One)
A. General Drill

1 . Give the endings of the future ; of the conditional ;
of the present subjunctive ; of the imperfect subjunctive.

2. Give the rule for forming the imperative.

3. What forms of the verb are derived from the infinitive ?
from the present participle ? from the first person singular of
the present indicative ? from the first person singular of the
past definite ?

4. Name the tenses in order.

5. Give other names for the imperfect and past definite.

6. Give the full conjugation of the verb whose principal
parts are suivre, suivant, suivi, je suis, je suivis.

7. Name in proper order the forms that constitute the
synopsis of a verb.

8. Give the synopsis of vendre, choisir, chasser; of the verb
whose principal parts are mettre, mettant, mis, je mets, je mis.

9. Give the —

fut. of adorer imp. of Studier

pres. subj. of punir imp. subj. of tendre

imv. of rester cond. of lire

1 o. Locate (in all possible places) —
porte aimes tracez rendit

punis punissent rendit emportons

11. Translate into French —
let us carry carry away the books, John

he will not stay carry away the chairs, sir

I shall not reply do not come down

148 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

12. Translate into French —

if he speaks, I shall reply he would always reply

if he speaks, I reply he would reply if he heard

if he spoke, I should reply they are asking if he will sell

if he should speak, they would as soon as she arrives, I shall

reply speak

he will reply when they speak I was speaking when he arrived

13. Supply the proper forms of the verbs in parentheses :

Je compte (quitter) la ville demain avec un ami. Nous (passer)
nos vacances a la campagne. II (aimer) a entendre les oiseaux ;
je (aimer) a nager. Nous avons souvent (visiter) la campagne.
Si vous (visiter) la campagne, (chercher) nous. Si j'avais un bon
cheval, je (monter) a cheval. Avez-vous jamais (monter)? Jeanne
d'Arc (monter) toujours a cheval quand elle (attaquer) ses ennemis.
Elle (chasser) les Anglais de son pays.

• 14. Change the verbs in turn to the imperfect, past
definite, future, conditional, imperative, and past indefinite :
J'etudie le frangais. Saisissez-vous facilement les langues ? Les
eleves subissent un examen. lis passent beaucoup de temps a
Tecole. Nous entendons les eleves. Une des eleves regarde son
cahier. Elle rend le cahier a sa voisine. Jean, finis-tu ta lecon ?

B. Translate into French
1. Tomorrow I shall ask whether the teachers give long lessons.

2. I think that I shall like the school if the boys are studious.

3. If we study hard, we shall finish in four years. 4. The girl was
singing sweetly when he arrived. 5. You will pronounce French
well if you read your lesson aloud every day. 6. My father used
to live in a large city when he worked for my uncle. 7. As soon as
he leaves the house, I shall close the doors. 8. The teacher always
gives the pupils longer lessons when they do not study. 9. As soon
as he finishes his lessons, he swims in the lake. 10. If I should

INFLECTION AND USE OF AVOIR 149

pass my vacation in the country, I would bring some apples to the
children. 1 1 . Punish the lazy pupils ; do not punish the attentive
ones. 12. Let us not always choose the easy lessons. 13. When
the nuts fall from the trees, they are usually ripe. 1 4. If my friend
spoke, I should hear his voice. 15. You would speak French
better if you studied your grammar lessons more. 16. My father
will sell his horses to the Frenchman if he will give money enough.
17. Good pupils will pronounce well the new words in every
lesson. 18. There are many beautiful birds in the forest; they
sing sweetly every morning. 19. He was asking if I would not
give back the money to the poor man. 20. John, write on the
blackboard the future of the verb vendre.

LESSON TWENTY-TWO

INFLECTION AND USE OF AVOIR

148. The Verb Avoir, to have, is inflected as follows

Principal Parts
avoir, to have ayant, having eu, had

j'ai, I have j'eus, I had

Present Indicative

j'ai, I have

nous avons

tu as

vous avez

ila

ils ont

Imperfect

Past Definite

j'avais, I was having

j'eus, I had

etc.

Future

Conditional

j'aurai, I shall have

j'aurais, I should have

etc..

etc.

150

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Imperative

aie, have

ayons,

let

us have

Present

Subjunctive

I MI

•ERFECT

j'aie

nous ayons

j'eusse

tu aies

vous ayez

etc.

il ait

ils aient

ayez, have

Note. The tenses of which the first person singular alone is given
are to be completed by the addition of the regular endings.

149. Avoir in Idioms. Av6ir is used with nouns in the
following idiomatic expressions, where in English is found
the verb to be with adjectives, the subject being a person
or animal :

avoir chaud, to be warm (hot)
avoir froid, to be cold
avoir faim, to be hungry
avoir soif, to be thirsty
avoir sommeil, to be sleepy

I am warm.

Are you hungry ?

I am not afraid of the cold.

I am too warm.

I am in need of (I need) some

money.
He is colder than the others.

avoir raison, to be right
avoir tort, to be wrong
avoir honte, to be ashamed
avoir peur, to be afraid
avoir besoin, to be in need, need

fai chaud.

Avez-vous faim ?

fe n'ai pas peur du froid.

fai trop chaud.

fai besoin d'argent.

II a plus froid que les autres.

Note. Observe the absence of the partitive sign in the last sentence
but one. When the word which governs a noun used partitively itself
requires de, the whole partitive construction (de and the article) is
omitted. Observe also in j'ai trop chaud that a simple adverb (without
de) is used. Similarly, j'ai tres chaud, j'ai plus froid que ....

INFLECTION AND USE OF AVOIR

151

150. II y a. The third person singular of the various
tenses of the verb avoir in connection with the pronoun y,
there, has the following special meanings :

il y a, there is (are)

il y avait, there was (were)

il y eut, there was (were)

il y aura, there will be

il y aurait, there would be

il y ait

il y efit

II y a un arbre dans le jardin.
II n'y avait pas de bois.
Y aura-t-il une lecon demain ?
N'y a-t-il pas de vin ?
II y a eu un festin hier.

il n'y a pas, there is (are) not

etc.

y a-t-il ? is (are) there ?

etc.

n'y a-t-il pas ? is (are) there not ?

etc

There is a tree in the garden.

There was ?io wood.

Will there be a lesson tomorrow f

Is there no wine ?

There was a feast yesterday.

Note. To express there is with accented there, calling attention to
an object or stating its location, voila is used. II y a merely affirms the
existence of the object.

There is your horse (see your horse) .
There is a horse in the street.
There *s a bad pen.
There is my desk ; here is John's
desk.

Voila votre cheval.
H y a un cheval dans la rue.
Voila une mauvaise plume.
Voila mon pupitre ; void le pupitre
de Jean.

VOCABULARY

le bruit, the noise
fermer, to close
l'heure/., the hour
l'ignorance /, the igno-
rance
manger, to eat
ouvert (past part.), open
la punition, the punishment

rentrer, to go back in, enter
again

six (Sec. 216, a), six
la sortie, the leaving, dismissal
le souper, the supper

tout, all, everything
le travail, the work

voici, here is, now is

Note. Faim and other words used after avoir are to be found in Sec. 1 49.

152 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

'.„ EXERCISE

Drill

i. Give the synopsis of avoir; its synopsis in the first
person plural.

2. Give all the forms of il y a, (a) affirmative, (b) nega-
tive, (c) interrogative, {d) negative-interrogative.

3. Translate into French —

we should not have should we not have ?

I had I have had

he would have thou wilt have

let us have does he have ?

4. Translate into French —

there was a king is there a pen ?

there were kings was she afraid ?

there were bad kings there are the chairs

there was no king there are chairs in the room

there were no kings I need some bread

are you hungry ? had he no money ?

is he not right ? now (it) is the hour

there 's your brother is there no money ?

would there be a school ? here is the pen

we were ashamed he is not thirsty

5. Give the full tense of —

je n'avais pas peur

n'ai-je pas besoin de plumes ?

6. Give the form in the various tenses of —

il y a des enfants ici
il n'y a pas de viande
n'y a-t-il pas d'eau la?
y a-t-il beaucoup de bruit ?

INFLECTION AND USE OF AVOIR 153

Model En Classe

Quand nous arrivons en classe, nous trouvons les fenetres
ouvertes, mais si nous avons froid, nous fermons les fenetres
et les portes. II y a six fenetres et deux portes dans ma classe.
Dans la salle de classe oil j'etais l'annee derniere il y avait dix
fenetres et quatre portes. Nous fermons les fenetres si nous
avons froid, et si nous entendons trop le bruit des autres classes,
nous fermons aussi les portes. II y a un tres mauvais eleve dans
ma classe. II n'a pas peur du maitre. II n'etudie pas ses lecons,
et a toujours besoin des exercices des autres quand il travaille. II
re'cite tres mal, mais il n'a pas honte de son ignorance. J'aurais
honte si je ne savais pas mes lecons. J'aurais peur des punitions.
J'ai souvent sommeil quand j'etudie a la maison, mais je reste a
mon travail. Voici l'heure de la sortie. Nous avons tres faim et
tres soif, et nous mangerons bien. Nous aurons besoin de beau-
coup de choses, mais il y aura assez de tout. Si nous n'avons pas
trop sommeil apres le souper, nous jouerons un peu. Quand nous
aurons chaud, nous rentrerons.

Theme

Last year, in my class, there was a bad student who was not
ashamed of his poor work. He was always in need of the other
pupils' exercises. When he did not know his lessons, he was not
afraid of punishment(s). Would you not be ashamed of your igno-
rance ? Yes, you would study hard and you would be right. The
pupils who do not study are wrong. When we need the master,
he explains the rules of the lesson. We play a little after the
lesson, at the hour of leaving. I am often very hungry after
school, but there is always enough of everything on the table
at home. If I am cold, I close the windows; but we like the
windows open when we are warm. When I am warm, I am thirsty
also. Is there any water on the table? Yes, there is enough water
for you. There is a glass.

154 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Oral

i. Combien y a-t-il de fenetres dans la classe? 2. Les fe-
netres sont-elles ouvertes ou ferme'es ? 3. Quand fermez-vous les
fenetres ? 4. N'y a-t-il pas du x bruit dans l'autre classe ? 5 . Entendez-
vous du bruit ? 6. Avez-vous besoin des exercices de votre cama-
rade quand vous travaillez ? 7. Votre camarade travaille-t-il ferme ?
8. Entendez-vous bien ou mal ? 9. Le maitre donne-t-il des puni-
tions quand vous ne savez pas vos lecons ? 1 o. Avez-vous sommeil
quand vous avez fini votre travail ? 11. Restez-vous en classe a.
l'heure de la sortie? 12. Avez-vous besoin d'encre pour e'crire ?

Resume

i. If you are cold, close the windows. 2. The lazy pupils said
that the teachers gave too long lessons. 3. My uncle has sold all
his black horses to the French officer. 4. Now is the hour of
dismissal from the school. 5. If we were hungry, we should find
enough of everything in the kitchen. 6. Are there not too many
knives and forks on the table? 7. Charles and Mary, when you
are hungry, do not eat too fast. 8. John, if you do not pronounce
French well, you will be ashamed of your great ignorance. 9. My
friend has already wealth enough ; now he needs a larger house.
1 o. Were there any lazy boys in your class when you were at school ?
1 1 . After (the) supper I shall read my French book if I am not
sleepy. 12. When Napoleon was a student at Brienne, he did not
like all his studies. 13. When you are thirsty, you will find fresh
water enough in the dining-room. 14. You are right; there are
many large streets in the city of Paris. 15. Peter, do not play so
much; finish your work quickly. 16. Yesterday we were warm in
the house, and we had the doors open all the morning. 17. How
many American soldiers were there in France? 18. Do not be afraid
of the animals which are in this park. 1 9. There has been much noise
in the classroom today. 20. The lessons will be longer tomorrow.

1 Du, because the thought is really affirmative. See Sec. 116, a.

AVOIR IN PERFECT TENSES 1 55

LESSON TWENTY-THREE

AVOIR IN PERFECT TENSES

151. Perfect Tenses are made, as in English, by combin-
ing the forms of an auxiliary verb (usually avoir) with past
participles. The compound tense made of the present of
the auxiliary has already been treated in Sec. 135. Below is
given the synopsis of the perfect active tenses of donner.

Perfect Infinitive (Fr., infinity passe)
avoir donne to have given

Perfect Participle (Fr., participe passe compose)
ay ant donne having given

Past Indefinite (Fr., passe indefini)
j'ai donne I have given

Pluperfect (Fr., plus-que-parfait)
j'avais donne I had given

Past Anterior (Ft., passe anterieur)
j'eus donne I had given

Future Perfect (Ft., futur anterieur)
j 'aurai donne / shall have given

Conditional Perfect (Fr., conditiofinel passf)
j 'aurais donne / should have given

Perfect Subjunctive (Fr., subjonctif passe)
j'aie donne

Pluperfect Subjunctive (Fr., plus-que-parfait du subjonctif)
j'eusse donne

156 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note i . The past indefinite is sometimes called the perfect.

Note 2. Observe that the perfect conjugation has nothing corre-
sponding to the past participle or the imperative.

Note 3. The past indefinite, pluperfect, past anterior, and future
perfect are tenses of the indicative mood.

152. Pluperfect and Past Anterior. In the synopsis above
there are two forms for had given. The past anterior is
used only in clauses introduced by quand, when, aussitot que
or des que, as soon as, and other words or phrases indicat-
ing immediate priority of action. Elsewhere the pluperfect
is used.

Quand il eut parle*, il quitta la When he had spoken, he left the

salle. room.

II apporta son cahier aii maitre He brought his notebook to the

aussitot qu'il eut fini son teacher as soon as he had

exercice. finished his exercise.

II avait travaillS hier. He had worked yesterday.

153. Word Order in Perfect Tenses. The rules of order
given for simple tenses apply also to perfect tenses, provided
that we consider the auxiliary alone as the verb. Thus,
the negative forms are made by placing ne before the
auxiliary and pas after (between the auxiliary and the past
participle) ; interrogative forms by inverting a subject pro-
noun and the auxiliary. See also Sec. no, Note.

He had not spoken. 77 ri avait pas parte.

Had he spoken ? Avait-il parte f

Had he not spoken ? N' avait-il pas parte ?

He would have spoken well. II aurait bien parte.

154. Special Rules for Perfect Tenses. The principles
already laid down for governing the tense in subordinate
clauses apply equally to perfect tenses, but concern here

AVOIR IN PERFECT TENSES 157

only the auxiliary, the participle being invariable from the
point of view of tense. This must be observed especially in —

a. Future clauses introduced by quand, etc. (see Sec. 137).

He will give back the money II rendra V argent quand il aura
when he has (shall have) vendu la maison.

sold the house.

Note. Often in this construction the English omits even the have
and translates the above, . . . when he sells the house.

b. Conditions (see Sec. 139).

If they have not eaten, they will S'ils n'ontpas mange, Us auront

be hungry. faim.

If they had not eaten, they would S'ils n'avaient pas mange, Us

have been hungry. auraient eufaim.

155. Construction with depuis. The following tense usage,
at variance with English, demands special mention.

a. When an action or state has begun in the past and
continues into the present, the present tense is used, followed
by depuis, since, for.

I have been speaking (for) an Je park depuis une heure.

hour.

I have been at home (for) two Je suis a la maison depuis deux

days. jours.

How long have you been here ? Depuis quand etes-vous id ?

Note i . When the action is completed in past time, a past tense is
used, either alone or with pendant, during, for.

He worked (for) two hours this // a travaille {pendant) deux heures

morning. ce matin.

How long did you work ? Combien de temps avez-vous travaitle?

Note 2. Alternative forms :

I have been speaking an hour. II y a une heure que je park.

He had been here an hour. 77 y avait une hetire qu'il etait ici.

158 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

6. When an action or state is continued in. the past up
to a definite past time referred to, the imperfect is used for
the English pluperfect, similarly with depuis.

I had been speaking (for) three Je parlais depuis trois heures.

hours.

How long had you played (been Depuis quand jouiez-vous quand

playing) when he spoke ? il a parte ?

Note i. How long is expressed by combien de temps except in
cases where the corresponding answer demands depuis. It is then
expressed by depuis quand.

Twill you speak ? f parlerez-vous ?

How long \ do you speak ? Combien de temps •{ parlez-vous ?

[_ did you speak ? ^ avez-vous parle ?

f have you been speaking ? _ . , (parlez-vous?

How long < . , , i . -, Depuis quand <\ ... „

° (^ had you been speaking? * 1 yparhez-vous ?

Note 2. Observe that when depuis is required the English usually
has the word been.

VOCABULARY

Pamusement m., the amuse- un jour, one day, some day

ment puis, then

l'an m., the year le repos, the rest

&onomiser, to save retourner, to return, go back

§tre en vacances, to have a tot, soon

vacation en ville, in town
il y a un mois, a month ago

Drin EXERCISE

i. Give the synopsis of the perfect tenses of saisir and vendre.

2. Inflect the perfect tenses of regarder throughout.

3. Give the pluperfect of tendre, neg. ; future perfect of subir;
past definite of trouver, neg. -int. ; past anterior of rendre; plu-
perfect subjunctive of Studier; conditional perfect of entendre, neg.

AVOIR IN PERFECT TENSES 159

4. Translate into French —

he would have finished I shall not have chosen

they had not said as soon as he listens

will you not have visited ? as soon as he had heard

had she shown ? we have worked

when you had sold we worked

let us not speak we were working

she had not had working

5 . Translate into French —

how long did he work ? how long do you sing every

he worked for an hour morning ?

how long have they been work- I sing an hour every morning

ing ? how long will they stay ?

they have been working two hours they will stay a long time

how long has he been working ? he has been studying a month
he had been working many days (two ways)

6. Locate the verbs in the Model below.

Model LES Vacances

Mon oncle demeure a la campagne. II est Ik depuis dix ans. II
y avait six ans qu'il etait en ville quand il a achete sa ferme.
II n'aime pas la ville autant que la campagne. II dit qu'il aurait
achete sa ferme plus tot s'il avait e'te plus riche. Aussitot qu'il eut
economise assez d 'argent, il quitta la ville. Je suis chez mon oncle
depuis deux semaines. Je ne sais pas si je resterai encore long-
temps. J'e'tais en vacances depuis une semaine quand j'ai quitte
la ville. Ma sceur n'est pas ici. Quand elle aura passe la semaine
au bord de la mer, elle voyagera un peu, puis passera quelques
jours ici. Nous retournerons ensemble a la maison. Quand ma
sceur arrivera ici, elle aura voyage beaucoup et aura besoin de
repos. Ma tante a prepare la plus belle chambre de la maison.

160 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Quand ma sceur aura eu assez de repos, nous comptons passer le
temps agreablement. Depuis deux jours nous preparons toutes
sortes d'amusements. Notre sejour aura e'te trop court.

Theme

Last year, as soon as I had finished my studies, I visited the
country, where my uncle has a beautiful farm. Formerly he lived
in town, but, as he needed the air of the country, he left the city
as soon as he had saved enough money (in order) to buy his new
house. He did not like the city much, and would have left Paris
sooner if he had been rich enough. He had been in the city for
six years. My father intends to live some day in the country when
he has worked enough. I do not know whether my mother would
prefer to remain in town ; she has been there so long. When I
have finished my studies, I shall pass a few weeks at my uncle's.
I shall have much rest. My sister, who is now at the seashore,
where she has all kinds of amusements, will also have spent
happy days.

Oral

i . Ou demeure votre oncle ? 2 . Y a-t-il longtemps qu'il est Ik ?

3. Depuis quand etait-il en ville quand il a achete sa ferme?

4. Aimeriez-vous mieux la ville ou la campagne? 5. Pourquoi

FERME DE NORMANDIE. Les paysans represented plus de la moitie
de la population de la France. Le paysan francais est simple dans sa
maniere de vivre et est satisfait de son sort tres humble, lequel a ete celui
de ses ancetres et sera vraisemblablement celui de ses enfants. II est
econome. Cette qualite en fait le sauveur de son pays dans les crises
economiques ; il l'est aussi par sa bravoure et son patriotisme quand le
pays est en danger. La gravure montre certaines caracteristiques par-
ticulieres au paysan : la nature substantielle de sa demeure construite
de pierres rugueuses; le bonheur apparent des membres de la famille,
tous, hommes, f emmes et enfants ayant leur part des travaux de la ferme ;
la carrure de tous et leurs vetements simples mais durables.

ivood & Underwood

FERME DE NORMANDIE

1 62 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

votre oncle n'a-t-il pas achete sa ferme plus tot ? 6. Quand quitta-
t-il la ville ? 7. Depuis quand etes-vous chez votre oncle ?
8. Resterez-vous la longtemps ? 9. Votre sceur est-elle avec vous ?
1 o. Ne passera-t-elle pas quelques jours avec vous ? 11. Restera-
t-elle chez votre oncle quand vous partirez ? 12. Quelle chambre
votre sceur aura-t-elle chez votre oncle? 13. Qui aura prepare la
chambre ? 14. N'aurez-vous pas besoin de repos quand vous aurez
fini la lecon? 15. Combien de temps etudierez-vous votre lecon
pour demain ?

Resume

1. Have your parents been living in the United States long?
2. My uncle used to pass his vacations at the seashore. 3. As
soon as he has saved enough, he will have a vacation. 4. As
soon as he had selected a house in the country, he sold his store.
5. How long did you travel in Europe last year? 6. How long
had you been studying French when you left the United States ?
7. If you work too long, you will need rest. 8. My friends were in
Paris a week several years ago. 9. The American officer will be
in England for two months. 10. The pupils were singing loudly
when the teacher returned. 11. How long is he intending to stay
at his cousin's today? 12. My uncle and aunt have been traveling
in Canada for several weeks. 13. If you are too cold, I will close
the window. 1 4. How long shall you remain in Paris next year ?

1 5 . My friends have been desiring to go to France for many years.

16. My brother and sister will return together when they finish
their work. 17. John, how long have you been writing on the
board? 18. Peter, you have been speaking to your chum too
long ; study your lesson. 19. Do you know whether there will be
any students at school tomorrow? 20. The poor man would have
bought more clothes if he had had the money.

ETRE IN PERFECT TENSES 163

LESSON TWENTY-FOUR

ETRE IN PERFECT TENSES
156. The Inflection of the Verb etre, to be, is as follows :

Principal Parts

etre, to be etant, being ete, been

je suis, I am je fus, I was

Present Indicative

je suis, I am

nous sommes

tu es

vous etes

il est

ils sont

Imperfect

Past Definite

j'etais, I was

je fus, I was

etc.

etc. (Sec. 131, Note)

Future

Conditional

je serai, I shall be

je serais, I should be

etc.

Imperative

sois, be

soyons,

let us be soyez

Present Subjunctive

Imperfect Subjunctive

je sois nous soyons

je fusse

tu sois vous soyez

etc.

il soit ils soient

Note. The forms not given are made regularly.

157. Etre in Perfect Tenses. £tre, as well as avoir, is used
as an auxiliary in the formation of perfect tenses. Avoir is
used with the great majority of verbs ; etre with certain

1 64 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

intransitive verbs of motion and transition. The. following
are the past participles of the most important of these verbs :

alle', gone arrive, arrived

venu, come entre, entered

devenu, become reste, remained

revenu, come back tombe, fallen

parti, started ne, born

sorti, gone out mort, died

I have come. Je suis venu.

He had started. H etait parti.

158. Below is given the synopsis of the perfect active of alter :

Perf. Inf. etre alle, to have gone

Perf. Part. etant alle, having gone

Past Indef. je suis alle, I have gone

Pluperf. Ind. j'etais alle, I had gone

Past Ant. je fus alle, I had gone

Fut. Perf. je serai alle, I shall have gone

Cond. Perf. je serais alle, I should have gone

Perf. Subj. je sois alle

Pluperf. Subj. je fusse alle

VOCABULARY

d'abord, (at) first le client, the customer, client

l'accident m., the accident le commercant, the business

les affaires/, business man, merchant

arriver, to arrive, happen diner, to dine

l'avocat, m., the lawyer entrer (dans), to enter (tr.)

de bonne heure, early gros (/. grosse), great, big

le bureau, the office lu, read (past part.)

la chute, the fall la suite, effect, continuation

parler d'affaires, to talk business
des suites de, because of, from
aller en ville, to go to town

ETRE IN PERFECT TENSES 165

~ .,/ EXERCISE

1 . Give the synopsis of Stre ; its synopsis in the third plural.

2. Give the synopsis of the perfect tenses of rester; of
partir ; of alter in the third singular.

3. Translate into French —

he has gone out had she had

they have seen had I not come ?

I had remained as soon as I had arrived

has he not become ? let us be useful

we should have been be not lazy

will he be ? there will be

had he not started ? they will be

they were not did we not read ?

4. Supply the French for the words in parentheses.

Je (have) un client. II (has) alle en ville. II (had) lu que les
commercants (have) de nouvelles e'toffes. II (had) parti quand
son ami (arrived). II ne (had) pas assez d'argent. Je (had) tou-
jours de l'argent. Quand je (have) de l'argent, je (shall be) con-
tent^). Quand je (have) de l'argent, je ne (am) jamais honte.
Mon ami (has had) beaucoup d'argent. II (has) devenu riche. II
(would have) parle aussitot qu'il (had) entre', s'il (had had) l'argent.

Model MON PeRE au Bureau

Mon pere, qui est revenu hier d'un long voyage, est alle en
ville ce matin. II est sorti pour aller a ses affaires. Je suis sorti
aussi pour aller a l'ecole, mais mon pere est parti plus tot. II aime a
arriver a son bureau de bonne heure. Mon pere est avocat II est
alle, d'abord, acheter un journal. II a lu que son ami qui etait
venu ici l'anne'e derniere etait mort des suites d'une chute. II est
tombe de son cheval. II etait devenu un gros commercant et serait

1 66 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

reste encore longtemps dans les affaires si l'accident n'etait pas
arrive. Quand mon pere est arrive a son bureau, il a trouve un
de ses clients, Monsieur Leblanc, qu'il n'avait pas vu depuis long-
temps. Comme Monsieur Leblanc est en ville pour quelques heures
seulement, mon pere est revenu diner a la maison avec son client.
Quand je suis rentre de l'ecole, j'ai trouve mon pere dans le salon.
II parlait d'affaires avec Monsieur Leblanc. lis parleraient encore
si ma mere n'avait pas dit que le diner etait pret.

Theme

My father, who is a lawyer, came back early from his office.'
He was back when my brother arrived from school. He did not
remain long in town. He had been in his office an hour when one
of his clients, whom he had not seen for a long time, came in.
They talked business, and, as Mr. Leblanc was in town for a few
hours only, he left soon after. My father went out to buy a news-
paper. He read that an accident had happened to one of his friends,
Mr. Leroux. This gentleman, who had become a great merchant,
fell from his horse and died an hour after from the effects of the
fall. He had been in business a long time. Last year he came to
spend a week here. My father would have gone to his friend's
during his vacation if the accident had not happened.

Oral

i. D'ou votre pere est-il revenu hier ? 2. Est-il reste a la maison
ce matin? 3. Pourquoi est-il sorti ? 4. Est-il sorti le premier?
5. Etes-vous arrive a l'ecole de bonne heure ? 6. Qui est mort
des suites d'un accident? 7. L'ami de votre pere etait-il avocat?
8. Qui votre pere a-t-il trouve h son bureau ? 9. Depuis quand
n'avait-il pas vu son client? 10. Monsieur Leblanc est-il en ville

pour longtemps ? 11. Votre pere est-il revenu seul ? 12. Etes-vous
jamais tombe de votre cheval ? 13. Etes-vous alM a l'ecole hier?
14. Votre diner sera-t-il pret quand vous rentrerez? 15. Etes-vous
alld a la campagne l'annee derniere ?

AGREEMENT OF PARTICIPLES 167

Resume

1. My brother started for his office early this morning. 2. My
uncle entered the house an hour ago. 3. He would have come
home sooner if he had finished his business. 4. When John arrived
home, his brother had gone to school. 5. An accident happened
to my friend when he was in Paris. 6. One of his sons died from
a fall from a horse. 7. He would be speaking yet if a customer
had not entered the store. 8. The merchant was talking business
with the clerk. 9. Peter, you are lazy, you did not go to school
today. 10. He would have stayed longer if he had had more
money. 11. Your grandfather was born more than a century
ago. 12. Mr. Leblanc, do you know that (the) dinner is ready?
13. He read in the newspaper that the American general had
returned from France. 14. My father arrived this morning after a
short stay in London. 15. How long did you stay in England last
year? 16. There used to be many castles in this country. 17. The
officer became ill when he was in England. 18. He bought play-
things for the children when he went to town. 19. The child had
not seen his father for a long time. 20. As soon as the emperor
had gone out, the soldier entered the room.

LESSON TWENTY-FIVE

AGREEMENT OF PARTICIPLES

159. Variable Form of Participles. The participles, pres-
ent as well as past, are often used as adjectives, and in cer-
tain cases, as explained below, they take a feminine ending
in e and a plural in s, in accordance with the regular rules
for adjectives. Thus :

charmant, charmante ; charmants, charmantes
blesse, blesse'e ; blesses, blessees

168 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

160. Agreement after Auxiliary etre. When etre is the
auxiliary, the past participle agrees in number and gender
with the subject.

Elle est arrived. She has arrived.

lis sont venus. They (m.) have come.

Elles sont entries. They (f .) have entered.

161. Agreement after Auxiliary avoir. When avoir is the
auxiliary, the past participle does not vary unless a direct
object precedes the verb, in which case the participle agrees
with this object.

J'ai trouve* la plume. / have found the pen.

La plume que j'ai trouvee. The pen which I have found.

Les livres qu'il a ported. The books which he carried.

Note. The past participle, when used as an adjective, agrees with
the noun it modifies.

une salle 6clair6e, a lighted room

162. The Present Participle is used

a. As in English, to denote an attendant circumstance.
It is then generally introduced by the preposition en, which
in this use may be translated while, in, by. Sometimes
the en is emphasized by prefixing tout. In this use the
participle is invariable.

Elle est entree en parlant. She entered (while) speaking.

En Sconomisant il est devenu By saving he has become rich.

riche.

Elle a repondu, tout en pleurant. She replied (even) while weeping.

b. As a simple adjective. It then agrees with the noun
it modifies, and usually follows it.

II a deux enfants charmants. He has two attractive children.

De l'eau courante. Running water.

AGREEMENT OF PARTICIPLES

169

VOCABULARY

" alors, then

attendre, to await, wait for
l'automobile m.,the automobile
boncte (de), crowded (with)
border (de), to border (with)
le bureau de poste, the post office
la chaussee, the roadway
les chaussures/, the shoes, foot-
wear
le commerce, the business
continuel (/. -elle), continual
crier, to shout, cry
la devanture, the show window
a droite, to (at) the right
Sclairer (a), to light (by)
l'Slectricite* /, the electricity
e*lectrique, electric
entre, between

1 'Stage m., the story (of a house)
Staler, to display

a gauche, to (at) the left
le gaz [gaz], the gas
le long de, along
le marchand, the merchant
le marchand ambulant, the push-
cart peddler
la marchandise, the merchandise

marcher, to walk
le mouvement, the moving about
la paire, the pair

particulier (/ -ifcre), private
la personne, the person, people
le piSton, the pedestrian

rencontrer, to meet
le restaurant, the restaurant
le Soulier, the low shoe
le tramway, the (street) car

traverser, to cross
le trottoir, the sidewalk
la voiture, the carriage

Note. In is often to be rendered in French by a rather than dans,
as has already been seen in special expressions. Dans denotes position
inside of, as dans la maison, in the house ; a denotes position at or
near, as a la devanture, in the show window.

Drill EXERCISE

1 . Give all the forms (both genders and both numbers) of
the participles trouvS, vendu, subi, eu, criant, mort.

2. Give the synopsis of the perfect tenses of entrer in the
third plural.

3. Give the past indefinite of sorti ; perfect subjunctive of
aller ; pluperfect indicative of venu, neg. ; conditional perfect

170 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

of parti, int. ; past anterior of passer, neg.-int. ; future perfect
of 6tre ; future perfect of mort, neg.

4. Translate into French —

a. she has remained we shall have examined
we fell they {/.) had come

they had not started as soon as they had come back

we shall have arrived had you not become ?

b. the pen which I have bought she has entered

the books which I had sold she has entered the room
I had sold the books the lesson which she will give

5. Give the full tense of —

je suis reste depuis longtemps
j'ai ecoute longtemps
je suis alle a. la maison
la plume que j'ai trouvee

Model . La Rue

La rue 011 je demeure a de larges trottoirs. Les pietons marchent
sur les trottoirs. Entre les trottoirs il y a la chausse'e. La rue est
eclaire'e au gaz et a l'electricite. Les trottoirs sont borde's de hautes
maisons. Ma maison a seulement deux etages. II y a beaucoup

LE BOULEVARD DE LA MADELEINE. Le boulevard de la Madeleine
forme une partie de la grande artere de Paris appelee « les grands boule-
vards)), qui vade la place de la Concorde a la Bastille. Cette artere est sur
l'emplacement des anciens boulevards de l'enceinte fortifiee demolie sous
Louis XIV. Le boulevard dont il est question ici commence la serie. Sur
les trottoirs d'une ample largeur s'y promenent une foule de gens affaires
ou de promeneurs attires la par les magasins, les cafes et restaurants qui
bordent cette avenue spacieuse, theatre fidele de la vie parisienne. A
Tangle gauche de la photographie nous voyons un coin de la Madeleine,
une des eglises principales et des plus belles de Paris. Entouree qu'elle
est d'une majestueuse colonnade, elle affecte la forme d'un temple grec.

172 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

de maisons particulieres dans la rue oil je demeure. Ce matin il y
avait un mouvement continuel de voitures et d'automobiles. Les
marchands ambulants criaient leur marchandise. Beaucoup de
personnes attendaient les tramways electriques, qui etaient toujours
bonde's. Ma mere est allee faire ses emplettes. Les fruits qu'elle
a vus etales a la devanture du fruitier etaient tres beaux, et elle a
achete des poires et des bananes qu'elle a emportees dans son filet.
Ma mere et ma sceur sont alors sorties. Elles ont traverse la rue
en regardant a droite et a gauche. Tout en passant le long des
magasins elles ont rencontre deux de leurs amies, et elles sont
entrees dans un restaurant, ou elles ont dine. Chez le marchand de
chaussures ma sceur a demande plusieurs paires de souliers, qu'elle
a examinees. La paire qu'elle a choisie est chere. Ma mere et ma
sceur sont revenues en passant par (by) le bureau de poste.

Theme

Do not cross the street. Look to the right and to the left
because there is a continual moving about of carriages. There
is an automobile that is passing by. This push-cart peddler cries
his merchandise while walking on the roadway along the sidewalk.
The sidewalks are crowded with pedestrians, who look at the show
windows of the stores while speaking. There are many pretty
things displayed in the show windows. There 's a restaurant. A
lady has gone in with her daughter. The lady has a net bag in
which (ou) are the things that she bought. She went to the shoe
dealer's (Model) and bought low shoes. The pair that I bought last
month was better than the pair in the show window of this store.
The whole street is bordered with stores better lighted than the
rooms of the house where I live. They are lighted with gas.

Oral

i. Les pietons marchent-ils generalement sur la chaussee?
2. Les trottoirs sont-ils aussi larges que la chausse'e ? 3. Decrivez
une rue. 4. Ou votre mere a-t-elle vu des fruits ? 5. D'oii votre

AGREEMENT OF PARTICIPLES 173

mere et votre soeur sont-elles sorties ? 6. Qui ont-elles rencontre ?
7. Ou ont-elles rencontre' ces personnes ? 8. Les chaussures sont-
elles cheres maintenant ? 9. Comment votre mere est-elle revenue ?
10. Ou achetez-vous vos chaussures? 11. Y a-t-il des marchands
ambulants dans votre rue? 12. Ne demeurez-vous pas dans une
maison particuliere ? 13. Y a-t-il seulement des maisons particu-
lieres dans votre rue? 14. Avez-vous dine au restaurant hier?
15. Comment la classe est-elle eclairee ?

Resume

1. I did not see the horses which my friend sold. 2. Shall you
not need a new pair of shoes next week ? 3. The hats which we
saw at the store were very expensive. 4. My aunt would always
look to the right and left when she went out. 5. My sister had
been visiting for two weeks when she became ill. 6. As soon as
my mother had died, we sold all the jewels that she had bought.
7. Merchants always like to display their merchandise in show
windows. 8. How long have you been waiting for the street car ?
9. In our city the streets are always crowded with people. 1 o. There
were no seats {places) in the street car when she entered. 11. The
house which I gave to my son is lighted by electricity. 12. My
brother and sister returned from Europe a week ago. 13. Have you
found the newspapers which the lawyer read? 14. While going
down the street I saw my friend in his automobile. 15. Are there
attractive pictures in every room of your house ? 16. While speak-
ing to my brother she went out of the railway station. 17. The
leaves have been • dead for a long time and the apples have
already fallen. 18. Where did she go? She started for (the) school.

19. Did you look at the castles which the Englishman sold?

20. My mother lived ten years in the house where she was born.

174 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

REVIEW

(Lessons Twenty-Two to Twenty-Five)

A. General Drill

i. Give the synopsis of avoir; present subjunctive of
avoir ; imperative of avoir ; all the forms of il y a ; all the
forms of il y a, neg.-int.

2. Give the synopsis of 6tre ; present subjunctive of 6tre ;
imperative of etre.

3. Name, in proper order, the forms that constitute the
synopsis of the perfect tenses of a verb.

4. Give the synopsis of the perfect forms of apporter,
arriver, avoir.

5. Give the —

perf. subj. of tomber pluperf. ind. of choisir, neg.-int.

past ant. of traverser, neg. cond. perf. of entrer

imp. subj. of penser pluperf. subj. of rendre, neg.

perf. ind. of rester, int. past ant. of punir, neg.

fut. perf. of avoir imp. subj. of etre

6. Give the list of past participles that take etre as
auxiliary.

7. State both cases of agreement of the past participle,
and illustrate each.

8. Give complete French sentences containing respec-
tively the following forms : imperfect ; past definite ; per-
fect indicative ; pluperfect indicative ; past anterior ; future
perfect ; conditional ; conditional perfect ; imperative.

9. Give complete French sentences containing all6s ; aurait
vu ; depuis ; achet&s ; tout en ; traversant ; furent.

REVIEW, LESSONS XXII-XXV 175

10. Translate into French —

did you see ? they talked would there not be ?

he is wrong was he thirsty ? we are not afraid

is there not ? there was not would she have fallen ?

has he not ? I had not said had they not started ?

had you heard ? had she gone out ? while going

1 1 . Translate into French —

there is a book on the desk if he had bought, he would have

there 's your book sold

here 's my pen they saw some fields

does he need a dog ? the fields which they saw

does he need some horses ? the field which I saw

as soon as he had bought, he sold many months ago

if he has bought, he will sell he lived in the country

r 12. Express and answer in French —

how long will it burn ? how long had it been burning ?

how long has it been burning ? has it been burning long ?
how long did it burn ? will it burn long ?

13. Rewrite, translating the English words into French:

1. II a une femme (loving).

2. II (is crossing) la rue.

3. Tout en (crossing) la rue, elle (fell).

4. Nous (entered) la chambre.

5. Les chaussures que nous avons (sold).

6. II aura (sold) les chaussures.

7. En (selling) des bijoux, elles (became) riches.

8. Une femme (obliging) a (given) les choses que j'ai (saw).

9. Quand nous (arrived), nous avons (found) notre tante.

10. En (inspiring) ses enfants avec ces (inspiring) mots, la (in-
spired) femme (inspired) des amis que son mari n'avait pas (inspired).

176 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

B. Translate into French

i. I have been living at home with my father and mother for
ten years. 2. If he studies well, the teacher will speak of his work
to his father. 3. My sister has been at school for three weeks, and
she is very happy with her friends. 4. She had been visiting here
two weeks when she died. 5. There are some beautiful leaves on
the table; they fell from the old tree in the yard. 6. We shall
have money enough when we sell the house. 7. When he had fin-
ished his lesson, he closed the book. 8. I had not seen the horses
which you had sold. 9. Where did you buy the playthings which
you brought to the children ? 1 o. If his parents had not come, he
would have gone to his uncle's. 11. There's John's youngest
sister; are not her black eyes beautiful? 12. My sisters arrived
from Europe yesterday and brought some pretty things to my
mother. 13. I have been hot and thirsty for an hour, and now I
am also sleepy. 14. My father thinks that old lawyers are oftener
right than wrong. 15. If you had no pencil, I should be ashamed
of you. 16. Children, study more and you will speak French well
when you are in France. 17. When my aunt went to town, she
would remain for hours in a store. 18. How long have the birds
been singing in the old tree? For more than an hour. 19. Were
the children afraid of the animals which they saw in the park ?
20. He reads a great deal, even while waiting for the street car.

Proverbes

En forgeant on devient forgeron.
Loin des yeux, loin du cceur.
A chaque jour suffit sa peine.
Qui donne aux pauvres prete a Dieu.
9 II n'y a pire eau que l'eau qui dort.

Les petits ruisseaux font les grandes rivieres.
Tout ce qui brille n'est pas or.

INTERROGATION 177

LESSON TWENTY-SIX

INTERROGATION

163. Direct Questions with Pronoun Subjects. When the
subject is a personal pronoun, a sentence is made interroga-
tive by inverting the subject and the verb (the auxiliary in
a compound tense), and connecting them by a hyphen, as
already explained in Sec. 87.

Do you sing ? Chantez-vous ?

Have you sung ? Avez-vous chante ?

Has she sung ? A-t-elle chante ?

164. Est-ce que. If, however, the subject is in the first
person singular, this inversion usually does not take place,
but est-ce que, is it that, is prefixed to the affirmative order.
Do I sing ? Est-ce que je cha?ite ?

Note i. The following tenses illustrate the application of the
principles above to the conjugation of a simple and a compound tense:

Present Indicative of chanter, Interrogatively
est-ce que je chante? do I sing? am I singing?
chantes-tu ? dost thou sing ? art thou singing ?
chante-t-il ? does he sing ? is he singing ?
chantons-nous ? do we sing ? are we singing ?
chantez-vous ? do you sing ? are you singing ?
chantent-ils ? do they sing ? are they singing ?

Pluperfect Indicative of chanter, Interrogatively
est-ce que j'avais chante? had I sung? had I been singing?
avais-tu chante ? hadst thou sung ? etc.
avait-il chante ? had he sung?
avions-nous chante ? had we sung?
aviez-vous chante? had you sung?
avaient-ils chante ? had they sung ?

178 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note 2. Certain monosyllabic forms of the first person singular of
the present indicative are regularly inverted in questions. Prominent
among these are j'ai and je suis. Thus, in conjugation :

Present Indicative of etre, Interrogatively

suis-je ? am I ?
es-tu ? art thou ?
etc. etc.

Past Indefinite of chanter, Interrogatively

ai-je chante? have I sitng? did I sing?

as-tu chante ? hast thou sung? didst thou sing?

etc. etc.

165. Direct Questions with Noun Subjects. When the
subject is a noun, a sentence is made interrogative

a. By placing the subject first and repeating it by the
proper form of the personal pronoun after the verb, as
explained in Sec. 90.

Is the overcoat beautiful ? Le pardessus est-il beau ?

Is the carriage new ? La voiture est-elle neuve ?

b. By prefixing est-ce que to the declarative order.
Is the sky blue ? Est-ce que le del est bleu ?

Note. The construction with est-ce que is especially used, with either
a noun or a pronoun subject, when the question involves surprise.
Isn't he here ? Est-ce qu'il n 'est pas ici ?

166. Questions introduced by Interrogative Words, such
as quand, ou, combien, take the inverted order if the subject
is a personal pronoun ; if the subject is a noun, they take the
inverted order or the order explained in Sec. 165, a.

Where is he? Oil est-il?

{Ou est mon pere ?
Mon pere ou est-il ?
Oil mon pere est-il ?

INTERROGATION 179

How long does he work ? Combien de temps travaille-t-il 1

f Combien coute le livre ?

How much does the book cost ? i Le livre combien coiite-t-il 1

[ Combien le livre coiite-t-il 1

When did he start ? Quand est-il parti 1

xiu, a a u ^ -^ (Votrefrere quand est-il parti?

V\ hen did your brother start ? < _ . J * s

[ Quand votre frere est-il parti ?

167. N'est-ce pas. Any question to which the answer
yes is expected may be asked by adding n'est-ce pas, is it
not so, to the affirmative statement.

I am rich, am I not ? Je suis riche, n'est-ce pas ?

Are they not rich ? lis sont riches, n'est-ce pas ?

He talks well, does he not ? II parte bien, n'est-ce pas ?
You will listen, won't you ? Vous kouterez, n'est-ce pas 7

VOCABULARY

annoncer, to announce le domestique, the servant

apporter, to bring le gant, the glove

k bientot, will see you again merci, thank you

soon oter, to take off

bonjour, good morning j'ouvre, I open

la carte, the (visiting) card il ouvre, he opens

ce (/. cette), this, that le pardessus, the overcoat

chez lui (elle), at his (her) la peinture, the painting

home la province, the province(s)

comment allez-vous ? how are au revoir, good-by

you ? sonner, to ring (a bell)

couter, to cost trois, three

je dois, I must la visite, the call

Present Indicative of aller, to go, to be (in health)

je vais nous allons

tu vas vous allez

il va ils vont

180 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

D .- EXERCISE

i. Conjugate interrogatively the present indicative of
entendre ; future perfect of finir ; pluperfect of aller ; imper-
fect subjunctive of choisir ; past indefinite of tomber ; past
definite of couter.

2. Make interrogative —

je sonne j'ai regarde

votre pere etait venu vos amis ont achete une maison

elle serait entree mon chien est blanc

les oiseaux chantent sa soeur n'est pas belle

les gar^ons entreront les enfants auraient etudie

3. Translate into French —

when did the child fall ? why do birds sing ?

she will sing, won't she ? where are the men ?

how much did they sell ? will John enter ?

are the boys good ? she is here, isn't she ?

didn't he come ? had she started ?

4. Give the full tense of —

quand suis-je parti?
est-ce que j'aurai trouve ?
pourquoi avais-je vendu ?
est-ce que je depensais tout ?

Model XjNE Visite

Je sonne a la porte de Monsieur Leblanc. Le domestique
ouvre et j'entre dans la maison. « Monsieur Leblanc est-il chez lui ?
— Oui, Monsieur Leblanc est chez lui. Qui annoncerai-je, s'il vous
plait? — Voici ma carte. » J'ote mon chapeau, mes gants et mon

INTERROGATION 181

pardessus. Monsieur Leblanc entre bientot dans le salon. « Bon-
jour, Henri ; comment allez-vous ? — Je vais tres bien, merci, et
vous ? — Bien, merci. Quand etes-vous arrive de Paris ? — Je suis
arrive hier. — Et votre mere est-elle revenue aussi ? — Non ; elle
n'est pas encore revenue. — A-t-elle quitte Paris ? — Oui, et elle
est allee a Londres. — Quand quittera-t-elle cette ville ? — Aussi-
tot que sa sceur sera revenue. — Votre voyage a-t-il ete agre-
able ? — Oui, merci, tres agreable. — Combien de temps etes-vous
reste en France? — Trois mois. — Vous avez visite Paris et la
province, n'est-ce pas ? — Oui, je suis alle en Touraine. J'ai
achete' de beaux tableaux. — Est-ce que les tableaux sont chers
en France? — Oui, ils sont aussi chers qu'ici. Voila deux pein-
tures que j'ai apportees. — Combien coute la plus grande des
deux ? — Elle est moins chere que l'autre. Voila ma voiture. Au
revoir. — A bientot. »

Theme

Yesterday I (/.) went to Mrs. Leblanc's. On arriving I rang
the bell. The servant who opens the door is very kind. On
entering I asked, M Is Mrs. Leblanc at home ? " and I gave my
card to the servant. I entered the parlor. M Did you wait a long
time?" " No, Mrs. Leblanc arrived soon after."

" Good morning, Mrs. Lenoir. How are you ? How long
have you been back from France? Did your husband come
back with you ? " " No, my husband remained in Paris, where
he has still some business." " Is his mother there also ? " w Yes,
she is not well, but as soon as she is (Sec. 137) better, she will
set out to visit the provinces with her son if he has finished his
business." "You liked your trip, didn't you?" "Very much,
thank you ; I found France very beautiful. But I must leave.
Is not my carriage at the door ? " w Yes, it has been there a few
minutes " (see general vocabulary). M Good-by, madam ; my visit
has been very pleasant."

1 82 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Oral

i. Quand le domestique ouvre-t-il la porte ? 2. Que demandez-
vous au 1 domestique ? 3. Pourquoi donnez-vous votre carte au
domestique? 4. Dans quelle salle entrez-vous? 5. Entrez-vous
la avec votre pardessus ? 6. Est-ce que vous attendez longtemps
M. Leblanc ? 7. Depuis quand M. X est-il arrive de Paris ? 8. Sa
mere est-elle revenue aussi ? 9. Pourquoi ? 10. Combien de temps
M. X a-t-il ete parti {gone) ? 11. A-t-il visite seulement la capitale ?
12. Le cocher n'attend-il pas M. X a la porte? 13. Comment
M. X quitte-t-il M. Leblanc? 14. Otez-vous votre chapeau en
entrant k l'ecole ? 15. Comment votre ami va-t-il aujourd'hui ?

Resume

1. Did you see the visiting card which he brought? 2. Who is
ringing the bell ? Mr. Leblanc, who desires to come in. 3. Good
morning, Mr. Leblanc, is your daughter at home ? 4. The woman
said, " How are you ? " when she entered the room. 5. How long
did your sisters remain in England last year ? 6. Where did your
brother buy the gloves which he was wearing this morning?
7. Come in, sir, and take off your overcoat, please. 8. When did
your aunt and uncle start for England ? 9. Peter, you are speaking
to your neighbor again, are you not ? 1 o. Is the gentleman at home ?
I thought that he had gone to town. 1 1 . The birds have been singing
for a long time, have they not ? 1 2. Stay to dinner, Mr. Leblanc, if you
desire. 13. No, thank you, I am waiting for my carriage. 14. Has
not Miss Riou returned yet? 15. Did I speak French in Paris?
Certainly, everybody speaks French there. 16. How much did
the shoes cost which you are wearing? 17. Were automobiles as
dear in Europe as in America during the war ? 18. When the boys
went out, they said, "Good-by, see you2 tomorrow." 19. Are you
better today? I am better, thank you. How is your family?
20. You will sell this painting which you bought, won't you ?

1 To ask a person, demander h une personne. 2 Compare a bientSt.

NEGATION 183

LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

NEGATION

168. Negatives with a verb are expressed in French by
two words. The first of these is ne, which always precedes
the verb. The second word differs to express different nega-
tive ideas. The commonest of these negative expressions are

ne . . . pas, not ne . . . guere, scarcely

ne . . . point, not at all ne . . . rien, nothing

ne . . . plus, no more, no longer ne . . . personne, nobody

ne . . . jamais, never ne . . . que, only

I was not speaking. Je neparlais pas.

He never speaks. 77 ne parte jamais.

Has he nothing ? N'a-t-il rien 1

He has only four pencils. II n'a que quatre crayons.

Note i . Point, plus, etc. are not accompanied by pas, but replace it.
Note 2. When two of these negative expressions occur together;
one of them corresponds to an affirmative word in English.

Elle ne visite jamais personne. She never visits anybody.

II n'a plus rien. He no longer has anything.

Note 3. The following examples illustrate the use of the negative
in the conjugation of simple tenses :

Present Indicative of chanter, Negatively
je ne chante pas, I am not singing, I do not sing
tu ne chantes pas, thoti art not singing, etc.
il ne chante pas, he is not singing, etc.
etc.

Present Indicative of chanter, Negative-Interrogatively

est-ce que je ne chante pas ? am I not singing? etc.
ne chantes-tu pas? art thou not singing? etc.
ne chante-t-il pas ? is he not singing ? etc.
etc.

1 84 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

169. Negatives without Verbs. In a negative expression
in which the verb is omitted the ne also is omitted, and
the second part of the negative alone is used.

No more pencils. Plus de crayons.

When will he be here ? Never. Quand sera-t-il id ? Jamais,

Note. Ne . . . que is used only with a verb. Elsewhere only is
expressed by seulement.

170. Position of Negatives. In compound tenses the
second part of the negative is placed between the auxiliary
and the past participle. Personne, however, takes the posi-
tion of the corresponding English word, and que immediately
precedes the word whose meaning it restricts.

He has not been here. 77 n'a pas tie id.

He has heard nobody. 77 n'a entendu personne.

He sold yesterday only a few II n'a vendu hier que quelques
pencils. crayons.

Note. The following examples illustrate the application of this
principle to the conjugation of perfect tenses:

Pluperfect Indicative of chanter, Negatively

je n'avais pas chante, I had not sung.
tu n'avais pas chante, thou hadst not sung
il n'avait pas chante, he had not sung
etc.

Pluperfect Indicative of chanter, Negative-Interrogatively
est-ce que je n'avais pas chante ? had I not sung?
n'avais-tu pas chante ? hadst thou not sung?
n'avait-il pas chante ? had he not sung ?
etc.

171. Neither . . . nor is expressed

a. With two verbs in simple tenses by ne before the first
verb and ni ne before the second.
She neither speaks nor hears. Elle ne parle ni rientend.

NEGATION 185

b. In other situations by ne before the main verb and ni
before each of the words affected.

He has neither the pencil nor // n'a ni le crayon ni la plume.

the pen.

Neither the boys nor the girls are Ni les gar cons ni les filles ne so fit

here. %ici.

He has neither bought nor sold. // n*a ni achete ni vendu.

Note. After ni neither de nor the article is used in the partitive sense.

U n'a ni crayons ni plumes. He has neither {any) pencils nor

(any) pens.

VOCABULARY

l'automne [o-ton] m., the Thiverp-veir] ;«., the winter

autumn, fall la n&essite\ the necessity

cesser, to cease la neige, the snow

le champ, the field la nuit, the night

deserter, to desert par, through, by

durer, to last le parfum, the perfume

l'6te* m., the summer partout, everywhere

le fermier, the farmer le printemps, the spring

la fin, the end reverdir, to grow green again

les gens m., the people la saison, the season

la glace, the ice le voyage, the journey

au printemps, in (the) spring

en £te* (automne, hiver), in (the) summer (fall, winter)

Note i. Additional new words will be found in the list of negatives
in Sec. 168.

Note 2. Names of the seasons take the definite article except after en.

Present Indicative of vouloir, to wish, want
je veux nous voulons

tu veux vous voulez

il veut ils veulent

1 86 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Drill EXERCISE

1 . Give the imperfect of punir, neg. ; past indefinite of
entrer, neg.-int. ; past anterior of rendre, neg.-int. ; imperfect
subjunctive of Studier, neg. ; pluperfect of §tre, neg.

2. Express in French —

a. he has not he gives nothing
he has not fallen he gives to nobody
he has never studied he has given nothing
he will study no more he has only one brother

b. have you never ? have you saved nothing ?
had he never seen ? have you found only one ?
shall you work no longer ? did he see nobody ?

3. Translate into French —

she has worked well he punishes neither the good

she does not sing at all nor the bad

in the spring there is no longer he sells neither bread nor meat

any snow in winter

we don't want to go the summer has been hot

I neither give nor sell winter is the cold season

4. Supply the French for the words in parentheses :
J'ai (never) vu votre pere. II vient ici (no more). II (never)

veut (anything). II travaille (not at all). Va-t-il (no longer) a la
campagne ? A-t-il ete' (only) a Paris ? (Nobody) veut rester en
ville. Ici je vois (only) quelques enfants. lis (scarcely) etudient.
lis (neither) lisent (nor) e'crivent. Quand parleront-ils f rancais ?
(Never). Sont-ils (never) alles a l'ecole ?

Model LES Quatre Saisons

II y a quatre saisons dans Fannee et chaque saison dure trois
mois. Au printemps nous n'avons guere de neige, et les nuits ne
sont plus si longues qu'en hiver. Nous ne portons plus de lourds

NEGATION 187

vetements. Les champs et les bois reverdissent. II y a des gens
qui trouvent le printemps la plus belle de toutes les saisons. En
ete les jours sont longs et chauds, et les nuits ne sont jamais
froides. Nous avons souvent chaud et soif. Les gens riches
desertent la ville pour aller a la campagne ou au bord de la mer.
La, ni les jours ni les nuits ne sont aussi chauds qu'en ville. Le
travail des fermiers ne cesse qu'avec la nuit. L'ete est aussi la
saison des vacances. II n'y a alors personne a l'ecole. Personne
n'est au tableau. Nous n'e'tudions ni ne re'citons. Les enfants ne
veulent que jouer. Nous sommes maintenant en automne, la
saison des fruits. II y aura plus de pommes que l'annee derniere.
Les fleurs sont encore belles, mais elles n'ont plus leur parfum.
Les enfants n'aiment point la fin des vacances. En hiver il y a
de la neige partout. Plus de fleurs dans les jardins. Les gens ne
quittent la maison que par necessite. Comme j'ai toujours froid,
je n'aime point l'hiver. Je n'aime ni la neige ni la glace. Est-ce
que je demeurerai dans les pays froids ? Jamais 1

Theme

There are only four seasons in the year. The pupils like
summer better than the other seasons because they do not study
at all. Then nobody gives any lessons. Neither the old nor the
young remain in town. Many visit the country. Next year I shall
desert the city for the seashore, where I have already been. In
autumn there are more fruits than flowers. Apples are never so
good as now. However, the apples which are in that basket are
scarcely ripe. My father, who has only two weeks of vacation, is
at his farm. The days are still beautiful, but they are no more
so long as in summer. My cousin will not like winter here. Does
he never want to come here ? No, never. We did not have any-
body here last winter. When it is (we are in the) spring, there
will no longer be any snow or ice. Many people like that season
better than the others.

1 88 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Oral

i. Combien de saisons y a-t-il ? 2. Combien de temps dure
chaque saison? 3. Quand les nuits sont-elles plus longues que les
jours ? 4. Dans quelle saison sommes-nous ? 5. Y a-t-il beaucoup
de neige au printemps ? 6. Les champs sont-ils encore blancs au
printemps ? 7. Quelle est la plus belle des saisons ? 8. Dans quelle
saison n'avez-vous jamais froid ? 9. Au bord de la mer, les jours et
les nuits sont-ils aussi chauds qu'en ville ? 1 o. Les enf ants veulent-ils
reciter pendant les vacances ? 1 1 . Y a-t-il beaucoup de personnes
au bord de la mer en hiver ? 1 2. Y a-t-il encore des fleurs en hiver ?
13. Dans quelle saison n'y a-t-il ni neige ni glace ?

Resume

1. There are not as many days in autumn as in summer. 2. In
the winter pupils go to school every day and work never ceases.
3. There was no wheat at all in our country last year. 4. Are the
nights ever longer than the days in summer? 5. Children prefer
summer because teachers give no lessons then. 6. The English
army found nothing in the city when it arrived. 7. The countries
which she visited have no longer any castles. 8. During the season
of snow(s) there are neither flowers nor leaves in the garden.
9. The grass in the meadow is no longer green and it is every-
where dry. 10. Now students want neither to play nor to sing in
the yard of the school. 11. Neither horses nor men like to work
in the fields during the winter. 12. Spring is the season of birds
and flowers, and you will now find nobody at home. 13. When will
the students finish the lesson ? Never. 1 4. No more apples on the
trees ! No water in the river ! 15. He wishes neither to give nor to
sell bread to the poor. 1 6. In the spring we have scarcely any snow
in the city. 17. Neither old nor young wish to remain in town during
the summer. 18. John does not want to write anything in his note-
book today, does he? 19. The days are no longer so cold as for-
merly. 20. Animals no longer find anything to (a) eat in the forest.

! a/ ■■■2k.

41* ',

LA COTE D'AZUR-

MONACO

La France a la bonne fortune d'etre baignee au nord et au sud par la mer,
ce qui attire les gens pendant la belle saison. La cote du midi, appelee
Riviera ou Cote d'Azur, est aussi attrayante l'hiver que l'ete. C'est un veri-
table paradis terrestre. Le bleu de la mer et du ciel laisse au visiteur une
impression inoubliable et fait de cette cote le rendez-vous, en hiver, de
l'aristocratie du monde entier. Sur cette cote se trouve l'etrange petite
principaute de Monaco qui, quoique n'ayant que huit milles carres de su-
perficie et une population de quelques milliers d'habitants, forme encore
un etat independant gouverne par un prince absolu. La principaute fait
saillie dans la Mediterranee et est enclavee dans le departement des
Alpes-Maritimes. Elle contient Monte-Carlo connu surtout a cause de
ses maisons de jeu

iqo ELEMENTARY FRENCH

REVIEW

(Lessons Twenty-Six and Twenty-Seven)
A. General Drill

1. Give the synopsis of entrer, compound (perfect) tenses,
neg.-int. ; finir, simple tenses, int. ; tendre, compound tenses, int.

2. Give the —

pres. subj. of couter, neg. pluperf. subj. of tomber, neg.

fut. of perdre, int. past indef. of avoir, neg.-int.

past def. of vendre, neg.-int. past indef. of batir, int.

past ant. of acheter, neg. cond. perf . of arriver, neg.-int.

3. Give the present indicative negative of the verbs mean-
ing to go, to wish, to read, to write, to have, \ to sell.

4. Make interrogative —

il a achete un habit il n'aime pas ses amis

il n'a pas achete un habit j'entends les oiseaux

votre pere a achete un habit je suis entre dans le restaurant

votre pere n'a pas achete un je n'entends pas les oiseaux

habit votre pere aime ses enfants

il aime ses amis votre pere n'aime pas ses enfants

5. Translate into French —

when do you work ? when did you stay here ?

when does your friend work ? when did your friend stay here ?

6. Give a French sentence containing est-ce que; n'est-ce pas.

7. Modify (a) le garcon entend, (b) les garcons ont entendu,
by adding the following negatives : never, nothing, no longer,
scarcely, not at all, nobody.

REVIEW, LESSONS XXVI, XXVII 191

8. Translate into French —

they finished only one lesson he has neither brothers nor
they finished yesterday only one sisters

lesson no more snow !

he has neither seen nor heard are you going to go ?

he is neither working nor playing in the street car

he loves neither his father nor in the window

his mother no, sir, thank you

B. Translate into French

1. I saw nobody and I found nothing. 2. Has he sent any play-
things to the boys ? 3. There are only a few red flowers in your
garden, but you have many white • flowers. 4. His nephews are
rich, are they not ? They have many jewels and beautiful carriages.
5. Tomorrow I shall pass the day in the country if the snow does
not fall. 6. Does your friend stay long ? No, she will stay only a
week. 7. Who carried any red apples to the grocer's ? Nobody.
8. Nobody is hungry, but everybody prefers to eat now. 9. We
sell neither bread nor meat. 10. Was I not talking about our
country's flag ? 11. Did not the teacher's daughter enter the class-
room an hour ago? 12. I shall neither lose nor sell the books
which you have chosen. 13. There is snow in summer there, is
there not? 14. Had you never met that merchant in the post
office? 15. If you had never entered the store, you would not
have seen the new overcoats. 16. We no longer have anything in
our room. 17. Never shall 1 1 visit France and the provinces again.
18. Good-by, I am going to live in England this winter. 19. On
starting for the seashore I shall visit only my best friends.
20. How long will the snow which has fallen remain?

1 See Sec. 328, b.

192

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON TWENTY-EIGHT

CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS

172. Personal Pronouns are divided into two classes, con-
junctive and disjunctive.

Conjunctive pronouns are used as subject, direct object,
and indirect object of a verb expressed. In all other cases
the personal pronoun has the disjunctive form.

Note. By the indirect object is meant the object before which in
English the preposition to (or for) is expressed or understood : as, /
gave it to him (indir. obj.); I give him (indir. obj.) the book.

173. List of Conjunctives. Conjunctive pronouns have
distinct forms for subject, direct object, and indirect object.
The forms are as follows :

Sing. <

ist Per.
2d Per.

PL.

[3d Per. ^

r ist Per.
\ 2d Per.

3d Per. j ,

Direct

Indirect

Subject

Object

je, /

me, me

me, to me

tu, thou

te, thee

te, to thee

il, he, it

le, him, it

lui, to him

elle, she, it

la, her, it

lui, to her

nous, we

nous, us

nous, to us

vous, you

vous, to you

dles}^

X\i]tkem

leur"]
• >to them

Note i . Of the two forms for the object pronoun it, the gender of
the word to which the it refers determines the choice. Compare Sec. 8 1 .
Where is the ribbon ? I want to Oil est le ruban ? Je veux le regarder.

look at it.
Where is the silk? I am going to Oicestlasoie? Jevais vous lamontrer.

show it to you.

Note 2. Le, la, me, and te elide before a vowel or mute h.
II m'aime. He loves me.

CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 193

Note 3. De and a do not contract before le and les when the latter
are pronouns.
II aime a le montrer. He loves to show it.

174. Position of Conjunctives. Conjunctive object pro-
nouns directly precede the verb of which they are the object,
except in the affirmative imperative, where they follow.
When the objects thus follow the verb, they are connected
with it by a hyphen, and me and te become moi and toi.

II nous aime. He loves us.

Je lui ai donne un livre. / have given him (her) a book.

Le trouvera-t-il ? Will he find it ?

II ne l'aime pas. He does not like it.

Entendez-le. Hear him.

Regardez-moi. Look at me.

Ne les portez pas. Do not carry them.

Me voici. Here I am.

lis veulent me voir. They want to see me.

Note. Observe that these pronouns precede the auxiliary in a com-
pound tense, that they also precede in questions, and that they follow ne.
In the last illustration me is the object of voir, not of veulent. Voila and
voici, like verbs, are preceded by object pronouns.

175. Two Conjunctives. When two conjunctive pronouns
are objects of the same verb, the one in the third person is
placed nearer the verb. If both are third person, le, la, les
precede lui, leur ; it happens that they are then arranged in
alphabetical order.

II me le montre. He shows it to me.

Montrez-le-moi. Show it to me.

Ne nous le montrez pas. Do not show it to us.

II le leur donne. He gives it to them.

Donnez-le-leur. Give it to them.

Ne les lui donnez pas. Don't give them to him {her).

Le lui donne-t-il ? Is he giving it to him (her) ?

194

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note. The following table presents, in a form for memorizing, all
possible combinations :

rle fie -le "] -le

me-j la nous-< la -la >>-moi -la }■

lies lies -lesJ -les.

rle

-le 1

te ■

vous < la

-la

►-toi

-la

► -vous

le -

lies
1

lies

lei

la >■ leur
les J

-les J
-le 1

Mui

-la

► -lui

-la

► -leur

les .

-les J

176. Pleonastic Use. In order to avoid repetition, the
conjunctive object pronoun is often used to represent a
preceding word or phrase. If the conjunctive object stands
for a definite noun or pronoun, it agrees in number and
gender. If it stands for an adjective or a whole phrase or
clause, it is always le.

Etes-vous Phomme ? Je le suis.
Etes-vous sa mere ? Je la suis.
Etes-vous heureux ? Je le suis.
Le vendra-t-il ? Je le pense.

Are you the man t I am (he).
Are you his mother? I am (she).
Are you happy ? I am (it).
Will he sell it? I thi?ik so (it).

VOCABULARY

bon marchg, cheap
la caisse, the cash window
le caissier, the cashier
ensuite, then, afterwards
envelopper, to wrap up
l'Stoffe/, the piece of goods
les 6toffes, the goods
la fille de magasin, the clerk
le franc, the franc (coin, par
value about twenty cents)
garnir (de), to trim (with)

le magasin de nouveaut£s, the
department store

la modiste, the milliner
passer, to pass, go by
payer, to pay (for) (Note i)
pris (past part.), taken
quel ! (/. -lie) what ! what a !

le rayon, the department, counter
reporter, to take (carry) back

le ruban, the ribbon

la soie, the silk

CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 195

a mon gout, to my taste

je vous prie, please (I beg of you)

voulez-vous ? are you willing ? will you ? (Note 2)

entrer chez la modiste, to enter the milliner's

combien le vend-il ? at how much does he sell it ?

Note i. After payer, the thing paid for is the direct object ; the per-
son paid, the indirect. I paid her for the dress (paid the dress to her), je
lui ai paye la robe. But also, I paid her the money, je lui ai paye' Pargent.

Note 2. Vouloir, in the sense of to be willing, must be distin-
guished from the future.

Are you willing to stay ? (Will you stay ?) Voulez-vous rester I

Are you going to stay? (Shall you stay ?) Resterez-vous ?

Compare English shall and will.

Present Indicative of dire, to say, tell
je dis nous disons

tu dis vous dites

il dit ils disent

Present Participle Past Participle Imperative

disant dit dis, disons, dites

Drin EXERCISE

1 . Give the present indicative of dire, neg. ; of dire, neg.-
int. ; the future perfect of dire.

2. Supply the French for the words in parentheses, placing
them in the correct position :

Une dame demande a (her) modiste de montrer (her) quelques
chapeaux. La modiste montre (them to her) et dit : « Ne trouvez-
vous pas (them) a (your) gout ? — Oui, mais ces autres chapeaux,
pourquoi ne montrez-vous pas (them to me)? Montrez (them to
me). » La modiste dit : « Je vendrai (them to you) bon marche. »
La modiste enveloppe (them for her), et la dame paye (her for them).

196 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

3. Express in French —

she gives it tell it to us

she gives him a franc do not tell me

she gives it to him do not tell it to her

she has given it to him tell it to him

she did not give it to them he gives them the books

does he carry it back ? he gives them to them
has he not carried them back ? he gives them to us

tell me he gave them to us

4. Translate into French —

I want it he sells them cheap

I do not want them give them to me, please (two

where is the pen ? I have it ways)

my daughter, do you love us ? she thinks so

she wants to hear me are you sick ? I am

he will show it to us are you the milliner ? I am not

my friend, you are tall I will pay him

had he not given it to us ? I will pay for them

my son, stay here I will pay her for them

have you the book ? I want it what a good store !

have you the notebooks ? I will you look at me ?

brought them shall you look at me ?

have you seen her ? she entered the milliner's

Model Dans les Magasins

Ce matin nous sommes parties de bonne heure faire nos
emplettes. Ma cousine nous a accompagnees pour nous montrer
les beaux magasins. Comme une voiture passait, nous l'avons
prise. Nous sommes d'abord entrees chez la modiste. Elle nous
a montre plusieurs chapeaux, mais nous ne les avons pas trouves
a notre gout. Ma cousine cependant a achete un chapeau garni
de fleurs et de rubans que la modiste lui avait montre ensuite,

CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 197

mais elle ne l'aime plus. Elle le lui reportera demain. Nous
sommes allees ensuite dans un magasin de nouveautes. En entrant
ma mere dit a une fille de magasin : « Etes-vous la fille qui m'a
vendu des e'toffes hier ? » Elle a repondu : « Oui, madame, je la
suis. — Montrez-moi, je vous prie, le rayon des e'toffes de soie.

— Le voila, a droite. Vous le trouverez facilement. — Quelles
belles etoff es ! » La fille de magasin les leur montre en disant :
« Regardez cette etoffe. Examinez-la. Ne la trouvez-vous pas tres
belle ? Je vous la vendrai bon marche. » En regardant une autre
etoffe ma mere a dit : « Combien nous la vendrez-vous ? — Dix
francs. — Tresbien. Enveloppez-la-moi. Voici l'argent. — Voulez-
vous payer a la caisse, s'il vous plait, madame ? Voila le caissier.

— Marie, voici l'argent. Donne-le-lui. » Marie le lui a donnd et
nous sommes sorties.

Theme

I entered a department store yesterday and I asked a store
clerk : M Where is the silk-goods department ? " She showed it
to me. And what beautiful goods ! I like to examine them all.
The (store) clerk shows the customers the goods. When the
customers have chosen the goods that they want, she wraps them
up for them, saying to them, " Will you pay at the cash window,
if you please ? " But I want to go to the milliner's now. There
she is opposite this store. M Here I am, madam." li Show me
a few hats, please." " Here is a beautiful hat trimmed with ribbon
and flowers. How do you like it ? " "I do not find it to my taste."
" Is it too cheap ? " "I think so ; where are the winter hats (hats
of winter) ? " M Here they are. I want to show them to you."
The milliner gives them to me and I choose at last a very wide
hat, which I shall take back if I do not like it any more on arriving
home. The milliner accompanies me to the door. M There 's a
carriage (which is) passing. Do you want it ? " " Please." I
shall arrive home early.

198 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Oral

i. Quand etes-vous parties faire vos emplettes ? 2. Etes-vous
allees seules en ville ? 3. Pourquoi vous a-t-elle accompagne'es ?
4. Comment etes-vous allees en ville? 5. Chez qui etes-vous
entrees? 6. Que (what) vous a montre la modiste? 7. Les avez-
vous trouves a votre gout ? 8. Votre cousine a-t-elle achete un
chapeau ? 9. L'aime-t-elle encore ? 1 o. Reportera-t-elle le chapeau
chez la modiste ? 1 1. Ou etes-vous allees ensuite ? 1 2. A qui votre
mere a-t-elle parle ? 13. La fllle de magasin aime-t-elle a montrer
les etoffes aux clients ? 1 4. Aussitot que votre mere eut choisi une
etoffe, qu'a-t-elle dit a la nlle de magasin ? 15. Les etoffes de soie
sont-elles bon marche ?

Resume

1. My brother had a large red apple, but he gave it to me.
2. Will you sell me the new dress which you bought ? 3. Where is
the cash window ? Show it to me, please. 4. The milliner has
many beautiful hats, but we do not want to buy them. 5. I shall
pay him for the meat if he brings it tomorrow. 6. What a kind
teacher! He never gives us long lessons. 7. My father bought
some oranges yesterday and gave them to me. 8. Are teachers
rich ? They are not. 9. Do you not say so too ? 10. My parents say
that they do not want to give it to him. 11. His father says that he
will not give his son any more money. 1 2 . My sister did not pay
me for the silk that I bought her in town. 13. Did the shoes which
he bought her cost only ten francs ? 1 4. Do you know the mer-
chant's name? No, sir, he did not tell (it to) me. 15. They want
to sell him the horses which they bought ; look at them. 1 6. When
you buy things at the grocer's, always pay him for them. 17. If my
friend had found any flowers in the woods, he would have brought
them to me. 18. Here I am ; have you been waiting for me long?
19. Show them my jewels, but do not give them to them. 20. Is
the house that he has bought old ? I do not think so.

DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 199
LESSON TWENTY-NINE

DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS

177. The Disjunctive Personal Pronouns are

Singular Plural

First Person moi nous

Second Person toi vous

Third Person \ ,

\j. elle elles

178. Uses of the Disjunctive. The general use of the
disjunctive pronouns has already been defined in Sec. 172.
They are employed in every case where a personal pronoun
is needed except when such pronoun is the subject, direct
object, or indirect object of a verb expressed. The most
frequent occasions for their use are

a. As the object of prepositions.

for me, pour moi behind him, derriere lui

b. As the predicate nominative after forms of etre.

it is I, Jest moi it is you, Jest vous

it is he, Jest lui it is she, Jest elle

Note. //, in sentences like the above, when it is the subject of Stre
followed by a noun or pronoun, is ce (c' before a vowel).

c. In shortened expressions in which the verb is omitted.
He is more active than they (are). // est plus adif qu'eux.

d. When the subject or object (direct or indirect) of a
verb consists of two pronouns or a noun and a pronoun.
The two words are often summed up, especially when they
are of different persons, by the proper conjunctive pronoun.

200 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

He and I spoke also. Lui et moi, nous avons parte

aussi.
He and she spoke. Lui et elle ont parlk.

Henry and I both spoke. Henri et moi, nous avons parlk

tons les deux.
I heard thee and him. Je vous ai entendus, toi et lui.

I gave it to her and to them. Je Vai donne a elle et a eux.

179. Intensive Pronouns. The intensive pronouns are
formed by adding meme (//. memes), even, sarne, to the dis-
junctive pronouns. Thus :

lui-meme, himself eux-memes, themselves

Je l'ai vendu moi-meme. / sold it myself.

VOCABULARY

asseyez-vous, sit down, seat mais oui, yes indeed

yourself messieurs, gentlemen

bien entendu, of course pres de, near (to)

boire, to drink promis {past part.) de, prom-

le cigare, the cigar ised to

fumer, to smoke • sans, without

fumer la pipe, to smoke a pipe la santS, the health

heureux (de), happy (to) sur moi, about (on) me

inviter (a), to invite (to) voir, to see

tous (toutes) les deux, both

demander a quelqu'un de, to ask somebody to

Note. Observe the construction with demander :

I ask him for it (ask it to him),/<? le lui demande
I ask him for the book,/*? lui demande le livre
I ask him to com&,je lui demande de venir

Present Indicative of venir, to come
je viens nous venons

tu viens vous venez

il vient ils viennent

DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 201

Drill

EXERCISE

i. Continue through all the forms of the pronouns in
heavy type —

elle est partie avant moi (toi, etc.)
il est plus grand que moi

2. Express in French —

I hear him
I gave him a cigar
I was near him"
he himself is here

3. Translate into French

it was she

he and she are here

he heard me himself

did he not lead them ?

with her

more happy than I

it will be he

they came themselves

I saw you and him

her father
I hear her
I told her
she is coming herself

he has started

in order to hear them

you and I will find them

in front of her

she asked them to write

sit down, please

they invited me to see

(Sec. 173, Note 3)
she promised to see him

him

4. Supply the French for the words in parentheses :

Voulez-vous donner (me) cinquante francs ? Us ne sont pas
pour (me) mais pour (her) et pour (them). (It is she) qui a
demande (me for them). Comme je n'avais pas (them) sur (me),
j'ai dit (her) d'attendre et que je demanderais (you) de donner
(them to me). Je donne (them to you) volontiers, (to you), mais
pas (to her), et je dirais bien (her so myself). Je n'inviterai pas
(her) (to) aller avec (me) ou (to) etre pres de (me).

202 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Model tjne Autre Visite

Aujourd'hui j 'attends une visite. Deux de mes amis m'ont
promis de venir chez moi. lis sont partis de chez eux il y a deux
mois, et ne sont revenus que la semaine derniere. Je les ai invites
a venir me voir et ils seront bientot ici. Les voila a la porte ! Ce
sont eux. Mais ils ne sont pas seuls. N'est-ce pas Jean avec eux ?
Mais oui. « Mes amis, je suis heureux de vous voir. — J'ai demande
a Jean de venir avec nous. Nous ne sommes pas venus sans lui.
— Vous avez bien fait (done). Asseyez-vous la; vous, Charles,
devant moi, et Henri a cote de vous ; Jean, ici pres de moi. Je
vais vous chercher des cigares. Je n'ai rien sur moi. Les voici.
Moi, je ne fume jamais de cigares, mais la pipe. Qui veut boire une
bonne tasse de cafe ? — Nous tous, bien entendu. — Marie, apporte
des tasses. Moi, j'apporterai le cafe'. Jean, qui est plus grand que
nous, aura la plus grande tasse. Messieurs, a votre bonne sante. »

Theme

Yesterday I had two friends at my house. I did not wait for
them long because they had promised to come early. I was happy to
see them. It is (sont) they who were in Europe for three months.
They had invited me to go with them and I have been wrong
to (de) stay here. John, Peter, and I have often traveled together.
When they entered the parlor, I said to them, " Sit down," and I
gave them some cigars that I had about me. I smoked my pipe.
I spoke with them of many things. Peter likes coffee, and Mary
brought some very large cups for him, and for us too, of course.
We like coffee almost as much as he. On giving them their cups,
I said, " To your good health." Peter remained at my house an
hour and then he went home. John and I remained yet a while
(un moment). He spoke of his business ; so did I (I too). I still
had a cigar about me, and I gave it to him. Then he went out,
but without me. I did not go out with him. My wife and I said to
him, " Good-by, will see you again soon."

DISJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS 203

Oral

1. Qui a promis de venir vous voir? 2. Quand sont-ils partis de
chez eux pour 1' Europe ? 3. Combien de temps sont-ils restes en
Europe ? 4. Depuis quand sont-ils chez eux ? 5. Qui avez-vous
invite' a venir vous voir? 6. Sont-ce (is it) eux a la porte? 7. Pour-
quoi Jean est-il venu aussi ? 8. Aviez-vous des cigares sur vous
quand vos amis sont arrives? 9. Fumez-vous ? 10. Pour qui
Marie a-t-elle apporte' des tasses ? 11. N'a-t-elle apporte' que
des tasses ? 12. Qu 'avez-vous dit en donnant du cafe a vos amis ?
13. Qui est a cote de vous en classe ? 14. Le tableau est-il derriere
moi? 15. Montrez-le-moi.

Resume

1. Where are John's sisters? He came without them. 2. Are
the apples which you found for me or for him ? 3. It was he, was
it not ? He is younger than I. 4. Both Henry and she have gone
to the city. 5. Punish her yourself if you wish, but do not punish
him. 6. When the French soldiers came to the city, they found
the German army in front of them. 7. First John and I started ;
then my father and mother came. 8. You and Mary arrived home
without us, didn't you ? 9. We found you and them behind the
house. 10. Stay near me, my son, if you are afraid of dogs. 1 1. I
am happy to see you and Peter this morning. 12. Many men died
in France for you and me. 13. Jane, here are newspapers on the
table ; carry them to your father yourself. 1 4. The general's army
came with him from Paris yesterday, and he is going now to
Orleans. 15. Mr. Lebon brought some cigars which he bought
in Paris. 16. My friend is coming tomorrow, and she will stay
for a week. 17. Her parents say that they are going to the
seashore without her. 18. I am going to ask him to read it to
the class himself. 19. Miss Riou, did she invite you to accompany
her to Europe? 20. He promised it to the boy when he should
ask for it.

204 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON THIRTY

Y AND EN

180. The Pronoun Y is used to take the place of the
preposition a (sometimes en and dans) and an object pro-
noun when the pronoun refers to a thing (rarely when it
refers to a person). This occurs with all the various mean-
ings of a, to, at, in, etc. Thus :

a. When a means to.

Repondez-vous a la lettre ? J'y Are you replying to the letter ?
reponds. I am replying to it.

b. When a means at.

J'etais a Paris; mon pere y I was at Paris ; my father lives
demeure. there (at it).

c. When a means in.

Etes-vous a l'ecole? J'y suis. Are you in the school ? I am there

(in it).
Note. Observe that y often translates there. When there is em-
phatic, la must be used ; otherwise y.

I am here, but he is there. Je suis ici, mats il est Id.

I was at home and he was there too. fetais & la maison et il y itait aussi.

181. The Pronoun En is used to take the place of the
preposition de and an object pronoun when the pronoun
refers to a thing (rarely when it refers to a person). This
occurs with all the various meanings of de, of (including the
partitive use), from, with, etc. Thus :

a. When de means of (not partitive).

Voilk le livre ; il en a parle. There is the book ; he has spoken

of it

Y AND EN

205

Voila mes bijoux ; elle en parle.

Avez-vous mon livre ? J 'en ai
besoin.

b. When de is partitive.
Avez-vous de Pargent ? J'en ai.

En a-t-il ?
II n'en a pas.

Combien de livres avez-vous ?
J'en ai deux.

c. When de means from.

Est-il parti de la maison de son
ami ? II en est venu hier.

There are my jewels ; she speaks

of them.
Have you my book ? I need it

(have need of it).

Have you any money ? I have

some (of it).
Has he any (of it) ?
He has none (of it).
How many books have you ? I

have two (of them).

Has he started from his friend's
house? He came from there

(it) yesterday.

182. Y and En in Verbal Idioms. Occasions for the use
of y and en are found after certain verbs that are followed
by de or a. Such constructions are often at variance with*
the English idiom.

Among these verbs are

jouir de, to enjoy

remplir de, to fill with

remercier de, to thank for

penser a, to think about, of (fix the mind on)

penser de, to think about, of (have an opinion of)

J'aime le cafe ; remplissez-en / like coffee ; fill my cup with it

ma tasse.
Je vous en remercie. I thank you for it.

J'aiune longue lecon ; j'y pense. I have a long lesson; I am

thinking about it.
Qu'en pensez-vous ? What do you think about it?

206 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

183. Position of Y and En. Y and en are really conjunc-
tive object pronouns, and precede or follow the verb accord-
ing to the principle laid down in Sec. 1 74 for such pronouns.
If used with other object pronouns, y and en follow. If
they are used together, y precedes en.

Je les y porterai. I shall carry them there.

Je leur en apporterai. I shall bring them some (of it).

II y en a ici. There is some here.

Vendez-en. Sell some.

Note i. Before y and en, contrary to Sec. 174, we have m' and t'
instead of moi and toi.

Donnez-m'en. Give me some.

Note 2. The rules for the order of the ordinary elements of a sen-
tence may be summarized thus :

subject

nous

vous

le
la
les

lui
leur

verb

aux.

pas

adv.

past
part.

Je ne le lui ai pas encore donne.

II ne nous en avait pas encore donne.

VOCABULARY

l'addition/, the bill penser, to think (Sec. 182)

de bon app&it, with a good ap- placer, to place

petite le poisson, the fish

le fromage, the cheese le pourboire, the tip
le garcon, the waiter, boy recu (past part.), received

garder, to keep remercier (de), to thank (for)

jouir (de), to enjoy remplir (de), to fill (with)

la lettre, the letter le rosbif, the roast beef

le menu, the menu la soupe, the soup

Y AND EN

207

Present Indicative of prendre, to take
je prends nous prenons

tu prends vous prenez

il prend ils prennent

Drill

1. Translate into French -

have you any pens ?

I have enough (of them)

I have ten

give me two

give me some

he was thinking of me

I was speaking of him

give her some .

do not give him any

there are some

I shall be there

you have some letters, reply to

them
he has two brothers, I have one

EXERCISE

bring the fruit here, not there

he is going to her

is there none ?

I give some to him

he carried them there

look for some

bring me some

do not bring me any

I will fill the bottle with it

there was some

there was some there

I replied to him

I thank you for it

I enjoy summer

2. Answer the following, using en or y in each reply :

A-t-elle des robes ?
Pensez-vous a la neige ?
Avons-nous peur des chiens ?
Pourquoi aimez-vous votre ville ?
Repondez-vous a mes lettres ?

Chantait-elle chez elle ?
Demeurait-il a Londres ?
Combien d'yeux avez-vous ?
Sont-elles parties du chateau ?
Jouent-ils a la campagne ?

Inflect through the tenses —
il y en a

n'y en a-t-il pas ?
il n'y en a pas.

208 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

4. Supply y, en, or 1&, as the meaning requires :

Ce restaurant, que pensez-vous ? £tes-vous jamais

venu ? Je viens souvent. Void une table ; mettons-nous

Oil est le menu? — — voila un. II etait , sous

l'assiette. Donnez me un. Voila du potage ; prenez

Remplissez votre assiette. Moi, je ne veux pas. Ne me

donnez pas. Et la salade ? Je pense.

Model Au Restaurant

Je dine au restaurant avec mon ami quand lui et moi n'avons
pas le temps de retourner chez nous. II y en a un pres d'ici.
« Entrons-y. — J 'en suis bien content parce que j'ai faim. — Cette
table est trop petite. — En voila une plus grande pres de la
fenetre. Allons-y. — Garcon, donnez-moi le menu. » Le garcon
nous le donne. « Le voici, messieurs. » Nous le lisons. Le garcon
nous apporte des assiettes, des verres, des cuillers, des fourchettes
et des couteaux, qu'il place devant nous sur la table. II y place
aussi des serviettes. « Qui est ce monsieur en face de nous ?

— Monsieur Lenoir. II est alle a Paris cette anne'e. Son pere y
demeure. — Depuis quand est-il revenu d'Europe ? — II en est
revenu le mois dernier. Voici le menu. — Choisissez vous-meme.

— De la soupe ? qu'en pensez-vous ? II n'y a que du rosbif et du
veau. — Du rosbif pour moi. En voulez-vous aussi ? — Avec plaisir.

— Garcon, un peu de poisson, du rosbif et des pommes de terre. Y
a-t-il de la salade ? - — Oui, monsieur, il y en a. — Apportez-nous-en
alors. — Et le dessert, Charles ? — J'y pense. Nous en voulons un
peu, n'est-ce pas ? Le fromage est-il sur le menu ? Ah ! oui, il y
est. — Garcon, n'en apportez que pour monsieur. — Et le cafe noir ?

— Surement. — J'ai dine de bon appetit. Garcon, l'addition. —
Charles, j'ai de l'argent. En avez-vous ? — Oui, mais je n'en aurai
peut-etre pas assez. — En voici. — Non, gardez votre argent. Je
n'en ai pas besoin. J 'en ai assez. Donnerons-nous un pourboire
au garcon ? — Oui, donnons-lui-en un. »

Y AND EN 209

GRAND RESTAURANT LEBLOND

Service a la carte a toute heure

Dejeuners et diners Dejeuners et diners

a 2fr. jo a jfr. 50

Potage ou hors-d'oeuvre Potage ou hors-d'oeuvre

Deux plats au choix Deux plats au choix

Legume ou poisson Deux legumes ou poisson

Salade ou dessert Salade et dessert

£ bouteille de vin £ bouteille de vin

Pain a discretion

MENU DU JOUR

Potages

Consomme de volaille Puree de haricots aux croutons

Hors-d'oeuvre
Huitres d'Ostende en coquille Saucisson de Lyon Celeri

Poisson
Maquereau frais a la maitre d'hotel Homard mayonnaise

Entries

Bceuf, sauce tomate Navarin de mouton Pigeon aux petits pois

CEufs a la coque Omelette aux champignons

Rdtis

Veau aux carottes Bceuf braise a la jardiniere Rosbif au jus

Poulet, pommes nouvelles

Legumes

Pommes de terre en robe de chambre Choux-fleurs, sauce blanche

Tomates farcies

Salade

Laitue, sauce mayonnaise Chicoree frisee Tomates au persil

Dessert
Creme fouettee aux fruits Compote de pommes

Boissons
Vin Biere (voir liste) Cafe The

210 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Theme

" Where is there a good restaurant ? I am hungry." M There
are some everywhere. There is one. I have been dining there
for a long time. Let us go in. Here is a table." " Is there not
a smaller one ? " " Oh ! yes. There 's one near the window.
We shall like that place better. Let us go there. Where is the
menu ? " " There {emphatic) are several of them. Give me one,
please. WTe are going to dine well. Don't you want a little soup ?
There is your plate. Pass it to me." ■* Don't give me too much
of it, please. But I have no spoon. Oh ! yes, here is one beside
my fork. This roastbeef is very good/ What do you think of it ? "
" Very good." " Do you want some more ? " M No, thank you,
I do not want any more, I have enough. I should like some
tea. Is there any green (tea) ? " w Yes, there is. Waiter, bring
us some." " I like tea. Fill my cup with it." w What do you
think of this green tea? There is cheese. Do you want any?"
"If you please." "Waiter, cheese and the coffee." "Do you
give the waiters tips here?" "No, I never give them any. I have
dined with a good appetite. Let us return home. Do you still
live in Thiers Street (la rue Thiers) ? " " Why (mais) yes, I still
live there. I have been there for ten years."

Oral

i. Dinez-vous toujours chez vous ? 2. Entrez-vous souvent dans
un restaurant ? 3. Que demandez-vous au garcon ? 4. Quels sont
les choses que le garcon place sur la table? 5. Ou les place-t-il?
6. Nommez deux sortes de viande. 7. Qu'aimez-vous le mieux ?
8. Comment les Francais finissent-ils leur diner ? 9. Que demandez-
vous au garcon apres le diner ? 1 o. Que lui donnez-vous ? 1 1 . Dinez-
vous gendralement de bon appe'tit? 12. Pensez-vous a vos lecons
quand vous etes chez vous ? 13. Que pensez-vous de cette lecon ?
14. Avez-vous de l'argent sur vous? 15. Re'pondez-vous a toutes
les questions du maitre ?

POSSESSIVES 211

Resume

i . Have you any good fruit ? Yes, I have some. 2. Give me some,
but do not give him any. 3. If you have any fresh water, give me
a glass of it. 4. Don't give me any flowers ; I have enough, keep
some for Mary. 5. Your letter arrived last night and I answered it
this morning. 6. I thought of you often when you were studying
in Europe. 7. If you wish coffee, the waiter will fill your cup with it.
8. Are you enjoying your wealth ? Yes, sir, I have been enjoying
it for a long time. 9. If my son does not take any, I will take some
myself. 10. I want to thank my father for the oranges that he
bought me. 1 1 . He says that he has only a little meat, and that he
will not sell any to his customers. 12. When I go into a restaurant,
I always take some fish if there is any. 13. Boy, bring me a menu,
please. Yes, sir, here is one. 1 4. If you have no good wood at
home, I will bring you some there. 15. If you have too many
horses, sell me one. 16. His father is coming to see him, but he is
not going to give him any money. 17. If you need hats when you
come to town, I will show you some. 18. If there are no automo-
biles in your city, do not ask me to go there. 19. What beautiful
horses! What do you think of them? 20. How many cousins do
you have ? I have two, and my sister, of course, has as many.

LESSON THIRTY-ONE

POSSESSIVES

184. Possessive Adjectives and Pronouns. In French, as
in English, there are both adjectives and pronouns used
to denote possession. Possessive adjectives are used to
limit an expressed noun; possessive pronouns are used to
take the place of a noun that is. omitted. Thus:

my (adj.) book the book is mine (flron.)

212 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

185. The Possessive Adjectives are

Singular Plural

M.
(First Person mon
Sing. J Second Person ton

M. AND F.

mes

tes

thy

ses

his, her, its

notre

nos

our

votre

vos

your

leur

leurs

their

I Third Person son

(First Person notre

Pl. J Second Person votre

\Third Person leur

Note. The distinction between ton and votre corresponds to that
between tu and vous. See Sec. 142.

186. Possessive Repeated. A possessive adjective modi-
fying more than one noun is repeated before each.

my coat and vest, mon habit et mon gilet

187. Possessive before Vowels. The feminine forms ma,
ta, sa cannot stand before a vowel or mute h ; the forms
mon, ton, son are used instead.

mon ecole, my school

188. Article for Possessive. The definite article is com-
monly used in French, instead of a possessive adjective,
with predicate nouns denoting the parts of the body or
something closely connected with it. When the meaning
would not be clear, an indirect object pronoun referring to
the owner is used in addition to the article.

He is closing his eyes. Ilferme lesyeux.

He lost his left arm. 77 a perdu le bras gauche.

The dog bit his arm. Le chien lui a mordu le bras.

He lost his life. II a perdu la vie.

(With) his hand in his pocket, La main dans lapoche, il y etait
he sat there. assis.

POSSESSIVES

213

Note. A similar construction, in which the definite article is used
after avoir in describing parts of the body, is illustrated by the following:

She has a small hand. Elle a la main petite.

You have blue eyes. Vous avez les yeux bleus.

189. The Possessive Pronouns are

Singular

Plural

f 1. le mien

la mienne

les miens

les miennes

mine

Sing. J 2. le tien

la tienne

les tiens

les tiennes

thine

[3. le sien

la sienne

les siens

les siennes

his, hers

f 1. le notre

la notre

les notres

ours

Pl. J 2. le votre

la votre

les votres

yours

[3. le leur

la leur

les leurs

theirs

His book and mine.

Son livre et le mien.

Your house is red,

his is white.

Votre maison est rouge^
est blanche.

la sienne

190. Ownership. After the verb etre, ownership is ex-
pressed by the preposition a with a disjunctive pronoun.
The cow is mine (belongs to me). La vache est a moi.

Note. The distinction between the use of a with the disjunctive and
that of the possessive to express possession is important. The former
expresses simple ownership ; the latter distinguishes one from another.
For example, with the question whose cow is it ? the answer, the cow
is mine, is la vache est a moi. V/hen the question is which cow is
mine ? the answer, the red cow is mine, is la vache rouge est la mienne.

191. Agreement of Possessives. Note that the possessives
agree with the thing possessed and not with the possessor.

Son jardin may be translated her gardai as well as his garden,
son, not sa, being used because jardin is masculine; while to trans-
late his pen, we must say sa plume because plume is feminine.
Also, mon livre et le sien, my book and hers ; not la sienne, because
livre is masculine.

214

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VOCABULARY

le bal, the ball

le bas, the stocking

le bouton, the button

le chapelier, the hatter

la chaussette, the sock

la chemise, the shirt

le costume, the suit

la couturiere, the dressmaker

la cravate, the necktie

la dentelle, the lace

double* de, lined with
le faux-col, the collar
le feutre, the felt
le gilet, the vest

Phabit m., the dress coat
la jaquette, the coat (woman's)

la jupe, the skirt
la laine, the wool
la manche, the sleeve
la manchette, the cuff
le manteau, the cloak

meme, same
le mouchoir, the handkerchief
de la nuit, the night long
le pantalon, the trousers

perdre, to lose
la poche, the pocke

recommencer, to begin again
le tailleur, the tailor
la tete, the head
la toile, the linen
le veston, the coat

le costume de ville, the street suit

Present Indicative of mettre, to put, put on

je mets
tu mets
il met

nous mettons
vous mettez
ils mettent

Note. En is used to express material : a silk skirt, une jupe en soie ;
the skirt is (of) silk, la jupe est en soie. De sometimes replaces en.

Drin EXERCISE

i . Prefix to the nouns below the proper forms for (a) his,
(b) our, (c) their, (d) her:

mere bras amies

dcole yeux cheveux

POSSESSiVES 21$

2. Insert in the blanks below the proper form for
{a) yours, {b) hers, (c) theirs, (d) his, (e) ours :

mes livres et ma plume et

mes plumes et mon cheval et

3. Translate into French —

thy school your mother

your sisters did he lose his life ?

this dog is mine the black horse is mine, the

he has black hair white horse is yours

their father and mother his mother

my house is black, his is white her father

your best pupils their fathers

close your book his friend and ours

do not close your eyes our friends

4. Continue the following through all the forms of the
pronouns in heavy type :

j'ai perdu la mienne (la tienne, etc.)

j'aime mon (ton, etc.) pere

les miennes sont utiles

ce lit est meilleur que le mien

je mets un chapeau de feutre

Model LES Vetements

Je suis alle chez mon tailleur chercher le costume qu'il m'a fait.
Le veston de mon costume a deux boutons. II est double. J'ai un
gilet que je porte quand je n'ai pas assez chaud. II n'a pas de
manches. Mon pantalon n'est pas si large que le votre. J'ai
un mouchoir dans la poche de mon pantalon. Mon mouchoir, mon
faux-col et les manchettes de ma chemise sont en toile. Votre
faux-col est plus haut que le mien. Que pensez-vous de ma
cravate ? La mienne est plus sombre que la votre, mais je l'aime

2i6 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

mieux. Le chapeau que j'ai sur la tete est en feutre. J 'en porte
toujours un en feutre en hiver. Je l'ai achete chez le meme
chapelier ou mon frere a achete le sien. Mon frere va au bal ce
soir, et il ne fermera pas les yeux de la nuit. II prepare son habit.
Le pardessus qui est sur ce fauteuil est a lui. Le mien est a cote
du sien sur la chaise avec les chaussettes que j'ai achete'es ce
matin. Ma sceur, qui va au bal avec lui, a une robe de soie garnie
de dentelle. La couturiere qui la lui a faite lui a aussi fait son
dernier costume de ville. La jupe et la jaquette de son costume
sont en laine. Ce chapeau n'est pas a elle. II est a ma mere. Le
sien est encore plus beau. Dans son sac a cote de son manteau
double de soie sont les bas et les gants qu'elle portera ce soir.

Theme

In winter we wear thicker clothes than in summer, and if we go
into the street we wear an overcoat. Mine is very heavy. The
suit which I am wearing is of a dark color. My tailor, who made it,
also made one for my brother. His is not finished yet. It will be
finished when his school begins again. My coat has short sleeves.
I haven't long arms. They are not so long as yours. Your coat is
lined and has three buttons. Mine has only two. I have a vest, but
I never wear it. My trousers are of the same goods as yours, but
mine are not so wide. This handkerchief is mine. It is of linen like
my collar and the cuffs of my shirt. Yours is of silk. It is prettier
than mine. When I go to the ball, I wear a dress coat. My sister
went down town with your mother this morning. She bought socks
for me, and a silk dress trimmed with lace for herself (elle-meme).
That street dress there is hers. Her dressmaker made her the skirt
and the coat. Her woolen cloak lined with silk is on the chair.

Oral

i. Qui vous a fait votre costume? 2. Combien de boutons a
votre veston ? 3. Portez-vous un gilet ? 4. Mon pantalon est gris.
De quelle couleur est le votre? 5. Ou est mon mouchoir? 6. La

POSSESSIVES

217

chemise du maitre est-
elle en soie ? 7. Votre
faux-col est-il plus haut
que le mien ? 8. Votre
robe est-elle moins
longue que la mienne ?
9. Que pensez-vous de
ma cravate ? 1 o. Quel
chapeau portez-vous en
hiver? 11. Ou avez-
vous achete votre cha-
peau? 12. Portez-vous
un habit quand vous
allez dans les maga-
sins? 13. Quelle sorte
de robe votre sceur
porte-t-elle au bal ?

14. Le tailleur a-t-il
fait votre costume de
ville, mademoiselle X ?

15. Ce livre est-il a
vous ?

Resume

1. My sister is a
teacher; she closed her
school a week ago.
2. Your cousin is not
studious, but her father
never wants to punish
her. 3. John gave me
this necktie ; where is
yours? It is on the

TYPE DE BRETON

La Bretagne, province du nord-ouest de la
France, fait saillie dans l'ocean Atlantique.
La race bretonne retient ses habitudes tradi-
tionnelles de penser, de vivre et de s'habiller
plus religieusement que toute autre partie de
la France. « FJeve sur une terre ingrate qui
produit a peine ce dont il a besoin pour se
nourrir, habitue sur mer a affronter le danger,
le Breton vit dans la pauvrete, dans la crainte
et dans la pensee de la mort. II n'a que deux
moyens pour echapper a la dure realite : la
religion et le monde de l'imagination. Aussi
voyons-nous que cette population qui est la
plus pauvre de la France est en meme temps la
plus religieuse et l'une des mieux douees pour
la poesie. La Bretagne a ete de tous les temps
la terre des legendes. » (F. Le Bourgeois)

21 8 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

table. 4. My arms are short, but they are longer than yours.
5. Both Charles and I have new socks ; his are white but mine
are black. 6. There are two dresses in the room ; the green one
is mine and the blue one is my mother's. 7. Peter has woolen
shirts, but he always wears a silk one in summer. 8. My automo-
bile, yours, and his are in front of my house. 9. The hat which my
brother has in his hand is felt, but his son has a woolen one.
10. A friend has invited him to the ball, and he will not close his
eyes the night long. 11. His aunt has already returned from
France, but mine arrives from there tomorrow. 12. My teacher
and his wife went to Europe last week and will remain there a
year. 13. My two brothers went to (the) war, and one of them lost
his life in it. 14. John is putting on his dress coat and is going
down town to see his friend. 15. Gentlemen, take off your over-
coats and stay an hour with us. 16. We are putting on our cuffs
and soon we shall be ready. 17. When I put money in my pocket,
I always lose a little during the day. 18. This hat is his, but mine
is beside yours on the table. 19. Is this pen hers? It is neither
hers nor yours ; it is mine. 20. Neither my cuffs nor my new shirt
are here ; I do not want to go to the ball.

Jeux d'Esprit

Cinq voyelles, une consonne,

En franc,ais composent mon ncm ;

Et je porte sur ma personne

De quoi l'ecrire sans crayon. (Oiseau.)

Si mon premier est precieux,
Mon dernier habite les cieux,
Et mon tout est delicieux. (Or-ange.) -

REVIEW, LESSONS XXVIII-XXXI 219

REVIEW

(Lessons Twenty-Eight to Thirty-One)
A. General Drill

1. Give the list of (a) conjunctive direct object pronouns;
(b) conjunctive indirect object pronouns ; (c) disjunctive pro-
nouns ; (d) intensive pronouns.

2. Give the rule for the position of conjunctive object
pronouns (a) with reference to the verb ; (b) with reference
to each other.

3. Translate into French —

have you fallen, my son ? sell it to him

have you fallen, my friend ? do not sell it to him

have you fallen, my friends ? he sold them to them

he is punishing them he did not sell them to me

he is selling them a horse if you have the newspaper, bring

will they like it ? it with you

do not sell them are you his sister ? I am not

they did not see her will he punish them ? I think so

sell it to me is she pretty ? he thinks so

do not sell it to me do they not want me ?

will you sell it to me ? will you give them to me ?

will he sell it to me ? shall you give it to her ?

4. Give four French sentences, illustrating as many uses
of disjunctive pronouns.

5. Translate into French —

I shall visit him I saw you and them

I shall visit with him she found it herself

he started without me before tomorrow

it is I before the palace

220 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

it was not he near the garden

he is taller than I I shall ask the tailor for it

she and I entered the room I asked her for it

6. Explain the exact nature of en and of y.

7. Translate into French —

there is my farm I have some chairs

are you going there ? have you any ?

were you speaking of it ? has he none ?

were you not thinking of it ? how many do you want ?

there 's my uncle fill the cart with them

were you speaking of him ? there are some books there

are you going to him ? bring some, bring the best

will you give it to him ? carry some to them there

8. Give a complete list (a) of possessive adjectives; (b) of
possessive pronouns.

9. Give French sentences containing la leur ; les siennes ;
les votres ; notre ; notre.

10. Translate into French —

his house his book and theirs

her father' thy father and brother

my school he will save her life

your best friend I closed my eyes

the book is mine they have black eyes

this book is mine you have a long arm

1 1 . Supply the French for the words in parentheses :
(My) tailleur, (who) demeure pres de (my) ecole, a fait (me) un

costume. (My) veston a plus de poches que (yours), mais (mine)
sont plus petites. II a fait (it for me) cOmme j'avais demande
(him to). Charles a un neuf (one). (His) est different de (mine).
(John's) costumes sont differents aussi. (His) sceur a perdu (her)
vie. II aimait (her) et a donne (her) (her) beaux bijoux.

DEMONSTRATIVES 22 1

B. Translate into French

i. Give it to me, but do not give any to him. 2. He and I
studied our lesson two hours this morning. 3. If you had found
the watch which I had lost, I should have been very happy.
4. Did you send any money to my niece's friend ? 5. If they had
any, they would give me a little. 6. I heard you and John in the
garden when I entered. 7. If you have too many dogs, give me
one. 8. I am going to him, but I am not going to give much to
him. 9. When you arrive at the city and need some good fruit, I
will bring you some. 10. Is the sea always blue there? I do not
think so. 11. He gave her the silk which I sold him. 12. They
bought it for us, but we gave it back to them. 13. I used to have only
a few good friends in France, but now I have many. 14. Bring it
back to me when you have finished it. 15. Their horses, his, and
yours too, all used to be mine. 16. That fruit is good, but it is not
mine ; it is theirs. 17. I am thinking about my new hat; what do
you think of it? 18. She had on her head some red leaves.

LESSON THIRTY-TWO

DEMONSTRATIVES

192. Demonstratives Defined. Words used closely to
define or point out an object, such as this and these in
English, are called demonstratives. There are two kinds
of demonstratives, adjectives and pronouns. The former
are used with a noun expressed ; the latter to take the
place of a noun omitted.

193. The Demonstrative Adjectives are

Singular Plural

Masculine ce (cet before a vowel or h mute)# ces

Feminine cette ces

222 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

ce gant, this (or that) glove ces gants, these (or those) gloves

cet habit, this (or that) coat ces habits, these (or those) coats

cette plume, this (or that) pen ces plumes, these (or tfrose) /£#.$•

194. Suffixes ci and /a. Special emphasis upon the
demonstrative adjective is expressed by the adverbs ci, here,
and la, there, placed after the modified noun and connected
with it by a hyphen. Such emphasis is especially involved
in contrasts. This usage serves to distinguish this from that
when such distinction is necessary.

Cet homme-ci est grand, mais ces This man is tall, but those boys
garcons-la ne sont pas grands. are not tall.

195. The Demonstrative Pronouns are

Singular Plural

Masculine celui, this, that , ceux, these, those

Feminine celle, this, that celles, these, those

196. Uses of Demonstrative Pronouns. Demonstrative
pronouns, used, as stated above, without a noun, are always
followed by some defining construction. This may be

a. A possessive phrase introduced by de.

ma serviette et celle de Marie my napkin and Mary's (that of

Mary)

b. A relative clause. In this use the demonstrative pro-
nouns not only represent the English demonstratives, that,
the one, those, etc., but also the English third personal pro-
nouns, he, him, she, her, they, a conjunctive pronoun never
being used as the antecedent of a relative.

Ma plume est bonne, mais celle My pen is good, but that {the one)

que vous avez est meilleure. which you have is better.

Celui qui est riche est heureux. He (the one) who is rich is happy.

DEMONSTRATIVES 223

Ceux qui sont beaux ne sont Those (the ones) who are beauti-
es toujours bons. ful are not always good.
J'aime celle que vous punissez. / love her (the one) whom you

are punishing.

c. The suffixes -ci and -la, forming celui-ci {this, this one),
celui-la {that, that one), etc.

Cette maison-ci est bonne, mais This house is good, but that {one)

celle-la est meilleure. is better.

Voici deux chambres ; celle-ci Here are two rooms ; this one is

est grande, celle-la est petite. large, that one is small.

Note. When referring to a preceding word, celui-la is often to be
translated the former; celui-ci, the latter.

Jean et Marie sont ici ; celui-la est John and Mary are here; the former
riche, celle-ci est pauvre. is rich, the latter is poor.

197. Ceci and cela (ca colloquially) are employed as neuter
pronouns to express this and that when used to refer to
something clearly understood but not definitely mentioned.

I heard that. fat entendu cela.

Give me this. Donnez-moi ceci.

198. Ce as Representative Subject. The neuter pronoun
ce is used as the subject of etre to replace the personal
pronouns il, ils, elle, elles, and the demonstrative pronouns,
when etre is followed by a noun, a pronoun, or a superlative
adjective.

It (this) is a handkerchief. C'est un mouchoir.

She is my sister. C'est ma seeur.

It is I. C'est moi.

It (this) is the most beautiful C'est la plus belle etoffe.
cloth.

224 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

But when other constructions follow etre, the personal
pronouns are used.

She is rich. Elle est riche.

Where is the book? It is Henry's. Oil est le livre ? U est a Henri.

Note. In this construction the verb always agrees with ce in the
third person singular except when the predicate is in the third person
plural, in which case the verb itself is usually in the third person plural.

It is he. C'est lui.

It is we. C'est nous.

It is they. Ce sont eux.

These are my brothers. Ce sont mes freres.

VOCABULARY

l'amabilite* /, the kindness en haut, upstairs

en bas, downstairs la lumiere, the light

la bibliotheque, the library naturel (/ -lie), natural

confortable, comfortable le rayon, the shelf

couteux, expensive nous recevons, we receive

electrique, electric au rez-de-chauss6e, on the

l'£tage m., the floor, story ground floor

en face, opposite la salle de bain, the bathroom
trois fois par (or le) jour, three times a day

Present Indicative of voir, to see (past participle, vu)

je vois nous voyons

tu vois vous voyez

il voit ils voient

-. .„ EXERCISE

Drill

i . Prefix the proper form of the demonstrative adj ective to —

vie tete souliers

homme livre ecoles

DEMONSTRATIVES 225

2. Translate into French —

this glove did he say that ?

that glove my pens and the ones which

my glove and John's you have

my glove and his our dresses and Mary's

this is good, that is poor she who is here

a book better than my mother's the ones which you want

3. Translate into French —

it is his he is one of my friends

it is a library he is a good boy

it is new she is our sister

it is a new coat it is I

they are old it is they

they are pupils it is good

it is John's it is better

this is John's it is the best

4. Continue c'est moi through the forms of the disjunctive.

5 . Supply the French for the words in parentheses :
J'aime (this) maison mieux que (that). Entendez-vous (that)?

(It) est une maison blanche. (It) est neuve. (It) est (the one that)
vous voyez (there). (There are) beaucoup de fenetres en haut.
(Those) fenetres sont plus hautes que (these). Je parle de (those)
qui sont ouvertes. Ma tante, (yours) et (John's) demeurent (there).
(There they are). (They are) de cheres femmes.

Model

Ma Maison

Je demeure dans cette maison-la. C'est celle de mon pere. tile
n'est pas grande, mais elle est confortable. C'est une maison de
deux etages. Entrons-y. Elle a huit pieces. Celles-ci sont: le
salon, la bibliotheque, la salle a manger et la cuisine au
rez-de-chaussee. En haut, il y a quatre chambres a coucher et

226 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

aussi une salle de bain. C'est au salon que nous recevons nos
amis. Dans notre bibliotheque il y a beaucoup de livres francais.
Je suis entre dans celle de mon maitre d'ecole ; il en a beaucoup
aussi. Je passe beaucoup de temps dans la bibliotheque. Dans
cette piece il y a un pupitre, celui de mon pere. Les livres qui
sont dans cette piece ne sont pas tous a lui ; ceux qui sont sur les
rayons a gauche sont a moi, ceux-la a mon pere. C'est dans la
salle a manger que nous allons trois fois par jour. Nous avons
de la lumiere electrique dans notre maison. Dans celle que nous
habitions il y a deux ans il y avait le gaz. Cette chambre-ci est la
mienne, et celle-la a droite est celle de ma sceur. Elle est plus
gaie que la mienne. Celle qui est la devant vous est celle que
mes parents ont choisie pour eux-memes. Cela est naturel. C'est
la plus grande. C'est Ik, en face, qu'est la salle de bain. « Tout
ceci est tres bien. Je vous remercie de votre amabilite. »

Theme

That house opposite ours is my rich neighbor's. It is he who is
in the garden. He has other houses. That one beside his is also
his. It is not so pretty as the other, but it is as comfortable (as
that). It is (c'est) there that my friend, Mr. Leroux, lives. Those
windows on the right of the door on the ground floor are those of
his parlor. Behind that tree is the library. The shelves are filled
with books. Many of those that he has are French. That man
likes French. It is he who gave me that one that I showed you
this morning. It is an interesting book. It is very expensive. My

SALON DE ROUSSEAU -LES CHARMETTES. Le salon est la chambre
de la maison ou Phote recoit ses visiteurs. Le mobilier modeste represente
dans la gravure d'a cote est peut-etre typique de celui d'une maison fran-
caise ordinaire. Le salon que nous voyons ici est celui d'une maison en
Savoie, connue sous le nom des Charmettes, et occupee pendant huit ans
par Jean-Jacques Rousseau, penseur et ecrivain francais, dont les idees
originales furent le point de depart d'importants changements en litterature,
en politique et en pedagogic

228 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

friend has a very fine dining-room. I dined there twice last week.
He has a good cook. The kitchen is larger than ours. Upstairs
there are sleeping rooms. There is electric light in all those rooms.
That window7, on the left, is that of the bathroom. If I were as
rich as my friend, I too would have a house like that one. That
is sure.

Oral1

i. Demeurez-vous dans la maison de votre camarade qui est a
votre gauche? 2. Combien d'etages a votre maison? 3. Celle
de votre tante en a-t-elle deux ? 4. Quelles1 sont les pieces du
rez-de-chausse'e ? 5. Dans quelle piece recevons-nous nos amis?
6. Quelles chambres y a-t-il en haut chez vous ? 7. Qu'y a-t-il dans
votre bibliotheque ? 8. Avez-vous visite' celle de votre maitre ?
9. Avez-vous plus de livres anglais que de livres francais ? 10. Ces
livres-ci sont-ils a vous ? 11. Vos livres sont-ils sur le pupitre de
votre voisin ? 12. Combien de fois par semaine etes-vous a l'e'cole ?
13. Y a-t-il le gaz chez vous? 14. Ces fen£tres-ci sont-elles' plus
petites que celles de votre maison? 15. Cette lecon est-elle facile ?

Resume

1. These collars and cuffs are mine ; where are yours ? 2. I am
putting on my blue silk dress ; it is prettier than Mary's. 3. He
is taking these shoes because they are cheap ; those are more
expensive. 4. John used to wear all kinds of hats, but now, he
wears only felt (ones). 5. While speaking of this house he was
looking at his neighbor's. 6. The new horses which my father
gave me are in the stable; these are my mother's. 7. Our house
in the country is low, but the one in town is of three stories.
8. My sister's children are studious, but mine are more attentive
in class. 9. Show me this, but do not show my sister that. 10. My
friend says that there is a bathroom on every floor of this house.

1 Use pronouns in the replies when possible hereafter.

RELATIVE PRONOUNS 229

11. These are the pens which I found; they are John's, are they
not? 12. Do you see this beautiful forest? It is the largest in the
country. 13. This man used to have more money and often
filled his son's pockets with it. 14. Peter, do you see the apples?
These are all John's ; those are mine. 15. It is not my sister who
arrived, but his ; she is upstairs. 16. Who is downstairs ? It is I ;
do not be afraid. 17. His uncle and aunt came from different
countries; the former is French, but the latter is English.
18. What do you think of his gloves? They are good, but the
ones that I have cost more. 1 9. Those who are rich are not always
the happiest 20. Are you going to see his pictures today? Yes,
and also those which you brought

LESSON THIRTY-THREE q

RELATIVE PRONOUNS

199. The Common English Relatives, who, whom, which,
and that, are expressed in French by qui, que, or lequel,
according to the following tabular arrangement :

> (persons, animals, and things)

Subject of a verb
Object of a verb

Object of a preposition 1 ? , . ' . ■ - . ■ *

L lequel (persons, animals, and things)

my friend who is here mon ami qui est id

the man whom I love Vhomme quefaime

the man for whom I work Vhomme pour qui (or lequel) je

travaille

the pencil which is here le crayon qui est id

the pen which I lost . la plume que fai perdue

the book in which I study le livre dans lequel f etudie

the picture that I find le tableau que je trouve

230 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

200. Lequel is formed by the union of the definite article
le and the adjective quel. It therefore varies to agree in
number and gender with its antecedent. Its forms are
lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles.

la chaise devant laquelle je suis the chair before which I am
les salles dans lesquelles j'ai ete the rooms in which I have been

Note i. All relatives except lequel are invariable in respect to
number and gender.

Note 2. The le of lequel contracts with a preceding de or a in con-
formity with the rules laid down in Sec. 77, forming duquel, desquelles,
auquel, auxquels, etc.

le cMteau duquel nous parlions, the castle of which we were speaking

201. Lequel with Ambiguous Antecedent. The variable
lequel is often used, instead of the invariable qui and que, in
order to show more clearly in ambiguous cases which word
is the antecedent.

the wife of the doctor who is la femme du medecin lequel (or

here qui) est id

the doctor's wife, who is here la femme du medecin, laquelle est

202. Relative Never Omitted. The relative must never
be omitted in French, though it often is omitted in English.

the carpet (which) I sold le tapis que j'ai vendu

the boy (who is) with you le garcon qui est avec vous

VOCABULARY

ancien (/. -nne), old, former la couronne, the wreath
l'artiste m., the artist l'Sdifice m., the building

au centre de, in the center of KEgypte/., Egypt

contemporain, contemporary, exprimer, to express

modern le guide, the guide, guidebook

RELATIVE PRONOUNS

231

l'hotel (m.) de ville, city hall
huit, eight

lequel ? which (one) ?
le libraire, the bookseller

loin, far
le monument, the monument
le musee, the museum
l'obelisque m., the obelisk
Toeuvrey!, the work
la paix, the peace
le palais, the palace
la partie, the part

le patriote, the patriot

la perte, the loss

la photographie, the photograph

la place, the square
poser, to place
public (f. publique), public
renfermer, to contain

la rive, the shore, bank

la signature, the signature, sign-
ing

la statue, the statue

le tre*sor, the treasure

Present Indicative of faire, to do, 7nake (past participle, fait)
je fais nous faisons

tu fais
il fait

vous faites
ils font

7-) •/» EXERCISE

i. Supply in the following blanks the proper relative word :

la chaise vous avez la montagne sur je suis

les chaises sont dans la le patriote de nous parlions

chambre l'avocat a vous parliez

la chaise est devant la table la sceur du garcon est ici

2. Write French sentences containing respectively each
of the following words or phrases

lequel

qui

que

laquelle auxquels

3. Translate into French —

desquelles

the tailor who makes coats
the tailor whom I saw

the palace of which I speak
the man of whom I am thinking

232 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

the tailor for whom he works the mountains to which he is

the statue which is in the park going

the statue which they admire my uncle's house which is

the statue in front of which she opposite

is standing which house is yours

4. Give the present indicative of faire, neg.-int. ; past
anterior of faire.

5. Continue —

la ville que j'aime (tu aimes, etc.)
la fille que j'ai vue

Model a TRAvERS Paris

Me voici a Paris depuis hier, et aujourd'hui mon ami, qui a deja
visite cette ville, m'accompagne pour me montrer les monuments
et les edifices interessants que Paris renferme. Le libraire dans le
magasin de qui je suis alle hier avait un tres bon guide de Paris.
Je l'ai achete et je l'ai lu hier soir. « Quelle partie de Paris me
montrez-vous d'abord ? — Nous visiterons un peu les deux rives
de la Seine, qui traverse la ville. Allons d'abord sur la rive droite.
Nous voici devant l'Hotel de ville. — Oh ! le bel edifice ! — Mais
voici le Louvre. C'est dans cet edifice, qui e'tait l'ancien palais des
rois de France, que sont les ceuvres des artistes anciens. Sur
l'autre rive est le musee du Luxembourg. — Quel musee est le plus
grand ? — Celui du Louvre. C'est dans celui du Luxembourg que
sont les tresors des artistes contemporains. Ce musee est dans le
jardin public qui porte le meme nom. Auquel de ces musees
aimeriez-vous mieux aller un jour? — Au Louvre. — Ce jardin
que nous traversons est celui des Tuileries. Ah ! voici la place de
la Concorde. Les huit statues qui sont autour de la place repre-
sented les grandes villes de France. Celle-la est celle de Strasbourg.
— Laquelle ? — Celle que regarde cette dame en blanc. Avant la
signature de la paix elle etait couverte de couronnes que des

RELATIVE PRONOUNS 233

patriotes posaient la pour exprimer les regrets que leur inspirait la
perte de cette ville. Get obelisque qui est au centre de la place et
que vous regardez etait autrefois en £gypte.»

Theme

" You who have already visited Paris, do you want to accom-
pany me today ? " " With pleasure." " To what interesting point
do you want to go ? " " Paris contains many of them. The Place
de la Concorde is not far from here. Let us go there. I saw the
picture of it at the bookseller's. In his store there were many
people who were buying guidebooks of Paris. Oh ! the beautiful
square ! It is this square which is the most beautiful in Paris, is
it not ? " " Yes, and also the largest." M But what is that statue
which those people are looking at ? " M It is the statue which
represents the city of Strasburg. Before the signing of peace, the
loss of Strasburg used to inspire in (a) patriots regrets which they
expressed by laying wreaths on the statue of the city. It now
belongs to France." M What do those other statues represent ? "
" They represent the great cities of France, and there are eight of
them. That monument beside which that lady is,1 is an obelisk. It
was formerly in Egypt. There's the garden of the Tuileries, which
we shall cross to go to the Louvre. The Parisians have made of
the palace of the Louvre a museum, which many strangers visit.
The works that it contains are those of ancient artists. Those
of the modern are in the Luxemburg on the other bank of the
river. The building I shall show you after that of the Louvre is
the beautiful Hotel de Ville."

Oral

1. Depuis quand etes-vous a Paris? 2. Visiterez-vous seul la
capitale ? 3. Oil avez-vous trouve' un guide ? 4. Qu'en avez-vous
fait ? 5. Quel fleuve traverse Paris ? 6. Quel est le fleuve sur la

1 See Sec. 328, c.

o o

CO CD

CU co

O 3

rt o

cu rt

3 q

- £

« .a

bo o

* S «

^ a, c

3 O CU

-a £ .2
be
W

2.-S - ^£

cu 1)
bo «

CO "3

>CU
>

bO cu

> 2

-cu ~

CO *

1) <4H

T3 O

4 S

ss>

« .2 ""'

C 9 c

a
S3

§3*

O-'rt TJ

" w s

'rt co

CO *0

— H

this
Use
ulev

s >

*«J

bo o

w m

-cu

73 * CO

x: -c t;

CU co < O

9 cu a P

{CO*

C -cu -^

.2 U *~

eo ^ co
£ ii bo

^ m r?
3 .3

71 cu cu

e -5 -~
T m 2

*^ -^ o
.e m +,

fe 3 ^
p O «
CU >-) >,

<" S o °« '3

CO -rt V -

& co H

o
-> c

"I S « 3 n°

2J T3 flPH

5 e e c c c *S

O O O O O O CU

________

.s
e

w ;* ^ 2 § cu $

^ CO £ bDJ P

cu cu V O 7 § -g

3 c cu 2 .S P 5

•s.3 si

^ C cu

8 'IS

3 > 2

3 ^ «

» 4J fit

T» 3

•3M
co «

CU CU

2 O

PL, <CU

3 cu

~3 3 *bV£ <° <3 -

- £ £

pq" u Q" W ^ 6 W H-T ^ « 4 S" ^ O"

CU £

3
bo-cu

U3 ^3

3 ^ >^

cu ^ cu

co ^ - 3

CU > CO JjjQ

- — CU J3

cu cu r*j

co +J V -^

CO <0 -M 5J

rt h- • C *C

^ ? -a *"

CO e

O cu

3 "° s 2

cr -s .2 <£

3 bO

236 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

rive duquel est le Louvre ? 7. Sur quelle rive de la Seine est
l'Hotel de ville ? 8. Le Louvre a-t-il toujours ete un musee?
9. Quelles oeuvres sont dans ce muse'e ? 10. Lequel est le plus
grand, le Louvre ou le Luxembourg? 11. Oil est le Luxem-
bourg ? 12. Dans lequel sont les oeuvres des contemporains ?
13. Quelle est la statue la plus interessante de la place de la
Concorde? 14. Pourquoi ? 15. Decrivez la place de la Concorde.

Resume

1. Did you see the woman who arrived from France this
morning ? 2. Here are the books which I bought at a bookseller's
near the square. 3. The statue before which she is standing is
that of the peasant maid of Domremy. 4. The work of which
you are speaking used to be the emperor's. 5. He is the man to
whom I gave the photograph. 6. The museum (into) which we
are entering is the best in France. 7. Will you accompany her
to show her the most interesting things in the city ? 8. What do
you think of the obelisk ? It is the one the French brought from
a foreign country. 9. He is speaking to me of the journey around
the world he is making. 1 o. The palace to which I went is on the
right bank of the Seine. 11. This is the bookseller to whom I was
speaking yesterday. 12. They are showing him the photographs
they bought. 13. Have you seen the house in which Joan used to
live ? 1 4. Are you doing nothing at all today ? I am examining
the books I read yesterday. 15. Have you visited the museum in
which there are so many beautiful statues? 16. Did you see the
teacher's daughter, who arrived this morning? 17. When you saw
me an hour ago, the man with me was my brother. 18. Foreigners
want to see the treasures which are in the palace. 19. It is the
wreath which the patriot placed on the statue. 20. I bought at
the bookseller's a guidebook of Paris, without which I never leave
the hotel.

RELATIVE PRONOUNS 237

LESSON THIRTY-FOUR

RELATIVE PRONOUNS (Continued)

203. Dont. Instead of de (in all its meanings) and an
object relative, dont is very generally used.

l'e'glise dont (or de laquelle) je the church of which I speak

parle

les pommes dont (or desquelles) the apples with which he filled the

il a rempli la corbeille basket

204. Whose. The English relative whose is equivalent
to of whom or of which. It is expressed, therefore, either
by dont, or by de with qui or lequel. The noun modified by
whose takes the definite article, and if it is the object of a
verb it must follow the verb.

the man whose son (of whom Fhomme dont (or de qui) le fils

the son) is here est id

the man whose son I punished Fhomme dont (or de qui) j'ai

(of whom I punished the son) puni lefils

Note. For a case where dont may not be used, see Sec. 321, b.

205. Ou as a Relative. The adverb ou is often used in
cases in which a preposition with an object relative in
English is equivalent to where or when.

the house at which (where) la maison ou elle est

she is
the day on which (when) he le jour ou il est parti

started
the parlor in which (where) I le salon oufetais

was

238 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

206. What. The English relative what is equivalent to
that which. In French there is no one word for this con-
struction, both parts being expressed. Thus :

Subject of a verb ce qui

Object of a verb ce que

Object of a preposition ce . . . quoi

I am selling what (that which) Je vends ce qui est id.

is here.
I am selling what (that which) Je vends ce quefai.

I have.
He gave me what I was think- // m?a donne ce a quoi je pensais.

ing of (that of which I was

thinking)

Note. In phrases in which the relative ce . . . quoi is used with the
preposition de, the de quoi becomes dont in accordance with Sec. 203.

You have done that of which I was Vous avezfait ce dont je parlais.

speaking.

I will give you what you need (that Je vous donnerai ce dont vous avez

of which you have need). besoin.

207. Summary of Relatives. The following table contains
concisely the gist of the statements above :

who (that) = qui

7 /„ a f que, object of a verb
whom (that) = \ . ' r ,

v / Lqui, object of a preposition

f qui, subject of a verb
which (that) = < que, object of a verb

[lequel, object of a preposition

whose (of whom, of which) = dont

what— that which [qui, subject of a verb

that = ce, which = <: que, object of a verb

[quoi, object of a preposition

RELATIVE PRONOUNS 239

VOCABULARY

l'acteur m., the actor louer, to praise

Tare m., the arch magnifique, magnificent

la beautS, the beauty la memoire, the memory
le bout, the end monter, to go up (upstairs),

la cathgdrale, the cathedral climb

classique, classical le president, the president
le dome, the dome principalement, mainly

en effet, in fact le repertoire, the repertory

Y6glisef., the church la rgpublique, the republic
entier (/ -ere), entire superbe, superb

eriger, to erect le theatre, the theater
l'escalier m., the stairs, the le tombeau, the tomb

staircase le triomphe, the triumph

f rapper, to strike la victoire, the victory

le haut, the top la vue, the view

Present Indicative of savoir, to know
je sais nous savons

tu sais vous savez

il sait ils savent

Drill EXERCISE

1. Write French sentences containing respectively each
of the following words or phrases :

ce que dont 011 ce a quoi

ce qui ce dont duquel que

2. Supply in the following blanks the proper relative
word or phrase :

j'ai entendu il a dit il vendra est a lui

je ne sais pas a fait le bruit la ville elle demeure

je ne sais pas a vous donnez-moi tout vous avez

pensez le gar^on j'ai vu le frere

240 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

3. Translate into French —

the artist of whom I spoke the countries she visited

he will sell what he makes give back what is in your pocket

the man he saw I saw what I had spoken of

all he bought the victory of which I was

the avenues of which we spoke thinking

the teacher whose pupils I saw what is mine is yours

the teacher whose pupils are the actor's wife, who praised the

good theater

4. Continue —

(a) je sais ce que je veux

(p) je ne sais pas ce qui m'a frappe

Model A TRAVERS pARIS (Suite)

Non loin du Louvre est la Comedie francaise dont les Frangais
sont si fiers. Les acteurs de ce theatre, lesquels tout le monde
admire, jouent principalement le repertoire classique. Cette avenue
ou nous sommes maintenant est l'avenue de l'Opera, au bout de
laquelle est le the'atre le plus beau du monde. Ce qui frappe
surtout les etrangers, c'est son superbe escalier. A notre gauche
nous avons l'eglise de la Madeleine, dont vous avez deja vu une
photographic Nous voici bientot dans les Champs-filysees, la ma-
gnifique avenue ou demeure le president de la republique, et au
bout de laquelle est l'Arc de Triomphe de l'fitoile. Le voila. Je sais
(ce) a quoi vous pensez. Vous pensez aux victoires de Napoleon a la
memoire desquelles il a ete' erige. Du haut de ce monument, vous
avez une vue superbe. Montons-y. En effet la vue que nous avons
d'ici est surement belle. Oh ! Voila la tour Eiffel et, derriere, les
Invalides. C'est la, sous le dome, qu'est le tombeau de Napoleon.
Demain nous visiterons les autres e'difices de la rive gauche de la
Seine. Ce que j'aimerais a visiter aussi un jour, c'est Versailles, et
aussi Reims, dont le monde entier admire la cathedrale.

RELATIVE PRONOUNS 241

Theme

Tomorrow we shall be in Versailles to see there the treasures
the beauty of which you have so often praised. It is (/est) what I
have been desiring to do for a long time. Another day I shall visit
also Rheims, whose cathedral used to be so beautiful. But today
we visit what we have not seen on the right bank of the Seine.
Here is the Arch of Triumph, erected to the memory of Napoleon.
It is a magnificent arch, from the top of which (Sec. 321, b) you
will have a superb view of Paris. What you are looking at, there,
is the Hotel des Invalides, under whose dome is the tomb of
Napoleon, of whom we were speaking a moment ago. That
beautiful avenue in front of you is that of the Champs-filyse'es, at
the end of which is the Place de la Concorde. Is it not on {dans)
that avenue that the president lives (Sec. 328) ? Yes, it is what I told
you the other day. At the left of the Place de la Concorde is the
Madeleine Church, that one of which I was speaking yesterday.
Farther (on) is the Opera, in the avenue which bears the same
name. What is certain is (/est) that it is the most beautiful theater
in the world. What foreigners speak of most is its great staircase.
All I saw or all of which you spoke to me is surely very interesting.

Oral

1. De quoi les Parisiens sont-ils fiers ? 2. Quel repertoire jouent
les acteurs de ce theatre ? 3. Oil est l'Ope'ra ? 4. Que pensent les
etrangers du grand escalier? 5. Avez-vous jamais vu une photo-
graphic de la Madeleine ? 6. Y en a-t-il une dans ce livre ? 7. Que
savez-vous de Tavenue des Champs- £lysees ? 8. Pourquoi l'Arc
de Triomphe a-t-il ete erige ? 9. Que savez-vous des Invalides ?

10. Du haut de quel monument la vue de Paris est-elle belle?

1 1. Au bout de quelle avenue est la place de la Concorde ? 12. De
quoi avez-vous besoin pour ecrire ? 13. Est-ce mon livre que vous
avez ? 14. Tqus les livres que vous avez sont-ils a vous? 15. A
qui est-ce qui est sur le bureau devant le tableau ?

242 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Resume

i. This is the cathedral of which I was speaking to you. 2. The
public buildings with which the city is filled are very beautiful.

3. The man whose son is now president is standing behind me.

4. At the end of that street is the church, the doors of which are
very magnificent. 5. Here is the boy whose uncle I saw in Europe.

6. The merchant with whom I am going to France is very rich.

7. A rich Englishman bought the palace which we entered last
week. 8. Many foreigners visit the village where Joan used to
live. 9. Do you know the day when he arrived from England?
10. The theatre in which we heard that actor is one of the most
beautiful in the world. 1 1. Show me what you have in your pocket.
12. What is in his house is mine, and I shall sell it. 13. My father
gave me what he had bought in town. 1 4. Tell her what you were
thinking of when she entered. 15. First give me what I need ; then
I will leave the house. 16. Does he know what I think of the

LA PLACE DE L'ETOILE. La place de l'£toile, heureusement situee au
sommet d'une legere eminence, est ainsi nominee a cause des douze
avenues imposantes qui en rayonnent. Au centre est le colossal Arc de
Triomphe, construit d'apres les arcs romains mais les surpassant tant en
magnitude qu'en grandeur architecturale. II commemore les victoires
de Napoleon. Commence par lui, en 1806, apres Austerlitz, il ne fut
termine qu'en 1836. Sous l'Arc ne peuvent passer que les armees triom-
phales, et l'amertume d'avoir vu faire cela par les Allemands a la fin de
la guerre de 1870 a ete compensee par le passage des forces victorieuses
de la France et de ses allies apres la guerre recente. Dans la photographie,
les avenues dont les extremites jointes passeraient sous la plus grande
ouverture de l'Arc sont, a gauche, l'avenue des Champs-Elysees, qui
conduit a la place de la Concorde, et a droite celle de la Grande Armee.
Les deux a angle droit de celles-ci et, pour ainsi dire, formant la continua-
tion des plus longues dimensions de l'Arc, sont au premier plan l'avenue
de Wagram, et a l'arriere-plan, a gauche, l'avenue Kleber. Celle bordee
d'une double rangee d'arbres et laquelle se voit le mieux de toutes dans la
photo est l'avenue du Bois de Boulogne, conduisant a ce fameux pare,
promenade favorite de la societe parisienne. L'avenue plus etroite, remon-
tant vers le haut de la photographie, est l'avenue Victor Hugo.

244 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

victory? 17. Americans enjoy the view from the top of the dome
of the cathedral near the square. 18. Will you tell me what you
are looking at in that window? 19. These are the French books
I want; will you sell me all you have of them ? 20. My father's
sister who left yesterday is going to Canada.

LESSON THIRTY-FIVE

INTERROGATIVES

208. Who and Whom, as Interrogative Pronouns, are

expressed by qui.

Who is doing that ? Qui fait cela ?

Who is this man ? Qui est cet homme ?

Whom did you find ? Qui avez-vous trouve ?

Of whom are you speaking ? De qui parlez-vous ?

Note. Whom in sentences of the type below, in which it is without
an antecedent, is an interrogative pronoun used in an indirect question.
Use, therefore, the interrogative qui and not the object relative que.
He is asking whom you want. 77 demande qui vous votdez.

209. Whosey as an Interrogative Pronoun, is expressed
by a qui when it denotes possession, by de qui when it
denotes relationship.

Whose book is this (to whom is A qui est ce livre ?

this book) ?
Whose husband is he (of whom De qui est-il le mart ?

is he the husband) ?
Whose son is that boy ? De qui ce garcon est-il lejils ?

210. What, as an Interrogative Adjective, is expressed
by quel, quelle (/.), plural quels, quelles (/.).

What man ? Quel homme ?

What women ? Quelles femmes ?

INTERROGATIVES 245

Note i . This is true even when the noun that what modifies does
not immediately follow it, and it is thus apparently a pronoun.

What (color) is the color of this Quelle est la couleur de cette maison ?
house ?

Note 2. Quel has the meaning what a in exclamatory sentences.
Quel soldat ! What a soldier!

211. What, as an Interrogative Pronoun, is expressed
variously, as shown in the following table :

Subject of a verb, qu'est-ce qui
Object of a verb,

}

Object of a preposition, quoi

.que
Predicate nominative,

What is growing there ? Qu'est-ce qui pons se la 1

What is your father doing ? Que fa it voire perel

What will death be ? Que sera la mort 1

Of what are you speaking ? De quoi parlez-vous ?

212. Which is expressed —

a. When an interrogative adjective, by the proper form
of quel.

Which book ? Quel livre ?

Which houses ? Quelles maisons ?

b. When an interrogative pronoun, by the proper form
of lequel.

Which (man) is your uncle ? Lequel est votre onele 1

Do you love your niece ? Which Aimez-vous votre niece ? La-
one ? quelle ?

Which (pupil) of your pupils is Lequel de vos Sieves est le

the best ? meilleur ?

Which (pupils) of your pupils Lesquels de vos eleves sont les

are the best ? meilleurs 1

246 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

213. Summary of Interrogatives. The following table
contains concisely the gist of the statements above:

who — qui
whom = qui

^={,que\adjective

[lequel, pronoun

C qu'est-ce qui, subject of verb

I que, object of verb
what = i \ ' ■ £

quoi, object of preposition

^quel, adjective

fa qui, to denote ownership

~~ [de qui, to denote relationship

Note. Other composite forms, similar to qu'est-ce qui above, are
often substituted for various interrogative pronouns; for example,
qu'est-ce que, what, as object of a verb. See Sec. 323.

VOCABULARY

l'attaque/, the attack l'elan m., the dash, enthusiasm

Australien (/ -nne), Aus- esperer, to hope

tralian juillet, July

l'auteur m., the author la mort, death

avoir lieu, to take place prendre part a, to take part in

la bataille, the battle rencontrer, to meet, come

la cause, the cause, reason across

commander, to command, order la response, the answer

le cdte\ the side seVere, severe, rigorous

le drapeau, the flag la tuerie, the slaughter

Present Indicative of pouvoir, to be able, can

je puis, peux nous pouvons

tu peux vous pouvez

il peut ils peuvent

INTERROGATIVES 247

lj.f/ EXERCISE

i. Give English sentences containing —

who (re/.) which (re/.) what (int.pron.)

who (int.) which (int.pron.) what (int. adj.)

whom (re/.) which (int. adj.) whose (re/.)

whom (int.) what (re/.) whose (int.)

Translate these English sentences into French.

2. Give French sentences containing respectively each of
the following interrogatives :

quels de qui laquelle

que quoi a qui

qu'est-ce qui oil est-ce que

3. Translate into French —

whom do you want ? what a boy !

what have you ? who are they ?

to whom are you singing ? whose horse is this ?

whose son are you ? what are you making ?

what is under the tree ? which is your niece ?

which pen have you ? what is he thinking of ?

what is the color of the sky ? what is this ?

what makes the snow ? what battle is this ?

4. Supply the French for the words in parentheses :

(Which) livre est k vous ? Je veux (the one which) vous avez,
et aussi celui (in which) elle lit. (Whose) plume est (this) ? (Where)
est l'eleve (whose pen) j'aime ? (Which) de ces plumes est (yours)?
Pour (whom) l'avez-vous apportee ? (Whom) avez-vous vu ? (What)
avez-vous vu ? Savez-vous (what) j'ai vu ? (What) vue admirez-vous ?
(Who) a vu l'epicier? (What a) homme! De (what) parle-t-il? II a
deux magasins ; (of which) pense-t-il ? (What) est en face du magasin ?

248 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Model Cantigny »

Qui e'tait avec vous ce matin ? — C'etait mon neveu Charles.

— De qui est-il le fils ? — De ma soeur Marie. — Et de quoi
parliez-vous quand je vous ai rencontres? — II me parlait de
Cantigny, oil il etait entre un jour. — Qu'est-ce qu'il a dit?

— Que c'etait la qu'avait eu lieu une des premieres batailles oil les
Americains ont pris part. C 'e'tait en juillet de la derniere annee de
la grande guerre. — Quelles armees des Allies y avait-il dans
la* bataille ? — II y avait des Americains et des Australiens.

— Lequel de nos generaux commandait? — Le general Bullard.

— Lesquels des soldats furent les plus braves ? — La re'ponse est
difficile. lis e'taient tous braves, mais les notres ont e'te superbes.
Quels soldats! Avec quel elan ils sont alles a Fattaque! Quels
sont ceux qui auraient fait mieux ? Les Allie's e'taient fiers d'eux.
Mais a quoi pensez-vous ? — Je pense au grand nombre de
ceux que la mort a emportes. C'etait pour une bonne cause,
mais quelle tuerie ! Que sera la punition des auteurs de cette
guerre ? — Severe, esperons-le.

Theme

" What are you doing ? " "I am looking at a photograph." " Of
whom ? " "Of soldiers." " From what country ? " " From the
United States. Do you want to see it ? Here it is." M Why, it
is a photograph of American soldiers in France ! Whose is it ? "
M It is mine." " It is very interesting. What men ! In what place
are they ? " M They are in Cantigny, where they entered with
much dash." " What other soldiers were there with them ? " M The
Australians." "Which army lost the greater number of men?"
M Which one ? It is difficult to (a) say. Death carried away many
on both {des deux) sides." "Who commanded our soldiers? Was
it not General Bullard ? " " Yes, it was he. My nephew was one
of his officers." " Whose son is your nephew ? " " My youngest
1 See Frontispiece.

INTERROGATIVES 249

sister's. It was she who was with me the other day." " What
were you speaking of when I met you ? " M We were speaking of
her son and of the war." M What did she think of the authors of
the war ? " " She hoped that their punishment would be severe
and that there would never again be a slaughter like that one."

Oral

1. Qu'est-ce qui est sur la table devant vous ? 2. Quel livre est
le votre ? 3. Lequel est votre grammaire ? 4. A qui est cette
grammaire ? 5. De quoi parlons-nous en classe? 6. A quoi pensez-
vous maintenant ? 7. A qui pensez-vous le plus sou vent ? 8. Lequel
de vos parents est le plus grand ? 9. Lequel est le plus vieux ?
10. De qui etes-vous le fils? 11. A qui re'citez-vous la lecon?
12. Qu'est-ce que vous avez la? 13. Quelle est la couleur de votre
livre? 14. Lequel est le plus difficile, l'anglais ou le francais?
15. De quel village parlons-nous dans la lecon?

Resume

1. Who is making so much noise in the classroom ? 2. Who is the
girl who entered with my mother? 3. Whom did you see in town
yesterday ? 4. To whom did you give the pens you bought ? 5. The
teacher asks me whom I want to see. 6. Can you tell me whose
French books these are? 7. Do you know whose niece this girl is?
8. Whose sister is that attractive woman ? 9. What do you do when
you have a vacation ? 1 o. What are these two Frenchmen doing in
the United States ? 11. Which was the greatest battle in the war?
1 2. What were the generals' names of whom you spoke ? 13. Which
officers did you meet in France ? 14. Which statues do you hope
to see in Paris ? 15. What was the answer that he gave ? I don't
know what he said. 16. What can you tell me of this magnifi-
cent attack ? Which one ? 17. Which of the armies were the best ?
18. What do the Americans think of what has taken place in
Europe? 19. Which soldiers took part in the battle of Cantigny?
20. Of what were they thinking when they entered the city ? •

250 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

REVIEW

(Lessons Thirty-two to Thirty-five)

A. General Drill

i. Give the list of (a) demonstrative adjectives, (b) de-
monstrative pronouns.

2. When and how are the particles ci and la added (a) to
demonstrative adjectives ? (b) to demonstrative pronouns ?

3. Give French sentences containing —

cet celle ceux ceci

celle-ci cela celle-la ces

4. Translate into French —

it is I the former and the latter

it is mine this is a new book ; that is very clear

it is good my work and my brother's

it is better my pen and the one which she wants

it is the best he who had arrived

it is they I told you that

it was we yours is smaller than Mary's

that was my mother mine is the smallest

5. Give the list of the relative pronouns, and illustrate
each in a French sentence.

6. Give the French for —

who (re/.) which (re/.) what (int. adj.)

who (int.) which (int. firon.) what (int. pron.)

whom (re/.) which (int. adj.) whose (re/.)

whom (int.) what (re/.) whose (int.)

7. Give a French sentence containing each of the words
in 6,

REVIEW, LESSONS XXXII-XXXV

251

8. Give French sentences containing —
dont auxquels duquel
ou cela quels

ou quoi ce . . . dont

9. Translate into French —

the man who is here
the friend whom I love
I want what is here
the room in which I was
I want what I have
the child I want is here

she loves all that is beautiful

I hear him whom I am seeking

the man with whom I live

the man whose son is here

the merchant whose horse I bought

they who are poor are often happy

10. Translate into French

what was here ?
what was it ?
whose pencil is it ?
whose daughter is

pretty girl?
who is here ?
whom do you hear ?
what do you hear ?

with whom is he ?
of whom is he thinking ?
what were your friends doing ?
that which son is it ?
what a big tree !
which of your eyes ?
what is the lesson ?
what is he doing ?

1 1 . Replace the words in parentheses by the correct
French words :

1 . (What) belles rues !

2. (Which) gants sont (yours) ?

3. (This) plume, (hers,) et (my sister's).

4. (It) est lui (who) a fait (that).

5. (Which) de vos amies a (these) fleurs ?

6. (She) est la dame a (whom) j'ai parle.

7. Je sais (that) (that) livre est (the one) (that) (that) homme veut.

8. (What) peut lui donner (what) il veut ?

9. (There are) des chaises (there), dans (their) chambre.

252 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

B. Translate into French

i. What was growing there in their aunt's garden? 2. What
was there in the field where he and your brother were playing
yesterday ? 3. This man has black eyes, that one has blue.
4. Whose house is this ? It is the oldest in the country and its
windows are very low. 5. Which is the little girl for whom he
made those new shoes? 6. Whom did you see in the carriage
in which we came ? 7. My friend's cousin, who has been traveling
in France for many months, gave me this statue. 8. I shall never
ask him what he is thinking about. 9. I should have heard that
myself, if she had not spoken of it. 10. Which cathedral was it of
which he praised the dome so much ? 1 1 . Of whom was that boy's
aunt who was here speaking? 12. Did you praise the wreath she
brought me? Which one? 13. This artist whose works the
French love so much lived in Rheims. 1 4. They see this light, but
they do not see that. 15. Charles, do you know the museum in
which these statues are? 16. They who have long vacations are
happy. 17. Who has lost his necktie and collar? Is it you, sir?

18. He who takes wine often, white or red, will have a red nose.

19. I know that that handkerchief that is there is hers. 20. Give
her her guidebook which she lost. Where is yours ?

Affiches — Avis au Public

ENTREE SORTIE

DEFENSE D'AFFICHER DEFENSE DE FUMER

MAISON A VENDRE VENTE DE SOLDES

APPARTEMENTS MEUBLE"S A LOUER

LIVRES NEUFS ET D'OCCASION

COSTUMES ET VETEMENTS SUR MESURE

PRIERE DE NE PAS DONNER DE POURBOIRE

ON N'ENTRE PAS AVEC LES CHIENS

NUMERALS — CARDINALS

253

LESSON THIRTY-SIX

NUMERALS - CARDINALS

214. Cardinal Numbers. The following examples will be
sufficient to illustrate the formation of all cardinal numbers :

1 , un (f . une)

21, wag* *tf ««

81, quatre-vingt-un

2, deux

22, vingt-deux

82, quatre-vingt-deux

3, trots

23, vingt-trois

83, quatre-vingt-trois

4, quatre

30, /razte

90, quatre-vingt-dix

5, cinq

31, /razte <?/ #/z

9 1 , quatre-vingt-onze

6, six

32, trente-deux

92, quatre-vingt-douze

7, sept

40, quarante

97, quatre-vingt-dix-sept

8, huit

50, cinquante

IOO, <T£#/

9, neuf

60, soixante

101, d?«/ #«

10, dix

70, soixante-dix

125, *#/*/ vingt-cinq

1 1 , onze

71, soixante et onze

200, dfew.*: r^/j-

12, douze

72, soixante-douze

205, dtez/.* art/ «*«^

13, treize

73, soixante-treize

1000, »m7/<?

14, quatorze

74, soixante-quatorze

1 0 1 5 , fti&fe quinze

15, quinze

75, soixante-quinze

1400, #«//<? quatre cents or

16, seize

76, soixante-seize

quatorze cents

17, dix-sept

77, soixante-dix-sept

2000, */<?## /#*//<?

18, dix-huit

78, soixante-dix-huit

4235, quatre mille deux cent

19, dix-neuf

79, soixante-dix-neuf

trente-cinq

20, &Mg?

80, quatre-vingts

1,000,000, «« million

215. Peculiarities in Numerals. Observe in the fore-
going list that

a. Numbers less than 0;^ htmdred formed of more than
one word always have a connective. In twenty-one, thirty-
one, forty-one, fifty-one, sixty-one, and seventy-one it is et ;
elsewhere it is a hyphen. Numbers greater than 0;^ hundred

254 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

have no connective other than the one required between the
tens and units.

b. Vingt and cent are made plural when multiplied, if no
number follows.

c. Cent and mille are used without the indefinite article.

d. The numbers are invariable for gender, except un.

Note. Un million, and un milliard, a billion, take de before a
following noun.

216. Pronunciation of Numerals. Note that

a. The final consonant of cinq, six, sept, huit, neuf, and
dix is sounded when counting or at the end of a phrase,
final x being sounded like s. Before a word beginning with
a vowel sound the regular rules of linking prevail. Before
a word beginning with a consonant these final letters
are silent.

b. There is no elision before huit and onze.

General Note. From this point no lesson vocabularies are given ;
the general vocabulary on pages 457-533 must be consulted. How-
ever, idiomatic forms and phrases that will be met in the English-
French parts of the exercises will be given from time to time.

_ .„ EXERCISE

Drill

1. Count from i to no. Count backward from 20 to 1.

2. Express in French —

82 780 1400 397 3677

121 71 59 483 5°5

3. Give in French —

(a) The multiplication table of five (cinq fois un font cinq, cinq
fois deux font dix, etc.) ; the table of three ; of seven ; of eight.

(b) The division table of six (six divise* par six fait un, etc.).

NUMERALS -

-CARDINALS 255

4. Fill the blanks :

dix et huit font

quarante et un et vingt-six

quinze moins trois font

font

cinq fois douze font

cent trente moins quatre-vingts

quarante-deux divise par

six

font

fait

vingt fois vingt font

Model LE pAys de France

La France a une superficie de cinq cent trente-six mille quatre
cent huit kilometres carres, et sa population est d'environ trente-
neuf millions d'habitants. Sa plus grande longueur, du nord au
sud, est de neuf cent soixante-quinze kilometres ; sa plus grande
largeur est de huit cent quatre-vingt-huit. Paris, qui en est la
capitale, avait recemment deux millions huit cent quatre-vingt-huit
mille cent dix habitants. Avant la Revolution de dix-sept cent
quatre-vingt-neuf , la France e'tait divisee en provinces telles que la
Normandie, la Bretagne, la Champagne, etc., tandis que main tenant
elle est divisee en quatre-vingt-sept departements, divises eux-
memes en trois cent soixante-deux arrondissements, deux mille
huit cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf cantons, et trente-six mille cent
soixante-dix communes.1 Le preset administre le departement, le
sous-prefet l'arrondissement, et les maires les communes. Le pou-
voir legislatif est place entre les mains du senat et de la chambre
des deputes. II y a six cents deputes, elus pour quatre ans par
tous les citoyens de vingt et un ans, et trois cents senateurs, elus
pour neuf ans par les deputes et d'autres delegues. Le pouvoir
executif est exerce par le president de la republique et ses mi-
nistres au nombre de douze. Le president est elu pour sept ans
par la chambre et le senat re'unis en congres. Les colonies de la
France sont importantes. Leur superficie est d'environ quatre
millions de milles carres; leur population quarante-cinq millions.

1 L' Alsace et la Lorraine, de nouveau francaises depuis 191 8, non
comprises.

256 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Theme

France, whose area is about 204,20c1 square miles, has, since
the war, a little more than forty million inhabitants. Alsace and
Lorraine, which were German after the war of 187 1, are again
French. They have an area of 14,518 square kilometers, and a
population of 1,820,400. Of their four important cities, the largest
is Strasburg. With Strasburg there are thirteen cities in France
which have more than 100,000 inhabitants. All the departments
are almost of the same size, but there are some which are more
populous than others. Thus the department of (le) Pas-de-Calais has
1,068,200 inhabitants, while that of (la) Vendee has only 438,500.
France has not always been divided into departments. Formerly
it was divided into thirty-three provinces, some larger than others.

Oral

1 . Quelle est la superflcie de la France en kilometres carres ?
2. Et en milles carres ? 3. Combien y a-t-il d 'habitants en France ?

4. Quelle est la plus grande longueur du pays ? 5 . La population
de Paris est-elle moins grande que celle de Boston ? 6. Quelle est
celle de New York ? 7. La France a-t-elle to uj ours ete divise'e en
departements ? 8. Combien y a-t-il de departements ? 9. En quoi
sont-ils eux-memes divises? 10. Qui administre le de'partement ?
l'arrondissement ? la commune? 11. Combien y a-t-il* de deputes
et de se'nateurs? 12. Par qui est exerce' le pouvoir executif?
13. Qui est le president actuel ? 14. La France a-t-elle des colonies ?
15. Combien de lecons avons-nous de'ja e'tudiees ?

Resume

1. 154, 281, 800, 555. 2. 1521, 2999, 21,371. 3. What part
of 1000 is 100? 4. A year has twelve months or 365 days.

5. Every four years it has, however, 366. 6. In the United States
there are forty-eight states, the largest of which is Texas. 7. We

1 All numbers in this lesson should be written out.

LA FRANCE

l'Allemagne, Germany

PAngleterre, England

la Belgique, Belgium

la Bourgogne, Burgundy

la Bretagne, Brittany

l'Espagne, Spain

la Flandre, Flanders

la Gascogne, Gascony

l'ltalie, Italy

la Manche, the English Channel

Lyon, Lyons

Marseille, Marseilles

la Normandie, Normandy

Pocean Atlantique, the Atlantic

Ocean
le pas de Calais, the Straits of

Dover
la Picardie, Picardy
Reims, Rheims
le Rhin, the Rhine
la Savoie, Savoy
la Suisse, Switzerland

258 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

have now had thirty-six lessons; how many more will there be?

8. The grammar that you were studying last year had 480 pages.

9. That of my friend has only 329. 10. But we hope that the new
one will not have more than 300. 11. The little village in which
I live has scarcely 2000 inhabitants. 12. But the city in which I
was staying has almost 125 times as many. 13. In my library
there are about 2500 books. 14. Whom did the French elect
president ? Was he a general or a senator ? 15. The United States
has an area of 3,026,789 square miles. 16. The thirteen colonies
had less than 4,000,000 inhabitants. 17. The area of the French
colonies is 21 times that of France in Europe. 18. What makes
the citizens of France so proud of their country ? 19. Washington,
the capital of the United States, had 331,069 inhabitants when I
was living there. 20. Of what was the deputy speaking when you
entered the Chamber ?

LESSON THIRTY-SEVEN

NUMERALS - ORDINALS

217. Ordinal Numbers. Ordinals are formed from car-
dinals by adding teme, omitting final e if there is one.

troisieme, third quatrieme, fourth

vingt et unieme, twenty-first

The exceptions to this rule are

premier, premiere (/.), first

second, seconde (f), second (in a series of two)

deuxieme, second (in a series of more than two)

cinquieme (u inserted), fifth

neuvieme (/changed to v), ninth

quatre-vingtieme (s omitted), eightieth

NUMERALS — ORDINALS 259

Note. The abbreviated forms of the ordinals are

premier, i« dixieme, ioe

premiere, i*ra centieme, iooe

deuxieme, 2« etc.

218. Fractional Parts with denominators greater than
four are expressed by ordinals.

one fifth, un cinquieme three eighths, trots huitiemes

The following are the other fractional parts :

one half, un demi one third, un tiers

one fourth, un quart

Note. When demi precedes the noun, it is connected by a hyphen
and is invariable ; when it follows the noun, it is variable.

une demi-heure, half an hour

une heure et demie, one hour and a half

219. Units of Measure. Observe that

a. In expressing the price of a thing, the definite article
is used before the noun denoting the unit of measure.

This cloth cost five francs a Ce drap cofde cinq francs le

meter. metre.

I sell eggs at four francs a Je vends les ceufs quatre francs la

dozen. douzaifie.

But observe

The French sell cloth by the Les Francais vendent le drap au
meter. metre.

b. Par (or sometimes le) is used before a unit of time.

He earns ten francs a day. 77 gagne dix francs par (or le)

jour.
He sings twice (two times) a II chante deux fois par semaine.
week.

260

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

c. The size of an object is expressed as follows :

Cette table a deux metres de

This table is two meters long.

How long is this table ?

longueur (or long).
Cette table est longue de deux

metres.
( Combien de longueur a cette table ?
J Quelle longueur a cette table ?
[De quelle longueur est cette table ?

meilleur marchg, cheaper
le franc, the franc, the unit of the
French monetary system
(par value about twenty
cents)

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES
le centime, the

centime, one
hundredth of a franc
de plus en plus, more and more
pour dix francs, ten francs'
worth

Drill EXERCISE .

1. Give the ordinals from 1st to noth.

2. Fill the blanks :

le tiers de vingt-sept est deux cinquiemes et sept di-

le huitieme de cent quatre xiemes font

est le demi d'un onzieme est

les trois cinquiemes de quinze six fois trois septiemes font

sont deux fois dix francs cinquante

les deux tiers de trois quarts font

sont centimes font un franc.

3. Express in French —
the ninth class
a half century
a century and a half
my first pair of shoes

the second volume
the twenty-first year
the eightieth
the eighty-first

NUMERALS — ORDINALS 261

4. Express in French —

two francs a meter to earn a hundred francs a week

three francs a dozen he sells cheese by the kilo

twice a day four times a year

Model Au Marche

Je suis allee en ville faire mes emplettes, et voici mon filet plein
des choses que j'ai achetees. Tout etait horriblement cher. Le
franc, a cause de la guerre, a perdu conside'rablement de sa valeur.
Et mon pauvre mari, qui ne gagne que vingt-cinq francs par jour !
C'est la quinzieme anne'e qu'il travaille Ik. Enfin ! Je suis entree
d'abord chez le tailleur pour m'acheter du drap. Ce drap, qu'il
vend au metre, est tres joli, c'est vrai, mais le prix est joli aussi ;
quinze francs le metre 1 Et encore c'etait le drap le meilleur marche
qu'il avait. Ce morceau que j'ai apporte a trois metres de long
et j'en aurai assez. C'est juste ce dont j'ai besoin. Je suis passee
chez l'epicier. J'y ai pris deux livres de beurre a trois francs la
livre, six francs ; une livre et demie de fromage, un franc cinquante ;
pour cinq francs de sucre, le sucre coute de plus en plus cher ; un
paquet de sel, vingt centimes ; une douzaine et demie d'ceufs a deux
francs cinquante la douzaine, trois francs soixante-quinze. Cela fait,
en tout, seize francs quarante-cinq que je lui ai payes. Les legumes
etaient assez bon marche, mais je n'en avais pas besoin. Dans une
demi-heure mon mari sera de retour. Je lui ai rapporte* de la
bibliotheque le troisieme volume des « Miserables » , car il a deja
fini les deux tiers du precedent.

Theme

With the 7800 francs that my husband earns a year we have
not much money left at the end of the year. It is the first year
that we have been (are) in- this house, and we give a quarter of
what he earns to the landlord. Living is dearer and dearer. The

262 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

same cloth which used to cost me 10 francs now costs about 18
francs a meter, and as I need three or four yards for a dress, that
makes from 54 to 72 francs. The last shoes I bought last month
cost me 2 5 francs a pair. The grocer, who came half an hour ago,
brought me butter at two francs fifty a pound, eggs at one franc
seventy-five a dozen, wine at two francs a liter, and other things
still. I gave him twenty francs, and all the change he gave me
back was three francs sixty for what would have cost me formerly
one third (de) less than what I paid. Let us hope that everything
will be cheaper soon, or what we earn a year will never be enough
to live on (pour vivre).

Oral

1. Ou votre mere est-elle allee aujourd'hui et pourquoi ? 2. A-t-elle
trouve les choses bon marche ? 3. Combien gagne votre pere ?
4. Chez qui votre mere est-elle d'abord entree ? 5. Comment le
tailleur vend-il son drap ? 6. Quelle longueur a le morceau de drap
que votre mere a achete? 7. Ou est-elle passee ensuite ? 8. Qu'y
a-t-elle achete ? 9. A-t-elle trouve le sucre meilleur marche ? 10. A
combien etaient les ceufs ? 11. Quel est le nume'ro de votre lecon ?
12. Combien de lecons de francais avez-vous par semaine ? 13. La
legon finira-t-elle dans une demi-heure ? 1 4. Quelle longueur a le
pupitre de votre maitre ? 15. Est-ce le troisieme jour de la semaine
aujourd'hui ?

Resume

1. The first month of this year has 31 days, but the second has
only 28. 2. Who knows the name of the twenty-first day of this
month? 3. Do you need any cheese today? Yes, I want two
pounds. 4. The merchant sold me two dozen (of) eggs at
five francs a dozen. 5. How much did these shoes cost? Only
twenty-five francs a pair. 6. Are there not more than 100 centimes
in a franc ? 7. Which is the ninth month of the year ? 8. Merchants

NUMERALS IN EXPRESSIONS OF TIME ETC. 263

sell butter by the pound and cloth by the meter. 9. £ and f make

1 J. 10. I paid 25 centimes a kilogram for the potatoes I bought.
11. The merchant of {chez) whom she was buying groceries asked

2 francs 25 a pound for sugar. 12. Which is the general whose
soldiers took the city yesterday*? 13. My father used to earn $40 a
month, but he earns more now. 1 4. He asked me of (chez) whom I
had bought the jewels which he had seen. 15. Which of the ladies
was the one to whom you sold 80 meters of that cloth? 16. Of
what are you thinking? Do not ask me of what I am thinking.
17. £ of § is ^. 18. Can you tell me what is the ninth part of 27 ?
19. When he came to see me this morning he stayed two hours
and a half. 20. Do you know the number of the first house on (of)
this street ?

LESSON THIRTY-EIGHT

NUMERALS IN EXPRESSIONS OF TIME ETC.

220. Years in Dates, when above 1000, may be expressed
in two ways. Thus, 1920 may be either mil neuf cent vingt
or dix-neuf cent vingt, the latter being on the whole the
more common usage. Mil, rather than mille, is the form
generally used for one thousand in 4ates.

Note i. In before the number of a year is en.

He was born in 1815. 77 naquit (past def.) en mil huit cent quinze.

She died in 1856. Elle mourut (past def.) en dix-huit cent cinquante-six.

I was born in 1905. Je suis ni{e) en dix-neuf cent cinq.

The year 192 1. Van dix-neuf cent vingt et un.

Note 2. When a person is no longer living, the French generally
use the past definite (or the past indefinite in familiar style) to express
was bom, etc. When a person is still living, the past indefinite is
ordinarily used.

264

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

221. The Names of the Months, written without capitals

January

Janvier

July

juillet

February

fevrier

August

aout

March

mars

September

septembre

April

avril

October

octobre

May

mat

November

novembre

June

juin

December

decembre

Note. In before names of months is en.

222. The Days of the Week, written without capitals :
Monday lundi Thursday jeudi

Tuesday

mardi

Friday

vendredi

Wednesday

mercredi

Saturday

samedi

Sunday

dimanche

223. In Dates the cardinals are used except for the first,
the masculine definite article always preceding. No prepo-
sition is used in connection with them.

November 8th le huit novembre

the twenty-fifth of December le vingt-cinq decembre

the first of March le premier mars

on the fourth of July le quatre juillet

224. Time of Day. In expressing the time of day, heure,
hour, is used for o clock. Time past the hour is expressed by
the number for the hour and et ; time previous to the hour,
by the number for the hour and moins. The et is usually
omitted before minutes.

one o'clock

two o'clock

half past three

(a) quarter past five

(a) quarter of ten

five minutes past eleven

une heure

deux heures

trois heures et demie

cinq heures et (or un) quart

dix heures moins le (or un) quart

onze heures cinq (minutes)

NUMERALS IN EXPRESSIONS OF TIME ETC. 265

six minutes of eight huit heures moins six (minutes)

9 a.m. neuf heures du matin

9 p.m. neuf heures du soir

What time is it ? Quelle heure est-il ?

It is a quarter past six. // est six heures et quart.

I shall start at four. Je partirai a quatre heures.

Note. Twelve o'clock is never expressed by douze heures, noon
being midi, midnight minuit.

half past twelve (p.m.), midi et demi

225. Age of Persons. In expressing a person's age, avoir
is used and not etre.

How old are you (what age Quel dge avez-vous ?

have you)?
I am thirty years old (I have faitrenteans.

thirty years).
She is six. Elle a six ans.

Note. She is six years old may also be expressed elle est agee de
six ans.

226. In Titles of Sovereigns the cardinals are used except
for first, in which case the ordinals are used.

Louis I Louis premier (Ler)

Louis II Louis deux (LL)

Henry IV Henri quatre (LV)

Louis XV of France Louis quinze (XV) de France

Note. Observe that the definite article is omitted with names of
countries used in connection with a sovereign.

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

il y a, ago etre a l'heure, to be on time

huit jours, a week d'aujourd'hui en huit, a week

il y a huit jours, a week ago from today

266

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

yj.j7 EXERCISE

i. Express in French the dates —

March 2, 1872
July 4, 1840
August 1, 1 180
December 26, 1533

2. Express in French —

it is nine o'clock
half past eight
quarter past seven
quarter of six
ten minutes after five
twenty minutes of four

3. Translate into French -
our school finishes in June

we go home Fridays

the second of May

my chum was born in 1905

Lincoln was born on February

12, 1809
William II of England
a century and a half
we remain at home Saturdays

January 13, 1771

the date of your birth

the date of today

George Washington's birthday

3.47 A.M.

2.o8 P.M.

half past twelve (two ways, a. m.

and p. m.)
we dine at seven
we dine at noon

the first of April

in December

in the book

in the city

in 1898

Louis XI

the fifth day

the second president

he came (on) Tuesday

Model tjne LEg0N d'Histoire

Cinq jours de la semaine nous sommes en classe, mais le samedi
nous n'y allons pas. Le lundi, par exemple, nous dejeunons de
bonne heure, a sept heures et demie, pour etre a l'heure a l'ecole,
car les legons commencent a huit heures et demie. Elles durent
jusqu'a midi. De midi a une heure nous sommes chez nous. A
une heure nous retournons a l'ecole, ou nous restons jusqu'a quatre

NUMERALS IN EXPRESSIONS OF TIME ETC. 267

heures et demie. Le soir nous etudions nos lecons. Ainsi pour
demain, mercredi, nous avons une lecon d'histoire. Hier, lundi, le
maitre nous a donne une idee de l'histoire de France de Louis XIV
a nos jours. Louis XIV naquit le 16 septembre 1638, et mourut
le premier septembre 17 15. II n'avait que cinq ans quand il devint
roi, et son regne a dure soixante-douze ans, presque trois quarts
de siecle. Sous le regne de Louis XVI eclata la Revolution, qui a
dure presque six ans. Apres la Revolution le general Bonaparte,
ne le 15 aout 1769, est devenu le maitre de la France a Page de
trente ans. II fut couronne empereur, en 1804, sous le nom de
Napoleon Ier. II mourut en 182 1 a l'age de cinquante et un ans.
La France est devenue republique pour la premiere fois en 1792,
mais elle l'a e^e en nom seulement. La deuxieme republique a
dure moins de cinq ans. Sous Napoleon III dclata la guerre entre
la France et l'Allemagne, qui dura du 15 juillet 1870 au 28 Janvier
187 1. Enfin la France est devenue republique pour la troisieme
fois, et Test encore. D'aujourd'hui en huit ce sera le quatorze
juillet, la fete nationale. Ce sera aussi mon anniversaire de naissance.
J'aurai seize ans.

Theme

Today (it) is Thursday, the first of June. A week ago it was
my birthday. I was born May 26, 1904. I am now fifteen years
old. My brother is only twelve. My sister would be seventeen if
she were still living. She died eight years ago. A week from today
will be my brother's birthday. It is a quarter of twelve, and in a
quarter of an hour we shall dine. We dine generally between
twelve and half past twelve. This afternoon we have a history
lesson, the reign of Louis XVI. He was born on the 23d of
August, 1754, and became king at the age of twenty. It was
under his reign that the Revolution of 1789 broke out. He was be-
headed on January 21,1 793. In a month we shall be having a vaca-
tion. We do not go to school in July or August. But what time is

268 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

it ? Twenty minutes past twelve, and dinner is not yet ready ! Shall
I be at school on time ? I have only three quarters of an hour.

Oral

i. Quel jour de la semaine est-ce aujourd'hui ? 2. Quel jour de
la semaine etait-ce hier ? 3. Quel jour de la semaine sera-ce demain ?
4. Quelle date est-ce aujourd'hui ? 5. fitait-ce le douze hier ? 6. Quels
sont les mois du printemps ? 7 . En quel mois est votre anniversaire ?
8. Quel age avez-vous ? 9. Quand etes-vous ne ? 10. Quel age a
votre pere? 11. Combien d'heures y a-t-il dans un jour? 12. Quelle
heure est-il maintenant? 13. Sous le regne de qui eclata la Revo-
lution francaise, et en quelle annee? 14. A quel age mourut Napo-
leon Ier ? 15. Depuis quand la France est-elle une republique ?

QUATRE PERSONNAGES DE L'HISTOIRE DE FRANCE. Louis XIV (ne
en 1638, roi en 1643, mort en 17 15) est une des figures les plus grandes de
la longue liste de rois de France. Pendant son long regne, sa cour brillante
fut un centre de litterature, de politique et de culture, et lui-meme fut
rincarnation de la phrase souvent a lui attribute : « L'fitat, c'est moi.»

Louis XVI succeda, en 1774, a son grand-pere Louis XV, qui lui-meme
av'ait succede a Louis XIV. Durant le regne de Louis XV, les institutions
politiques et autres, fondees sur le faux idealisme du temps de Louis XIV,
se desintegrerent graduellement et surement. La catastrophe etait reservee
au faible mais bien intentionne Louis XVI, dont le regne se termina avec
sa propre execution sur l'echafaud au milieu des exces de la Revolution
francaise.

Marie-Antoinette, princesse autrichienne, la belle et gracieuse femme
de Louis XVI, devint de bonne heure impopulaire a cause de son extra-
vagance irreflechie et de son manque de sympathie envers le peuple. Son
influence funeste precipita la chute du roi, qu'elle partagea . . . car elle fut
guillotinee neuf mois apres.

La Fayette, brillant et liberal Francais, de sang noble, vint en Amerique
a l'age de vingt ans et servit effectivement avec Washington pendant la
Revolution americaine. Rentre en France, ses sympathies, quoique libe-
rales, n'etaient pas extremes, et il ne joua pas dans la Revolution le role
important qu'on attendait de lui. Dans la recente guerre, son nom a souvent
ete mentionne en parlant de l'amitie traditionnelle des deux republiques.

LOUIS QUATORZE

LA FAYETTE

MARIE-ANTOINETTE LOUIS SEIZE

QUATRE PERSONNAGES DE L'HISTOIRE DE FRANCE

2/0 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Resume

i. My brother was born on the ioth of August, 1858. 2. This
bookseller used to enter his store every morning at 7.50. 3. What
part of 28 is 7 ? One fourth, is it not? 4. In France, Monday is
the first day of the week and Sunday the last. 5. The reign of
William I, one of the greatest kings of England, lasted from 1066
to 1087. 6. There are thirty minutes in a half hour, and ninety
minutes make an hour and a half. 7. Your sister arrived at
12.15 p.m. yesterday, did she not? 8. Will you tell me what
time it is (what is the time), please? 9. It is now quarter of
five; he is coming early. 10. His aunt died in 1899, in her
eightieth year. 11. My father was 69 years old when he died.

12. Of what were you speaking to John? Of the age of his son.

13. How old is the youngest of your children? He was ten
January 1 st. 1 4. Can you tell me how old the president is (Sec. 328)?

15. The teacher asked us who the oldest boy in school is (Sec. 328).

16. Neither my brother nor my sister is the tallest in the family;
it is I. 17. The 21st of June is generally the longest day of the
year. 18. He is reading French to a child only six years old.

19. We intend to leave the city Friday at 12.15. a. m. if all goes well.

20. It is now 1.30 ; do you know at what time dinner will be ready ?

REVIEW

(Lessons Thirty-six to Thirty-eight)
A. General Drill

1. Count up to 21. Pronounce the numbers up to 21 in
connection with ami(s) ; in connection with maison(s) ; in con-
nection with hibou(x).

2. When are connectives used to join the words of which
a numeral is composed ? What connectives are used ? When
are numerals pluralized ?

REVIEW, LESSONS XXXVI-XXXVIII 271

3. Count from 80 to 102.

4. Give the ordinals up to twenty-second.

5. Give the names of the months ; the names of the days
of the week.

6. Give French sentences containing respectively —

demie tiers mil midi

cents en {prep.) age metre

seconde en (pron.) nee francs

7. Express in French —

1 58 1 on the second of September

it is 10.20 o'clock Henry VIII of England

it is 12.03 P-M- Peter the First

it was 2.15 f, §>¥

is it 7.55 ? a billion francs

how old is he ? more than ten

he is thirty-one she was born in 1887

eggs cost a franc a dozen she died in 1903

sugar is sold by the pound he sings Sundays

he came twice a week I shall arrive on Thursday

this room is ten meters long they came in October

how long is this street ? last July

Aug. 11, 1906 the year 1899

8. Replace the parentheses by French words :

1. II a (a) femme, (one) fils, mais pas (any) filles.

2. Quarante (one) ou quarante (two).

3. (Fifteen) jours, (sixteen) heures, et (seventeen) minutes.

4. lis ont vendu leur (first) maison juillet (first).

5. J'en finirai un (fifth) mars (fifth).

6. (A half) heure n'est pas si longue qu'une heure et (a half).

7. Nous etions (on) le bateau (on) le quatre juillet.

8. Les (four) eleves sont venus a (four) hier.

272 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

9. (How old) a la (old) dame ?

10. II a demande « quelle (time) est-il » dix (times) ou peut-etre
dix (times) dix.

B. Translate into French

1 . How many pupils have you in your school ? I have less than
two hundred in mine. 2. Last Friday, December 21st, was the
shortest day in the year. 3. How many pounds of butter have
you ? I have more than seventeen. 4. There are fifty-two weeks
and one or two days in a year. 5. There are three months in
summer, June, July, and August ; June, the shortest, is the most
beautiful month in the year. 6. One third of three fourths is seven
eighths of what number ? 7. My cousin is twenty-seven years old.
He was born on October 29, 1894. 8. A hundred years ago, in
18 1 4, France was attacked by many enemies. 9. They left for
Paris in 1903, when their little daughter was only five years old.
10. We went to Domremy on the twelfth of September, n, He
goes out every day at 10 a.m. 12. Moliere was born in Paris two
hundred and ninety-nine years ago. 13. In 19 16 there were more
than four million men in the French army. 1 4. These oranges are
dear. They cost three francs a dozen. 15. I shall not arrive there
early, but I shall be on time. 16. George V is now king of Eng-
land. His father was Edward VII. 17. Eighty-one divided by
twenty-seven is three. 18. A billion is a thousand times a million.
19. He will return at 12.30 p.m. 20. What letters are in the
twentieth word and what in the twenty-first?

Proverbes
A chaque jour sa tache.
Tel qui rit vendredi, dimanche pleurera.
Une hirondelle ne fait pas le printemps.

Ne remettez pas au lendemain ce que vous pouvez faire la veille.
Pierre qui roule n'amasse pas mousse.
Quand le chat n'y est, les souris dansent.

REFLEXIVE VERBS 273

LESSON THIRTY-NINE

REFLEXIVE VERBS

•

227. A Reflexive Verb, or pronominal verb, is one which
has for its object a personal pronoun referring to the same
person or thing as the subject : he cuts himself.

228. Reflexive Pronouns. The object pronouns used
with reflexive verbs are called reflexive pronouns. They are

Singular Plural

First Person me, myself nous, ourselves

Second Person te, thyself vous, yourselves (yourself)

C himself

Third Person se-j herself se, themselves

{itself

229. The Position of Reflexive Pronouns is the same as
that of conjunctive object pronouns (Sees. 174, 175). Se,
however, precedes all other object pronouns.

II se lave. He washes himself.

Vous ne vous habillez pas. You do not dress yourself.

II se le chante. He is singing it to himself

230. Auxiliary with Reflexives. The auxiliary used in
conjugating reflexive verbs is always etre. When the reflexive
pronoun is the direct object of the verb, the past participle
agrees with it. When the pronoun is the indirect object,
the participle is invariable.

Elle s'est couple. She has cut herself.

Elle s'est casse* le bras. She has broken her arm (to

herself has broken the arm).
Nous ne nous y etions pas perdus. We had not lost ourselves there.

274

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

231 . Synopsis of a Reflexive. The synopsis, together with
the present indicative in full, of se trahir, to betray ones self, is

Simple Tenses

Infinitive se trahir, to betray one's self

Pres. Part. se trahissant, betraying one's self

Pres. Ind. je me trahis, I betray myself

tu te trahis, thou betrayest thyself

il se trahit, he betrays himself

nous nous trahissons, we betray ourselves

vous vous trahissez, jy^w betray yourselves {yourself)

ils se trahissent, they betray themselves

je me trahissais, / was betraying myself

je me trahis, I betrayed myself

je me trahirai, I shall betray myself

je me trahirais, I should betray myself

trahis-toi, betray thyself

je me trahisse

Perfect Tenses
s'etre trahi, to have betrayed one's self
s'etant trahi, having betrayed one's self
je me suis trahi, / have betrayed myself
tu t'es trahi etc.

il s'est trahi

nous nous sommes trahis
vous vous etes trahi(s)
ils se sont trahis
Pluperf. Ind. je m'etais trahi, I had betrayed myself
Past Ant. je me fus trahi, I had betrayed myself

Fut. Perf. je me serai trahi, I shall have betrayed myself

Cond. Perf. je me serais trahi, I should have betrayed myself
Perf. Subj. je me sois trahi

Pluperf. Subj. je me fusse trahi

Imperfect
Past Definite
Future
Conditional
Imperative
Pres. Subj.
Imp. Subj.

Perf. Inf.
Perf. Part.
Past Indef.

REFLEXIVE VERBS 275

Note. A reflexive pronoun used as the object of a dependent infini-
tive takes the person and number of the subject of the governing verb.

We do not wish to hurry. Nous ne voulons pas nous dipicher.

232. Interrogative and Negative Forms. The rules given
already for the formation of negative and interrogative
conjugations apply without change to reflexives. The fol-
lowing examples are sufficient to illustrate :

Present Indicative Pluperfect Indicative

Interrogative •

est-ce que je me trahis ? est-ce que je m'e'tais trahi ?

te trahis-tu ? t'etais-tu trahi ?

se trahit-il ? s'e'tait-il trahi ?

etc. » etc.

Negative

je ne me trahis pas je ne m'etais pas trahi

tu ne te trahis pas tu ne t'etais pas trahi

il ne se trahit pas il ne s'etait pas trahi

etc. etc.

Negative-Interrogative

est-ce que je ne me trahis pas ? est-ce que je ne m'e'tais pas

trahi ?
ne te trahis-tu pas ? ne t'etais-tu pas trahi ?

ne se trahit-il pas ? ne s'e'tait-il pas trahi ?

etc. etc.

233. Reflexives and Intensives must be carefully dis-
tinguished. The latter were introduced in Sec. 179. A re-
flexive is always an object and refers to the subject ; an
intensive emphasizes an expressed noun or pronoun. The
following illustrations show the distinction :

276

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

He loves himself (ref.)
He did it himself (inten.)
They burned Joan herself (inten.)

234. Reflexive and Simple Verbs

// s'aime.

II Pa fait lui-mime.

lis bruVerent Jeanne elle-meme.

Careful attention must

be given to the difference in use and meaning between a
simple active verb and its reflexive.

arreter, to stop (a thing, a per- s'arreter, to stop (one's self)

son)
coucher, to put (a person) to bed

approcher, to bring (a thing)
near

235. Idiomatic Reflexives.

se coucher, to put (one's self) to

bed, go to bed .
s'approcher de, to bring one's

self near, approach

A French reflexive verb is

often equivalent to an English int/ansitive verb or verbal
phrase. Among these are

s'amuser, to have a good time

se coiffer, to fix one's hair

se depecher (de), to hurry,

hasten (to)
s'habiller, to dress (one's self)

See also Sec. 234.

se lever, to arise, get up
se peigner, to comb one's hair
se promener, to take a walk
se re'veiller, to waken
se trouver, to be

Drill

EXERCISE

i. Give the full conjugation of trahir in the simple tenses.
2. Give the —

past definite of se coucher
conditional of s'arreter, neg.
past indefinite of se trouver,

int.
present of se laver, neg. -int.
imperfect of se perdre

present subjunctive of se trahir,

neg.
imperative of se coucher
past anterior of se louer, neg.-int.
synopsis of se rendre
imperative of se coiffer, neg.

REFLEXIVE VERBS

277

3. Express in French —
he had found

he had found himself

she has found herself

he punishes himself

he punished his children himself

we were stopping

hurry

let us hurry

shall I show myself ?

4. Express in French —
he stopped the horse

he stopped near me

he put the child to bed

he went to bed

he brings the child near the door

he approaches the door

did he love himself ?
did he not love himself ?
we shall find ourselves
we shall find it ourselves
we found ourselves
had she betrayed herself ?
he is talking to himself
he said it to himself
he himself said it

he arises

he raises the bag

she is having a good time

she wakens early

take a walk

hasten to start

5. Continue —

je m'approche de la foret
je ne me punis pas
je lave les fen£tres moi-meme
ne me suis-je pas deja couche ?

Model La Journee

Quand je me reveille le matin a sept heures, je me frotte les
yeux. Puis je m'approche du lit de mon frere et le reveille aussi.
II se leve (Sec. 248) bien vite et nous allons dans la salle de bain
pour nous laver les mains et la figure avec de l'eau et du savon.
Nous nous brossons les dents avec notre brosse a dents. Ensuite
nous nous brossons les cheveux avec la brosse a cheveux et nous
prenons le peigne, avec lequel nous nous peignons. Lorsque nous

278 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

nous sommes coiffes, nous nous depechons de nous habiller, et en
une demi-heure nous sommes prets. A sept heures et demie nous
nous trouvons dans la salle a manger, ou nous trouvons nos parents
qui nous attendent. Quand nous avons fini, nous allons alors a
Pecole. Le soir apres le souper, quand nous avons e'tudie les
lecons que le maitre nous a donnees pour le lendemain, nous nous
couchons. Hier c'etait dimanche. Nous nous sommes leves tard,
et dans l'apres-midi nous nous sommes promenes avec nos parents.
Nous nous sommes arrete's une heure chez des amis de mon pere.
Nous nous sommes bien amuse's.

Theme

This morning I awoke late. It was already half past seven when
I got up. I went at once to the bathroom to wash my hands and
face. My brother was (se trouver) there, and had already washed.
"Let us hurry," said he to me (Sec. 328, a), "or we shall not be on
time at school." While I was washing my face, he took the comb
and the brush to fix his hair. As 1 could not find my toothbrush,
I did not clean my teeth. I dressed in ten minutes, and at ten
minutes of eight I found myself in the dining-room, where the
others were waiting for me. M You will not go to bed so late any
more," said my father to me. M Hurry and (to) eat, you and your
brother, and do not stop on the way to {pour) school." We arrived
on time, but we surely should have arrived late if we had played a
minute or two on the way.

Oral

1. Qui vous reveille le matin? 2. Vous levez-vous1 de bonne
heure ou tard ? 3. A quelle heure vous etes-vous reveille dimanche
dernier? 4. Pourquoi allez-vous dans la salle de bain? 5. Avec
quoi vous lavez-vous ? 6. De quoi avez-vous besoin pour vous
brosser les dents? 7. Que faites-vous avec le peigne? 8. Que

1 The reply, je me leve, has the accent (Sec. 248).

REFLEXIVE VERBS 279

faites-vous quand vous vous etes lave et coiffe ? 9. Ou se trouve
la salle a manger ? 10. Quel jour de la semaine vous amusez-vous ?

11. Vous etes-vous promene dans le pare dimanche • dernier ?

12. Combien de personnes y a-t-il dans votre f amille ? 13. Com-
ment trouvez-vous le f rancais ? 1 4. Vous amusez-vous en classe ?

15. Vous trompez-vous souvent quand vous recitez?

Resume

1. He betrays himself when he says that. 2. They dressed
themselves and went to the ball. 3. The army is rapidly approach-
ing the city. 4. They went to bed at six o'clock, but they are still
sleepy. 5. He cannot brush his teeth because he has no tooth-
brush. 6. He used to get up at 6.15 every morning. 7. My sister
put her children to bed at 12.15 A-M- 8- Children like neither to
wash their faces nor to comb their hair. 9. The doctor's wife, who
came this morning, will stay here a week. 10. We were taking a
walk when we met you and your sister. 11. We can never find
what we need in this store. 12. They have with them the books
they bought for themselves. 13. It is 7.45 ; wake up quickly,
breakfast is ready. 14. At what time do you intend to go to bed
this evening ? 15. Which of the boys will stop at the store for me ?

16. This man never betrays himself; will he betray his friend?

17. The little girl fell from the tree and broke her arm. 18. Hurry,
we have been waiting for you a long time. 19. 'Are you not
stopping her ? Surely you are not afraid of our dog, 20. Had they
dressed when the bell rang ?

Proverbes

Qui s'excuse, s'accuse.

Au dela des Alpes se trouve ITtalie.

A qui se leve matin, Dieu prete la main.

28o

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON FORTY

PASSIVE VOICE

236. The Passive Voice of transitive verbs is formed in
French by combining the past participle with the auxiliary
6tre. Thus, the synopsis of the passive of sauver, to save, is

Simple Tenses

Infinitive

£tre sauve

to be saved

Pres. Part.

e^ant sauve

being saved

Pres. Ind.

je suis sauve

I am saved

Imperfect

j'etais sauve

I was being saved

Past Definite

je fus sauve

I was saved

Future

je serai sauve

I shall be saved

Conditional

je serais sauve

I should be saved

Imperative

sois sauve

be saved

Pres. Subj.

je sois sauve

Imp. 'Subj.

je fusse sauve

Perfect Tenses

Perf. Inf.

avoir ete sauve

to have been saved

Perf. Part.

ayant ete sauve

having been saved

Past Indefinite

j'ai ete sauve

J I have been saved
\ I was saved

Pluperf. Ind.

j'avais ete sauve

J had been saved

Past. Ant.

j'eus ete sauve

I had been saved

Fut. Perf.

j'aurai ete sauve

I shall have been saved

Cond. Perf.

j'aurais ete sauve

I should have been saved

Perf. Subj.

j'aie ete sauve

Pluperf. Subj.

j'eusse ete sauve

237. Agreement in Passive. In the passive voice the
past participle must agree with the subject, Stre being the
auxiliary (see Sec. 160).

PASSIVE VOICE

281

Elle est perdue,
lis ont e'te trouvgs.

She is lost.

They have been found.

238. The Tenses in the Passive have the same distinc-
tions as in the active.

TT , [ II a ete sauve (Sec. 1 x <:)•

He was saved. « -_ * , v O0J

y II Jut sauve.

He would be saved. // serait sauve. *•

He would have been saved. II aurait ete sauve.

239. The Interrogative and Negative Forms of the passive
voice are made according to the rules that apply to perfect
tenses. The following examples are sufficient to illustrate :

Imperfect Indicative
Passive

Pluperfect Indicative
Passive

est-ce que j'etais sauve ?
etais-tu sauve ?
etait-il sauvd ?
e'tions-nous sauves ?
etc.

je n'etais pas sauve
tu n'etais pas sauve
il n'e'tait pas sauve
nous n'etions pas sauves
etc.

Interrogative

est-ce que j'avais e'te sauve?
avais-tu ete sauve ?
avait-il e'te sauve ?
avions-nous ete sauve's ?
etc.

Negative

je n'avais pas ete sauve
tu n'avais pas ete sauve
il n'avait pas ete sauve
nous n'avions pas ete sauves
etc.

Negative-Interrogative

est-ce que je n'etais pas sauve ?
n'etais-tu pas sauve ?
n'etait-il pas sauve ?
n'e'tions-nous pas sauves ?
etc.

est-ce que j e n'avais pas ete sauve ?
n 'avais-tu pas ete sauve ?
n'avait-il pas ete sauve ?
n'avions nous pas ete sauves ?
etc.

282 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

240. Agent after Passives. The agent or instrument after
a passive verb is expressed

a. By par when the verb denotes a specific action.
He was bitten by the dog. II a ete mordu par le chien.

b. By de when the verb denotes an emotion or an habitual
action or state.

He is loved by his friends. II est aime de ses amis.

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

car, for (conj.) d^pendre de, to depend upon

pour, for {prep.) eMter de (+ inf.), to avoid

a regard de, with regard to rendre responsable de, to hold re-
en gtat de, in a state of, under sponsible for

d£fendre a ... de, to forbid ... to servir de, to serve for (as)

Drill EXERCISE

1. Give the full passive conjugation of punir (a) in the
simple tenses, (b) in the compound (perfect) tenses.

2. Give the —

present passive of choisir, neg. pluperfect subjunctive passive

imperfect passive of donner, int. of aimer

future passive of trouver, neg.- conditional perfect of se vendre,

int. neg.

past anterior active of se trouver, imperative passive of sauver

int. present subjunctive passive of

future passive of entendre punir, neg. -int.

3. Express in French —

he saves she saved they will find

he is saved she was saved they will be found

he has saved she had saved they will have found

he has been saved she has been saved they will have been found

PASSIVE VOICE 283

4. Translate into French —

the desk was broken by the boys the suit was made by the tailor
the general was loved by his it is forbidden to enter
soldiers I shall be held responsible

5 . Supply the French for the ^ords in parentheses :

Je (was) chez moi hier. Je (was hungry), et apres que la lecon
(was finished), je (was reading) en attendant le diner. Ma soeur
(was) huit ans (old) quand elle (was) mordue (by) un chien. Nous
avons envoye chercher un medecin, et sa vie (was saved).

Model tjne Proclamation Allemande

Pendant la grande guerre des proclamations furent africhees par
les Allemands dans les villes qu'ils avaient prises. Le 8 septembre
19 1 4, le commandant Mager donna l'ordre d'afficher a Soissons
celle dont la photographie est a la page 285. Cette photographie
nous sert de modele. Traduisons la proclamation.

Theme

The German invasion of France took place in August, 19 14.
Each time that a city was taken, proclamations were posted on the
walls of the public buildings of the city. In the proclamation which
is found in this lesson it was said that after eight o'clock in the
evening it was forbidden to the inhabitants of Soissons to move
about in the streets of the city. This proclamation was signed by
Commander Mager, who represented the German military authority.
The proclamation added that any person would be immediately
imprisoned if he was found in the streets after that hour without
a special authorization. When the enemy entered a city, the inhab-
itants had {devaient) to avoid any threat or hostile act with regard
to the enemy's troops. This is what was recalled to the inhabitants
of Soissons. The children were (devaient) to be kept at their
parents'. If the latter did not avoid letting them wander about,

284 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

they would be made responsible for the misdeeds which might be
(have beenj committed by their children. The parents did not let
their children wander about, for the latter would have been held
under arrest if they had been met wandering about in the streets.

Oral

i. Par ordre de qui la proclamation a-t-elle ete affichee ? 2. Pour
qui la proclamation a-t-elle ete affichee ? 3. Ou a-t-elle ete affichee?

4. Apres quelle heure etait-il defendu de circuler dans les rues?

5. Que devaient avoir les habitants pour circuler dans les rues apres
huit heures ? 6. Si vous etes trouve dans la rue apres huit heures
ce soir, serez-vous incarcere ? 7. Que devaient eviter les habitants
de Soissons ? 8. De quoi dependait la se'curite ? 9. Oil les enfants
doivent-ils etre garde's pendant une invasion ? 1 o. Que doivent
eviter les parents ? 1 1 . De quoi sont-ils rendus responsables ?
i2.*N'etes-vous pas prevenu que vous serez puni si vous n'etudiez
pas votre lecon? 13. Est-il de'fendu de parler anglais en classe?
14. Etes-vous rendu responsable de vos actes a Fecole ? 15. Seriez-
vous puni si vous n'arriviez pas a l'heure ?

Resume

1. My little sister is lost ; have you seen her ? 2. The table was
finished when I arrived. 3. The boys had not been found this
morning when the teacher left. 4. The man was attacked by the
dog, was he not ? 5. These books were not given to you but to
me. 6. These big red apples had been given the children by their
parents. 7. Were these the jewels which were bought by your
aunt ? 8. When will the lesson be finished ? 9. If I had not arrived,
my house would not have been saved. 10. The city of Soissons
was taken by the Germans in 19 14. 11. He was stopped at the
door by the men. 12. It is forbidden to leave the city. 13. It was
forbidden to move about in the streets. 14. Nobody was seen in the
streets after eight o'clock during the German invasion. 15. Every-
body in the city is kept under arrest. 1 6. Many people were punished

VILLI DE SOISSONS

S Septerabre 1944.

La population de Soissons est prevenue que, par ordre de
I'Aulorile mililaire allemande, il est expressement defend u de
circuler dans les rues de la Ville apres huil heures da soir. Toute
personoe trouvee dans Jes rues apres huil heures du soir, saos
aulorisation speciale du Commandant des troupes allemandes, sera
immediatement incarceree.

II esl rappele dune facoo expresse que (a population de la Ville
doit eviler d'uoe facon absolue loute menace, violence ouacle hostile
a legard des Aulorites el des troupes allemandes. La securile el la
vie des auteurs de ces acles en depend.

Les parents doivenl garder leurs enfanls chez eux, eviter de les
laisser vagabonder Les parents seront rendus responsables de tous
les mefaits, delils el contraventions commis par leurs enfanls. Si
ceux-ci sont rencontres errant ou vagaboodaot dans les rues, ils
seront maintcnus en elat d'arrestation jusqu'a ce que les parents
viennent les reclamer.

Le Comite de Secours. a

Oberleutentml.

286 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

in Soissons by the Germans. 17. The parents would be held
responsible for their children. 18. Were you seized by the officer
when you were walking ? 19. Joan of Arc was burned by the Eng-
lish, May 30, 1 43 1. 20. She was much loved by all her soldiers.

LESSON FORTY-ONE

SPECIAL USES OF THE PASSIVE AND THE REFLEXIVE

241. The English Passive. The passive voice is used less
freely in French than in English. In English it has two uses :
first, to denote an action that is in progress, as the windows
were being closed when I approached, or windows are closed
(habitually) when it begins to rain ; second, to denote a
completed action or a state, as the windows were closed by the
time I arrived, or windows are {kept) closed in winter. The
second of these alone may be represented in French by the
passive form of the verb.

The boy is found. Le garcon est trouvi.

The lesson was finished. La lecon itaitfinie.

This castle is well known (state). Ce chateau est bien connu.

Note. A test for the second of the types above is that when such
expressions, denoting action, are transposed into the active form, they
call for a perfect (or pluperfect) tense. The first two sentences above
thus become, respectively, they have found the boy, they had finished
the lesson. On the other hand, when being can be prefixed to the English
verb, it marks the first type, where the French passive is impossible.

242. French Substitutes for the Passive. The first construc-
tion of § 241 — when an action is actually being performed,
either at a definite time or habitually — is expressed

a. By the reflexive. This is found especially in expres-
sions denoting that the action spoken of is permanent.

SPECIAL USES OF PASSIVE AND REFLEXIVE 287

French is spoken in Brussels. Lefrancais se parte a Bruxelles.

Many verbs are conjugated with Bien des verbes se conjuguent avec
etre. etre.

b. By the use of the indefinite pronoun on (one, we, you,
they) and the third person singular of the active verb. In
such expressions the subject in English becomes the direct
object in French.

Wood is sold (one sells wood). On vend du bois.

French is spoken here. Ici on parte /ran fats.

She was often punished. On la punissait souvent.

The book will be given to the boy. On donnera le livre au gar eon.

c. By a transposition to the active voice, the agent being
made the subject.

The house was being built by Monfrere batissait la maison.
my brother.

243. On as Indefinite Subject. On is also used for an
indefinite subject.

On parle. Somebody speaks.

Onnetravaille pas les dimanches. People do not work Sundays.

On ne fume pas ici. No smoking here.

Fume-t-on ici ? Do they smoke here ?

Note i. In the matter of position on is treated as a personal pronoun.

Note 2. On frequently becomes l'on when preceded by et, si, oil, ou,

or que ; seldom, however, when a word closely following begins with 1.

Elle ne restera pas si l'on fume She will not stay if there is smoking
dans votre chambre. in your room.

Note 3. Since on is always grammatically of the third person, the
corresponding possessive adjective is son; the corresponding reflexive

On aime ses amis. We love our friends.

On peut se passer de cafe. You {people) can do without coffee.

288

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

accrocher a, to hang on
assister a, to be present at, attend

les meubles m., the furniture
se passer de, to do without

Tj..? EXERCISE

1 . Give the present indicative passive of punir ; the present
indicative active of se couper.

2. Give the synopsis of se rendre in the active ; in the
passive.

3. Express in French —
he found a flower
he had found a flower
the flowers were found
flowers are 'found in gardens

4. Translate into French —
somebody is singing
birds are found in forests
the rich attend the theater often
English is spoken here
the chair was broken by your

brother
do you like my furniture ?
no playing in this room
the windows are closed at six

o'clock
were they closed when you came

in?

Model

you found my flowers
you (they) put flowers in vases
these flowers were found by him
(two ways)

you cannot live in one room

always
we love our friends (two ways)
we love John
people flatter their friends
the house was sold while he

stayed there
horses are sold there
she is loved by all
no passing here
he will not stay if they smoke

there

Les Chateaux

Les chateaux de France sont connus de beaucoup de monde.
Quelques-uns furent construits par des rois et d'autres par des sei-
gneurs. Leur architecture est beaucoup admiree, et les decorations

SPECIAL USES OF PASSIVE AND REFLEXIVE 289

de l'inte'rieur furent concues par des artistes de grand merite.
Les environs du pays 011 s'elevent ces chateaux sont generalement
tres jolis. On ne peut pas visiter tous ces chateaux, mais quelques-
uns sont ouverts au public. Les visiteurs peuvent ainsi voir les
reliques et les meubles anciens qui s'y trouvent, ainsi que les
tableaux et tapisseries qui sont accroches aux murs. On ne trouve
pas facilement le sujet de ces tableaux dans les musees, parce que
les scenes qui y sont repre'sente'es sont souvent un incident de la
vie de ces seigneurs. L'un des plus beaux de ces chateaux est
celui de Chenonceaux. II a l'air d'etre construit au milieu du
fleuve, et Ton ne se trompe pas, car il Test. II a ete construit sous
Francois Ier, qui le donna a Diane de Poitiers. II fut occupe aussi
par Catherine de Medicis. Le chateau a ete achete recemment
par un riche industriel francos. Un autre chateau de la Renais-
sance se trouve au milieu de la plus belle foret de la France. C'est
celui de Chambord, qui fut bati aussi par Francois Ier. En entrant
par une porte qui ne s'ouvrait qu'aux rois, on trouve dans une des
salles des reliques du comte de Chambord, lequel, autrefois, etait
conside're comme roi legitime par les royalistes. C'est dans une
des salles du chateau que Moliere donna des representations aux-
quelles assista Louis XIV.

Theme

In1 the center of France are found some of the superb build-
ings of the Renaissance. Their beauty is spoken of throughout
(in) the entire world. They were built centuries ago. There the
kings enjoyed themselves a part of the year among the pretty
gardens which were to be found all around these castles. One of
these castles whose architecture is much admired is that of
Chambord, which Francis the First built. It was occupied under
Napoleon the Third by the count of Chambord, whom the royalists
considered as the legitimate king. In2 one of the rooms of this

1 It is in the center of France that ... 2 It is in one . . . that . . .

290 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

castle Louis the Fourteenth was present at several performances
which were given by Moliere. One of these castles also is erected
in the village of Chenonceaux. It was given to Diane de Poitiers
by Francis the First, for whom it had been built. A rich French
manufacturer is the owner of it now. He is enjoying himself in
the same parlors which were opened formerly only to the kings
and the lords, and where are still found relics and old furniture.
The life of the visitors of today is quite different from that of the
persons who are represented in the pictures or on the tapestries
hung on the walls.

Oral

i. Ou le francais se parle-t-il ? 2. Parle-t-on francais chez vous ?
3. Chez qui vend-on des livres ? 4. Parle-t-on francais chez votre
libraire? 5. Travaille-t-on le dimanche? 6. Fume-t-on a l'eglise?
7. Peut-on se passer longtemps de manger? 8. De qui le maitre
est-il obei ? 9. Ne vous trompez-vous pas souvent en classe ?
10. L'encrier se casserait-il s'il tombait? 11. Quand l'ecole sera-
t-elle fermee? 12. Par qui fut bati le chateau de Chambord ?
13. Le musee est-il ouvert au public le dimanche? 14. Avec quel
verbe auxiliaire se conjugue le verbe a//erl 15. Parle-t-on francais
au Canada?

Resume

1. The little girl was found by her mother. 2. All these castles
were burned in the fifteenth century. 3. It is forbidden to smoke
in this room. 4. They were speaking of their friends when I
entered. 5. Shall you attend the ball which will be given Janu-
ary 6th? 6. Beautiful palaces are seen everywhere in Europe.
7. Is there much smoking in the cities of France ? 8. More verbs
are conjugated with avoir than with etre. 9. Fresh water can
always be found in this garden. 10. At what time are these
museums closed to the public? 11. French is still spoken in

ESCALIER AU CHATEAU DE CHAMBORD

Nous avons parle des chateaux de France a la page 288. Un de ces chateaux
fameux est celui de Chambord. C'est le plus beau monument de la Renais-
sance en France. Son exterieur se distingue par son systeme de tours. A
l'interieur, entre autres choses, il y a un escalier unique quant a sa con-
struction. C'est un double escalier en spirale, les deux parties s'entre-
croisant de telle facon que deux personnes peuvent l'une monter et l'autre
descendre en meme temps sans se rencontrer

292 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

several cities of the United States. 12. Can all these palaces be
visited Saturday evenings? 13. Do you like to see the old furni-
ture which is found in these stores ? 1 4. The sad fate of Joan of
Arc is well known by almost everybody in this country. 15. There
is singing here Wednesdays at 8.30 p.m. 16. If you cannot walk,
why are you getting up? 17. He said that Napoleon I was born
in 1768, but he was mistaken. 18. Bring the chairs near this
table, but do not approach me. 19. He asked me how old
Henry II was when he died. 20. This castle was built by
Francis I ; that one by Louis XIV.

REVIEW

Lessons Thirty-nine to Forty-one
A. General Drill

1 . Give the list of reflexive pronouns. State their position
in respect to the verb and to other pronouns.

2. Give French sentences containing the translation of
himself and herself (a) as a reflexive pronoun ; (b) as an
intensive pronoun.

3. When may passive sentences in English be translated
by the passive in French ? Illustrate by sentences the French
substitutes for the passive voice.

4. Name and illustrate three different uses of etre as an
auxiliary.

5 . Give French sentences, equivalents of the passive voice
in English, containing se, on, sont, de (by), par, a 6te\

6. Give the synopsis of se couper in simple tenses ; se couper
in perfect tenses ; perdre in simple tenses of the passive voice ;
perdre in perfect tenses of the passive voice.

REVIEW, LESSONS XXXIX-XLI 293

7. Give affirmatively, negatively, interrogatively, negative-
interrogatively, the cond. of se mordre ; the pluperf . of s'arreter ;
the past def . pass, of trouver ; the past indef . pass, of faire.

8. Translate into French —

does he forget himself ? I hurt his head

look at yourself, John were you hurt by the carriage ?

she is mistaken she was carried to her room

she had broken her arm many lessons are forgotten

they love themselves no crossing here

we stopped somebody is knocking

we stopped the cow people love their friends

I don't want to go to bed she arose early

wait for me I cannot do without it

are you well ? he forbade me to enter

she was satisfied with it I shall be present (there)

9. Rewrite the following, using (a) the past definite;
(b) the future :

elle s'arrete devant la maison

ses freres se levent

on leur de'fend de sortir

la lecon est finie

les eleves se trouvent dans la cour

les fenetres sont ferme'es

les portes se ferment

B. Translate into French

1. Books have been made in this street many years. 2. You are
mistaken ; William II of England was killed in an English forest.
3. I shall carry away what he gives me, and I shall be satisfied
with it. 4. When he fell he hurt his arm and lost his watch.
5. Many houses are built of wood. 6. In this castle one sees many
old pictures. 7. France was invaded by many enemies. 8. I found

294 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

that he was wounded. 9. He was wounded while he was crossing
the river. 10. The letters are well written; they were finished
while he was at school. 1 1. Many crimes were committed by their
army. 1 2 . Would they not be warned if the proclamation had been
posted? 13. People cannot visit those castles; they have not yet
been opened. 14. Let us all hasten to dress and go to walk.

LESSON FORTY-TWO

ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES IN THE FIRST CONJUGATION

244. Orthographic Changes. Certain verb stems of the
first conjugation undergo modification when the endings are
added, in order to prevent violation of fundamental laws of
spelling.

Note. The full conjugation of these verbs is given on pages 438-439.

245. Verbs ending in cer take a cedilla under the c
wherever a or 0 follows. This is in order to keep the soft
sound of the c of the infinitive throughout all forms.

Nous commencons {inf. com- We commence.

mencer).
Je plafais (inf. placer). I was placing.

246. Verbs ending in ger take an e after the g wherever
a or 0 follows. This is in order to keep the soft sound of
the g of the infinitive throughout all forms.

Nous partageons (inf. partager). We share.

Je mangeais (inf. manger). / was eating.

247. Verbs ending in oyer and uyer change y to i before
mute e. Verbs ending in ayer may or may not undergo
this change. Verbs in eyer do not change.

ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES IN CONJUGATION 295

J'appuie (inf. appuyer). I lean.

lis emploient (inf. employer). They employ.

1 pafera* } ^ paye^* He wiU pay ^or^'

Note. Such a mute e occurs in the endings e, es, ent, and in the er
of the future and conditional.

248. Verbs in e + consonant + er. Verbs having in the
next to the last syllable of the infinitive an unaccented e
followed by a single consonant take a grave accent over this
e before a syllable containing mute e. This is in order that
the word may not have two mute syllables in succession, a
combination that French seeks to avoid.

The following forms of lever, to raise, serve as illustrations :

f je leve

nous levons

Pres.

Ind.

\ tu leves

vous levez

[fl leve

ils levent

Fut.

je leverai

COND

Imv.

je leverais
leve

f levons
\ levez

f je leve

nous levions

Pres.

Subj.

\ tu leves

vous leviez

il leve

ils levent

Note. Instead of taking the grave accent over the e, verbs in eler
and eter double the 1 or t before mute e. However, acheter, to buy,
geler, to freeze, and a few rare verbs do not double the consonant, but
follow the rule.

J'appelle {inf. appeler). I call.

Ils jetteront {inf. jeter). They will thrcnv.

II achate {inf. acheter). He buys.

249. Verbs in e + consonant(s) + er. Verbs having an €
in the next to the last syllable of the infinitive change this

296 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

6 to e before a syllable containing mute e except before er in
the future and conditional.

Je cede (inf. ceder). I yield.

II regne (inf. regner). He reigns.

Je oSderai. I shall yield.

Note. Verbs in which the e* is not separated from the ending er by
a consonant retain the 6 throughout.

II cr6e (inf. creer). He creates.

SPECIAL VERBS AND PHRASES

amener, to bring, take (a per- envoyer chercher, to send for

son) esp£rer, to hope

s'appeler, to be named partager, to share

apporter, to bring (a thing) pr£ferer, to prefer

avancer, to put forward au revoir, good-by

s'effrayer, to be frightened par ici, this way

enlever, to take off (away) avoir mal a la tete, to have the
ennuyer, to tire headache

s'ennuyer, to be lonesome tater le pouls, to feel the pulse
je m'appelle, etc., my name is

*x •«* EXERCISE

1. Give the full conjugation of marcher in the simple
active tenses.

2. Select the forms of the following verbs that undergo
the orthographic changes which are mentioned in this lesson,
and tell what the change is in each case :

placer ennuyer amener preferer partager

3. Give the (a) present indicative first plural of —
avancer manger appeler placer

ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES IN CONJUGATION 297
(b) Present indicative first singular of —

payer jeter
amener penser
regner acheter

geler

placer

envoyer

appeler

creer

ennuyer

) Future first singular of —

lever employer
ceder partager

payer
creer

appeler
couter

4. Give the —

synopsis of partager
synopsis of aboyer
synopsis of c&ler
past definite of placer
present subjunctive of acheter

5. Write in French —

what is his name ?
will you get up early ?
they used to eat late
he is paying for the medicine
would not the king yield ?
they are bringing some wood
he will bring her with him
was the boy's name John ?

present indicative of employer
present subjunctive of se lever
conditional of appeler
imperfect of manger
present subjunctive of payer

let us share our money
I paid for the books
send for the book
I paid him for the fruit
I paid him for them
I have a headache
I sent for him
near the castle

6. Write the sentences below, using the correct verb form,
(a) in the present tense ; {b) in the future tense, wherever
possible ; (c) replacing je by nous, by il :

Je me (lever) tard. Je (etre) malade. Je (employer) un medecin.
II (s'appeler) le Dr Lebon. Je le (payer) bien. Si je (s'ennuyer),
on (amener) mes amis, et nous (manger) ensemble.

298 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Model Les Malades

Quand on est malade, on appelle un medecin. Les medecins
sont tres occupes, surtout quand les maladies qui regnent sont
nombreuses. lis cedent gene'ralement s'ils sont appeles pour des
cas graves. Les gens s'effraient trop facilement cependant. Quand
il arrive, le medecin enleve son chapeau, ses gants et son manteau.
II s'approche du lit du malade, de qui il tate le pouls et a qui il
demande de lui montrer la langue. II y jette un coup d'ceil. II
demande ensuite au malade ce qu'il a, s'il a mal a la tete, a la
gorge, s'il a des douleurs, des maux d'estomac, des eblouissements,
et quand ils ont commence ; s'il a bon appe'tit, et ce qu'il mange. II
appuie son oreille sur la poitrine et sur le dos du malade si celui-ci
a un rhume. Alors il prescrit de la medecine, que Ton envoie
chercher chez le pharmacien. Le docteur se leve et dit qu'il
espere que le malade se portera mieux bientot. On le paie ge'ne-
ralement une fois par an. Quand le pharmacien a envoye la pres-
cription, nous plagons la me'decine sur une table que nous avancons
pres du lit. Si le malade s'ennuie, nous lui amenons des amis, ou,
s'il le prefere, nous lui achetons des revues et il emploie ainsi son
temps agreablement.

Theme

" Good morning, (M. le) doctor." " How do you do, sir ? What
brings you here ? " "I have not been well at all for a few days.
I am not easily frightened, but I prefer to ask you what the matter
is with me." " You are right ; however, there are many people
who call me for nothing. Take off your coat. Approach nearer.
I am going to feel your pulse. Very well. Show me your tongue
now. I will glance at it. Do you have headaches ? " "I have had
dizzy spells. I have no appetite. Formerly I used to eat much
more." " Well, you have only a cold ; I am going to prescribe
medicine for you. Buy it at Mr. Gerard's. He is a good drug-
gist. I buy everything at his store. Go to bed early and get up

ORTHOGRAPHIC CHANGES IN CONJUGATION 299

late. Walk a little, but if it freezes too much, stay at home. If
you hope to be better, yield to my advice." M I shall do so, and
I shall use my time as you ask me to (me it)." " How is your
friend who had broken his leg ? " " He is better, thank you. He
is lonesome at home, but he still leans on the furniture to walk.
I am not paying you today, doctor. I shall pay you when I bring
my friend. Good-by, and thank you."

Oral

1. Que fait-on quand on est malade? 2. Les gens qui appellent
le docteur souvent sont-ils toujours malades ? 3. Que fait le mede-
cin en arrivant pres du malade? 4. Avez-vous souvent mal a la
tete? 5. Mangeons-nous bien quand nous sommes malades?
6. Quand avez-vous meilleur appetit, le matin ou le soir? 7. Dans
quelle saison a-t-on facilement un rhume ? 8. Que present le doc-
teur et chez qui les envoyez-vous chercher ? 9. Quand paie-t-on le
medecin? 10. Les medicaments vous effraient-ils ? 11. Cedez-vous
toujours aux conseils de vos parents? 12. Gardez-vous votre
manteau en classe ? 13. Esperez-vous employer votre temps
agreablement dimanche prochain ? 1 4. Ne vous ennuyez-vous pas
quelquefois ? 15. A quelle heure vous levez-vous ?

Resume

1 . Everybody likes this cloth ; let us place some in the window.
2. At what hour of the morning does he get up generally ? 3. Is
your father's name Henry or John? 4. Teachers used to begin
their work at nine o'clock in (of) the morning. 5. If he asks him
for the money, will he pay him today ? 6. I am buying a hundred
pounds of sugar at a franc a pound. 7. I should throw the papers
into the street if they were mine. 8. God created all there is in
the world. 9. We are hungry; let us eat all there is on the
table. 10. Don't lean your head on the table; go to bed if you
are sick. 1 1. If your throat is sore, I shall call the doctor. 12. Will
you employ me ? I am sure I can earn twenty francs a day. 13. As

300 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

soon as the boy arrives, I will bring him to you. 14. Where is
the medicine which you bought for yourself at the druggist's?
15. Louis XIV had been reigning for seventy-two years when he
died. 16. John, have you washed your face this morning? 17. I
hope the tailor will clean my dress coat today ; I need it. 18. My
aunt is taking a walk now, but will soon be back. 19. Are many
large trees still to be found in this old forest ? 20. Let us divide
the nuts which were given us by your father.

LESSON FORTY-THREE

IRREGULAR VERBS IN ER

250. Irregular Verbs. There are in French many verbs
which are not inflected exactly like the model of any one of the
three conjugations. These are called irregular verbs. The
great majority of their forms, however, may be made by know-
ing their principal parts and applying the rules by which regu-
lar verbs are conjugated. The rules by which simple tenses
are formed are repeated here with some further observations.

251. Rules of Verb Formation, a. The principal parts
are the infinitive, present participle, past participle, first
person singular of the present indicative, first person
singular of the past definite.

b. The first person singular of the present indicative ends
in e, s, or x. The corresponding sets of endings for the three
singular forms of this tense are, reading vertically,

Note. If c, d, or t precedes s in the first person singular of the
present indicative, no t is added to the third person singular.

IRREGULAR VERBS IN ER 301

c. The plural of the present indicative is formed by
dropping the ending ant of the present participle and adding
ons, ez, ent.

d. The imperfect is formed by dropping the ending ant of
the present participle and adding ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient.

e. The first person singular of the past definite ends in
ai, is, or us. The other five forms of the tense are made
by changing

ai to as, a, ames, ates, erent (first conjugation)

is to is, it, imes, ites, irent (second and third conjugations)

us to us, ut, umes, utes, urent (many irregular verbs)

/. The future tense is regularly formed by adding ai, as, a,
ons, ez, ont to the infinitive. When the infinitive ends in
mute e, this e must be dropped before the endings are added.

g. The conditional is regularly formed by adding ais, ais, ait,
ions, iez, aient to the infinitive. When the infinitive ends in
mute e, this e must be dropped before the endings are added.

Note. If the future is irregular, the conditional is always similarly
irregular.

h. The imperative is the same as the first person singular
and the first and second persons plural of the. present
indicative.

i. The present subjunctive is formed by dropping the
ending ant of the present participle and adding e, es, e, ions,
iez, ent.

Note. Certain irregular present subjunctives are as if formed from
the third plural of the present indicative by dropping the nt.

/. The imperfect subjunctive is formed by dropping the
final letter of the first person singular of the past definite
and adding sse, sses, At, ssions, ssiez, ssent.

302 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

252. Certain Modifications of the Stem of irregular verbs
are so uniform that familiarity with the situations that
occasion them is useful.

a. Y changes to i before a mute e.

b. When the stem of the first person plural of the present
indicative differs from that of the singular, the third person
plural generally reverts to a form similar to the singular.

c. A similar correspondence of the third plural and the
singular is apt to be found in irregular present subjunctives.

d. Stems ending in a single consonant preceded by a
mute e often double the consonant before a mute e ending.

e. Sometimes the stems of d modify the stem vowel also.
/. Stems ending in 1 are apt to develop a liquid sound

before mute e.

253. Irregular Forms. In this and the succeeding lessons
on irregular verbs are given the tenses that involve any form
not made in accordance with the rules of Sec. 251. Tenses
not given are regular in all respects.

Note i. The only tenses that ever offer any irregularity after the
first person is known are present tenses, that is, the present indicative
and subjunctive, and the imperative. The past definite of venir and
tenir are apparent exceptions.

Note 2. Observe particularly that if the first form of the future has
an irregular stem, the irregularity prevails not only through the future
but through the conditional also.

Note 3. The full inflection of regular verbs will be found on
pages 432-433-

254. Compound Verbs. Verbs formed by combining a
preposition or other prefix to a verb stem usually follow in
conjugation the peculiarities of the main verb : thus devenir,
to become, from venir; renvoyer (re-envoyer), to send back,
from envoyer.

IRREGULAR VERBS IN ER 303

255. Envoyer, to send, envoyant, envoys, envoie, envoyai.

Pres. Ind. j 'envoie nous envoyons

tu envoies vous envoyez

il envoie ils envoient

Fut. j'enverrai

Pres. Subj. j 'envoie nous envoyions

tu envoies vous envoyiez

il envoie ils envoient

Note. See Sec. 252, a.

256. Aller, to go, allant, alle", vais, allai.

Pres. Ind.

je vais

nous allons

tu vas

vous allez

il va

ils vont

Fut.

j'irai

Imv.

allons
allez

Pres. Subj.

j'aille

nous allions

tu ailles

vous alliez

il aille

ils aillent

Note. All verbs ending in er except envoyer and aller are regular.

257. Idioms with Aller, Aller in the sense of going to is
often used before an infinitive to express an immediate
future. Aller governs a following infinitive directly, that is,
without requiring a preposition.

I am going to send (I shall send). Je vais envoyer.

I was going to send. fallais envoyer.

I am going to hear him. Je vais V entendre.

I will go (and) speak to him. J'irai lui parler.

Note. The use of aller in salutations has been met in Lesson 26.

How are you ? Comment allez-vous ?

I am very well. Je vais trh bien.

304

ELEMENTARY FRENCH
IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

aller, to go ; be (of health) ; suit,
be becoming, fit well

cela va sans dire, that goes with-
out saying

s'en aller, to go away

les affaires/, the business
la journe*e, the day (when dura-
tion or content is implied)
en outre, besides
pas du tout, not at all

Drill

EXERCISE

i . Form all the simple tenses of the verb whose principal
parts are vaincre, vainquant, vaincu, vaincs, vainquis.

2. Give the —

synopsis of aller
synopsis of s'en aller
past definite of aller, int.
present subjunctive of envoyer
past anterior of s'en aller

3. Write in French —

he is going to send
he is going to the city
he is going away
he is going to bed
send me something
go away
do not go away
she went away alone
go and speak to him
somebody will go
did she not go away ?
he will send for me

present subjunctive of s'en aller,

neg.
imperfect subjunctive of s'en

aller, neg.-int.
imperative of s'en aller

I shall go for the children

yesterday

last night

it goes without saying

he is well

his health is good

it is not good at all

would he not go ?

they are sending

a good watch

how are you ?

how is she ?

IRREGULAR VERBS IN ER 305

4. Write the paragraph below, using correct verb forms,
(a) in the present, (b) past, (c) future :

Quand on me (envoyer) chercher, j'y (aller). Je (s'en aller)
sou vent. II (aller) partir de bonne heure. lis (arriver) tard.

Model Le TheAtre

Tiens, bonjour, mon ami ; votre chapeau neuf vous va tres bien.
Comment va la sante ? — Je vais mieux que la semaine derniere,
merci. — Et les affaires ? — Elles vont mal, mais elles iront
bientot beaucoup mieux. — Cela vous irait-il d'aller au theatre ou
a l'opera ce soir ? — Avec grand plaisir. — Jean, apporte-moi le
journal du matin ; je veux voir les annonces des theatres. — Une
tragedie ne me va pas du tout. Je suis alle en voir une avant-hier.
— J'y serais alle avec vous si vous m'aviez envoye #un message
quelconque. — J'allais le faire, mais je ne pensais pas que vous
e'tiez libre. — Allons a la Comedie-Francaise. On y joue une
piece de Moliere. — Allons-y. — Je vais envoyer chercher des
billets, deux fauteuils d'orchestre. — A quelle heure le rideau se
leve-t-il ? — A huit heures. — Et les acteurs sont bons ? — Cela
va sans dire; les meilleurs du pays. — Allons chercher nos
billets nous-memes. Si ma montre va bien, il est deja dix heures,
et les places vont etre bientot prises. — Allons, depechons-nous.
Apres la representation nous irons au cafe de la Paix. — Tres
bonne idee. Allons-nous-en. Jean, si mon pere envoie chercher la
lettre dont il m'a parle', dis-lui que je la lui enverrai en rentrant.

Theme

Day before yesterday my cousin (/.) sent me a letter, asking
me if it (cela) would suit me to (de) go and see a play with her
at the Comedie Franchise. That suited me perfectly, be sure of it.
We went and we enjoyed ourselves very much. My cousin had a
beautiful dress which became her very well. The orchestra seats

306 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

that they had given us were well situated. She had gone to get
the tickets herself, because when they send them to her the seats
do not always suit her. It goes without saying that the performance
was very good. With such good actors it is natural. If they are
still giving that play next week, I shall send for some tickets in
order to take my friend John to it. He likes the theater, but he has
not been for several weeks because his business is not going well
at all. Besides, he Qui, sec. 3 1 7 , b) is not well. He was much healthier
a year ago. I should go to see him if I were free. I went to his
home a few days ago. I had seen in the paper an advertisement
of the Come'die Francaise, and they were going to give a play of
Rostand, but on arriving at his house I found that he had gone
away for the day.

Oral

1. Ou allez-vous le dimanche ? 2. Iriez-vous si vous n'alliez pas
bien ? 3. Allez-vous mieux qu'il y a un an ? 4. Cela vous irait-il
d'aller au theatre ce soir ? 5. Y etes-vous alle la semaine derniere ?
6. Qu'allez-vous faire ce soir? 7. Geleriez-vous si vous alliez a
l'ecole sans manteau en hiver? 8. A quelle heure vous en allez-
vous chez vous ? 9. Vous en iriez-vous si la lecon etait finie ?
10. Ne va-t-il pas sans dire que cette lecon est difficile ? 11. Avez-
vous envoye une lettre hier? 12. Le maitre envoie-t-il les eleves
au tableau pour reciter ? 13. Y en a-t-il envoye ce matin ? 14. Qui
envoyez-vous chercher quand vous n'allez pas bien? 15. L'en-
verriez-vous chercher si vous n'aviez qu'un rhume ?

L'OPERA: LE GRAND ESCALIER. L'Opera, qui fut treize ans a cons-
truire (1861-1874), est un des theatres les plus fameux du monde. Son
exterieur est on ne peut plus imposant, mais l'interieur est encore plus
renomme. Le Grand Escalier, represente ici, et le Foyer ou les spectateurs
se rendent pendant les longs entr'actes, n'ont pas d'egaux. Le gouverne-
ment considere le travail de l'Opera comme etant une partie de Peducation
du peuple et lui accorde une subvention annuelle.

L'OP^RA: LE GRAND ESCALIER

308 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Resume

i. Is your brother at home ? I am sending him a letter. 2. He
hopes to go to the theater this evening if all goes well. 3. When
is he going away ? He hopes to leave before ten o'clock tomorrow
morning. 4. My brother was going to send for her when she
entered the room. 5. Are you hungry ? Let us go to the restaurant
and eat something. 6. Our friends went away a week ago
Thursday. 7. He is buying a gold watch; the one he has does
not suit him. 8. Which of the senators is going to speak Monday
evening? 9. If my son does not come home soon, I shall send
him two hundred francs. 10. Children, you are making too much
noise; go away at once. 11. Of what are you thinking? Of the
price of hats and shoes. 12. He is taking his sister to the ball
this evening. 13. If our mother had not gone away, we should have
stayed in town. 1 4. Get up quickly ! We are going to the country.

15. Where, is John's grammar? I am going to send it to him.

16. If I had money enough, I should go to the seashore. 17. We
never find what we need in this store ; let us go home. 18. He will
call you when they start if he is not too sleepy. 19. Are you going
to the theater? What is being played there? 20. Tragedies are
often seen there ; one of them is being played there now.

LESSON FORTY-FOUR

IRREGULAR VERBS IN IR

258. Partir, to start, partant, parti, pars, partis.
Similarly dormir, to sleep ; mentir, to lie ; sentir, to feel,

smell ; servir, to serve ; sortir, to go out ; se repentir, to repent.

259. Courir, to run, courant, couru, cours, courus.

Fut. je courrai

IRREGULAR VERBS IN IR 309

260. Ouvrir, to open, ouvrant, ouvert, ouvre, ouvris.
Similarly couvrir, to cover ; offrir, to offer ; souffrir, to suffer.

261. Venir, to come, venant, venu, viens, vins.

Pres.

Ind.

je viens

nous venons

tu viens

vous venez

il vient

ils viennent

Past.

Def.

je vins

nous vinmes

tu vins

vous vintes

il vint

ils vinrent

Fut.

je viendrai

Pres.

SUBJ.

je vienne

nous venions

tu viennes

vous veniez

il vienne

ils viennent

Note. See Sec. 252, b, c, d, e.
Similarly tenir, to hold.

262. Venir de with an infinitive signifies to have just.

Je viens de partir. / have just started (am coming

from starting).

Je venais de partir. / had just started (was coming

from starting).
Note. Venir is also followed by the infinitive directiy.

Venez acheter des livres. Come to buy (and buy) some books.

II est venu l'acheter. He came to buy (and bought) it.

263. Mourir, to die, mourant, mort, meurs, mourns.

Pres. Ind. je meurs nous mourons

tu meurs vous mourez

il meurt ils meurent

Fut. je mourrai

Pres. Subj. je meure nous mourions

tu meures vous mouriez

il meure ils meurent
Note. See Sec. 252, b, c.

3io

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

COMPOUND VERBS — IDIOMATIC FORMS

a peine, scarcely
appartenir, to belong
apres que, after (conj.)
devenir, to become
s'endormir, to go to sleep
se repentir de, to repent of

se sentir bien, to feel well

se servir de, to use (serve one's

self with)
tenir a, to insist upon, be eager

to
y compris, including

jl *»f EXERCISE

i. Give the —
synopsis of tenir
synopsis of mourir
present indicative of mentir
past definite of tenir
present subjunctive of offrir

2. Translate into French —

we have suffered

present indicative of servir
conditional of mourir
imperfect subjunctive of mourir
present indicative of se repentir
past indefinite of s'ouvrir

he sleeps
she would run
they come

3. Give the —

pres. ind. 3d sing, of sentir
pres. subj. 2d plu. of courir
past participle of offrir

4. Translate into French
he has just died

he had just died
he is going to die
it belonged to us
they are becoming old
does he use his carriage ?

you will die
you came

I am covering
thou dost lie
she has gone out

pres. subj. 3d sing, of venir
pres. ind. 3d plu. of mourir
past def. 2d plu. of venir

I used my two hands

he used to repent of it

they insist on running

come and eat

do you repent of your vices ?

go to sleep

IRREGULAR VERBS IN IR 311

5. Replace in this paragraph je in turn by il, nous, elles,
making all necessary changes :

Je viens de me lever. Je me repens de m'etre endormi. Je dors
toujours mal. J'ouvrirai la porte. Je tiens a m'en aller. Je vais
partir bientot. Je me sers du cheval blanc. Je meurs de faim.

Model Mon Frere revient de France

Mon frere Georges vient d'arriver de France, d'011 il e'tait parti
il y a onze jours. II ne se sent pas tres bien. II ne dort pas assez.
II souffre de la grippe. Malgre cela il ne se repent pas de son
voyage. II a bien employe son temps, et s'il a couru pour ainsi dire
par toute la France, y compris la Bretagne, ses visites lui ont offert
l'occasion de voir de belles choses. En deux mois il a couvert beau-
coup de terrain, et il ne ment pas quand il dit qu'il a vu presque
tout. II tient k retourner en France aussitot que possible. Je
ne sortirai pas dimanche prochain parce qu'il viendra probable-
ment me voir. Je sors rarement le dimanche soir. II aura beau-
coup de choses a. me dire. Je viens de relire quelques-unes de ses
lettres. J 'en ai encore une ouverte sur la table, dans laquelle il se
sert de termes eloquents pour decrire ce qu'il a vu. II parle aussi
d'un de ses amis qui est mort en France. Cet ami venait a peine
d'arriver pour parler d'affaires qu'on lui avait offertes. II sortait
souvent sans manteau, et un jour comme il n'etait pas assez couvert,
il a attrape un rhume. Cela sert a montrer qu'on ne peut jamais
se repentir d'etre trop prudent. %

Theme

I rarely go out before nine o'clock. I slept badly last (this)
night ; I was not feeling very well. I have suffered and do suffer
a little yet from the grippe. I fell asleep a few minutes after
the clock had struck two (o'clock). I opened my eyes early, and
as breakfast is served early at my house, I went down to the

312

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

i Underwood & Underwood

LE PONT ALEXANDRE III

Les ponts de Paris ne manquent pas d'attirer
l'attention des voyageurs. Le pont Alexan-
dre III, le plus nouveau des trente et un
ponts qui ont ete jet^s sur la Seine, est fait
d\me seule arche d'environ cent vingt metres.
II est orne de groupes allegoriques qui en
embellissent les quatre coins. II fut construit
pour l'Exposition de 1900 et est ainsi nomme
en souvenir de l'empereur de Russie qui
fit avec la France un traite d'alliance lequel
durait encore en 1914. Beau en meme temps
qu'utile, ce pont reunit les Champs-filysees
aux Invalides

dining-room, where I
found a letter from my
brother, which had just
arrived. I opened it
at once. He will come
back from France in a
month. He has just
left Paris, where he
had gone to see one
of his friends who was
suffering from a seri-
ous sickness and who
died recently. My
brother had been eager
to see him, for he liked
him very much. In this
country they used to
go out always together.
My brother has cov-
ered much ground since
he has been in France.
He chases (courir) from
one end of the country
to the other, and one
feels in his letters that
he does not regret his
travels. When he dies,
he will have seen many
things. I am eager to
see all that myself.
The opportunity will
come for me perhaps
some (un) day.

IRREGULAR VERBS IN IR 313

Oral

1. Quand partez-vous de chez vous pour l'ecole? 2. Est-ce que
je pars de l'ecole avant ou apres que les eleves sont partis?
3. Courez-vous si vous etes en retard pour l'ecole ? 4. Courriez-
vous si vous e'tiez en retard ? 5. A quelle heure avez-vous ouvert
les yeux ce matin ? 6. A quelle page ouvrez-vous votre livre pour
la lecon d'aujourd'hui ? 7. M'offririez-vous une chaise si j'allais
vous voir ? 8. Vous a-t-on offert une place au the'atre pour ce soir ?
9. Viendriez-vous ici si vous ne vous sentiez pas bien ? 10. Qui
enverriez-vous chercher? 11. Qu'est-ce que je viens de vous de-
mander? 12. Veniez-vous de chez vous quand vous etes arrive ici
ce matin ? 13. Viendriez-vous me voir si j'e'tais malade? 14. Tenez-
vous a rester ici pendant les vacances? 15. De quoi vous
servez-vous pour ecrire?

Resume

1 . Does he not start for France at 9. 1 5 this morning ? 2 . I always
sleep late mornings, especially Sundays. 3. The soldiers have just
arrived from France, where they have been two years. 4. When
they need hats, they will come and buy them at my store. 5. While
running to school he fell and broke his leg. 6. John has just taken
my book, and I am using his. 7. Do you know the name of the
grammar his class used last year ? 8. My father is suffering from
the grippe ; have you ever suffered from it ? 9. The houses which
we have just bought were built a hundred years ago. 10. Many
people die from accidents every year in large cities. 11. Children
are never eager to get up early mornings. 12. George Washington
was president for eight years, and died Dec. 14, 1799. 13. Have
you ever used the book of which I was speaking to you ? 1 4. Don't
be afraid ; he will not die from his cold if he is prudent. 15. The
friend whom I met in Canada is coming to visit me on the 9th of
August. 16. Tomorrow evening I will come and describe to you
what I saw in Europe. 17. The clock had just struck three when

314 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

she started. 18. We have just closed the window; now we are
going to bed. 19. If he is not too sieepy, he will run to the fire.
20. When he lies, he always repents of it.

REVIEW

Lessons Forty-two to Forty-four
A. General Drill

1. Name all forms in which verbs in cer and ger undergo
orthographic change.

2. Name the mute endings found in the first conjugation.

3. What change occurs in conjugating verbs ending in yer?
Where does it occur ? How does it depend on the preceding
vowel ?

4 . How does the inflection of verbs having i in the last syllable
but one differ from that of verbs having e in that position ?

5. What verbs ending in ler and ter are exceptional in
conjugation ?

6. Name verbs that illustrate respectively Sec. 251, g,
Note; 252, #; b\ c; d\ e.

7. Give the principal parts of partir, sortir, tenir, ouvrir.

8. Give the synopsis of aller, envoyer, s'appeler, courir, venir,
mourir.

9. Give the —

pres. subj. of aller pres. subj. of mener

imv. of aller pres. ind. of tenir

imp. of manger pret. of venir

pres. subj. of renvoyer cond. of espe*rer

pres. ind. of s'en aller, int. pres. subj. of mourir

pres. ind. of payer pres. ind. of mourir

pres. ind. of mentir imv. of s'appeler

REVIEW, LESSONS XLII-XLIV- 315

10. What verbs are inflected like partir ? ouvrir ?

1 1 . Translate into French —

he was going to send it the boat used to belong to me

they were going to send it back bring me the book

do you like to go to bed early ? bring him with you

his name is John does he get up early ?

he has just offered it he is coming to visit me early

you had just eaten I went for my chum

come and pay us for these books send for me

she had gone away I shall never pardon them

let us go away she asked me for the flowers

I have used the boat they insist on stopping

12. (a) Insert the correct verb forms in the paragraph
below ; (b) change hier to demain and rewrite ; (c) change ma
sceur to nous and rewrite :

Hier ma sceur (partir) pour la ville. Elle (se lever) a six heures.
Elle n'avait pas bien (dormir). Elle (s'habiller) vite, et (manger)
peu. En (sortir) elle est (tomber), mais elle (tenir) a (partir).
(Arriver) a la ville, elle (employer) une modiste, qu'elle (payer)
tout de suite. Celle-ci (s'appeler) Mme Lapaille. Elle (venir) de
(arriver) de Paris. Alors ma sceur (s'en aller).

B. Translate into French

1 . There 's the school to which he used to send his children
years ago. 2. We are poor, but we are satisfied with what we have.

3. My friend went away at half past four, as soon as she had arisen.

4. What is your name, my little girl ? What a pretty hat you have !

5. These men have no money ; we just gave them some bread and
meat. 6. You will not get up early if you go to bed so late, my
son. 7. As soon as I call, send him to me. 8. I am going to start
today at a quarter of five, if all goes well. 9. Let us not forget that
God has given us all that we have. 1 o. Many dogs that bark bite

316 ■ ELEMENTARY FRENCH

also, but not all. n. He has employed two of his clerks for more
than (de) eleven years; he cannot do without them. 12. If you
bring it to me this evening or tomorrow morning, I shall be at
home, and I will pay you for it. 13. He has hurt himself and has
sent for a doctor. Which, the old one or the young one ? 14. My
father had formerly the most beautiful black hair, but it has be-
come white now. 15. Will he not use the gifts which somebody
has given him ?

LESSON FORTY-FIVE

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR

264. Devoir, to owe, devant, du (/. due), dois, dus.

Pres. Ind. je dois nous devons

tu dois vous devez

il doit ils doivent

Fut. je devrai

Pres. Subj. je doive nous devions

tu doives vous deviez

il doive ils doivent

Note. See Sec. 252, £>, c.

265. Devoir is used

a. To express obligation from the standpoint of duty.
If a general principle is involved, the present is always
used ; if a particular instance, the conditional is more
commonly found.

People ought to (should) go to On doit se coucher de bonne heure.

bed early.

He ought to go to bed now. II devrait se coucher maintenant.

He ought not to have remained. II n 'await pas du rester.

b. To express a probability which is inferred from known
circumstances.

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR 317

It is very late ; you must be 7/ est tres tard; vous devez avoir

sleepy. sommeil.

You must have wept when you Vous avez du pleurer quand vous

heard that avez entendu cela.

c. To express what is to be done in accordance with
some destiny or plan.

I am to start tomorrow. Je dots partir demain.

I was to start yesterday. Je devais partir hier.

266. Recevoir, to receive \ recevant, recu, recois, recus.

Pres. Ind. je recois nous recevons

tu recois vous recevez

il recoit ils recoivent

Fut. je recevrai

Pres. Subj. je recoive nous recevions

tu recoives vous receviez

il recoive . ils recoivent

Note i . Before 0 and u the c takes a cedilla. Also see Sec. 252, b, c.
All verbs ending in cevoir are similarly conjugated.

Note 2. Verbs like recevoir, including devoir, are sometimes classi-
fied as a distinct conjugation.

267. Pouvoir, to be able, can, pouvant, pu, peux (puis), pus.

Pres. Ind. je peux (puis) nous pouvons

tu peux vous pouvez

il peut ils peuvent

Fut. je pourrai

Imv. (wanting)

Pres. Subj. je puisse nous puissions

tu puisses vous puissiez

il puisse ils puissent

Note. See Sec. 252, b.

318 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

268. Savoir, to know, sachant, su, sais, sus.

Pres.

Ind.

je sais
tu sais
il sait

Imp.

je savais

Fut.

je saurai

Imv.

sache

nous savons
vous savez
ils savent

sachons
sachez

Note i. When can in English signifies mental ability in the sense
of know how to, it is rendered in French by savoir, followed by an
infinitive directly.

Je sais parler fra^ais. I can (know how to) speak French.

Je suis malade et je ne puis I am sick and I cannot (am not able

parler. to) speak.

Note 2. With pouvoir and savoir the pas of the negative ne . . . pas
is often omitted. See Sec. 330.

269. Voir, to see, voyant, vu, vois, vis.

Pres. Ind. je vois nous voyons

tu vois vous voyez

il voit ils voient

Fut. je verrai

Pres. Subj. je voie nous voyions

tu voies vous voyiez

il voie ils voient

Note. See Sec. 252, a.

COMPOUND VERBS — IDIOMATIC FORMS

apercevoir, to perceive la boite aux lettres, the letter box

a temps, on time le bureau de poste, the post office

la-bas, over there, yonder mettre a la poste, to post

revenir, to come back faire recommander, to have

le jour de Pan, New Year's registered

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR

319

EXERCISE

Drill

1. Give the —
synopsis of savoir
synopsis of recevoir
imperfect subjunctive of aper-

cevoir

2. Translate into French —

present indicative of devoir
present indicative of pouvoir
present subjunctive of savoir
present subjunctive of revoir

he will be able

they would know know

they see thou shalt owe

I receive they are perceiving

3. Give the —
pres. subj. 3d sing, of devoir
past def. 3d sing, of recevoir
pres. subj. 2d plu. of pouvoir
imperative of pouvoir

4. Translate into French -
he owes a hundred francs
we ought to speak well
he ought to speak well now
he ought to have spoken better
he must speak
he is to speak
he was to speak
he can speak

5 . Insert in the parentheses the correct verb forms (a) in
the present tense ; {b) in the imperfect ; (c) in the future :

Je (savoir) e'crire. Je (pouvoir) ecrire sur ce papier-ci. Je
(recevoir) bien des lettres. J 'en (voir) une. Elle (devoir) etre de
Jean. Je (aller) a la poste. Je (acheter) des timbres. Le courrier
(partir) bientot.

you can

we were knowing

past def. 1 st plu. of voir
past participle of devoir
imperative of voir
pres. ind. 3d plu. of savoir

he is sleepy and he can't speak

he is going to speak

he has just spoken

New Year's

he can come back

he could come back

he should come back

he will come back

320 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Model La Poste

Je viens d'ecrire des lettres et des cartes postales a mes amis
qui demeurent en France. Elles doivent partir bientot. Elles
devraient (ought) meme deja etre parties ou mes amis ne les
recevront pas a temps pour le jour de Fan. Je n'aurais pas du
attendre si longtemps. J 'en recois beaucoup, et j'en recevrais
encore plus si je pouvais m'habituer a y repondre tout de suite
apres qu'elles ont ete lues. Je vais mettre dans les enveloppes les
lettres que vous voyez la. Je n'ai pas de timbres. Je n'en ai pas
achete hier et je m'en repens aujourd'hui. Si je savais ou il y en
a dans la maison, je m'en servirais. Voyons si Marie est la. « Y
a-t-il des timbres de cinq sous ici ? — Pourquoi de cinq sous ? —
Parce qu'on doit mettre un timbre de cinq sous sur les lettres et
de deux sous sur les cartes pour les pays etrangers. — Je n'en ai
que deux. — Eh bien ! J'irai moi-meme mettre mes lettres a la
poste parce qu'il y en a une que je vais faire recommander. Le
courrier part a cinq heures, je pourrai arriver a temps. Vois-tu mes
gants dans le salon ? — Non, je ne peux pas les trouver. — Non ?
Ah ! les voici. Viens avec moi. Heureusement (que) le bureau de
poste n'est pas loin, autrement nous ne pourrions y arriver avant
cinq heures. Nous y voici. J'ai mes timbres que j'ai achetes au
guichet. Ou y a-t-il une boite aux lettres ? Ah 1 en voici une.. II
est quatre heures et demie. Le courrier n'est pas encore parti. »

Theme

"Ah! Here is the postman, who has just put some letters
in our letter box. We receive the mail three times a day. Here is
an envelope with a five-cent stamp. It must come from France.
It is from my friend Charles, from whom I received another letter
two weeks ago. Let us see what he has to say. He does not
know whether he will be able to come back in (avant) two months.
He will, however, come back in time for New Year's. I see that
he is enjoying himself. I am going to write him a long letter,

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR 321

which I shall afterward go to mail. I shall thus be able to buy
some postal cards ; I have n't any more. I have also another letter
which I am to have registered. I ought to have sent -it sooner, but
my father will receive it on time. It is money I owe him. He will
receive it with pleasure, for I have been owing it to him for a long
time. Let us go to the post office. There is the stamp window.
If we only knew where the clerk is, we could ask him for what
we want. There he is. Six five-cent stamps and a two-cent one,
please. Could I ask you where the box is ? " "Do you not see
it over there near that door, sir }" "I see it, thank you."

Oral

1. Savez-vous bien cette lecon? 2. La sauriez-vous si vous ne
Paviez pas etudie'e? 3. Combien de temps devez-vous l'etudier
pour la savoir ? 4. Devez-vous de l'argent a quelqu'un ? 5. Payeriez-
vous votre tailleur si vous lui en deviez? 6. Me recevriez-vous
si je venais vous voir? 7. Avez-vous recu une lettre ce matin?
8. Combien de fois par jour voyez-vous le facteur ? 9. Recevez-
vous du courrier le dimanche ? 1 o. Me verrez-vous ici dimanche ?

1 1. Que doit-on faire quand on a une lettre importante a envoyer ?

12. Pouvez-vous aller d'ici au bureau de poste en cinq minutes?

13. A quelle heure auriez-vous du partir de chez vous pour arriver
ici a sept heures et demie? 14. Devons-nous quitter la classe
bientot? 1 5 . Savez-vous chanter ?

Resume

1. My brother is to start for Europe next Friday. 2. The ball
was to take place in this room. 3. Children ought to get up early
to be well. 4. My mother is sick and I ought not to stay longer.
5. You ought to have gone to the post office before 7.30. 6. We
should use all that we have for our friends. 7. Are you to see him
tomorrow at 11. 15 a. m. ? 8. I cannot come down now; I am
dressing. 9. I ought to know how to speak French soon. 10. He
will not be able to go to the theater if his dress suit does not

322 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

come. ii. You have eaten nothing today; you must be hungry.
12. People ought not to be ashamed of what they do. 13. Will
you send me. the photographs as soon as they come ? 1 4. He can
work, but he cannot build a house. 15. There is the man of whom
I was just speaking. 16. I receive some letters, but I should re-
ceive more if I answered them. 17. I have no stamps ; I ought to
go to the office and buy some. 18. He hopes that I shall see him
in two weeks. 19. Do you know how many times a day the post-
man comes ? 20. Please pay what you owe when you go to town.

LESSON FORTY-SIX

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR

270. Valoir, to be worth, valant, valu, vaux, valus.
Pres. Ind. je vaux nous valons

tu vaux vous valez

il vaut ils valent

Fut. je vaudrai

Pres. Subj. je vaille nous valions

tu vailles vous valiez

il vaille ils vaillent
Note. See Sec. 252,/i

271. Vouloir, to wish, want, voulant, voulu, veux, voulus.

Pres.

Ind.

je veux

nous voulons

tu veux

vous voulez

il veut

ils veulent

Fut.

je voudrai

Imv.

veuille (veux)

veuillons (voulons)
veuillez (voulez)

Pres.

Subj.

je veuille

nous voulions

tu veuilles

vous vouliez

il veuille

ils veuillent

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR 323

Note i. See Sec. 252, b, c,f.

Note 2. The forms of the imperative inclosed in parentheses are

rarely used. Its other forms have ordinarily the meaning please, be good
enough to.

Veuillez me le donner. Please give it to me.

Note 3. Will you have in the sense of do you wish is translated
by vouloir.

Will you have some bread ? Voulez-vons du pain ?

272. Asseoir, to seat, asseyant, assis, assieds, assis.

Fut. j'assierai (asseyerai)

Note. Y does not change to i before mute e.

273. Falloir, to be necessary, (pres. part, wanting), fallu,
il faut, il faUut.

Imp. il fallait

Fut. il faudra

Pres. Subj. il faille

Note i. See Sec. 252,/

Note 2. Falloir is an impersonal verb ; that is, it is found only in
the third person singular.

274. Falloir is followed by the subjunctive (Sec. 303) when
there is any emphasis on the person concerned, as always when
this person is expressed by a noun and often when it is ex-
pressed by a pronoun. It is followed by the infinitive in gen-
eral statements, and also sometimes with unemphatic pronouns.
II faut que Jean parte {subj.). It is necessary that John start

{John must start).
II faut qu'ils partent {subj.). They must start.

II faut partir a temps. It is necessary to start on time.

II me faut partir a six heures. / must start at six o'clock.
Ilfaudraquenouspartions(.fz^'.). We shall have to start.
II a fallu le payer. We had {it was necessary) to pay

for it.

324

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note i . Falloir must be carefully distinguished from devoir. Falloir
denotes obligation from the standpoint of necessity ; devoir, from the
standpoint of duty.

You ought to (must) obey God. Vous devez obeir a Dieu.

The law must be obeyed. Ilfaut obeir a la loi.

You must start early. H vous faut partir de bonne heure.

Note 2. Falloir is translated need when a noun directly follows.
He needs another (one more) pencil. H lui faut encore ten crayon.
I need another (a different) horse. II me faut tin autre cheval.
My father needs a coat. Ilfaut un habit a mon pere.

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

borgne, blind in one eye
de nouveau, again
ob&r a, to obey
voler a, to steal from
s'asseoir, to sit down
valoir mieux, to be better

vouloir bien, to be willing
vouloir dire, to mean
vouloir rire, to joke
en vouloir a, to have a grudge

against
etre en vente, to be on sale

Drill

1. Give the —
synopsis of vouloir
synopsis of s'asseoir
present indicative of valoir
present subjunctive of vouloir

2. Locate —

faudra voudrait

vaudras je m'assis

3. Give the —
imv. 2d sing, of vouloir
conditional 3d plu. of asseoir
pres. subj. 3d sing, of falloir
imp. subj. 3d plu. of s'asseoir

EXERCISE

present indicative of asseoir
present subjunctive of s'asseoir
present subjunctive of valoir
conditional of falloir

vaille
asseyons

valions
valut

imp. 1st plu. of valoir
pres. subj. 1st plu. of vouloir
pres. ind. 3d plu. of vouloir
pres. ind. 3d plu. of valoir

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR 325

4. Translate into French —

it is worth ten francs you ought to run now

it is better to work you had to run

he wants to work you will have to run

he is willing to work he needs another cup

I mean your brother shall you buy a cup ?
I have a grudge against your will you bring a cup ?

brother • will you have a cup of tea ?
he has a grudge against them please stay

he was seated it belongs to her

he was sitting down he obeys the teacher

you must run he stole the horse

you have run he stole it from him

your friend must run you are joking

Model . Le Cheval Vole

On avait vole' a un paysan un cheval, qui valait deux cents francs.
Comme il en voulait un autre, il lui fallut se rendre a une foire
pour l'acheter. Pendant qu'il parcourait le champ de foire, il vit
enfin son cheval vole parmi ceux qui etaient en vente. « Ce cheval
est a moi » , dit-il a l'homme qui etait assis pres du cheval pour le
garden « On me Fa vole il y a trois jours. — Vous voulez rire»,
repondit Fautre, « je Fai depuis trois ans. — Impossible » , repondit
le paysan en placant tout a coup les mains sur les deux yeux du
cheval. « Voyons, de quel oeil est-il borgne ? » La dispute com-
mencait a attirer une foule assez grande, et le voleur devait
repondre sans hesitation. « De Foeil gauche » , dit-il. Le paysan
ota sa main et cet oeil gauche e'tait clair et brillant. « Oh ! je me
suis trompe » , re'pondit Fautre tout de suite ; « je voulais dire de
Foeil droit. — Vous mentez. II vaudrait mieux vous taire. Le
cheval n'est borgne ni de Foeil droit ni de Foeil gauche » , dit alors
le paysan, otant Fautre main. «I1 est evident que vous 6tes un

326

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

voleur. II faut que vous
me rendiez mon cheval, et
que vous alliez avec moi
devant un magistrate

Theme

Several years ago a

man stole a horse from a

•

peasant. The latter, who
wanted another one, for
he needed it to work in
the (aux) fields, looked
for it a long time, and one
day when (que) he had
just arrived at a fair, he
found the horse they had
stolen from him. The
horse was on sale, and
the man who had it said
it was worth much money.
The peasant went and got
a magistrate, and the two
approached the animal.
" It is my horse," said the
peasant, "and the man
who is seated there is the
thief." The other replied
immediately, when he saw
the magistrate, " This
horse is mine, and it has
belonged to me for three
years." " Let us see," continued the peasant, and he covered both
eyes of the horse. " The horse is blind in one eye ; which is it,

LA FOIRE A BESTIAUX

Tres pittoresques ces foires a bestiaux,
principalement en province. Les paysans
se rendent, a une date donnee, sur une des
places du village ou de la ville, oil les ache-
teurs peuvent apprecier, par comparaison,
les qualites des bestiaux a vendre. Ces
maquignons et fermiers, en blouse bleue, qui
leurvient generalement aux genoux, ont un
langage quelquefois bien amusant a ecouter,
surtout lorsque l'acheteur ne peut se decider
d'une facon ou d'une autre. La discussion
se continue souvent au plus proche cabaret,
oil, sous l'esprit de camaraderie que cree la
chaleur du vin, le fermier espere conclure
le marche avec son client recalcitrant

IRREGULAR VERBS IN OIR 327

the left one (that of left) or the right one ? " M The left," said the
other, without hesitation. "You are mistaken," replied the peasant.
"I meant the right," said the man, who already knew by the glances
they were casting on him that he could not lie much longer. " You
must guess again," replied the peasant, and he showed both eyes
of the horse, which were clear and brilliant. It was evident that
the man had stolen the horse and that it belonged to the peasant.

Oral

1. Combien vaut ce livre? 2. Vaut-il mieux mettre un manteau
quand il fait froid ? 3. L'or vaudrait-il autant s'il y en avait beau-
coup? 4. Combien valait ce cheval vole? 5. Voulez-vous savoir
quand est mort Napole'on ? 6. Voudriez-vous aller au theatre si
je vous y invitais? 7. Veuillez me donner votre livre. 8. Que
dites-vous a une personne pour savoir si elle a besoin de pain ?
9. Mangez-vous debout? 10. A quelle heure vous etes-vous assis
en classe ce matin ? 11. Que vous f aut-il f aire pour savoir vos
lecons? 12. Que f aut-il pour s'asseoir? 13. Les soldats doivent-ils
obeir k leurs chefs? 14. En voulez-vous a votre maitre quand il
dit que vous ne savez pas votre lecon? 15. A qui un e'leve en
veut-il souvent ?

Resume

1. It is necessary to send for the doctor this morning. 2. Sit
down, if you will ; I prefer to sit down myself. 3. I need another
napkin ; bring me one. 4. I am willing to go and eat my breakfast
at once. 5. I did not know what you meant when you spoke.
6. My sister came in when we were sitting around the fire. 7. You
must be hungry; it will be better to eat a good dinner than a
luncheon. 8. We need another spoon and a large cup. 9. The
ladies seated themselves in the parlor after supper. 10. I have a
grudge against the merchant who sold me this cloth. 11. Will
your mother need more than seven dozen eggs ? 12. Will you sell

328 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

the tablecloth that you bought? 13. It is not necessary for us to
become rich. 14. They had to ask him for some money, but they
did not wish to do it. 15. Here are the stamps which I bought
for myself; will you have some? 16. I do not know what you
need; do you want what we have ? 17. Soldiers must always obey
their officers. 18. I will not sit down; I have to be in town before
eight o'clock. 19. The boy says that he has to go for the doctor.
20. Please give me the papers of which I was speaking.

LESSON FORTY-SEVEN

IRREGULAR VERBS IN RE

275. Naitre, to be bom, naissant, n6, nais, naquis.

Pres. Ind. je nais nous naissons

tu nais vous naissez

il halt ils naissent

Fut. je naitrai

Note. The stem syllable has ai before t.

276. Connaitre, to know, connaissant, connu, connais, connus.

Pres. Ind. je connais nous connaissons

tu connais vous connaissez

il connait ils connaissent

Note i. The stem syllable has ai before t.

Note 2. Connaitre, to know a person ; savoir, to know a fact.

Similarly paraitre, to appear.

277. Mettre, to put, mettant, mis, mets, mis.

278. Craindre, to fear, craignant, craint, crains, craignis.
Similarly all verbs ending in aindre, eindre, oindre.

IRREGULAR VERBS IN RE 329

279. Prendre, to take, prenant, pris, prends, pris.
Pres. Ind. je prends nous prenons

tu prends vous prenez

il prend ils prennent

Pres. Subj. je prenne nous prenions

tu prennes vous preniez

il prenne ils prennent
Note. See Sec. 252, d.

280. Dire, to say, tell, disant, dit, dis, dis.
Pres. Ind. je dis nous disons

tu dis vous dites

il dit ils disent

Note. Compounds of dire are regular in the second person plural
of the present indicative, except redire, to say again.

281. £crire, to write, Scrivant, 6crit, 6cris, £crivis.

282. Lire, to read, lisant, lu, lis, lus.

COMPOUND VERBS — IDIOMATIC FORMS

admettre, to admit de vue, by sight

atteindre, to reach pendant que, while

peindre, to paint se mettre a, to begin

comprendre, to understand se moquer de, to make sport of

apprendre, to learn entendre parler, to hear tell

enseigner, to teach aux d^pens de, at the expense of

Drin EXERCISE

i. Give the —

synopsis of prendre present subjunctive of ecrire

synopsis of atteindre imperfect subjunctive of lire

present indicative of paraitre present indicative of mettre

past definite of craindre present indicative of naitre

present indicative of dire present subjunctive of prendre

330 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

2. Translate into French —

he knows me
she puts
fear not
they are taking
you say

3. Give the —

pres. subj. 3d plu. of craindre
pres. subj. 1st plu. of prendre
past def. 2d plu. of dire
pres. subj. 2d sing, of £crire

4. Translate into French

the king was born there

I was born here

I know you

take the horse from the barn

we begin to fear

we began to read

do you understand this ?

we say

I was writing

he had written

are you reading ?

does he know what you say ?

imp. 2d plu. of naitre
imp. subj. 3d sing, of admettre
pres. subj. 3d sing, of com-
prendre

he is learning the verbs
he will teach them
say that to her
tell him that
you appear sick
during the day
while the day lasts

5. Write, inserting correct verb forms, (a) in the present
tense ; also, except in the case of infinitives and participles,
(b) in the past indefinite, and (c) in the conditional :

II nous (falloir) (ecrire) nos exercices. Nous (savoir) (lire) le
fran'cais. Nous (lire) une histoire. En (lire) on (apprendre) (lire).
Nous (vouloir) (finir) cette histoire aujourd'hui. II (valoir) mieux
bien (travailler). Nous (craindre) le maitre, que nous (connaitre)
bien. II (paraitre) nous en (vouloir). Nous lui (obe'ir) toujours.
Ne le (dire) vous pas ?

IRREGULAR VERBS IN RE 331

Model Complet

Les omnibus et les tramways a Paris n'admettent qu'un nombre
fixe de voyageurs. Quand la limite est atteinte, le conducteur met
a la portiere une pancarte sur laquelle est ecrit le mot Complet.
Ce mot veut dire que Ton n'admettra personne. Un voyageur
americain qui ne connaissait pas cette coutume dit un jour a un
de ses amis, au commencement de son sejour h Paris : « Que veut
done dire ce mot Complet que je vois si souvent sur les omnibus ?
— Comment, dit Pautre, qui vit l'occasion de s'amuser aux depens
de son ami, comment, vous ne Pavez pas encore visite ? — Visite
quoi ? — Mais, Complet ! C'est un endroit charmant ; il vous faut
voir cela, mon cher. » L'Americain se mit a suivre quelques jours
chaque omnibus qui portait ce mot, mais le conducteur ne l'admettait
jamais. Enfin il lui fallut quitter Paris, et il n'a point vu « Complet*.

Theme

A friend of mine, who was born like me in Boston, has heard
tell of an American who was visiting Paris and who did not know
French very well. He could not understand what the word
M Complet " meant, which he often saw on the omnibuses of the
city. One day he said to a gentleman whom he knew by sight:
w Where is ' Complet ' ? Please tell (it to) me at once. It must be
a charming place because so many tramcars go there." M What! "
replied the gentleman, M have you not been there yet ? " "I have
wanted to go there many times, but the conductor would not
admit me," said the American, sadly. " Visit it while you are in
Paris," continued the gentleman. "All the Americans visit it.
Take an omnibus or a tramcar on which is written the word
1 Complet,' and you will easily find the place." All that the gentle-
man had said appeared true to him, and he began to follow each
omnibus and each tramcar which led, as he thought, to that famous
place. At last he saw that the gentleman had made fun of him
and he left the city ; but he had not seen " Complet."

332 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Oral

i. Quand etes-vous ne ? 2. Me connaissiez-vous il y a trois
ans? 3. Connaissez-vous le president de vue? 4. Savez-vous com-
ment il s'appelle ? 5. Cette lecon vous parait-elle facile ? 6. Savez-
vous peindre? 7. Quels habits mettriez-vous si nous etions en
hiver ? 8. A quelle heure vous mettez-vous a etudier ? 9. Craignez-
vous les punitions? 10. Comprenez-vous tout ce que je dis?
11. Qu'est-ce que vous appreniez la semaine derniere ? 12. Quels
verbes venez-vous d'apprendre ? 13. Que- dis-je quand on me
donne quelque chose? 14. Que dit-on quand on rencontre une
personne que Ton connait? 15. £crivez-vous tout le francais que
vous lisez?

Risume

1. When he begins to read, the boys make fun of him. 2. Which
teacher taught him French grammar ? 3. Has the little girl learned
the names of all the kings of England yet ? 4. I know your father ;
he has just entered the house. 5. He wished to take all that was
given him. 6. They have gone away ; let us eat all the fruit on
the table. 7. Put on your coat if you are cold; do not close the
doors. 8. Marie Antoinette was born November 2, 1755, and died
October 16, 1793. 9. Does he fear the man who gives him all the
money he needs ? 10. Please sit down ; I want to show you what
he wrote me. 11. Did you put any oranges on the table? Yes, I
put some there. 12. If I knew how to speak French well enough,

LES OMNIBUS PARISIENS. Le systeme de transportation de Paris etait
jusque dans ces dernieres annees compose principalement d'omnibus a
chevaux, suivant des trajets r^guliers et ne s'arretant qu'aux stations
designees. Le conducteur ne laissait monter qu'un certain nombre de
personnes, et lorsque le nombre de celles qui desiraient monter excedait
celui des places vides, il ne les admettait que dans l'ordre numerique des
billets qu'elles avaient prises. L'autobus a maintenant remplace en grande
partie les anciens vehicules.

334 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

I would take some friends to Paris next summer. 13. Have you
read all the letters that she wrote you ? 1 4. I will call you if you
will tell me at what time you wish to get up. 15. My friend needs
more money in order to go to Europe. 16. As soon as they had
seated themselves,* the teacher entered. 17. Did they take all the
apples he gave me ? 18. He says that he shall have to start before
noon in order to arrive in time. 19. What does this word mean?
Ask him who knows (it). 20. The American began to follow the
omnibuses.

LESSON FORTY-EIGHT

IRREGULAR VERBS IN RE

283. Suivre, to follow, suivant, suivi, suis, suivis.

284. Vivre, to live, vivant, v6cu, vis, v&us.
Note. Vivre, to live, exist ; demeurer, to live in, dwell.

285. Plaire, to please, plaisant, plu, plais, plus.

Pres. Ind. je plais nous plaisons

tu plais vous plaisez

il plait ils plaisent

286. Taire, to be silent about, taisant, tu, tais, tus.

287. Boire, to drink, buvant, bu, bois, bus.
Pres. Ind. je bois nous buvons

tu bois vous buvez

il boit ils boivent

Pres. Subj. je boive nous buvions

tu boives vous buviez

il boive ils boivent

Note. See Sec. 252, b, c.

IRREGULAR VERBS IN RE 335

288. Croire, to believe, think , croyant, cru, crois, crus.

Pres. Ind. je crois nous croyons

tu crois vous croyez

il croit ils croient

Pres. Subj. je croie nous croyions

tu croies vous croyiez

il croie ils croient

Note i. See Sec. 252, a.

Note 2. Observe the following idiomatic use of the infinitive after
croire and other verbs of believing, etc. :

Je crois etre ici. I think I am here.

Je crois l'avoir vu. / think I have seen him.

But when the subject changes, the infinitive is not used.

Je crois que Jean est ici. / think John is here.

Je crois que Jean l'a vu. I think John has seen him.

289. Conduire, to lead, conduisant, conduit, conduis, conduisis.
Similarly all verbs ending in uire except luire, to shine,

and nuire, to injure, which differ only in having as past
participles lui and nui.

COMPOUND VERBS — IDIOMATIC FORMS

a demain, good-by till tomorrow prevenir, to warn, notify
suivant(e), following convenir a, to suit

sous peu, shortly, before long plaire a, to please
une heure de l'apres-midi, one in se tirer d'affaire, to get along
the afternoon . se taire, to be silent

prendre (se donner) la peine de, to take the trouble to

Drill • EXERCISE

I. Give the — ,
synopsis of croire present indicative of plaire

synopsis of vivre present subjunctive of croire

336 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

present indicative of suivre imperfect subjunctive of conduire

past definite of vivre past definite of se taire

present indicative of boire principal parts of nuire

2. Translate into French —

she would think she pleases

you are following they believe

follow I had led

he lives I had been led

3. Give the —

pres. ind. 1st sing, of suivre past def. 3d sing, of voir

pres. ind. 1st sing, of etre pres. subj. 2d sing, of plaire

pres. ind. 3d sing, of vivre past participle feminine of croire

imp. subj. 3d sing, of conduire pres. subj. 3d plu. of luire

4. Translate into French —

he still lives the following week

he lives here they were silent

does she please your father ? it suits my friend

I think he is sick he will take the trouble to come

I think I am sick I shall get along

5. Write, inserting correct verb forms, (a) in the present
tense ; {b) in the imperfect ; (c) replacing ils by je :

lis (croire) que le voleur (demeurer) la, mais ils se (taire).
Ils le (suivre) depuis deux jours. Ils (esperer) le surprendre. Ils le
(conduire) devant le juge, qui le (mettre) en prison. Les voleurs
(boire) du vin quand cela leur (plaire). Ne le (croire) vous pas ?
Oui, il (falloir) le croire.

model LA Visite au Professeur *

Pardon, mademoiselle, est-ce ici que demeure M. Marechal ?

— Veuillez vous donner la peine d'entrer. Qui dois-je annoncer ?

— Je m'appelle Leroux. Je viens voir M. Mare'chal pour des

IRREGULAR VERBS IN RE 337

le9ons. — Je crois qu'il est chez lui. Asseyez-vous dans le salon,
s'il vous plait. Je vais le prevenir. — Bonjour, madame, qu'est-ce
qui me vaut le plaisir de votre visite ? — Je suis venue vous
demander si vous pourriez me donner quelques lecons de francais.
Je voudrais surtout converser, car je sais assez bien la grammaire
et je lis facilement. J'espere aller en France dans trois mois, et ,
comme je crois y rester quelque temps, je tiens a pouvoir me servir
de la langue aussitot que j'arriverai. J'ai suivi des cours, mais la
methode des professeurs ne me plaisait pas. La methode que
vous employez me plaira, et si vous croyez etre libre une heure
par jour, cela me plairait beaucoup. — Je crois pouvoir vous
donner une lecon par jour, et si vous suivez mes conseils, vous
saurez vous tirer d'affaire sous peu, car vous parlez deja assez
couramment. Avez-vous jamais vecu en France? — Mon pere
m'y a conduite quand j'etais petite. II m'a fallu aller a l'ecole
pendant six mois, mais comme je comprenais tres peu, je me taisais
quand j'aurais du repondre, et par consequent je ne parle pas
aussi couramment que je devrais le faire. — Eh bien, si cela vous
convient, nous commencerons lundi prochain a dix heures, et les
jours suivants a une heure de l'apres-midi. Le prix est de dix
francs par lecon. — Tres bien, monsieur. A lundi prochain.

Theme

This morning I went to my new French teacher's. His name is
Marechal and he is French. He gave me my lesson at ten o'clock,
but tomorrow and the following days I shall go to see him at half
past two in the afternoon. He asks ten francs a lesson. He
pleased me much, and if I am to believe him, I shall speak fluently
soon. What pleases me is the method that he uses. I follow his
advice, and through {par) the conversation, which he leads skillfully,
we live for (during) an hour as if we were in France. I read a
little. I also wrote a page from a book, which I translated after-
wards into English. Believe me please (if you will), I did not use a

338 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

word of English. As I hope to go to France next year, I shall use
the language as much as possible. If I knew grammar better, I
should learn still more quickly. He warned me that I should have
(falloir) to study it hard. I shall take that trouble, be sure of it,
for I am eager to converse in that language, which I like so
much. I want to speak like my friend George.

Oral

i.. Ou demeurez-vous ? 2. Y demeurez-vous depuis longtemps?
3. Les Gaulois vivaient-ils dans des villes ? 4. Combien de temps
vecut George Washington ? 5. Comment invitez-vous une personne
a s'asseoir ? 6. Suiviez-vous des cours de francais l'annee derniere ?
7. Combien de lecons avez-vous par jour? 8. Vous tireriez-vous
d'affaire en France si vous ne parliez pas la langue ? 9. Cela vous
conviendrait-il si Ton vous invitait a aller au theatre ce soir?
10. Suivez-vous bien votre maitre quand il lit a haute voix en
classe ? 11. Qu'avez-vous bu a votre dejeuner ce matin?
12. Boiriez-vous si vous aviez soif ? 13. Croyez-vous tout ce que
vous lisez dans les journaux ? 14. Que font les eleves qui ne
savent pas repondre ? 15. Combien de phrases avez-vous traduites
aujourd'hui ?

Resume

1. Finally he enters the house and his friend follows him.
2. I do not want to live if he has to die. 3. He is hoping to be
able to converse in French soon. 4. He thinks that his new teacher
will please him. 5. It is necessary to know how to talk French to
get along in Paris. 6. John is in Paris and he believes that he shall
stay there a year. 7. Sit down, please; I shall be back before
long. 8. He thinks he saw her starting from the city early yester-
day morning. 9. I am not drinking wine now ; the doctor says I
must drink only water. 10. I do not understand why the French
language appears so difficult. 11. The army is approaching the
city; who will follow it? 12. He has been studying German for

FAIRE AND ITS CONSTRUCTION 339

some time and thinks he can speak it. 13. I get up early in order
to arrive at the office on time. 14. We are eager to know foreign
languages in order to travel in Europe. 1 5. He has just come to ask
me to go for the doctor. 16. Shall we go to bed now ? Not at all ;
I am not sleepy. 17. The method which he is employing pleases
me much. 18. Which book ought I to use? I do not know;
choose for yourself. 19. Be silent ; I want to hear what he is say-
ing. 20. This road leads to the village in which he used to live.

LESSON FORTY-NINE

FAIRE AND ITS CONSTRUCTION

290. Faire, to make, do, faisant, fait, fais, fis.

Pres. Ind. je fais nous faisons

tu fais vous faites

il fait ils font

Fut. je ferai

Pres. Subj. je fasse

291. Faire Causative. Faire, in the sense of to make
(have) a person do a thing or to have a thing done, governs
an infinitive. This infinitive follows the faire directly.

I make them study. Je les fais etudier.

I am having a house built. Je fais bdtir tine maison.

Note. Faire and the dependent infinitive are separated by the
negative pas, and in the affirmative imperative by an object pronoun.
I shall not make him read. Je ne le ferai pas lire.

Have him come. Faites-le venir.

292. Objects with Causative faire. This construction
involves two objects, the person who is made to act and the
thing upon which the action is performed.

340

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

a. If only one of these objects is expressed, its construc-
tion is that of a direct object, and thus, when a pronoun, it
precedes the faire.

I am having him write (causing

him to write).
I am having my friend write.
I shall have it sold (cause some

one to sell it).
I am having a letter written.
I had a coat made.

Je lefais krire.

Jefais krire mon ami.
Je le (ld)ferai vendre.

Jefais krire une lettre.
J'ai fait faire un habit.

b. If both objects are expressed, the person made to act
becomes an indirect object. If it is a pronoun, the special
form for the indirect object is available ; if a noun, the
preposition a is employed.

I am having him read the book.

I am having him read it.

I am having my pupils write

the exercises.
I am having my pupils write thenl.
Have him write them.

Je luifais lire le livre.

Je le luifais lire.

fefais krire les exercices a mes

eleves.
Je lesfais krire a mes eleves.
Faites-les-lui krire.

Note. Par is often used in this construction, instead of a, especially
to avoid a possible ambiguity. Thus, je fais Scrire une lettre a mon fils
might be understood / am having a letter written to my son, as well as /
am having my son write a letter. Hence, to express the latter without
question, we say je fais Scrire une lettre par mon fils, which order sug-
gests the English passive form, I am having a letter written by my son.

293. Construction with laisser, etc. Laisser, to let, en-
tendre, and voir likewise govern object infinitives in connec-
tion with one or two objects. The construction is similar
to that with faire.

I heard him speak. Je Vai entendu parler.

I saw him do it. Je le lui ai vu faire.

FAIRE AND ITS CONSTRUCTION 341

Note i. With these verbs a pronoun object of the person may be
either direct or indirect when the other object is a noun.
I shall let him read the book. Je lui (le) laisserai lire le livre.

Note 2. An infinitive after entendre and voir often represents an
English present participle.

I see him running. Je le vois courir.

I heard him coming in. Je Vai entendu entrer.

294. Expressions of the Weather contain many idioms
with faire. Among these are

It is fine weather. 77 fait beau {temps).

It is hot. II fait chaud.

It is cold. Ilfaitfroid.

It is windy. II fait du vent.

It is mild. II fait doux.

It is lightning. II fait des kclairs.

It is thundering. II fait du tonnerre.

It is cool. II fait frais.

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

aller, to fit (of clothes) se souvenir de, to remember

se faire, to take place se mettre au beau, to bfecome fine

la pluie tombe a verse, it pours

n^n EXERCISE

1. (a) Give the synopsis of faire, of voir, of entendre.
(b) Give the —

present indicative of faire conditional of faire
present subjunctive of faire present subjunctive of voir

2. Express in French —

(a) I shall have him study I shall have the pupil read it

I shall make her study I shall have her read the lesson

342 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

I shall have the boy study I shall have the lesson read to
I shall have the lesson read the pupils

I shall not have it written I shall have the pupils read the
I shall have him read it lesson

(b) I saw him • I heard the book read to the
I saw him read teacher

I saw him read the book I heard the book read by the
I heard the book read teacher

I heard the teacher read the I heard you talking

book have her read it

(c) it is cold it was fine weather it thundered
I am cold it will be hot it was cool
the room is cold it lightens the day is cool

3. Supply the French for the words in parentheses :

II (will have me) vendre la maison que je (have just had built).
Je (had him sell) la maison qu'il (had). lis (had made him sell)
l'habit qu'il (had had made). J'allais (to sell it). Je (made him
buy) le chateau. II (will let me) entrer. (Let's enter). (Let's let
him) dire ce qu'il (made them make). Une paix (is being made).

Model Les Saisons

C'est au mois de mai que le printemps est le plus beau. La
nature qui dormait redevient gaie. Les jours s'allongent. Le temps
se met au beau. II fait doux. On ne craint plus le froid. Nous ne
remettrons plus avant l'hiver les lourds vetements que nos parents
nous ont fait oter. Les oiseaux reviennent des pays chauds. On
les entend chanter partout. On les voit batir leur nid. C'est la
saison 011 Ton seme. Peu a peu nous nous approchons de la saison
chaude. Alors le soleil se leve de tres bonne heure. Les chauds
rayons du soleil font murir les bles et les fruits. La moisson se
fait en cette saison. Les paysans se rendent aux foires avec les

HiiB^^Jk ^trf?

f flfl

JLJQmJIflinv

'■?

ii^^^ ^SE^^P^'i -1

pFWh

UNE FOIRE A CHINON

Une ou deux fois par semaine, selon les localities, les fermiers et fermieres
se rendent sur la place du marche avec tout ce qu'ils ont a vendre. Tres
pittoresques ces marches en plein air ou, selon les saisons, on trouve des
amoncellements de fruits et de legumes frais de toutes sortes. Chaque
marchand dispose autour de lui, a ses pieds ou sur des caisses, les mar-
chandises qu'il a apportees dans des paniers ou dans des corbeilles. Rien
ne se vend a prix fixe. Les citadines marchandent sans relache, ce qui
donne lieu h des reparties de la part des paysans, lesquelles ne manquent
pas d'attrait. Au printemps et en ete, le marche aux fleurs a lieu aussi en
plein air, en general simultanement avec le marche ordinaire. Une ou
deux fois par mois, le marche aux legumes donne place a la foire a bestiaux.
Dans son cadre de maisons attrayantes, la place du marche offre alors un
aspect plus rural encore ou le.malin paysan se mesure avec l'acheteur

credule

344 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

produits de leurs terres. L'ete dernier il a fait tres chaud. Nous
avons souffert beaucoup de la chaleur. Les gens boivent beaucoup
en e'te, car la chaleur est accablante. C'est la saison des orages. Le
ciel se couvre de nuages. On les voit s'amonceler. Tout a coup
le tonnerre gronde. 11 fait des e'clairs, et des gouttes de pluie se
mettent a tomber. Les gens ouvrent leur parapluie ou se mettent
a l'abri. II fait encore plus de tonnerre; et la pluie tombe a, verse.
Mais bientot le soleil se montre de nouveau, et le temps se remet
au beau. En automne il fait frais matin et soir, et quelquefois il
y a du brouillard et les jours se font courts. Mais voila l'hiver.
Le vent est piquant. On a froid si Ton n'est pas bien couvert. II
gele tres souvent. Pour l'hiver prochain je me suis fait faire un
bon manteau par mon tailleur. II n'allait pas tres bien d'abord.
Je le lui ai fait voir. Le tailleur me l'a fait essayer, et maintenant
qu'il Pa arrange' il me plait.

Theme

It is now spring. The weather has become fine very rapidly.
Today it has been very mild. Last week, however, the wind was
still biting. But the cold that we feared so much last month does
not frighten us any more. The beautiful weather has made me
take off the big overcoat that I had had made in November. Nature
is not sleeping any longer. It has become gay again. The birds
which had gone away where it is warmer have come back, and
from my window I hear them singing. Soon summer will come.
The sun will rise still earlier, and its burning rays will ripen the
wheat, which the farmer will carry to the mill to have flour made
of it. I suffer a little from the heat, and that is why I hope that
it will not be too warm this year. I remember a thunderstorm
which took place last year. There has, I believe, never been seen
so much lightning or (nor) rain. It poured for two hours. Yesterday
morning, as the children were going away to school, I did not
want to let them go (depart) when I saw the rain falling.

FAIRE AND ITS CONSTRUCTION 345

Oral

1. Quand les jours s'allongent-ils ? 2. Quand le temps se remet-il
au beau ? 3. Craignez-vous le froid ? 4. Ou vont les oiseaux quand
il fait froid? 5. Les entendez-vous chanter en hiver? 6. Dans
quelle saison seme-t-on? 7. Le soleil se leve-t-il tard maintenant?
8. Qu'est-ce qui fait murir les bles ? 9. La moisson se fait-elle en
mai? 10. Pourquoi porte-t-on le ble au moulin? n. Decrivez un
orage. 12. Dans quelle saison les jours se font-ils courts ? 13. Que
vous fait faire votre tailleur pour savoir si votre manteau vous va ?
1 4. Vous etes-vous fait faire un manteau l'hiver dernier ?

Resume

1. The teacher is having him read the lesson aloud before the
class. 2. They were having a new house built when I saw them
last year. 3. He ought to study, but his parents cannot make him
do it. 4. I would have William write his French exercise if I could.
5. Beautiful things are to be seen everywhere in Paris; I shall
show you many of them next week. 6. I need a new hat, and
I must have another pair of shoes. 7. My mother has never had
your daughter make her a dress. 8. My friend is trying to write
a French letter, but he does not know how to do it well. 9. John
has a new French book, but he never lets his sister read it. 1 o. My
father is suffering from a cold; have the doctor come at once.
11. It is generally cold in the winter and people want to stay in
the house. 12. It is fine today, and I am going to town to shop.
13. When I see him enter the house, I will inform you. 14. If you
study too late, it will hurt your eyes. 15. My father has just come
in ; he will let you take his umbrella. 1 6. Do you know Senator X ?
I hope to hear him speak soon. 17. Wheat begins to ripen in June
in our country. 18. The sky is covered with clouds and rain is
already falling. 19. The sun rises early now, and its rays are
making the leaves grow little by little. 20. We used to use the
book on the table when I was going to school.

346

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

REVIEW

Lessons Forty-five to Forty-nine
A. General Drill

i. Give the principal parts of

voir
valoir
asseoir
naitre

paraitre

ecnre

mettre

life

prendre

suivre

dire

vivre

nopsis of —

vouloir

peindre

falloir

faire

plaire
conduire
nuire
boire

devoir
savoir

3. Give the present indicative of —

apercevoir valoir naitre

savoir asseoir connaitre

4. Give the present subjunctive of —

devoir valoir s'asseoir

pouvbir vouloir prendre

5. Give the imperative of —

savoir vouloir

6. Give the —

fut. of revoir pret. of plaire

cond. of asseoir imp. subj. of naitre

imp. of savoir imp. subj. of valoir

pret. of suivre pres. subj. of boire

7. What verbs are conjugated like —

recevoir craindre conduire

croire
etre

dire
plaire

faire
croire

prendre

REVIEW, LESSONS XLV-XLIX

347

8. Locate —

sait vais

soit vaut

vit (two places) veut

vois craint

croit fut

suis (two places) devenait

fit devinait

fut devait

9. Give the past participle and the first person singular
past definite of —

devoir mettre faire lire

savoir craindre dire conduire

voir prendre ecrire luire

10. Write French sentences containing respectively some
form of —

devoir pouvoir

connaitre entendre dire

falloir savoir

entendre s'asseoir

1 1 . Translate into French -

I can read

it will be hot

I can run as fast as he

it was cold

I could write a year ago

this season is cold

the sun shines, it must be warm

are you cold ?

they must follow him

I hear him talking

John must follow him

I saw him fall

I had to follow him

he was to write that

will you have some water ?

she obeys hef mother

I knew my lesson

I need another plate (two ways)

I knew your aunt

it is better to run away

I am having a house built

tell me that

I had him build a house

he took a pencil from his pocket

I shall not have my brother build

he let us come

a house

let us sing (two ways)

I had him build it

I think I see the moon

I shall have her make it

I think you can see the stars

343 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

B. Translate into French

i. I shall send my brothers all the money I can when they go
away. 2. We ought to do all we can for others in this life. 3. If
one wishes to be happy, he must obey God's laws. 4. We had
just arrived when it began to snow. 5. They were to come before
eight o'clock, but they have not yet arrived. 6. I know the man
well, but I do not know where he lives. 7. You must run to the
store and buy me some silk. 8. Sit down to the table at once;
you must be hungry. 9. I heard him say that he wishes to use
these knives. 10. The lawyer whom you used to know is a brother
of mine. 11. In what part of the forest did you lose your dog?
I think I saw him yesterday evening. 12. We both need a hat;
do they sell them here? 13. The priest has been writing a long
time, and he will write several hours yet. 14. Do you know what
I mean ? 15. I shall tell him to have her do it to-day.

LESSON FIFTY

DEPENDENT INFINITIVES

295. Prepositions with Infinitives. An infinitive depend-
ent upon another verb may or may not be connected with it
by a preposition. This is determined by the governing verb.
The usage with .each verb must be learned. It may be
found by observing French texts or by consulting a lexicon.

a. The following verbs, among many others, generally
govern the infinitive directly :

aimer mieux, to prefer to espSrer, to hope to

aller, to go to (and) faire, to make, cause to

compter, to intend to falloir, to be necessary to

de*sirer, to desire to oser, to dare to

devoir, to be to, ought to pouvoir, to be able to

DEPENDENT INFINITIVES

349

savoir, to know how to venir, to come to (and)

valoir mieux, to be better to vouloir, to wish to

Je desire aller chez moi. / desire to go home.

b. The following verbs, among many others, generally
require de before a dependent infinitive :

cesser de, to cease to

commander de, to command to

craindre de, to fear to

d£fendre de, to forbid to

demander de, to ask to

se d£pecher de, to hasten to

dire de, to tell to

empecher de, to prevent from

Je crains d'aller avec lui.
Je lui dirai d'aller a Paris.

essayer de, to try to

finir de, to finish

ne*gliger de, to neglect to

oublier de, to forget to

permettre de, to permit to

promettre de, to promise to

refuser de, to refuse to

venir de, to have just

I fear to go with him.

I shall tell him to go to Paris.

Note. Finir par, when it is followed by an infinitive, is translated
finally, at last.

Nous finirons par le croire. We shall finally believe it.

c. The following verbs, among many others, generally
require a before a dependent infinitive :

aider a, to help to
aimer a, to like to
apprendre a, to learn to
s'attendre a, to expect to
commencer a, to begin to
consentir a, to consent to

II a consenti a venir.
II a renonce* a venir.

d&ider a, to persuade to
enseigner a, to teach to
inviter a, to i?ivite to
se mettre a, to begin to
renoncer a, to give up
r^ussir a, to succeed in

He consented to come.
He gave up coming.

296. Infinitives of Purpose. When a dependent infinitive
denotes purpose, it must be preceded by pour, in order to, to.
One must eat to live. Ilfaut manger pour vivre.

350 • ELEMENTARY FRENCH

297. Infinitive for Finite Verbs. When the subject of an
English subordinate clause is the same as the subject of
the principal clause, an infinitive generally replaces the
finite construction in the subordinate clause.

I hope that I am better. fespere alter mieux.

I hope that he is better. fespere qu'il va mieux.

298. Verbal Nouns. When a verb is used as a noun in
French, the infinitive is the form employed except after the
preposition en, when the present participle is used. In this
use it often represents an English present participle.

To travel (traveling) is pleasant. Voyager (/)est agreable.

I love to read (reading). faime a lire.

He entered without speaking. 77 est entre sans parler.

He departed after speaking II est parti apres avoir parle.
(having spoken).

But after en :

He entered while speaking. 77 est entri en parlant.

299. Negative Infinitives. When an infinitive is made
negative, both negative words generally precede the infinitive.

He prefers not to come. 77 aime mieux ne pas venir.

I fear I shall never see her. Je crains de ne jamais la voir.

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES
les honoraires ni., the fee aller chercher, to go for

faire une question, to ask a question
faire de son mieux, to do one's best
tenir sa promesse, to keep one's promise
d£fendre a quelqu'un de, to forbid some one to

DEPENDENT INFINITIVES

351

EXERCISE

Drill

1. Express in French —
to dare to lie

to go to speak

to go in order to speak

to fear to lie

to be able to read

to try to run

to teach to write

to begin to study

2. Express in French —

to cease to speak
to cease speaking,
to love to read
to love reading
while traveling

3. Translate into French —
I forbid her to come

will you permit them to follow ?
she had just arrived
he taught me not to lie

to learn to read
to consent to come
to come and (to) see
in order to help
to know how to cure
to neglect to study
to want to go
to be able to read

by working
without stopping
before eating
being silent is telling
to be silent is to tell

he will succeed in paying for it

he will finally pay for it

he finally fell

shall you keep your promise ?

4. Fill the blanks with the proper preposition (or other
word), when one is required :

j'aime* lire

je sais lire

je lu la lettre

je viens la lire

il me faut la lire

lisant j'ai appris lire

il vaut mieux la lire

je n'ai renonce le

lire

j'ai fini le lire

j'aime mieux ne le lire

je veux le lire

je lui dirai le lire

je vais le lire

352 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

apres lu la lettre, je lui ai j'espere il le lira

defendu la lire je l'ai entendu lire

j'ai reussi la lire la lettre a lue

je commencerai lire le livre je devrais lire

M0del Nl GUERI NI TUE

Un homme qui demeurait au Canada desirait voir guerir sa
femme, qui etait tres malade. Elle ne pouvait plus faire la moindre
besogne, et elle avait meme cesse de sortir depuis longtemps. Les
medecins de son pays ne pouvaient la guerir, et son mari fink par
croire qu'il valait mieux la conduire aux fitats-Unis. II e'tait oblige'
de quitter ses affaires, mais comme il craignait de perdre sa femme,
il se depecha de partir avec elle. En arrivant a destination il alia
chercher le medecin qu'on venait de lui indiquer. II lui demanda
de bien examiner la pauvre femme. Le medecin se mit a interroger
et a examiner la malade, mais tout en causant il laisse pressentir
la crainte de ne pas etre convenablement remunere de ses soins.
« J'ai cinq cents francs, dit le mari ; je promets de vous les donner
si vous la guerissez, et si vous la tuez vous pouvez vous attendre
a les recevoir de meme. » Le medecin esperait bien reussir a
sauver la malade. II fit de son mieux, mais la femme finit par
mourir. Plus tard il demanda ses honoraires. « Vous avez fini de
soigner ma femme. Je de'sire tenir ma promesse. Mais permettez-
moi, d'abord, de vous faire deux questions : Avez-vous tue* ma
femme ? — Tue ! Comment tue ! Assurement non. — Tant
mieux. L'avez-vous guerie ? — Non, helas ! — Eh bien, vous venez
d'admettre ce que je voulais vous faire dire, et je renonce a vous
payer. » Apres avoir entendu cela le medecin sortit sans repondre.

Theme

You ask me to tell you an anecdote. Here is one which is
worth the trouble of being heard. When you have a doctor who
cannot cure you, you try to find another one. A woman had

DEPENDENT INFINITIVES 353

neglected to care for herself and she finally fell sick. Her hus-
band had a doctor come. The latter promised to cure her, but he
did not succeed in doing it. The husband, who feared he should
lose his wife, went without hesitating to get another doctor, who
hastened to come to examine the sick woman. On arriving, the
doctor began to talk with the patient in order to know what the
matter was with her. However, even while he was talking,
the fear which he allowed to be seen that he would not be
properly paid, caused the husband to say that he had enough
money. He persuaded the doctor to care for the sick one by
promising to give him two hundred and fifty francs if he cured
her and even if he killed her. The doctor expected indeed to
save the patient, and the husband hoped to see her up (debout)
soon. After doing his best the doctor did not prevent the woman
from dying. When he came to ask for his fee, the husband, who
wished to keep his promise, permitted himself to ask him if he
had killed his patient. The doctor hastened to say, " Why, no ;
assuredly not." w Then, you must have cured her." M Alas ! no."
" You see well that I owe you nothing."

Oral

1. Saurez-vous parler francais dans un an ? 2. Allez-vous faire
un voyage cette annee ? 3. Ne craignez-vous pas d'oublier les
propositions qui suivent les verbes ? 4. Qui vous enseigne a lire et
a ecrire le francos ? 5. Que vaut-il mieux faire, vivre pour manger
ou manger pour vivre ? 6. Que vous faut-il faire pour savoir votre
lecon? 7. A quelle heure devez-vous vous lever pour arriver ici
a l'heure ? 8. Qui fait-on venir quand on est malade ? 9. Votre
maitre vous permet-il de parler anglais en classe? 10. Qu'est-ce
que je viens de demander ? 1 1. Quand avez-vous fini de dejeuner
ce matin ? 12. Oublieriez-vous de vous reveiller si on ne vous
appelait pas le matin? 13. Reussiriez-vous a repondre h. mes
questions sans avoir etudie votre lecon ? 14. Etes-vous entre ici

354 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

sans oter votre chapeau ? 15. Que demanderiez-vous a votre maitre
de faire si vous ne compreniez pas la lecon ?

Resume

1. My friend hopes that he can come and visit me next week.
2. It is better to know how to speak French before traveling in
France. 3. My son is trying to write a French letter ; who will
help him do it ? 4. If it is fair tomorrow, I expect to invite my
friend to go to town with me. 5. The doctor persuaded me to
give up smoking because it was hurting me. 6. By reading, chil-
dren learn to read without knowing it. 7. After paying the bill we
went out of the store to find our automobile. 8. If you tell me to
do it often enough, I expect I shall finally do it. 9. We must eat
to live, but we ought not to live to eat. 10. It is beginning to rain ;
I think I prefer not to go out tonight. 1 1 . When I was in town,
I thought I saw you going into the church. 12. To write French
without studying it is not easy. 13. Will you promise me never to
do it again if I give you a thousand francs ? 1 4. He had scarcely fin-
ished writing his French exercises when (gue) the bell rang. 1 5 . He
asked me to teach him to read French, and I consented to do it.
16. Children like to eat apples in school if teachers will let them
do it. 17. Our teacher told us that he was expecting to use your
grammar next year. 18. The men have just refused to work any
longer because they have not been paid. 19. He did not know
that the generals had forbidden the 'soldiers to go to England.
20. We had the doctor come, but he did not succeed in saving
our mother's life.

Proverbes

II f aut battre le fer quand il est chaud.
Si jeunesse savait, si vieillesse pouvait.
Pas de nouvelles, bonnes nouvelles.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 355

LESSON FIFTY-ONE

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD

300. Subjunctive and Indicative. The fundamental dis-
tinction between the indicative and the subjunctive is that
the former is used to express a certainty, the latter an
uncertainty or an idea that lies in the mind as possible or
impossible, desirable or undesirable, etc.

With one apparent exception the subjunctive is used only
in subordinate clauses.

301. Optative Subjunctive. The present subjunctive
(rarely the imperfect) is used in principal clauses to ex-
press a wish or a command. It is then usually introduced
by que, and is called the optative or hortatory subjunctive.
Among other uses it supplements the imperative in the
forms that the latter lacks. It is today met most frequently
in conventional expressions.

Qu'il vienne. Let him come.

Vive le roi I (Long) live the king !

Sauve qui peut {that is, qu'il se Every one for himself (let him
sauve qui peut). save himself who can).

Note. This construction is in reality a subordinate clause following
a verb of wishing understood. See Sec. 304, b.
(Je veux) qu'il vienne. (/ wish) that he may come.

302. Sequence of Tenses. The tense of the subjunctive
in a subordinate clause is determined by the verb in the
principal clause. If the principal verb is present or future,
a following subjunctive is put in the present tense ; if the
principal verb is a past tense or the conditional, a following
subjunctive is put in the imperfect tense.

356 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Note i. This rule applies to compound tenses in a subordinate
clause if the auxiliary alone be considered the verb, the full resulting
forms being respectively the perfect and pluperfect subjunctive.

Note 2. In ordinary discourse the present (or perfect) subjunctive
is often used where the rule above requires the imperfect (or pluperfect)
subjunctive.

303. Subjunctive after Impersonate. The subjunctive is
used in subject clauses after most impersonal verbs that do
not denote certainty. The most common impersonals that
require the subjunctive are

il faut, it is necessary il convient, it is suitable, fitting

il semble, it seems il vaut mieux, it is better

il importe, it is important il est possible, it is possible

It is necessary that the doctor 77 faut que le medecin vienne.

come (the doctor must come).
It was not possible for John to II rfetait pas possible que Jean

come (that John should come). vint.

Note i . When used with an indirect object in positive assertion, il
semble takes the indicative.
It seems to me that you are wrong. 77 me semble que vcus avez tort.

Note 2. When the subject of the verb following falloir is a pronoun,
an infinitive often replaces the subjunctive clause. The pronoun is made
the indirect object of falloir. Compare Sec. 274.

f 77 luifaut s'en alter.
Hemust*°- {/tfautqu'ils'enaille.

His friend must go. II faut que son ami s'en aille.

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

d'avance, in advance faire une malle, to pack a trunk

des ennuis m., trouble fermer a clef, to lock (close with
chemin (m.) de fer, railroad a key)

indicateur (m.) de chemin de fer, munir de, to furnish with

railroad time-table se procurer, to procure, get (for
avoir 1' intention de, to intend to one's self)

THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD 357

2)n*// EXERCISE

1. Inflect falloir in full.

2. Express in French the words in parentheses:

(a) il faut que l'homme (come) je savais qu'il (would come)

il est sur que l'homme (will il vaut mieux qu'il (should come)
come) il est possible qu'il (may come)

je sais qu'il (will come) je voudrais qu'il (would come)

(b) il faut que Jean (read) il fallait qu'il (should have fur-
il fallait que Jean (should nished)

read) il a convenu que mon ami (should

il faudra que Jean (read) consult me)

3. Express in French —

may we live long John must pack the trunk

it seems that he is here it is necessary to avoid colds

it seems to me that he is wrong I intend not to be useless

long live France let them do it

let him talk God be praised

you must pack the trunk to get along without money

4. Insert the correct forms of the verbs in parentheses.
Then change faut to fallait, and insert the proper verb forms.

II faut que mon pere (aller) a Paris. II me faut y (aller) aussi.
II faut que mon pere (prendre) un billet. II faut qu'il (faire) ses
preparatifs. II faut que les voyageurs se (munir) de passeports.
II faut qu'un voyageur (etre) sur qu'il (avoir) assez d'argent. II faut
qu'on (ecrire) a ses amis.

Model Preparatifs de Voyage

Si vous avez l'intention de voyager en pays etrangers, il faut
d'abord que vous fassiez vos preparatifs. II importe que vous
consultiez les guides et les indicateurs de chemins de fer, et si

358 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

vous n'etes pas renseigne sur le pays que vous comptez visiter,
il vaut mieux que vous demandiez des renseignements a ceux de
vos amis qui les connaissent. Si vous vous munissez d'un passeport,
il est possible que vous vous evitiez beaucoup d'ennuis. II est a
propos aussi que vous vous procuriez de l'argent des pays que vous
etes sur le point de parcourir. Pour cela il faut aller chez un
changeur. Quand vous saurez la date de votre depart, il faudra
que vous fassiez vos malles, dans lesquelles vous n'oublierez pas
de mettre les vetements necessaires, votre linge et vos articles de
toilette. II faut que vous soyez sur que votre malle ferme a clef.
II est prudent que vous ne fassiez votre valise qu'a la derniere
minute, car on oublie toujours de mettre dans sa malle certaines
choses qu'on aurait du y mettre. Que ne puissions-nous (if we
could only) nous passer de bagages ! II faudrait que nous eussions
besoin de moins de choses pour cela.

Theme

I must go to France in a week, and it is time that I make my
preparations. I have been to the money changer's. If one wishes
to avoid trouble, it is better to procure French money here. The
first time that I went to France I had been told that it would be
preferable for me, before my departure, to go and see a friend of
mine who knew the country well, to obtain as much information
as possible on what it is necessary for one to do in order to get along.
"It is fitting that you should provide yourself with a passport,"

PAUILLAC — LA GARE. En route pour Bordeaux, un grand nombre de
soldats americains, en remontant la Gironde, ont vu la petite ville de Pauillac,
dont nous voyons ici la gare. A cote se trouve la gare de marchandises.
Sur le quai, parmi les voyageurs, a cote de l'homme au chapeau de paille,
on peut y voir le chef de gare. II demeure generalement au-dessus des
bureaux. La ligne de chemin de fer qui dessert Pauillac est une ligne
secondaire de peu d'importance. Sur les grandes lignes, les trains sont
mfis par des locomotives, lesquelles, si elles ne sont pas aussi grandes que
les locomotives americaines, sont cependant du meme type.

360 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

he said to me (Sec. 328, a); "otherwise it is possible that you may
have trouble. If you intend to visit Europe some day, as I did (comme
mot), it will be important that you should buy guidebooks, to be
posted in advance on the countries that you are going to visit."
I got myself a time-table this morning. It seems preferable that I
should take the train for New York next Friday at five o'clock.
I shall pack my trunk in three or four days, and it will be better
for me to put in it all that I shall need except the most necessary
things, which must go in my valise. That is why it is more prudent,
it seems to me, to lock one's trunk only at the last minute. It may
be that I shall not be back before the month of March, but it
would perhaps be better for me to come back sooner.

Oral

1. Quand fait-on des preparatifs de voyage ? 2. Que faut-il que
vous consultiez ? 3. Que faites-vous si vous ne connaissez pas le
pays que vous allez visiter ? 4. De quoi vaut-il mieux se munir ?
5. Qu'eviterez-vous si vous vous en munissez ? 6. Chez qui vous
procurez-vous de l'argent francais ? 7. Que dit-on pour indiquer
que nous placons dans la malle tout ce qu'il nous faut pour le
voyage ? 8. Serait-il preferable que nous nous passions1 de bagages ?

9. Semble-t-il inutile que je rdpete tant de fois la meme chose?

10. Ne vaut-il pas mieux que vous <£tudiiez les verbes un peu plus ?

11. Convient-il que vous arriviez ici a l'heure ou en retard ? 12. Ne
vaudrait-il pas mieux pour vous qu'il fit chaud toute l'annee ? 13. Les
Francais disaient : « yive le roi ! » Que dites-vous quand les vacances
sont arrivees ? 1 4. Est-il possible que vous ayez des visites ce soir ?
15. Serait-il possible que vous eussiez un rhume s'il faisait froid ?

Resume

1. It is necessary for you to learn tomorrow's French lesson
better if you expect to get along in France. 2. Rain is beginning
to fall; we shall have to give up going to the ball. 3. The army

1 See Sec. 302, Note 2.

OBJECT AND ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 361

must finish eating quickly if it expects to arrive in time. 4. Formerly
when the king died they would say : " The king is dead. Long
live the king ! " 5. During the great war we often heard Americans
using the words, " Long live France ! " 6. Let them come ! I have
no fear of them or of their friends. 7. His mother had gone away,
and it was not possible for William to go to school. 8. It is
important for you to choose good vegetables when you go to
market. 9. When you have only a little money, it is better not
to spend too much. 10. It will be better for him not to buy so
much if he cannot pay what he owes. 1 1 . My mother is suffering
from the grippe ; the doctor must come at once. 12. People would
have to take less baggage if they desired to do without trunks.
13. You must be sure that one lesson is well understood before be-
ginning another. 1 4. He says that he will be here, and it is certain
that he will come. 15. It seems to me that it is beginning to be very
warm. 16. It seems that he could not come because he was starting
on a journey. 17. Is it always suitable for one to wear a dress coat
to a ball ? 18. He said that it would be necessary for us to provide
ourselves with guidebooks before leaving the United States. 19. It
will not be possible for him to go to Europe with his family. 20. Let
him go out ! We do not wish to try to make him remain.

LESSON FIFTY-TWO

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN OBJECT AND ADJECTIVE CLAUSES

304. Object Clauses. The subjunctive is used in object
clauses

a. After verbs and expressions denoting emotion, such
2&joy, sorrow, fear, surprise, and expectation.
I am glad that you have come. Jesiiisbienaiseqiievoiissoyezvenu.
I did not fear that he would lie. Je ne craignais pas qu'il mentit
I am surprised that he is coming. Je m'etonne quHl vienne.

362 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

b. After verbs and expressions of wishing, ordering, per-
mitting, and their opposites.

I wish him to come (that he come). Je veux qu 'it vienne.

I wished him to come (that he Je voulais quHl vint.

might come).

The king ordered him to come Le roi ordonna quHl vint.

(that he should come).

I shall not permit him to come Je ne permettrai pas quHl vienne.

(that he come).

c. After verbs of thinking and believing when they are
used negatively or interrogatively.

I do not believe (that) he is right. Je ne crois pas qiiil ait raison.
Do you think (that) he is coming ? Croyez-vous quHl vienne t

When these verbs are affirmative, the indicative is used in the
object clause.

I think he is coming. Je crois quHl vient.

Note i. If the speaker expresses himself as certain in his own mind
that the matter referred to is a fact, the indicative is used.

She does not believe that her father Elle ne croit pas que son pere est
is dead (but I know he is). mort.

Note 2. After verbs of knowing and saying the indicative may be
used in nearly all cases.

Did you say that he had come ? Avez-vous dit quHl itait venn ?

Note 3. Verbs of doubting and denying, since in their affirmative
sense they amount respectively to interrogative and negative verbs of be-
lieving, likewise require the subjunctive in a following dependent clause.

I doubt whether (that) he will come. Je doute qiSil vienne.
I deny that he is faithful. Je nie qu'il soitfidele.

305. Pleonastic ne. In the following constructions the
subjunctive in an object clause is accompanied by ne, which
is not to be translated :

OBJECT AND ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 363

a. After affirmative verbs of fearing and equivalent
expressions.

I fear that he will come. Je crains quHl ne vienne.

I do not fear that he will come. Je ne crains pas qu'il vie?me.

I fear that he will not come. Je crains qu'il ne vienne pas.

I am going away lest (for fear Je m'en vais de crainte qu'il ne
that) he (will) come. vienne.

b. After negative or interrogative verbs of doubting and
de7tying and equivalent expressions.

I do not doubt that he will come. Je ne doute pas qu'il ne vienne.

c. After empecher, to prevent (which is followed by the
subjunctive in accordance with Sec. 304, b).

He prevented John from coming. 77 a empeche que Jean ne vint.

Note. Ne is also used in a clause after an affirmative comparative.
Sheismorebeautifulthanshethinks. Elle est plus belle qu'elte ne (te) pense.

306. Adjective Clauses. The subjunctive is used in ad-
jective clauses (those introduced by a relative pronoun)

a. When the antecedent is modified by a superlative or a
word of similar restrictive meaning, such as seul, premier, etc.

It is the best book I have read. Cest le meitteur livre quej'aie lu.
He is the only man I know Cest le seul homme que je con-
here. naisse id.

b. When the antecedent is something desired or hoped for.

Buy me a house which is (may Achetez-moi u?ie maiso?i qui soit

be) beautiful. belle.

I want some fruit that is better Je veux des Jruits qui soient

than his. meilleurs que les siens.

Note. When the antecedent is definite, the indicative is used.
He bought me a house which is Ilm'aacheteunemaisonquiestbelle.
beautiful.

3^4

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

en avance, ahead of time 6tre Men aise, to be glad

beaucoup de monde, many people monter en voiture, to get into a
etre fach6, be sorry carriage

douter que, to doubt that prendre un billet, to get a ticket
(whether)

billet de premiere classe, first-class ticket

Drill

EXERCISE

i . Translate into French -

I am sure he is here
I fear he is dead
I fear I am sick
I shall ask for a ticket
I shall ask him to leave
I want him to stay
I wanted to stay
I think it is cold

2. Translate into French -

I shall prevent Mary from writing
she writes better than I thought
it is the best seat in the theater
it is the best seat I could find
I took all the tickets I could get
he has a carriage that is new
find me a seat that is not occupied

I do not think it is cold

do you think it is cold ?

I think I am wrong

I know you are wrong

I doubt whether he has arrived

I deny that he said so

he permitted the child to get up

he permitted himself to get up

I want a seat that is more com-
fortable

he has the seat that is most
comfortable

I prevented him from falling

she is older than I thought

she is younger than I

3. Insert the correct forms of the verbs in parentheses.
Then rewrite, putting the main verbs in a past tense.

Je veux qu'il (venir). J'ai peur qu'il ne (£tre) pas k temps. Je
ne crois pas qu'il (avoir) recu ma lettre. II lui faut (se depecher).

OBJECT AND ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 365

C'est le seul medecin qui me (plaire). II empeche que ses malades
ne (mourir). Croirez-vous .qu'il me (faire) (se coucher) ? Je doute
qu'il (pouvoir) me (guerir). Au moins, qu'il ne me (tuer) pas !

Model Le Depart

Le jour de mon depart est arrive. Je viens de fermer ma
malle a clef. Je suis content que mes preparatifs soient enfin
finis. J'aurais bien voulu que ma malle fut un peu plus grande,
mais comme il me semble que c'est la meilleure que j'aie, je ne
regrette pas de l'avoir employee. II faut que je fasse venir la
voiture. Jean, dites au cocher qu'il vienne me chercher a trois
heures et demie. Je ne crois pas qu'il soit occupe a cette heure-
la. Quand il viendra, je doute qu'il puisse porter la malle tout
seul. Aidez-le a la mettre dans sa voiture. Je suis fache que mon
ami n'ait pu (Sec. 330) se decider a m'accompagner. Ses affaires
empechent qu'il ne vienne. II craignait que nous ne restions
partis trop longtemps. C'est dommage que ses affaires le retien-
nent ainsi. A l'heure du depart je monterai en voiture. Je ne
crois pas qu'il faille plus d'une demi-heure pour aller a la gare. La,
je descendrai de voiture et j'irai au guichet chercher mon billet.
II faut quelquefois qu'on attende son tour, mais je doute qu'il y
ait beaucoup de monde qui voyage main tenant. II vaudra mieux,
je crois, que je demande un billet de premiere classe, parce que je
veux une place qui soit confortable. Apres me l'etre procure il
faudra que je fasse enregistrer mes bagages, et si je suis encore
en avance, j'irai dans la salle d'attente, ou je m'assierai quelques
minutes si je pourrai trouver un siege qui ne soit pas occupe'.

Theme

I told John to go and get me the carriage. It will be here at
a quarter past four. If I have sent for it at that hour, it is because
I believe that the coachman is not busy. When he comes, it
will be necessary for John to help him carry my trunk to the

366 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

carriage. I feared that my trunk would not be large enough,
and I am very glad that everything could go in (enter) it. I have
just locked it. I am going to leave alone. I had asked a friend
of mine to come with me. He hoped he would be able to accom-
pany me, and he regretted that his business prevented him from
coming. I wish (should have wished) his business permitted him
to take a vacation, for Henry is the best friend that I have. When
the hour of departure comes, one gets into a carriage to go to
the station. It is necessary to leave early if one has not bought
one's ticket, because there are often people at the ticket-window
who are waiting for their turn. One must not arrive at the station
at the last minute if one fears there will be too many people.
" Did you say you would accompany me to the station ? Would
it not be better for me to buy a first-class ticket ? " " Yes, if you
fear there will not be enough seats in the second class, for those
of (the) first class are not the only ones which are good." For my
part (as for me) I doubt whether the first-class ones are much more
comfortable than the second. When one is ahead of time, one sits
down in the waiting-room if one can find a seat which is not
occupied, but only after having procured one's ticket and after
having had one's baggage checked.

Oral

i. Que fait-on si Ton ne veut pas marcher jusqu'a la gare?

2. A quel endroit de la gare allez-vous chercher votre billet?

3. Faut-il qu'on attende son tour s'il y a du monde? 4. Oil
va-t-on pour attendre l'arrivee du train? 5. Quel est le meilleur
livre que vous ayez jamais lu ? 6. Seriez-vous bien aise de trouver
un maitre qui puisse vous enseigner le francais en deux semaines ?
7. Semble-t-il que cela soit possible? 8. Croyez-vous qu'il fasse
beau cet apres-midi? 9. Que faut-il qu'on fasse pour savoir sa
lecon ? 1 o. Vos maitres permettent-ils que vous parliez anglais en
classe ? 1 1. De crainte de quoi prenez-vous un parapluie ? 12. La

OBJECT- AND ADJECTIVE CLAUSES 367

ville de New-York n'est-elle pas la plus grande qui soit aux £tats-
Unis? 13. Croyez-vous qu'il faille moins de cinq jours pour aller
de New- York a Paris? 14. N'ai-je pas dit que le subjonctif
s'employait apres vouloir que? 15. Votre maitre empeche-t-il
que vous ne parliez a vos voisins ?

Resume

1. I wish that my father would send me some money. 2. Are
you surprised that my preparations are not yet finished ? 3. May
she be always happy and beloved. 4. He did not doubt that his
friend betrayed him, but he did not speak of it. 5. I know that
he would send for a carriage if I wanted one. 6. Her sister has
the largest trunk I have ever seen. 7. I desire him to learn only
the last two lessons. 8. May God fill your life with peace. 9. I
do not think he has more books than I. 10. Go get us a carriage
that we shall like. it. I fear that he will not know me. 12. I re-
gretted very much that I did not have my trunk checked. 13. He
prevented my father from stopping for fear that he would arrive
at the station too late. 14. She and I doubt whether he knows
what he is saying. 15. This is the only verb in the lesson that is
in the (au) subjunctive. 16. If we must go away, let us be good
friends. 17. He asked me how I could do without a first-class
ticket. 18. I shall not permit you to stay in the waiting-room any
longer. 19. The class must leam tomorrow's lesson better. 20. It
was not possible for him to find a seat that was more comfortable.

368 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON FIFTY-THREE

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADVERBIAL CLAUSES

307. Adverbial Clauses. The subjunctive is used in the
following adverbial clauses :

a. In clauses of concession or proviso. These are intro-
duced by

bien que, although sans que, without that

quoique, although suppose* que, supposing that

pourvu que, provided that a moins que, unless

I did not see him although he Je neVai pas vu quoiqu'il fiitici.

was here.

He will come provided that it is // viendra pourvu qu'il ne fasse

not cold. pasfroid.

Note. In a clause introduced by a moins que the subjunctive is
accompanied by ne. Compare Sec. 305.

He will come unless it is cold. //viendra a moins qu'il ne fasse froid.

b. In clauses of doubtful time. These are introduced by
avant que, before, jusqu'a ce que, tintil, etc.

I will start before it is cold. Jepartirai avant qu'il fasse froid.

They will not work until I come. fls ne travailleront pas jusqu'a

ce queje vienne.

c. In clauses of purpose. These are introduced by pour
que or afin que, in order that.

I give you the book in order Je vous donne le livre afin que
that you may read it. vous le lisiez.

d. In clauses introduced by an indefinite relative pronoun
or adjective, such as qui que, whoever, quoi que (pron.) or
quel que (adj.), whatever.

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 369

I will speak to him whoever he Je lui parlerai qui qu'il soit.

may be.

I will speak to him whatever he Je lui parlerai quoi qu'il fasse.

may do.

I will speak to him whatever be Je lui parlerai quelle que soit

his native land. sa patrie.

308. Unreal Conditions. In conditions contrary to fact
the subjunctive (imperfect or pluperfect) may be used in
either clause or in both clauses. This use is rather infre-
quent in ordinary style. Its most common occurrence is in
conditions expressed by an inversion and not by si.

If he had come, I should not S'/7 fitt venu,Je nefusse pas reste.

have stayed.

Were he here, I should be glad Fut-it id, J' en serais bien aise.

(of it).

309. Infinitives and Subjunctives. In the following cases
where the rules of this lesson and those of the preceding
require the subjunctive, the infinitive is generally used
instead :

a. In most of the constructions of Sees. 304 and 307 if
the subject of the dependent clause is the same as the subject
of the main clause.

b. In the constructions of Sec. 303 if the subject of
the dependent clause is the person to whose standpoint
the impersonal verb or expression refers.

The contrast in these constructions is shown in the
parallel columns below :

I must eat before I start, it me I must eat before he starts, il me

faut manger avant de partir. faut manger avant quyil parte.

I want to read, je veux lire. I want him to read, je veux qu'il

Use.

370

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

I came in order to eat, je suis
venu {pour) manger.

It is important to him to be here,
il ltd est importa7it d'etre id.

I came that he might eat, je suis
venu pour qu'il mangeat.

It is important to him for me to
be here, il lui est impoiiant
que je sois id.

Note. The infinitive in these cases is introduced (if by anything) by
a preposition and not by a conjunction. Observe the following list of
conjunctions and the corresponding prepositions, their forms being similar
but not identical.

Conjunction
(used with subjunctive)

before

in order that (to)

until

without

avant que
pour que, ajiu que
jusqu'a ce que
sans que

Preposition
(used with infinitive)

avant de
pour, a fin de
jusqifh

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

une feuille de papier, a sheet of coiffer, to fix the hair

paper etre press£, to be busy

s'appreter a, to get ready to

D .„ EXERCISE

i. Translate the following expressions into French after
il viendra :

because it is cold
although it is cold
when it is cold
unless it is cold
before it is cold
as soon as it is cold
if it is not cold
to see if it is cold

in order that he may not catch

cold
provided that it is cold
in spite of the cold
until it is cold
where it is cold
whatever he has
whoever is with him

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN ADVERBIAL CLAUSES 371

2. Translate into French —

I will tell him, whoever he be I ran in order to escape

I will buy it, whatever it is he would not sing unless I sang

I will return, whatever be the he ran as if he were afraid
road had he fallen, I should have fallen

3. Translate into French —

before the war until noon

before the house until he comes

before he comes without a friend

before starting without spending

in order to work without his seeing me

in order that he may work unless he comes

4. Insert the correct verb forms. Then rewrite, putting
the main verbs in a past tense.

II ira quoiqu'il ne le (vouloir) pas. II restera si nous le (vouloir).

II dinera ici pourvu que nous le (recevoir) bien. II aura peur de
(arriver) tard. II aura peur que nous (arriver) tard. II nous
visitera avant que je (s'en aller). II viendra parce qu'il (vouloir) nous
(voir). II restera pour que ses amis le (voir). II parlera jusqu'a ce
que nous (avoir) sommeil.

Model Hugo et le Coiffeur

Quelquefois, e'crit le journaliste, je rencontrais M. Victor Hugo
chez le coiffeur Brassier. Un jour je dis a Brassier : « Eh bien !
l'ouvrage va-t-il? — Parfaitement, monsieur. Qa va trop bien
meme. A moins que nous ne nous de'pechions, je ne sais pas
comment mes garcons et moi nous nous tirerons d'affaire aujour-
d'hui. Voici une liste de trente dames qu'il faut que nous coiffions.
Quoi qu'il arrive, elles devront etre coiffees avant que six heures
aient sonne. » Quelques jours apres je revins chez Brassier. « Et
vos trente dames de l'autre jour ? — II ne m'a pas ete possible

372 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

d'en coiffer plus de la moitie. Et cela a cause de M. Victor Hugo.
Quelques instants apres votre depart, il entra chez moi, et avant
que j'eusse eu le temps de me retourner, il se posta dans ce
fauteuil pour que je lui fasse la barbe. Je m'appretais a le raser,
lorsque lui, d'un geste brusque, m'abaissa mon bras et me dit
d'attendre. II prit un crayon de sa poche et fouilla dans celles de
son habit sans y trouver ce qu'il cherchait. Enfin il vit une feuille
de papier sur cette commode, s'en saisit et se mit a ecrire. Moi,
bien que je fusse presse, j'attendais qu'il eut fini. Apres avoir
attendu longtemps je me hasardai a lui dire que j'etais presse, mais
lui, l'esprit occupe', se leva et s'en alia sans se faire raser. Mes-
sieurs, dis-je a mes garcons, il faut que vous vous rendiez aux
adresses que je vais vous donner. Nous cherchames la liste sans
que personne put la trouver. C'etait ma liste que Hugo avait
emportee. — Allons, mon brave Brassier. " Calmez-vous. Suppo-
sons que ce morceau de papier ne se f (it pas trouve la pour que le
poete put y inscrire le resultat de son inspiration, la poesie francaise
y aurait perdu de fort beaux vers. Vous avez 6te ce jour-la le
collaborates de M. Victor Hugo. »

Theme

Mr. Brassier, (a) hairdresser, was one day the collaborator of
Victor Hugo without the latter's suspecting it, and that because of a
piece of paper which, if it had not been found there, would have
prevented the poet from writing the result of his inspiration. This
inspiration, however, cost (to) Brassier the loss of about fifteen
customers. This is how : Let us suppose that we are at the hair-
dresser's. Mr. Hugo comes in (there) to have the hairdresser shave
him. Without anybody's inviting him to sit down in front of the
bureau, he sits down in an armchair and waits until the hair-
dresser is ready. Although the latter is very busy, he approaches
the armchair and gets ready to shave the poet. Before the hair-
dresser is able to set to work, Hugo takes out a pencil from his

VICTOR HUGO

Victor Hugo, genie litteraire de premier ordre, qui naquit a Besancon en
1802 et mourut a Paris en 1885, se fit remarquer comme romancier, drama-
turge, poete lyrique, critique, et aussi comme satiriste politique. II devint
extremement populaire parmi le peuple, pour l'avoir compris et chante
ses tristesses et ses joies. II devint, pour ainsi dire, le champion du genre
humain. Quoique les critiques trouvent beaucoup de d^fauts dans son
ceuvre, il fut en Europe un des grands ecrivains du dix-neuvieme siecle.
II est connu des Americans surtout par son roman Les Misirables

374 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

pocket. Then he searches in those of his coat in order to find
there what he needs. The hairdresser waits until he has finished.
Hugo, not finding what he is looking for, takes a sheet of paper
which he sees on the bureau and begins to write. " Unless he
finishes soon," says the barber to himself, " I shall never fix the hair
of all my customers." At last he ventures to say to Hugo that he
is in a hurry. The latter, his mind occupied, goes out then before
being shaved. After the poet's departure, Brassier looks for the
list of addresses of his customers, but without finding it. Mr. Hugo
had taken it with him.

Oral

i. Pouvez-vous repeter l'anecdote bien qu'elle soit un peu
longue ? 2. Les eleves peuvent-ils savoir leur lecon a moins
d'etudier beaucoup ? 3. A quelle condition la sauront-ils ? (Pourvu
que . . .) 4. Suppose qu'on vous invite a aller en France cet ete,
accepteriez-vous ? 5. Vous laisserait-on voyager sans que vous
eussiez votre billet ? 6. Ne viendriez-vous pas ici demain a moins
que vous ne fussiez malade ? 7. Venez-vous a l'ecole avant que vos
parents vous aient donne votre dejeuner ? 8. Jusqu'a quand resterez-
vous ici? 9. Allez-vous dehors quelque temps qu'il fasse? 10. Ne
craignez-vous pas d'avoir froid si vous sortez sans etre assez
couvert ? 1 1 . A quelle heure partez-vous de chez vous afin d'arriver
ici a l'heure ? 12. fitudierez-vous le francais jusqu'a ce que vous le
parliez bien? 13. Commencons-nous les exercices avant que le
maitre ait explique la lecon ? 14. Aviez-vous deja etudie le francais
avant de venir ici? 15. Etes-vous bien aise d'avoir fini cette
derniere lecon ?

Resume

1. The pupils will work until they finish the whole lesson.

2. What poet is not forgotten although he died many years ago ?

3. I ought to go to town, but shall not go unless it is fine. 4. Had
Hugo not taken the list, the barber would have been able to keep

REVIEW, LESSONS L-LIII 375

all his promises. 5. This is the best grammar that I have ever
used, isn't it ? 6. He has just come in, but he must go out again
at once. 7. Whoever they may be, I shall not let them enter the
town. 8. We do not expect to go to the hairdresser's unless
it is fine. 9. They hope to go to the theater tonight provided
they have money enough. 10. My father refused to let me go out
although I had finished writing my exercises. 11. His mother
would never permit the teacher to punish him whatever he might
do. 12. He tried to write a poem without the barber's knowing it.
13. We are anxious to arrive home before it is too cold. 14. It is
necessary for him to study his lesson before going to class.
15. My parents are not to return from their vacation until snow
falls. 16. Were days longer, it would be possible for me to
do more. 17. He is afraid I am sick, and I am afraid he is sick.

18. Hadst thou been here, my brother would not have died.

19. Whoever he be, I will speak to him in French. 20. I fear
that there are some pupils here who cannot yet write (the)
French easily.

REVIEW

(Lessons Fifty to Fifty-three)
A. General Drill

1 . Name five verbs that govern an infinitive directly ;
five that require de ; five that require a.

2. What form of the verb is used as the object of a
preposition ? Illustrate.

3. Give French sentences containing respectively (a) a
present participle without agreement ; (b) a present participle
which agrees ; (c) a past participle without agreement ; (d) a
past participle which agrees.

376

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

4. Give sentences containing an infinitive ' preceded by
pour ; a ; sans ; de ; apres ; d' ; pas ; par ; fais ; vais ; vois ; vous ; en.

5. When is the subjunctive used in a principal clause?
Illustrate.

6. Give the first person singular of the present subjunc-
tive of aller, etre, finir, craindre, croire, avoir, faire, prendre,
vouloir, mener, tenir, savoir, sauver, dire, devoir, vendre.

7. How is the tense of the subjunctive in a subordinate
clause determined ?

8. What is an impersonal verb ? What construction
follows ?

9. Give four impersonal verbs or phrases.

10. When is the subjunctive used in relative clauses?
Illustrate.

1 1 . What is the construction after although ? unless ?
until ? in order that ? in order to ? becatise ? Illustrate
each.

12. Give the cases where ne is used and not translated.

13. Give French sentences containing —

tout en avant jusqu'a pendant que

pour avant de quand a moins que

pour que avant que lorsque mette

car devant pendant fit

14. Complete these sentences :

je suis bien aise que vous il avait peur que je

je suis bien aise de

je ne doutais pas que les

fruits

je veux qu'il

il fallait que mon ami — —
je sais que la maison

c'est un plus grand pays que
c'est le plus grand pays que

il m'aime bien que

s'il fait beau

je le veux, quoi que

je jouais tandis que vous -

REVIEW, LESSONS L-LIII 377

15. Translate into French —

I forbid him to come I shall finally remain

I shall prevent him from coming I gave up remaining

I think he will do it he told me to remain

I thought he would do it can you not remain ?

do you think he will do it ? I think I know her

I started before it snowed I think he knows her

I shall start before it snows I shall not try to fall

I wish to remain I shall try not to fall

I fear to remain may it be warm

I like to remain when shall we finish this lesson ?

I came in order to remain we should finish the book

B. Translate into French

1. I fear that he will never learn to read and write. 2. I shall not
go down until it ceases to rain. 3. While she was running to school,
she almost fell in the street. 4. Buy me an umbrella that is more
useful than this one. 5. Let us stay in the country, where we are
this summer. 6. My brother must have a new coat made. before
his best friend comes. 7. France is more beautiful than I thought.
8. Would you like this English grammar ? It is the best that I have
ever used. 9. They came to France in order to see her, but she had
already started for the seashore. 10. He prefers to write nothing
while he is in the country. 1 1. Let us hope it will be fine when we
start for Europe. 12. I feared that he would not introduce her to
me, although I asked him to. 13. My father has given my sister
many books, and I should have given her some too if she had asked
me for them. 14. I did not make him go out, but I permitted him
to remain where he was. 15. If he must go away, let him go away,
and may God be with him. 16. Try to prevent him from coming,
if you can. 17. They fear you may all believe it. 18. I was told
that you wanted some one to come. 19. Did you fear we would
never finish the book ? 20. Long live the French language !

378 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

LESSON FIFTY-FOUR

SUPPLEMENTARY - INFLECTION

310. Supplementary Lessons. Certain matters which prop-
erly fall within the province of elementary French, but
which have not been included in the preceding sections,
are now presented in three supplementary lessons.

311. Irregular Plurals. Supplementary to Sees. 76, 93,
and 96.

a. The following nouns ending in al form their plural
by adding s :

bal, ball carnaval, carnival narval, narwhal

cal, callosity chacal, jackal regal, feast

b. The following nouns ending in ail form their plural
by adding s :

detail, detail eventa.il, fan portail, portal

e'pouvantail, bugbear gouvernail, rudder serail, seraglio

c. The plurals of words ending in au, eu, and ou may be sum-
marized as follows : nouns and adjectives in au, nouns in eu,
and seven nouns (Sec. 93) in ou form the plural by adding x.

Note. A few unusual irregular plurals are grouped on page 428.

312. Irregular Feminines. Supplementary to Sec. 103.
c. For the feminine of adjectives ending in e, f, and x,

see Sec. 103, a, b, c.

&. Adjectives ending in eur in the masculine usually
change eur to euse ; but majeur, major, mineur, minor, meilleur,
better, and all adjectives in erieur form their feminine by
adding e. Examples: flatteur,/*. fl&tteusQ, flattering ; exterieur.
f. extSrieure, outer.

SUPPLEMENTARY — INFLECTION

379

c. Adjectives ending in er in the masculine terminate in
the feminine in ere ; a few in et (namely, complet, complete ;
concret, concrete, discret, discreet, inquiet, anxious, replet, fat,
secret, secret) terminate in the feminine in ete. The addition
of the grave accent is in order to comply with the rule of
French euphony by which a word may not end in two mute
syllables. Examples : cher, f. chere ; complet, f. complete.

d. Many adjectives ending in a single consonant preceded
by a vowel double the final consonant on the addition of the
mute e. The following, and some others of similar termination,
fall under this rule :

e*pais, thick
gentil, pretty
gras,fat
gros, big
italien, Italian
moyen, middle

e. The following unclassified list of adjectives presents
special irregularities :

ancien, aficient
bas, low
bon, good
cadet, younger
chretien, Christian
cruel, cruel

net, clear
nul, no

pareil, similar
sot, foolish
sujet, subject
vermeil, vermilion

Masculine

Feminine

aigu

aigue.

sharp

ambigu

ambigue

ambiguous

beau, bel

belle

beautiful

blanc

blanche

white

bref

breve

short

caduc

caduque

infirm

coi

coite

quiet

doux

douce

sweet

expres

expresse

express

faux

fausse

false

* favori

favorite

fou, fol

folle

crazy

38o

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Masculine

Feminine

frais

fraiche

fresh

franc

franche

frank

grec

grecque

Greek

jumeau

jumelle

twin

long

longue

long

malin

maligne

sly

mou, mol

molle

soft

nouveau, nouvel

nouvelle

new

public

publique

public

roux

rousse

red

sec

seche

dry

tiers

tierce

third

traitre

traitresse

treacherous

turc

turque

Turkish

vieux, vieil

vieille

old

313. Additional Irregular Verbs. Supplementary to
Lessons Forty-Three to Forty-Nine.

a, AcquSrir, to acquire, acqu^rant, acquis, acquiers, acquis.

Pres. Ind. j 'acquiers
tu acquiers
il acquiert
Fut. j'acquerrai '

Pres. Subj. j'acquiere

tu acquieres
il acquiere

nous acquerons
vous acquerez
ils acquierent

nous acquerions
vous acqueriez
ils acquierent

Similarly, compounds of querir.

b. Assaillir, to assail, assaillant, assailli, assaille, assaillis.
Similarly, tressaillir, to be startled.
C. Bouillir, to boil, bouillant, bouilli, bous, bouillis.
d. Cueillir, to gather, cueillant, cueilli, cueille, cueillis.
Fut. je cueillerai, not je cueillirai.

SUPPLEMENTARY — INFLECTION 38 1

e. Faillir, to fail, faillant, failli, faux, faillis.

Note. Many forms of this verb are not in use.

/. Fuir, to flee, fuyant, fui, fuis, fuis.
g. Hair, to hate, haissant, hai, hais, hais.

Note. There is no diaeresis in the singular of the present indicative
or imperative.

' h, Vetir, to clothe, vetant, vetu, vets, vetis.
1. Mouvoir, to move, mouvant, mu (/. mue), meus, mus.

Fut. je mouvrai

Pres. Subj. je meuve nous mouvions

tu meuves vous mouviez

il meuve ils meuvent

Note. There is no accent in the past participle of compounds of
mouvoir.

/. Pleuvoir, to rain, pleuvant, plu, il pleut, il plut.

Fut. il pleuvra

Note. Pleuvoir is an impersonal verb.

k. Pourvoir, to provide, pourvoyant, pourvu, pourvois, pourvus.

/. Battre, to beat, battant, battu, bats, battis.

m. Conclure, to conclude, concluant, conclu, conclus, conclus.

n, Coudre, to sew, cousant, cousu, couds, cousis.

0. Croitre, to grow, croissant, cru (/. crue), crois, crus.

p. Maudire, to curse, maudissant, maudit, maudis, maudis.

q. Moudre, to grind, moulant, moulu, mouds, moulus.

r. Resoudre, to resolve, solve, resolvant, r6solu, r6sous, r^solus.

5. Rire, to laugh, riant, ri, ris, ris.

t, Sumre, to be sufficient, suffisant, sum, sufBs, suffis.

1/. Vaincre, to conquer, defeat, vainquant, vaincu, vaincs,
vainquis.

382 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IDIOMATIC FORMS AND PHRASES

combattre, to fight se r^soudre a, to be resolved to

s'Smouvoir de, to be stirred by (se) rire de, to laugh at

j'ai failli partir, I nearly started (failed to start)
je faillis tomber, I almost fell (came near falling)

EXERCISE

i. My favorite sister was suddenly assailed by some soldiers.

2. A dog barked and the Italian woman was very much startled.

3. Girls carry fans to balls. 4. The twin sisters have been gather-
ing flowers for half an hour. 5. The armies of today are clothed
better than the ancient (ones). 6. I, at least, will not flee. 7. They
often give feasts to the Turkish women in the seraglios. 8. She
is discreet and works well and will acquire much money. 9. The
water is boiling; now we will drink some tea. 10. Those who
are treacherous always hate their friends. 11. I am glad it is
raining now, because everything is extremely dry. 12. When we
are hungry again, who will provide us with good things ? 13. The
whole country has been stirred by this complete victory. 14. The
English will learn the details of the battle. 15. The peaches on
the trees are growing every day. 16. She was sewing secretly
to make a present for her husband. 17. The Turkish army does
not fight better than the Greek. 18. Go away and be resolved to
become a man. 19. They are to fight tomorrow; will they defeat
the Italians ? 20. They will conclude peace this evening, and this
city will no longer be subject to the king. 21. The sailors were
cursing because the vessels had lost their rudders. 22. That sly
girl is laughing at me now. 23. Are not two carnivals a year too
many ? 24. He almost fell at the outer door. 25. He was grind-
ing the wheat in order to make fresh bread. 26. Their sharp
voices made me flee into my quiet room. 27. Your younger sister
heard what I said ; that is sufficient.

SUPPLEMENTARY — ARTICLES, PRONOUNS 383

LESSON FIFTY-FIVE

SUPPLEMENTARY - ARTICLES, PRONOUNS

314. Apposition. The definite and indefinite articles are
omitted before nouns used in apposition merely to add, in pass-
ing, an incidental fact or a causal relation. Compare Sec. 121.

Paris, the capital of France, Paris, capitate de la Frafice
the Seine, a river of France, la Seine, fleuve de la France
(Being) a soldier, he loves war. Soldat, il aime la guerre.

However, if the function of the appositive is to distinguish
or define, the article is used.
My best friend, John's brother, Mon meilleur ami, le frere de

is here. Jean, est ici.

315. Article with Names of Relatives. The definite
article is used in familiar style when one speaks of his
relatives. Compare Sec. 120, a.

Uncle Peter is here. L'oncle Pierre est ici.

316. Partitive Idioms. Supplementary to Sec. 116.

a. After bien, much, many, and la plupart, {the) most, the
partitive construction (de with the article) is used before a
dependent noun, rather than de alone, which is the usage
after the other adverbs of quantity (Sec. 113).

bien des hommes, many men

la plupart des hommes, most men

b. When a succession of nouns used partitively becomes
a mere list or enumeration, the partitive sign (de with the
article) is omitted.

We have here bread, meat, apples, Nous avons ici pain, viande,
wine. pommes, vin.

384 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

c. Quelque, some (or a) little, some (or a) few, expresses a
more limited quantity than de.

quelque argent, some (or a) little money
de V argent, some money
quelques pommes, some (or a) few apples
des pommes, some apples

317. Disjunctive Pronouns. Further uses of the disjunc-
tives, not mentioned in Sec. 178, are

a. With a to express an indirect object accompanying a
direct object pronoun other than le, la, les.

He will introduce me to him. // me presentera a lui.

He will introduce you to us. // vous presentera a nous.

But,

He will introduce her to them. // la leur presentera.

b. Together with a conjunctive subject or object pronoun
for emphasis.

I am here. » Moi, je suis ici.

Henry insulted me. Henri m'a insulte, moi.

He is here. Lui est ici.

Observe that the disjunctive subject lui may stand alone
without a conjunctive form.

318. En with Possessive Force. En is regularly used for
its (or their) when the word modified by its is a direct
object or is the subject or predicate of etre.

Vosvilles sont belles; j'en aime Your cities are beautiful; I like
les jolis jardins. their pretty gardens

J'aime Paris; les rues en sont I love Paris; its streets (the
belles. streets of it) are beautiful

SUPPLEMENTARY — ARTICLES, PRONOUNS 385

319. Of mine, etc. Phrases like of mine, of yours, etc. are
expressed in French in two ways, depending on the thought.
A friend of mine told me so. Un de mes amis me Va dit.
John is a friend of mine. Jean est mon ami.

320. His and Her, Whenever, to avoid ambiguity, it is
necessary to distinguish between his and her, recourse is had
to the disjunctive.

his garden, son jar din a lui
her garden, sonjardin a elle

321. Lequel is the relative that must be used

a. As the object of the prepositions entre, between, and
parmi, among, even if they refer to persons.

my friends, among whom I count you, mes amis, parmi lesquels je
vous compte

b, As the object of de, instead of dont, to express whose
when the modified noun is itself the object of a preposition,
the man to whose son I speak, Vhomme aufils duquel je parte

322. Ou after Prepositions. D'ou, from where, whence,
from which, and par ou, through which, are often used

instead of duquel, par lequel, etc.

la maison d'ou ils sont venus, the house whence they came

la ville par ou nous sommes venus, the city through which we have come

D'ou venez-vous ? Where do you come from ?

323. Compound Interrogative Pronouns. Instead of the
simple forms qui, que, quoi, interrogative phrases of the type
of qu'est-ce qui in Sec. 211 are very frequently used. These
phrases consist of est-ce preceded by an interrogative pronoun
and followed by a relative. In determining the proper form
of these, the regular rules of Lessons Thirty-Three and
Thirty-Five apply.

386

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

The phrase qu'est-ce qui in the French for what is grow-
ing there (Sec. 211) means in full what is it that. What,
being an interrogative pronoun in the predicate nominative,
becomes que (qu') ; that, being a subject relative, becomes qui.

The predicate nominatives who and what are usually still
further developed, as shown below, an extra que introducing
the real subject.

Who is doing that? (Who is it

that is doing that ?)
Who is this man ? (Who is it

that it is, namely, this man ?)
Whom did you find ? (Who is

it that you found ?)
Of whom are you speaking?

(Of whom is it that you are

speaking ?)
What is this thing ? (What is it

that it is, namely, this thing ?)
What is that ? (What is it that

it is, namely, that ?)
What is your father doing ? (What

is it that your father is doing ?)
Of what are you speaking ? (Of

what is it that you are speak-
ing ?)

Qui est-ce qui fait cela ?

Qui est-ce que c'est que cet

homme ?
Qui est-ce que vous avez trouve ?

De qui est-ce que vous parlez ?

Qu'est-ce que c'est que cette chose f
Qu'est-ce que c'est que cela ?
Qu'est-ce que voire p ere fait ?
De quoi est-ce que vous parlez ?

324. Soi, ones self, itself, is a sort of disjunctive reflex-
ive of the third person, rarely used except after prepositions
in general statements.
On ne doit pas penser a soi. One ought not to think of himself.

But in a specific case the intensive form is used.
Jean ne doit pas penser a lui- fohn ought ?iot to thi?ik of him-

meme. self.

SUPPLEMENTARY — ARTICLES, PRONOUNS 387

325. Reciprocal Pronouns. The plural reflexive pronouns
are often used to denote reciprocal action. To distinguish
this from the reflexive use, l'un Pautre, the one the other, in
the case of two persons, or les uns les autres, the ones the
others, in the case of more than two, is often added.

We love each other. Nous nous aimons.

They (two) love each other. 77s s'aiment l'un I'autre.

They (several) flatter one another. J7s seflattent les uns les autres.

They (two) are giving presents Us se donnent des cadeaux l'un
to each other. a I'autre.

IDIOMATIC WORDS AND PHRASES

ne . . . aucun(e), no one, no ma propre plume, my own pen

un autre, another, a different nous autres soldats, we soldiers

encore un, another, one more de quoi manger, something to eat

que f aire ? what 's to be done ?

il n'y a pas de quoi, it 's not worth mentioning

a l'heure qu'il est, at the present time

EXERCISE

1. His brother, an English soldier, is here. 2. Most cities are
on large rivers. 3. He has some watches and a few jewels. 4. John
insulted him ; what 's to be done ? 5. This little child is a brother
of his. 6. Of whose brother are you speaking ? 7. The painter, of
whose picture I am talking, has just died. 8. Let us praise each
other, but let us not praise ourselves. 9. No teacher can teach his
own children. 10. London, the capital of England, is the largest
city in the world. 1 1. Uncle William, who lives near us, was intro-
duced to you. 12. If you speak to him, he will introduce you to
me. 13. I have only a few pieces of it; give me another. 14. All
these children love one another. 15. Have you been in the city
long ? Do you like its stores ? 16. What is that ? Didn't you hear

388 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

it? 17. She was traveling among the Greeks. 18. Of what did
the poet write ? Of what country? 19. Does she sew all the time ?
That is another story. 20. My own friend, your younger cousin,
said so (it). 21. Will you not introduce me to her? 22. Is there
a friend here? Yes, he is here. 23. The house is pretty, but its
windows are very small. 24. Were not he and she in his garden ?
25. I too had just left the city from which he came. 26. Who is it
that you saw in the Greek city? 27. One ought not to love him-
self more than others. 28. Don't thank us ; it 's not worth men-
tioning. 29. At the present time he has most of the money. 30. We
pupils cannot learn everything. 3 1 . Every one works for himself.
32. A neighbor of his provided him with what he needed, meat,
potatoes, bread, milk, and sugar. ^^. Another man would have
paid her another franc for her flowers. 34. What are the two rivers
between which this city is built? 35. Who are these children?
Where did they all come from ?

LESSON FIFTY-SIX

SUPPLEMENTARY - WORD ORDER, ETC.

326. Position of Adjectives. Specific preliminary direc-
tions for the position of descriptive adjectives were given
in Sees. 99, 100. Some insight into the underlying prin-
ciples is now desirable.

a. Adjectives that distinguish an object from others of its
group (or a subgroup from a larger group) follow the noun.

Adjectives that add a quality which the judgment or
emotion of the speaker leads him to mention tend to precede.

un cheval blanc, a white horse (not black)
la blanche neige, the white snow (which I admire)
la ville anglaise, an English city (tells its nationality)
Pillustre Hugo, the famous Hugo (as men esteem him)

SUPPLEMENTARY — WORD ORDER, ETC. 389

b. Adjectives whose meaning regularly brings them after
the noun include (1) those denoting color, shape, and
other physical conditions ; (2) those denoting nationality
or party.

une robe noire, a black dress
la table ronde, the round table
le parti liberal, the Liberal party

c. Adjectives of participial derivation, especially past parti-
ciples, are apt to have a force that causes them to follow.

une fenetre ouverte, an open window
des e'toiles filantes, shooting stars

d. Certain adjectives of everyday use have come to pre-
cede even when they distinguish. A list is given in Sec. 100.

e. Adjectives used figuratively imply a judgment or opinion
and therefore regularly precede.

un noir caractere, a black character

f. Certain adjectives differ considerably in meaning as
they precede or follow. Among these are

Before its Noun

After its Noun

brave

worthy, good

brave

cher

dear (beloved)

dear (costly)

dernier

the last (of a series)

last (just passed)

grand

great

tall

honn£te

honest

polite

mechant

poor

wicked

nouveau

additional

newly' made

pauvre

poor (pitiable)

needy

petit

small, short

petty, mean

propre

own

clean

seul

only

alone

triste

poor sort of

sad

390 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

g. Considerations of euphony, emphasis, and other influ-
ences cause usages at variance with the principles men-
tioned above. In particular, long adjectives and those
modified by long adverbs or phrases follow.

un enfant extremement joli, an extremely pretty child
un fils digne de son pere, a son worthy of his father

The whole matter of the position of adjectives is very
idiomatic. Observation of French usage is the surest guide.

327. Position of Adverbs. Exceptions to Sec. no.

a. The adverbs hier, aujourd'hui, demain, ici, la, and partout
never come between the auxiliary and the past participle.

II est venu hier. He came yesterday.

b. Short, simple adverbs that modify an infinitive are apt
to precede it.

Je n'ose trop parler. I dare not speak too much.

c. For rhetorical effect an adverb that modifies the verb
is sometimes placed at the beginning of a sentence.
Partout.il y avait des soldats. Everywhere there were soldiers.

d. The negatives rien and personne, being originally nouns,
may be used as the subject of a sentence. In this case they
stand first in their clause, the ne having its normal position.
Personne n'est ici. Nobody is here.

328. Subject after Verb. In addition to the interrogative
construction, the subject follows the verb

a. Regularly with verbs of saying when the quotation or
a part of it precedes.

"I see you," said the mother. aje te vois », dit la mere.

M Come here," said he, " and sit aVenez ici», dit-il, net asseyez-
down." vous.%

SUPPLEMENTARY — WORD ORDER, ETC. 391

Note. In parenthetical constructions like the above the past definite
is generally used, rather than the past indefinite.

b. Often when an adverb or other part of the predicate
precedes for rhetorical effect.

Soon the son too arrived. Bientbt arriva lefils aussi.

Scarcely had she entered. A peine fut-elle entree.

c. Often when a relative is the object of its clause.

the book that my younger brother was reading, le livre que lisait

mon frere cadet
I will do all that a brave man can do. Jeferaitout ce que peut f aire

un homme brave.

d. In the object clause in indirect questions when the
subject of the clause is a noun (not a pronoun), especially
when this subject has a long modifier.

I don't know where the man Je ne sais pas ou est Vhomme qui
who lives here is. demeure id.

329. Tout as Adverb. Tout is often used as an adverb in the
sense of quite, all. It then agrees with a following feminine
adjective beginning with a consonant, but not with a mascu-
line adjective or a feminine one beginning with a vowel.

Elles etaient toutes rouges. They were quite red (blushing).

Les gar^ons sont tout pales. The boys are quite (alt) pale.

Sa femme est tout aimable. His wife is very (quite) kind.

330. Omission of Negative pas. After the verbs cesser,
to cease, oser, to dare, pouvoir, to be able, and savoir, to
know, the pas of the negative not is very frequently omitted.
Je n'ose parler. I dare not speak.

331. Que for Other Conjunctions. Que is very generally used
to avoid repetition of a conjunction. The subjunctive is
required when que replaces si, if.

392 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Quand vous arriverez et que vous When you come and (when you)

lui parlerez. speak to him.

Si vous en voulez et que j'en aie. If you want some and if I

have any.

332. Si meaning yes. After an expressed or implied
negation si is used for yes.

You didn't say so? Yes, I did Vous nePavez pas difi Si,jeVai

(say so). dit.

He isn't coming ? Yes, indeed. 77 ne vient pas ? Mais si.

333. Historical Present. In animated narration in French,
as in English, the present is often used instead of a past tense.

II faisait froid. Le paysan met ft was cold. The peasant puts on
son habit; il sort au plus vite. his coat ; he goes out as quickly

as he can.

334. A, Dans, En. Among the numerous idiomatic dis-
tinctions in the use of prepositions, those between a, to, at,
in, dans, into, and en, in, present some difficulty.

A denotes position at ; dans, position inside of ; while en
forms with its object an expression equivalent to an adverb.

Jean tient un livre a la main. fohn holds a book in his hand.

Jean est dans sa chambre. John is in his room.

II les vend en gros. He sells them wholesale (in great

quantities).

335. Compound Nouns. Nouns are frequently combined
by the use of de and a.

a. De is used when the second noun expresses the material,
place of origin, or contents of the first.

une fourchette d'argent, a silver fork
le fromage de Suisse, Swiss cheese
un ver de terre, an earthworm
un verre de vin, a glass of wine

SUPPLEMENTARY — WORD ORDER, ETC. 393

Material is often, perhaps more commonly, expressed by en.
une montre en or, a gold watch

b. A is used when the second noun denotes the purpose,
use, or means of motion of the first.

un verre a rin, a wineglass

un couteau a papier, a paper-knife

un bateau a vapeur, a steamboat

EXERCISE

1. The poor ought not to buy the dearest meats. 2. He is the
only man who dares not laugh at us. 3. The two sad little girls
were alone under the blue sky. 4. I almost forgot what my friend,
who had just returned from Switzerland, told me. 5. He is a
polite boy, a son worthy of his honest father. 6. Among the
famous cities through which he traveled, the Turkish capital
pleased him best. 7. I cannot praise the Christian emperor too
much. 8. Who is the tall man who has a long nose ? 9. If you
have many, and will sell them at wholesale, I shall buy some.
10. The wicked king had a shining gold crown on his head, a
spear in his right hand. 11. Let us use the silver cup for a
teacup. 12. The faithful Joan could not save her beloved France.
13. Who is it that saw the last shooting star last night? 14. The
cook had an extremely pretty daughter. 15. M Do you want," he
asked, M your own fork or my clean knife ? " 1 6. Most poets
prefer not to live in a large city. 17. They have often visited
the battlefield where many poor soldiers fell. 18. The stolen
cloth was found on the steamboat. 19. He could not introduce
you to me in all that crowd. 20. Hardly had he the wineglass
in his hand when his host brought a gold cup. 21. Uncle
John and two twin cousins of mine were in the dining-room.
22. When my father was in business, the last man that he hired
was a poor sort of workman. 23. Cursing each other furiously,

394 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

the sailors quickly fled. 24. I tell her not to go further; every-
where wounded soldiers are dying. 25. He came yesterday, but
nobody was here to receive him. 26. Never 'will I introduce you to
the Italian girl of whose black eyes you wrote me. 27. The good
priest lived in a white house ; he loved to see the white snow.
28. He can't read the Greek language? Yes, he can. 29. She
was all pale ; the girls all pitied her. 30. M You cannot yet write
French well," said the teacher. w Yes, indeed, I can," I replied.

MODELES DE CORRESPONDANCE

Salutations :

Mon cher ami Ma chere amie

Cher monsieur Chere Madame X

Phrases de commencement de lettres :

Je m'empresse de repondre a votre lettre du 5 courant.
J'ai ete bien heureux de recevoir de vos nouvelles.
Je prends la liberte de vous faire savoir que . . .

Phrases defin de lettres :

Bien a vous. Votre bien sincere

Je vous serre cordialement la main.

Recevez, monsieur, l'assurance de ma consideration distinguee.
Veuillez agreer, madame, Fexpression de mes sentiments les
plus devoues.

Instructions :

Aux soins de . . .

Priere de faire suivre.

Poste restante.

Repondre par retour du courrier.

SENTENCES FOR GENERAL REVIEW

The pupil will not have all the material required for these sentences
until he has completed the lessons.

i. I must be in Boston tomorrow at noon. 2. You are right.
I didn't come for fear that it would rain. 3. She does not believe
that her mother has come. 4. I fear that you will stay longer
than they want you. 5. She loves flowers so much, and these are
the most beautiful I have ever seen. 6. As soon as I had gone to
bed, it began to rain. 7. How long did you stay at your aunt's?
I didn't know that she had come home. 8. Did you and he wait
for me long ? I did not want to come too early. 9. When will
your brother begin to grind that wheat? 10. We ought not to
tell all we know. n. Have you not done all you can for the poor
of the city? 12. I was replying to his letter when you came in
and spoke to me. 13. Do you think that what you have done
pleases him ? No, I don't think so. 1 4. The old horse used often
to be beaten to make him work. 15. Give me back my pen when
you find yours, for I need mine very often. 16. When I was
young, I knew how to speak French, but now I have forgotten
how (it). 17. I have only a few pictures, but a friend of mine
has his house full. 18. You will have to come. A dog has bitten
my hand and I can scarcely write. 19. It has snowed for several
days, but I see now a little blue sky and I hope it will soon be
clear. 20. We cannot get along without eating and drinking if we
wish to live.

21. We have resolved not to start until it is fine. 22. He needs
some money at once ; it will be better to come to him while he
stays at my house. 23. I am going to tell you something which,

395

396 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

I hope, will make you very happy. 24. I arose early and went to
have my watch cleaned. 25. Wood is more useful than gold or
silver, but it is not worth so much. 26. Nobody can prevent my
father from saying what he thinks. 27. The table before which
you were seated used to belong to my father many years ago.
28. When the sun rises, we will try to finish the work which we
began last evening. 29. The snow has closed both the road to
(of) the city and that to the mountains. 30. I saw a friend of
yours on the steamboat, but she did not speak to me. 31. During
the war of 1861 each army lost more than 500,000 men. 32. It
was the wife of the doctor whom you know who sent me this
book. 33. If you are afraid, close your eyes and give me your
hand. 34. He stayed several years at my house, but I never
knew whose son he was. 35. While I was at the window, I saw
her approach the door. 36. I was mistaken ; it was not my keys,
but my father's, which I had lost. 37. They say that you let your
sick father remain alone. What were you thinking of? 38. We
ought to love those who hate us, and give to those who injure us.

39. What a beautiful red flower ! Have you many in your garden ?

40. I have lived in this room for a long time, and I love it more
than one would think.

41. I have just seen him, but I did not know how to tell him
what I wanted. 42. This man lost more money than that one had.

43. He who has money ought to be willing to pay what he owes.

44. They are to eat at our house tomorrow if they don't have to
go to the city early. 45. Nobody will know what I was think-
ing of when you entered my poor room. 46. I heard that you
had brought many things with you, and I came to see what you
bought at Paris. 47. Don't try to do more than you can, but do
well what you do. 48. He reads only Sundays, and cannot read
the tenth part of the books that are given him. 49. Everybody
ought to use all that God has given him, in order to be useful.
50. When you need anything, ask me for it. 51. I will hurry as

SENTENCES FOR GENERAL REVIEW 397

much as I can, but I fear I shall arrive there too late. 52. " The
king is dead ; long live the king," they began to exclaim. 53. When
winter comes, all the leaves will die and the trees will no longer
be beautiful. 54. I wish that I might see my father again. 55. If
you find us a book that we like, we will get up early to read it.
56. He is leading such a life that it would be better for him to
die. 57. We gather apples in autumn and keep many until spring
comes. 58. It was not possible to learn what his name is. 59. I
am glad that you have found my pencil ; I feared it would never
be seen. 60. He was not willing to come at all, for he was afraid
it would be cold.

61. I shall not go away unless it be necessary. 62. Bring me
some wood that is cut easily, and I will make you a boat. 63. We
came here to buy some presents, but each of us is too tired.
64. Provided he can start this evening, he will be with you
tomorrow morning. 65. The victory would have been ours before
night had fallen, if all the generals had not been killed. 66. Did
he not almost freeze before he finished his work ? 67. Whatever
you do, remember that you are a Frenchman. 68. Eat a good
breakfast before starting, and you will not be cold. 69. The sol-
diers ought to cover their fires and go to bed early this evening.
70. Although I pity him, I cannot give him any money, for I have
none. 71. When I finish reading these books, I will send them to
you. 72. Where are the oxen and the sheep that belong to me?
Try to find them. 73. I shall never be able to persuade him to
cease smoking. 74. As for me, I am resolved to do it, and no-
body can prevent me. 75. She is to go to see him, although he
refused to let her enter. 76. Peaches grow in every country where
the winters are not too cold and the summers too hot and dry.
77. Let him take what he wants ; there will be enough for me. 78. 1
shall obey my father, although I expect never to see him again.

79. I will have him make the table if he can do it better than I.

80. Do you wish coffee every morning while you live at my house?

MOLlfeRE

Le tricentenaire de Moliere, acteur, directeur et dramaturge, est tombe le
15 Janvier 1922. On a honore sa memoire dans les theatres de France,
surtout a la Comedie francaise (appelee Maison de Moliere), et aussi en
Amerique. II est reconnu comme etant le plus grand auteur comique de
tous les temps et de tous les pays. Parmi ses pieces les mieux connues
sont VAvare, Le Bourgeois gentilhomme et Le Malade itnaginaire. Moliere
a ete le peintre de la nature humaine. La plupart de ses personnages
sont devenus des types imperissables. Nul n'a enrichi la langue d'autant
de vers, de mots et de locutions devenues proverbes. Apres sa mort, son
buste fut place dans la salle de l'Academie francaise avec cette inscription :
a Rien ne manque a sa gloire ; il manquait a la notre »

APPENDIX

I. DRILL SENTENCES FROM COLLEGE PAPERS

The following sentences are selected from college entrance examina-
tion papers given within the last few years in this country.

The Partitive Construction

i. There are easy words and difficult ones. 2. There were
many books on the table. 3. Some bread but not much meat. 4. 1
have no friends in this city, but I have some in America. 5. Do
you want some coffee ? No, I do not want any. That is fortunate,
for there isn't any. 6. How many letters have you received today ?
We have received three. 7. He never has any pens ; he takes ours.
8. The old soldier tells the children long stories of the war. 9. If
you have plenty of books, give him some and give them some too,
but do not give her any. 1 o. Have you any friends in that town ?
Yes, I have many there, n. You gave me some bread, but did
you give her any ? 12. He has several hats, many books, a dozen
cravats, and little money. 13. How many books have you there?
We have more than ten. 1 4. How many brothers have you ? I
have three. 15. She asked me to give her some money, but I told
her I had none. 16. We have meat, potatoes, and good bread, but
we have neither butter nor milk. 17. He has much money, and he
gives some to these poor people. 18. Where can I buy some fine
red apples ? I am told there aren't any more. 19. How many pens
have you ? Give me some. I have none. Well, here are some good
pens. 20. Do you say that you have some fine horses? No, I
haven't any horses, but I know a man who has some. 21. WTe
shall give them some meat, some good bread, and some fresh water.

399

400 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

22. I am going to ask him for some money. I have not any books.

23. Have you any paper ? If you have enough, will you not give
me some? 24. We have pencils, but we have brought no pens.
Will you lend me one? 25. There is no smoke without (a) fire.
26. It is true he has none, but he has money and can easily buy
some. 27. He had no pens either, but he had some good pencils.
28. I bought some French books yesterday. 29. We had a great
deal of snow last winter, didn't we ? 30. There we found some
friends whom we had known for a long time.

Agreement of the Past Participle

1. Have you received the letter which I wrote to you yesterday ?
2. The books which I have read are very interesting. 3. She has
gone to the address which you had given to her. 4. She saw them
at the market this morning. 5. Has he read the letter that she
has written him ? 6. Our sisters have gone away ; they will be at
home on Thursday. 7. The lady you saw at your aunt's yesterday
has come here too. 8. Give me back the four letters which I gave
you yesterday. 9. All the flowers that we had planted had per-
ished. 10. They were sorry that their friends had departed.
1 1. Didn't you bring the books I saw last evening ? 12. Here are
two letters I have received this morning. 13. She has cut her
finger. 14. Mary and John have arrived. 15. Did she remember
what I told her ? 1 6. We didn't see them at the theater last evening.
17. Why did she go downstairs a few minutes ago? 18. He is
reminding me of the French lessons that he has given me.
19. That's the window he broke this afternoon. 20. I do not
believe that they have arrived.

Negation and Interrogation

1. I have never traveled in Europe. 2. He has neither friends
nor money. 3. He has so many friends there that I think he will
not stay here much longer. 4. There is never anybody at your

APPENDIX 401

house. 5. Are not horses useful animals ? 6. Nobody has found
her. 7. She has seen nobody. 8. Nothing has been done. 9. I
told it only to my father. 10. Don't do that now. 11. Where did
you see all those boys? 12. Is the Italian language difficult?

13. We shall speak to you no more. 14. Did he not speak to you
of me? 15. Nobody has been forgotten. 16. I do not speak Eng-
lish; I have said nothing. 17. He is no longer my friend.
18. Who is there? Nobody. 19. Nothing that he says is true; I
have never said it 20. Whom have you seen today ? I have seen
no one and I have done nothing at all.

Personal Pronouns

1. Take it to him, if you please. 2. I will give it to him when
I see him this evening. 3. When will he give it to you ? 4. This
pen is not very good ; do not give it to him, give it to me. 5. I
have seen many of them there. 6. He will give it to me. 7. Where
are the letters ? Have you given them to her ? 8. I have given
her all that you gave me. 9. He does not send it to you. 1 o. I
have brought them to you. 1 1. Has he sent her to them ? 12. Give
them some. Do not give them any. 13. She has put herself there.

14. I have introduced myself to you. 15. You have introduced
yourself to her. 16. I gave her a book. They did not give her a
book. 17. Give it to me ; don't give it to him. 18. He and I are
going to see them there. 19. Introduce them to him; she has
introduced herself to me. 20. I have spoken of it to her and to
them. 21. He is taller than I, but I am stronger than he.
22. Give one of them to your brother, but do not give him more
than one. 23. Look at me; look at him. 24. Do not give it to
us ; give it to them. 25. I will speak to her about it if you want
me to. 26. I shall have a new hat; my mother has promised it
to me. 27. Will you not give me this apple ? 28. You and he were
there, were you not ? 29. Give me the grammar you promised me
and of which I spoke to you yesterday ; I will return it to you.

402 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

30. If you do not (do it), I shall oblige you to give it to him. 31. I
will give it to you if I do not need it myself. 32. Have you given
the toys to the children ? Yes, I have given them to them. 33. You
have given them to him as well as to me, and he follows you.
34. Do not send them to us. 35. I love you and I will show it to
you. 36. That book is very instructive ; lend it to me. Will you
not lend it to her? 37. I speak of these books, not of that one
there ; John gave them to me. 38. Give it to me in spite of him.
39. While I was out, she came in. 40. Can he send it to her ? Yes,
he can. 41. They haven't given him any. 42. Give her some
money. No, don't give her any. 43. Here are some apples ; look
at them, but don't eat any. 44. We shall never give them to him.
45. She is not going, nor I either. 46. He gave it to her himself.
47. It was John who introduced me to you. 48. Do not speak to
me of him. 49. She has hurt her hand. 50. Do not send it to him
today ; he is not at home.

POSSESSIVES AND DEMONSTRATIVES

i. This book is mine, but that is my sister's. 2. Your city is large
and beautiful; our village is small and pretty. 3. This picture is
handsome ; I do not like that one. 4. There are some books on
the table; the red ones are his, the blue ones are yours. 5. This
morning I washed my hands. 6. These are serious orders. Give
them to her, but do not give them to me. 7. Yes, she is pretty and
happy ; indeed, she is the best of the family. 8. My house is pret-
tier than his, but his is larger than mine. 9. Is this table yours or
mine? 10. My house is larger than yours, but yours is finer than
mine. 11. This wine is cool, but this water is not cool. 12. I like
this one better than that one. 13. My house is larger than yours.

14. Paul's letters and William's; Paul and William's letters.

15. Give her this book and those of the teacher, they are more
interesting than hers ; they are good French books. 16. Is it your
aunt who lives there? 17. His exercises are good, but hers are

APPENDIX 403

always better. 18. These apples are better than those, but I have
some which are best of all. 19. Is this pen yours? No, sir, it is
his. There is mine on the table. 20. They have black hair and
blue eyes. 21. She has cut her hand. 22. Is that book yours or
your brother's ? 23. To whom does this hat belong ? It belongs to
my brother. 24. Is this your book, or is it hers? 25. That man
has spent his fortune and that of his wife. 26. Your house is small,
but ours is smaller still. 27. Here is my book; there is theirs.

28. His house is already finished ; they have not yet begun hers.

29. We have lost our horse, but we have my brother's. 30. It is
not a good pen; I cannot use it. 31. His house is near mine;
where is yours ? 32. These buildings are taller than those. 33. My
book and hers are on the table. 34. I am going to see her and her
sister; I shall give her this. 35. These roses are white, but those
which are on the table are red. 36. My dress and my mother's were
bought in Paris last summer. 37. Don't give me this book; give
me that one. 38. Uncle's house is not so large as the one we saw
the other day. 39. He is my best friend; don't you think so?
40. A friend of mine told me he would come to see me at five o'clock.

Relatives and Interrogatives

1 . What is that large building on (de) the other side of the street ?
2. Which of these gentlemen is the one who was at your house last
night ? 3. I know what amuses you. 4. Of what are you thinking ?
5. To which one of his children did he leave the principal part of
his fortune ? 6. I saw him who was with you day before yesterday.
7. Whom have you seen ? Nobody. 8. What have you seen ? I have
seen nothing. 9. Which of the two shall I give you ? 10. It was he
who told me that. 1 1. Here is the man of whom we were speaking.
12. Which one of these young girls is your sister ? 13. Who is the
gentleman of whom you spoke ? 14. What do you see ? We do not
see anything. 15. What have you done? Whom have you seen?
16. Which book do you prefer, this one or that one? 17. Where

404 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

did you find the book which you are reading? 18. What is the
project of which you were talking? 19. We have not yet received
what we have been promised. 20. Of which table are you speaking ?
21. Did you see what he had? 22. What have you told her?
23. What is that? Is it mine or yours? 24. What pleases you?
25. What is the boy doing? 26. Do you know what that is?
27. Do you know of whom she is speaking ? 28. The lady of whom
we are speaking is the one who came here for you last night.

29. What have they read? I know what they are reading now,

30. Who has come ? Whom have you seen ? 31. What is happen-
ing ? Tell me what has happened. 32. Who is it ? It is I. 33. She
who plays does not always dance well. 34. I want to know of what
you are thinking. 35. What pleases me does not please everybody.
36. You do not know what you are talking about. 37. I know the
man whose son is your friend. 38. Is the book in which you are
reading interesting ? 39. The person of whom I spoke has come ;
all she said was reasonable. 40. Take a book. Which one do you
prefer? 41. What is her name? What is your name? What a
pretty name ! 42. To which of the children did he give the cake ?
43. This is the house of which you have spoken. 44. The persons
you are speaking of have not arrived. 45. I looked for the house
in which he lived, but I had forgotten on (in) which of the streets
it was. 46. With whom did you go to school ? 47. I saw the lady
to whose son you gave money. 48. There's a man whose son I
know. 49. Is the church of which you have spoken near your
home? 50. What fell then? I don't know what fell. 51. Who
spoke to you and what did he say to you? 52. Who is the man
who just entered the room ? It is the painter of whom I was
speaking. 53. Have you seen the picture by which he became so
famous? 54. What amuses them does not amuse me. 55. Every-
body likes a child whose face is always clean. 56. What is not clear
is not French. 57. Who opened the door? Whom did you see
(the) first ? 58. What was on the table ?

APPENDIX 405

Numbers

1. How many young persons are there here? Eighty-one, I
believe, or ninety-one. 2. It was June fourth, 1898. 3. Charles
XII, king of Sweden, was born on the 27th of June, 1682. 4. He
lost his mother in his eleventh year and was barely fifteen years
old when his father died. 5. That tree is thirty feet high. 6. In
1877, on the third of July, this old city of Louis XIV had 253,796
inhabitants. 7. In half an hour we shall have been here an hour
and a half. 8. At what o'clock did your mother go out ? 9. Gam-
betta was born April 3, 1838, and died on December 31,
1882. 10. At what time did she arrive? At half-past twelve.
11. What time is it? It is already eleven o'clock. 12. Corneille
was born at Rouen the 6th of June, 1606. 13. How old is that
little child ? 14. How many men did you see in the street ? I saw
987. 15. The fifteenth of July, 1876. 16. It is a quarter past two ;
no, it is a quarter to three. 17. Were you in Paris the thirteenth of
last month? .18. What day of the month is (have we) today?
19. Today is the seventh of August. 20. How wide is this room ?
It is ten feet wide. 21. Eggs cost a franc a dozen. 22. Sugar is
sold by the pound. 23. He came twice a week. 24. This room is
ten meters long. 25. If I am ill tomorrow, I shall go to bed at six
o'clock. 26. Daudet was born at Nimes on the thirteenth of May,
1840 ; he died in 1897. 27. At what time does the train start for
Paris ? At ten minutes of eight. 28. He has been living there since
August 21, 189 1. 29. A hundred years ago, in 18 14, France was
invaded by many enemies. 30. The armistice which ended the
" Great War " was signed November 11, 19 18.

Verb Idioms

1. Are your brothers in the garden ? No, they are reading in the
parlor. 2. How long have you lived in France ? 3. What do you
call this child ? He is called Paul. 4. Come ! Let us hurry. Do

406 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

not give it to him. 5 . If it were not so hot, I should go out. 6. Here
is the letter I have just received from them. 7. Did you read the
newspapers every day when you were in the country ? 8. If I were
you, I wouldn't do that. 9. When you go home, tell your brother I
should like to see him. 10. We are not going for a drive ; we prefer
to go for a walk. 1 1. WThen it rains, the grass grows everywhere ;
we must run and get umbrellas. 12. It is easy to read French. It
is not easy to speak it. 13. He is hungry; let him eat. 14. It is
the land I used to love. 15. You are right and I am wrong. 16. I
am going out ; I go to see the man every week. 1 7. The two cousins
loved each other when they lived in this city, but they have not
written to each other for years. 18. They have just decided this
matter. 1 9 . Do you know that gentleman ? 20. Let us speak French.
2 1 . I have not yet read the paper, but I am going to read it immedi-
ately. 22. You will have left the city before midnight. 23. They
have been in Paris since Wednesday. 2 4. How long did your sisters
stay in Paris ? 25. Are you enjoying yourself ? 26. An old woman
came to see me. 27. I see that the window is open. Have it closed.
28. I should set out tomorrow if I were rich enough. 29. As soon
as you are there and have time, will you go and see my brother ?
30. We have been told that our friends were deceived. 31. We had
been in Paris several months when our friends arrived. 32. When
you have completed your exercises, I will correct them for you.
33. How long have you been living in America ? 34. While I was
at church, my brother was taking a walk on the mountain. 35. WThen
it is fine weather, we shall go to France. 36. She likes French better
than German. 37. We had just read your letter when you entered
the house. 38. Go and study your lesson. 39. They have just arrived;
I saw them running. 40. If we wished to do it, we could. 41. We
make them do their work. 42. We ought to have done so. 43. I
shall make him do what I wish him to do. 44. The whole book was
torn by the children. Why didn't you take it away from them ? 45. 1
must go out whether it rains or not. 46. The children went to bed

APPENDIX 407

at eight o'clock and they will get up at six. 47. I intended to start
on the first of January, but I had to wait until the third. 48. I had
just heard the news when your letter came. 49. If I am not mistaken,
you are very sleepy. 50. Did they not fall asleep as soon as they went
to bed? 51. He ought to have arrived there last week. 52. After
having walked two hours, we sat down. 53. Make her sing. Make
her sing this song. 54. How warm it is I Are you warm ? 55. After
looking at the books he bought them. 56. I went and saw him and
had him make me a coat. 57. She ought to have gone to see them
yesterday. 58. I am cold ; the water is cold too ; it is cold today.
59. Don't you need your hat when it is cold ? 60. Are you going
to have a house built this year ?

The Subjunctive Mood

1. He is the richest man I know. 2. I am afraid you will succeed.
3. Do you think I am right ? 4. There are two apples which she has
bought. 5. Whatever men may do, they cannot escape death. 6. I
am afraid my father is not well enough to go with us. 7. I doubt
whether he will be able to come. 8. I have told him nothing which
could deceive him. 9. Whatever she says, do not answer. 10. I
never hear from my aunt unless I write to her. 1 1. I do not think
she was here ten days ago. 1 2. I am not afraid of him, though he is
older than I. 13. Do you think it will be cold tomorrow ? 14. How
many books have you read since you have been here? 15. I am
afraid he will find the horse when he arrives. 1 6. Everybody desires
that the war may soon be finished. 17. She was glad that her father
had come. 18. At what time do you think he will come ? 19. I think
he will not come before eight or nine. 20. We wished that he might
come. 21. It is not possible for us to be at your house on Saturday
next. 22. We regret that you have not received our letter. 23. You
must work until I am ready. 2 4. I fear that he cannot, will not, or
does not know how to do it. 25. I do not doubt that he too has the
courage to (de) do the same thing. 26. He has not a single friend who

408 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

is true to him. 27. She was sorry you had left before she came.
28. Those he brought us are the finest I ever saw. 29. Do you wish
to go yourself or do you wish us to go ? 30. I doubt whether he will
be willing to give it to you. 31. It is possible that it may rain, but
I do not think it will. 32. We fear we may not be forgiven this
time. 33. I am sure that you could not have written your exercise
in half an hour. 34. I regret that you have not received your letter
in time. 35. However rich they may be, they cannot lend you all
the money you need. 36. Although he is only twenty years old, he
is a captain in the army. 37. Give me your hand and let us be
friends. 38. I fear that it is neither mine nor yours. 39. It is the
finest thing one can see. 40. The crowd was so great that they
could hardly cross the street. 41. Do you think it will be colder
tomorrow than it has been today ? 42. He is looking for some one
who knows him. 43. When you enter the dining-room, you will see
your friend in front of the window. 44. I do not want to tell you
what I have just done. 45. He ate very little although he was
hungry. 46. Tell them what happened on the 24th of February.
47. Whoever he is, have him come in. 48. He wants me to cut the
grass in the yard. 49. That's the finest thing I have ever seen.
50. I want a servant who will always be polite.

General

1. Do you study your lessons in the morning i I do every day.
2. These apples are mine ; those are yours. Which do you like
better ? 3. Henry d'Albret was the grandfather of Henry the Fourth
of France. 4. This old house is the priest's ; you must visit it with me.
5. We are going to have some friends at dinner this evening. 6. I
have bought some trees and I have set them out. 7. Where are the
six roses I bought this morning ? 8. Here are four of them ; I gave
two of them to your sister. 9. She was sewing when we came.
10. Tell him so if you wish to ; he will not believe it. 11. Mr. White
is the richest man in our city. 1 2. What is the matter with that boy

APPENDIX 409

this morning? 13. Are they not all good friends? Some are, but
others are not. 1 4. Do you not hear the noise in the street ? It is
the soldiers who have just arrived. 1 5. Do you not know any stories ?

16. If he could search three days, he would not find his friends.

17. There are few old books in our house now, but there were many
a year ago. 18. The man who was looking at the horse in the street
was near the window. 19. Victor Hugo, the greatest French poet of
the last century, was born in France in 1802. 20. Of what were you
thinking when I spoke to you of the books that you had lost?

21. That young girl is intelligent; she has beautiful blue eyes.

22. Will you come with me into the garden ? 23. The population of
France is larger than that of Italy, but not so large as that of the
United States. 24. 1 see a book on the table ; whose is it ? It is your
brother's. 25. We were going to leave the house when he arrived.

26. I shall buy that picture for them. 27. These are the books
which were given me. 28. He has not seen so much of it as I.
29. He is an American, and Americans like to travel. 30. Since my
arrival in Paris I have been so busy that I have-not found time to
make any calls. 31. As soon as I have read the books which you
sent last week, I will return them to you in order that you may lend
them to other friends. 32. When we finish our lessons, we go into
the orchard and eat ripe apples. ^^. Have you told them that we
cannot see one another ? 34. How many times have you been to the
city this week ? 35. Your brother brought us some roses this morn-
ing, and he would have brought some to them if they had asked him
for any. 36. Are you always at home on Sunday, or do you go away ?
37. Have the kindness to bring me my hat. 38. I show it to you, but
he shows it to them. 39. That does not please him. 40. It is a good
picture, in which one sees blue sky, green water, and some pretty
ships. 41. If you have books and if you have no friends, come to
me and speak to me of it, but do not speak to them. 42. They have
been obliged to go to her brother's. 43. Do you know which of the
horses your father sold yesterday ? 44. The man of whom you speak

410 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

is my friend. 45. Have you told them that I am here ? 46. The
weather is fine, but I wish it were not so hot. 47. They have no
more money, and so they must stay at home. 48. I promised him to
do it, and I must do it. 49. I liked that book so well that I had my
pupils read it. 50. There are several steamboats on the blue waters
of the sea.

51. They say that this little child speaks English as well as
French. 52. His name and his father's are better known than mine.
53. If I were in good health, I should often go to Europe and I should
always spend a few months in Paris. 5 4. We shall set out for London
on the twenty-first of June. 55. Good day, sir. Good evening, madam.

56. How long have you been here ? I have been here three weeks.

57. How old are you? I am older than my brother. 58. Your
brother has your pencils, but I have some paper and pens. 59. The
coats are for sale, but not the dresses ; the latter are new, the former
old. 60. What are you looking at ? I am looking at these flowers.
61. I asked her for the salt, but her friend gave me bread. 62. If I
had a great deal of money, I should go to Europe. 63. We cannot
find them where you left them, although we have searched for them.

64. Mary is the youngest of all the children, but she is not the best.

65. Must you go away at once ? 66. If she had written me, I should
have answered her letter. 67. It is easy to do that, for it has already
been done. 68. Do you think he is richer than the king ? 69. The
gentleman for whose house I offered so much has bought another.
70. The water which you see had risen from the earth to the sky,
whence it has just fallen again. 71. This is indeed the best grammar
I know. 72. His mother was born in France. 73. The man of whom
you speak has just gone out. 74. Do you wish us to go there for
him or do you wish him to go himself ? 75. The two men are older
than their sister.

76. Do not deceive yourself by thinking that your rich brother
is the only man who knows it. 77. Which of these comedies have
you read ? 78. The reign of Louis the Fourteenth is the longest reign

APPENDIX 411

in the history of France. 79. Why have you not liked each other ?
80. The man of whom you spoke is my brother. 81. We should like
the best there is ; that is the least you can do. 82. Perhaps you had
not been told so. Well, it 's true and I'm glad of it. 83. Do not speak
to me until you can speak to me in French or German. 84. Your
brother must not go before I return. 85. Francis the First was
twenty years of age when he began to reign. 86. You must finish
this letter, not that one. 87. Your sister was one of my best pupils.
88. Which of those young girls is her niece ? The one to whom you
were speaking just now. 89. If you have some of those books, and
if you have plenty, give him some and give them some too, but do
not give her any. 90. I am very hungry ; will you please give me
some bread, some water, and some apples ? 91. Have your friends
gone away ? Yes, but they will return Monday. 92. One cannot do
without money ; it is useful everywhere. 93. What have you done
with the books which you have read ? John asked me for them and
I gave them to him. 94. Here is my uncle's son of whom you have
just spoken to me. 95. The eleventh of September, 1698. 96. This is
a book which is interesting. 9 7 . Who wants this pretty flower ? Give
it to me, but do not give it to them. 98. He has some money, but he
would like to have more. 99. I think I can do it. 100. The soldiers
who were entering the town knocked at the first door they saw.
1 01. What were you doing here when I came in an hour ago ?

102. Nobody is hungry, but everybody would prefer to eat now
because it is half-past six and one ought to eat and drink something.

103. She held in her hand a small white flower and some large red
leaves. 1 04. Who told you that we were going away next Monday ?
He ? 105. I got up this morning with a headache. 106. What are
you looking f or ? I am looking for a man to help me in my business.
107. If he had never been idle, he would not be poor now. 1 08. The
republic is loved and praised by everybody. 109. If you come to
see me, do not come too late. no. Have they already read the new
French novel ? Lend it to them when you have finished it. Let him

412 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

see it also. 1 1 1. My brother has told me the precise hour at which
he was at the tailor's. 112. You and John have been walking here
for an hour and a half. 113. Do not give them to them. 114. Have
you found any metals in those mountains ? We have found very
little iron there. 115. If they should come alone, I could not help
seeing them. 116. We have just written a long letter. 117. I fear
that he cannot do all that he wishes for us and for the others whom
he has known. 118. He took off his hat when he came into the room.
119. Should you have gone to bed so soon if I had come ? 120. He
says he gave it to her. 121. If that letter is longer than this, give it
to me to read. 1 2 2. I was yesterday asking myself whether we might
hope to see him before autumn. 123. If he has no money, I will lend
him all he needs. 124. When my friend spends the evening with us,
we always read one of his stories. 125. I wish you to finish that
exercise at once.

126. I shall go to France and England in two months, and I
shall remain in Paris twelve days. 127. Do you often hear from your
cousin's children ? 128. John, with his brother, started on the prin-
cipal road in order to arrive home easily before seven o'clock.
129. We had not forgotten how much we used to enjoy ourselves
when we were children. 130. My brother and sister have gone away ;
they will not be back until Wednesday next. 131. Few boys play
the piano ; most girls play it. 132. The man whom you see there is
one of my friends. 133. Who has my pen ? Did I not give it to
you? No, sir, you gave it to them. 134. We think of them and
often speak of them. 135. Those are the gentlemen of whom we
were speaking yesterday. 136. Does he think that we always tell
him what we are going to do ? He is mistaken. 137. There were
many people in town last night. 138. I knew that man ten years
ago. 139. What a beautiful woman I saw this morning ! Who was
she ? 140. Give me this book. I will give it to you. 141. She can
hardly be found by those who do not know her. 1 42. Gold and silver
are products of the earth. 1 43. When you went to the house, we

APPENDIX 413

remained here. 1 44. Kindly read this for me ; it is very easy.
145. They go to see him to carry him flowers and books. 146. I
saw many of them in France. 147. This gentleman is a Frenchman
from the south of France. 1 48. What prevents him, then, from going
to Europe if he pleases and when he pleases ? 149. There is much
difference between the customs of the French and ours. 150. I have
left all our books at school.

151. Whom do you desire to see ? Is it I or my brother ? It is
you whom I desire to see. 152. The man who is speaking is my
friend. 153. This is my youngest brother ; but perhaps you already
know him. 154. You have excellent pens and very good paper;
give me some, if you please. 155. Today they are visiting their
friends ; tomorrow they will have left for France, from whence they
will go to England. 156. I will write him a letter and you can send
it to him on arriving at Boston. 157. Are you hungry ? No, but I
am quite thirsty. 1 58. I fear he will come too early. 159. It seems
to me that you are never at home. 160. If it were not so cold, it
would rain. 161. He has been in Paris several months, has he not ?
162. Let us not take a walk; it is two o'clock and we shall dine
soon. 163. Try to prevent him from coming. 164. My friend, you
must study all these verbs. 165. This apple is bad; don't give
it to him. 166. If he is at home, he will receive it at five o'clock.
167. Are there any good pens with which I can write? No, sir, I
have none. 168. People say that they love one another. 169. WThen
one seeks truth, one finds it. 1 70. I intend to go to the country if it
is hot. 171.1 have bought some flowers to decorate the table because
we are going to have some friends to dinner this evening. 172. I
neither hope nor fear. 1 73. If you love me, show it to me by coming
to see me often. 174. If it rains tomorrow, we shall not go until it
stops raining. 175. Neither he nor I could read the newspapers
which they sent us.

176. Did your friend come to tell you the news I had just told him ?
177. 1 doubt he has the courage. 178. My brother has just arrived.

414 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

179. I am ashamed of your conduct. 180. I will send another letter,
for I said nothing of our departure in the one I sent him yesterday.
181. 1 will give them to them, for they are hungry. 182. If you wish
to study, I shall lend you some books. 183. He spoke very loud,
which made us smile, didn't it ? 184. When I see her,T shall speak
to her about it. 185. My good old uncle has very interesting books
in his little brown house. 186. I went to bed at eleven o'clock.
187. She has just arrived from London. 188. They arose at twenty
minutes after six. 189. Are these the children to whose father I
have written ? 190. If she had brought me cherries, I should have
eaten them. 191. These histories are longer and less interesting than
those novels. 192. I went to New York yesterday. 193. Where is
the old lady whom I have seen with you ? She has gone to France
also. 194. Are they not French? They are, and I am very glad
they are not English. 195. The Alps are the highest mountains in
Europe. 196. I have introduced her to you. 197. I shall not give
it to you ; I shall give it to this boy. 198. Tell it to him now if he
is not asleep ; but if he is, do not tell it to any one. 199. I wish I
had one of the English novels I saw on your writing table some time
ago. 200. Why don't you go and see him ? Have you thought of it ?

Questions Personnelles

Repondez en francais aux questions suivantes par des phrases
completes, en ecrivant les nombres en toutes lettres :

1. Depuis combien d'annees etudiez-vous le francais?

2. Pourquoi etudiez-vous le francais ?

3. Que faut-il faire pour apprendre une langue?

4. Quels livres avez-vous lus cette annee ?

5. Quel livre de frangais avez-vous etudie ?

6. Quelle e'tude pre'ferez-vous et pourquoi ?

7. Dans quel pays et a quelle date etes-vous ne' ?

8. Quelle est la date de cet examen ?

APPENDIX 415

II. MATERIAL FOR PHONETIC PRACTICE
1. Test Questions on Sounds
These are taken largely from college admission examinations.

1. What are the most striking characteristics of French pro-
nunciation ?

2. What are the four nasal sounds? What combinations of
letters may represent each? Give words containing each of the
four nasal sounds.

3. In what positions are il and ill liquid? Give words con-
taining each when liquid and also when not.

4. Give words containing mute e, soft c, hard c, soft g, hard g,
initial h aspirate, initial h not aspirate, 8 sounded like z, final 8
sounded, final e sounded, final e not sounded, t sounded like 8.

5. How are e, au, oi, gn, ais pronounced ?

6. Explain how u, eu, au, en, in are pronounced.

7. Lesquels des six mots suivants ont une voyelle ou syllabe
qui se prononce comme u dans du ?

eu eut bleu heureuse but bout

8. In which of the following words is 1 (or 11) sounded as in
the French word il?

lafille la vieille le village gentil

la ville lefils tranquille mille

9. What are the nearest English equivalents of the sounds au,
ou in bout, eu in heure, oi in voix ?

10. Represent, by the use of e* and e where possible, the proper
sound of ai in mauvais, mat, and travail, and of e in complet,
chanter, fer, nez.

11. Tell how parlai differs in sound from parlais ; how saute is
distinguished from sotte ; how neuf is pronounced in the phrases
neuf garcons, neuf hommes , f en ai neuf.

41 6 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

12. Indicate by phonetic characters, or otherwise, the pronun-
ciation of —

a. ville, veille, travail, Jits, bien, ne, nez, loin, sceur, leur.

b. chaise, cuisine, premiere, fille, quarante, chez.

c. patrie, vous avez, gagnaient, dava?itage, mort, Us partent.

13. Compare in respect to pronunciation (using the interna-
tional phonetic notation, if possible) the letters in heavy type in
each of the following groups :

a. ceder, cede-, bon, bonne; corde, cote; cher, chercher; chaise,
chasse.

b. appeler, age ; etait, etre ; notre, le nbtre.

c. mz,fer, venir.

14. Indicate,, by underscoring, the silent letters in the following
words and phrases : aimer, amer, cerf, estomac, sec ; les fils, les
hommes, elles viennent ; il est, Us etaient venus ; bout, heure, escalier ;
tout a coup.

15. Indicate the silent letters in the phrase « 77 en est temps
encore », me disaient-elles, supposing the phrase to be read aloud
or spoken.

16. Indicate the silent letters in Nous sommes partis de chez eux
le quatre juillet mil neuf cent quinze.

17. Copy the following sentence, and cross out the silent con-
sonants, underline the nasal vowels, and- indicate by h the sounds
of the open e : C'est bien peu, meme en province ; a Paris, ce n'est
presque rien, surtout quand, comme moi, on a une fille de dix-
huit ans.

18. Copy the Model on page 97 as far as ttrangers (line 6).

a. Indicate by e, e, 9 respectively all sounds of 6 (closed e),
6 (open e), and e mute.

b. Indicate all nasal sounds, stating which nasal each is.

c. Mark all silent letters.

APPENDIX 417

19. Copiez les six premieres phrases du modele a la page 105
(commencant par Ma mere descend et finissant par du sel) et
indiquez —

a. Tous les cas de liaison qu'on ferait en lisant ces phrases a
haute voix.

b. Toutes les consonnes qu'on ne prononcerait pas.

20. Dans les phrases suivantes effacez toutes les lettres qu'on
ne prononce pas en lisant les phrases, et soulignez toutes les
voyelles qui ont un son nasal :

a. II est alle en haut pour trouver la clef.

b. Les huit petits en/ants donnaient a manger aux animaux dans
les champs.

c. Void mesjils, Us sont tous tres gentils.

21. Indicate the pronunciation of the French cardinal numbers
from 1 to 20. Explain the three ways in which six and dix are
pronounced, and give a phrase containing each.

22. What is the cedilla? Where does it occur and what effect
has it on pronunciation ? Give three examples.

23. Explain the aspirate h and its effect on pronunciation. Give
two words in which initial h is aspirate ; two words in which it is
not aspirate.

24. Explain the term liaison (or linking). Give five phrases of
two or three words each, illustrating liaison.

25. Indicate the liaisons that should be made in reading aloud
the following : de temps en temps ; onze heures et demie ; cher cousin
et ami ; mats oui ; on est a Paris en un rien de temps.

26. State the main principles of dividing French words into
syllables. Copy the first five lines of the Model on page 112,
dividing all the words into syllables by vertical lines.

27. How does the rule for dividing a French word into syllables
help to determine when an initial vowel is nasal and when it is
not? Illustrate by inutile and indiscutable.

41 8 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

28. Copy the following words and divide them into syllables:
ennemi, americaifi, emmener, combien, i?ioui, ho?iteux.

29. Divide into syllables the first stanza of the Marseillaise, on
page 425.

30. Write in phonetic notation the first five lines of the Model
on page 127; also of other Models.

2. Transcription of Models, Lessons I-XII

In the following transcriptions, division between the words as units
is entirely disregarded. Groups of syllables that are normally pro-
nounced together without pause (breath groups) are connected by
hyphens. These groups are made gradually longer, to be adapted to
the pupil's increasing rapidity in reading. A single space is left between
breath groups ; a double space where longer pauses occur, as at the
end of sentences.

I. yn-fa-mi:j

oe-gar-s5 e-yn-fi:j s5-ta-vek-6e-nDm e-yn-fam b-gar-s5 el-fre:r dla-
fi:j b-gar-s5 a-yn-soe:r la-fhj a-6Mre:r b-gar-s5 el-fre:r dla-soe:r la-
fi:j el-gar-s5 5-d0-pa-rd bm-e-la-fam s5-le-pa-rd le-pa-ra 5-d0-zd-fd
le-zd-fd-dbm e-dla-fam s5-b-gar-s5 e-la-fi:j le-zd-fd 5-tce-pe:r e-yn-
me:r la-me:r e-la-fam-dbm bm a-yn-fam la fam-dbm e-la-me:r
dla-fi:j b-fre:r-dla-fi:j e-to-si ld-fd dla-me:r b-ma-ri-dla-me:r el-pe:r
b-pe:r-e-la-me:r s5-le-d0-pa-rd u-el-pe:r b-pe:r-e-ta-vek-la-me:r u-s5-
le-zd-fd le-zd-fd so-ta-vek-le-pa-rd ki-s5-le-zd-fd b-gar-s5 e-la-flij
s5-le-zd-fd ki-s5-le-pa-rd

II. ma-fa-mi :j

dd-zyn-fa-mi:j b-fis e-la-fi:j s5-le-zd-fd dy-pe:r e-dla-me:r b-fis
e-je:r o-pe:r e-a-la-me:r o-si b-fis e-Je:r o-d0-pa-rd le-pa-rd s5-b-
pe:r e-la-me:r la-me:r e-la-fam-dy-pe:r b-pe:r e-la-me:r s5-le-pa-rd
de-zd-fd dd-ma-fa-mi:j me-pa-rd 5-d0-fi:j e-ce-fis m5-pe:r a-yn-fam
sa-fam e-ma-me:r m5-pe:r el-ma-ri do-ma-meir m5-pe:r e-ma-me:r
so-me-pa-rd me-sce:r ma-ri-e-bert s5-le-fi:j d9-me-pa-rd m5-pe:r

APPENDIX 419

a-yn-sce:r ma-td:t e-la-soe:r da-mo-peir ma-td:t a-ce-ma-ri s5-ma-ri
e-m5-n5:kl le-zd-fd d9-m5-n5:kl s5-me-ku-ze m5-ku-ze-3d e-Je:r-o-fre:r
d9-m5-n5:kl

III. ma-sal-d9-kla:s

33-sqi-za-le-kol a-vek-m5-fre:r nu-som-zi-si nu-som dd-la-sal-do-
kla:s el-a-d0-port e-kat-fa-ne:tr la-fo-toe:j el-by-ro do-vd-la-ta-blo so
pur-la-meitr-de-kol le-bd e-le-py-pitr pur-le-ze-le:v dla-kla:s le-li:vr
e-le-kre-j5 dy-me:tr s5-syrl-by-ro se-plym s5-to-si syr-s5-by-ro le-ka-je
de-ze-le:v s5-syr-le-py-pitr ta-me:tr e-to-ta-blo de-rje:r-s5-by-ro yn-e-
le:v ed-vdl-by-ro dy-me:tr d0-de-ze-le:v s5-tof-ne:tr u-s5-vo-li:vr il-s5
syrl-py-pitr d^-m5-fre:r u-s5-vo-plym el-s5 syr-m5-py-pitr

IV. yn-sal-d9-kla:s

ta-me:tr e-ta-vek-se-ze-le:v dd-la-kla:s il-ne-pa-za-si il-ed-bu da-vd-
se-ze-le:v il-a-yn-re:gl sul-bra ce-ne-le:v e-to-ta-blo b-me:tr m5:tr-
yn-kart-d9-frd:s a-le-le:v d0-ze-le:v s5-ta-si da-vdl-ta-blo il-z5-tde-
port-plym e-de-ka-je ld:kr e-dd-ld-kri-e nu-som-za-si 39-don-yn-plym
a-oe-ne-le:v il-a-ce-port-plym 39-ne-pa-m5-ka-je il-ne-pa-zi-si vwa-si-
ce-ka-je a-ve-vu-zde-kre-j5 39-ne-pa-tru-ve m5-kre-j5 me^e-a-por-te
ma-plym el-e-dd-m5-py-pitr a-pre-lal-s5 la-kbj-son le-ze-le:v v5-dd-
la-ku:r u-e-la-ku:r el-e-de-rje:r-le-kDl nun-som-pa-dd-la-kuir

V. la-fa-mi:j a-la-me-z5

eit-vu-za-le-kol o-3ur-dqi n5 nun-som-pa-za-le-kol nu-som-za-la-
me-z5 vo-pa-rd s5-til-a-vek-vu wi il-s5-to-si a-la-me-z5 u-s5-til il-s5<
dd-ma-Jd:br vwa-si-ma-Jd:br a-tel-yn-tabl wi el-a-yn-tabl d0-je:z
e-oe-fo-toe:j 3e-o-si-6e-by-ro dd-ma-Jd:br e:t-vud-bu da-vd-votr-by-ro
n5 39-sqi-za-si dd-m5-fo-toe:j votr-grd-pe:r e-til-dd-la-me-zo n5 il-e-
ta-si ddl-3ar-de a-vek-m5-ku-ze-3d votr-ku-ze e-til-ld-fdd-vo-tr5:kl wi
e-il-e-to-si tan-v0 d3-m5-pe:r votr-ku-ze na-til-pa-zyn-u-d0-sce:r il-a-
d0-soe:r ki-s5-le-nje:s-d9-m5-pe:r no-s5-tel-pa dd-la-ku:r ki-e-de-rjeir-
la-me-z5 ma-ri-e-dd-la-ku:r me-sa-soe:r e-ti-si a-vek-sa-grd-me:r

420 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VI. Ial-s5

na-ve-vu-pa votr-li:vr-cta-fra-se wi m9-sj0 il-e-syr-m5-py-pitr b-
me:tr don-yn-b-s5d-gra-me:r o-ze-le:v il-li-le-re:gl e-il-e-kri le-zeg-
zdpl-o-ta-blo a-vek-ce-mor-sod-kre il-m5:tr le-zeg-zdpl o-ze-le:v 3e-
kri-dd-mo-ka-je a-vek-ma-plym nu-ze-kri-v5-le-fra:z ki-s5-syr-b-ta-blo
m5-fre:r ne-kri-pa-le-zeg-zdpl il-a-sa-gra-me:r me-zil-na-pa-za-por-te
s5-ka-je m5:tre-mwa-lal-s5 lal-s5 e-tel-di-fi-sil n5 el-e-fa-sil a-pre-
lal-s5d-gra-me:r nu-za-v5 lal-s5-dlek-ty:r le-ze-le:v ne-kriv-pa b-
me:tr lid-va-le-ze-le:v nu-li-z5-za-prel-me:tr e-nu-ze-kri-v5 le-zeg-zer-sis
a-la-me-z5

VII. la-park

33-sqi-dal-park a-vek-len-v0d-m5-pe:r b-park e-td-fas<b-ma-me-z5
le-zwa-zo fd:t-dd-le-zarbr ddl-bwa il-ja-d0-i-bu b-i-bu e-tde-nwa-zo
vwa-la-de-nDm ki-li-se-3ur-no syrl-bd a-ko-te-dbm il-ja-yn-bon e-le-fis-
dbm de-de-fis e-syr-le3-nu dy-m3-sj0 le-zj0-dld-fd s5-gri s5-ja-po
e-de-rje:r-b-bd syr-le-ka-ju-dla-le le-311-311 e-le-md-to-de-zd-fd s5-dd-
le-bra-dla-bon ekbn-o-zd-fd le-nwa-ze-le-ga-to ki-s5-dd-s5-sak dd-la-
le-pur-le-Jvo il-ja de-nom-e-sS-Jval

VIII. Ia-me-z5

3d-e-dr3-tu:r a-la-me-zo s5-n5:kl a-yn-grd:d-me-z5 pars-kil-a-yn-
grd:d-fa-mi:j b-sa-15 e-tre-30-li il-a-d0-grd:d-e-ot-fa-ne:tr le-15-ri-do-
def-ne:tr s5-tre-bo vwa-si-yn-pa-tit-tabl el-e-r5:d de-ta-blo ra-pre-
sd:t-de-3ar-de b-sjel-dy-ta-blo e-tre-bl0 il-ja-d0-jar-md-zd-fd ddl-ta-blo
l3-gar-s5-ed-bu e-311-a-vek-de-gro-jje lap-tit-fi:j e-ta-si:z-syr-lerb lerb-
e-tre-ve:rt le-zar-bre-le-foe:j s5-ve:r-o-si b-3ar-de e-pled-30-li-floe:r b-
sa-b ne-pa-la-soel-pjes-dla-me-z5 il-ja-o-si yn-sal-a-md-ge e-yn-kiji-zin
le-Jd:br-a-ku-Je s5p-tit me-ge la-ku-zin-d9-3d a-a-pDr-te de-va :z-d9-floe:r

IX. a-la-kd-paji

o-3ur-dqi 3d-e-ta-la-kd-pari tul-pe-i-e-td-floe:r s5-na-mi-a-yn-grd:d-
ferm dd-zde-3D-lip-ti-vi-la:3 il-ja-d0-z3m-Je-s5-na-mi ce-vj0-e-(£-3oen

APPENDIX 421

l9-3oen e-frd-se ta-frd-se ne-pa-zi-si il-e-met-nd-dd-le-bwa ls-Jme se-
pa:r-la-ferm-dla-fD-re nu-zad-mi-r5-su-vd le-bo-zarbr ki-5-tce-foe-ja:3
dce-ve:r-tre-td:dr tul-m5:d-ad-mir-yn-tel-fD-re le-zarbr-frqi-tje na-pus-
pa-dd-le-bwa il-pus-ddl-ver-je ddl-ver-3e il-ja-ce-sri-zje de-gro-nwa-je
ply-zjoe:r-pD-mje e-ce-pwa-rje tut-le-sri:z s5-ru:3 el-z5-tce-b5-gu kd-
tel-s5-my:r el-z5-toe-mD-ve-gu kd-tel-s5-ve:rt le-nwa-dd-ma-poj" s5-le-
nwa-dy-nwa-je ki-ed-vd-vu le-gro-zarbr-dy-ver-3e s5-tre-vj0

X. a-la-ferm

Ia-ferm-d3m-sj0-l9-bld l9-b5-na-mid-3d e-tyn-bel-me-z5-bld:j" el-e-
noe:v dd-la-ku:r ki-e-l5:g-e-lar3 s3-le-grd:d-ze-tabl pur-le-gro:s-vaJ
e-le-ze-ky-ri pur-le-bo-Jvo-dla-ferm a-ko-te-dy-ver-3e l3-gro-Jval-nwa:r-
d3m-sj0-l9-bld e-ddl-pre u-lerb-e-te-pe:s Iap-tit-fi:j-d3m-sj0-ta-bld e-sul-
foe-ja:3-e-pe dy-vje:j-ar:br-dla-ku:r el-li-ta-ot-vwa ta-nu-vo-li:vr-da-na-
tol-frd:s e-el-e-toe-r0:z lap-tit a-siz-syr-yn-Je:z-bas a-yn-vwa-tre-dus
e-e-la-mid-tul-m5:d s5-pe:r-e-vj0-e-gro me-zil-e-tre-zak-tif sa-me:r-ne-
pa-tre-vje:j e-el-e-tak-ti:v-osi il-s5-toe-r0

XI. le-d0-ka-ma-rad-de-kDl

3e-d0-ka-ma-rad 3d-e-Jarl 3dd-moe:r-a-pa-ri la-ply-bel-vil-dy-m5:d
Jarld-moe:r-dd-zyn-vil-ply-grd:d me-mwe-bel 3d-e-riJ se-pa-rd-5-tyn-
grd:d-me-z5 Jarl-ne-pa-si-riJ-k9-3d sa-me-z5 e-mwe-grd:d el-es-pd-
dd-to-si-bel el-ne-pa-si-vje:j 3d-e-ply-za-3ek-j'arl il-e-grd e-n>byst
Jarl-e-to-si-grd me-mwe-fD:r il-e-bje-nel-ve po-li e-tu-3u:r-ze-mabl 3d
o-k5-tre:r e-mal-el-ve il-ne-pa-si-a-gre-abl-ka-so-ka-ma-rad e-e-mwe-
po-li d-kla:s il-€-pa-re-s0 Jarl-e-ply-sty-dj0 3d-e-na-ty-rel-md-mwe-
za-vd-se pars-kil-ne-pa-si-a-td-tif-d-kla : s il-es-pd-dd-tosi-e-te-li-3dk-Jarl
Jarl-el-me-joe:r-de-d0 e-m5-ply-je:r-a-mi 3d-ne-pas-pd-dd ta-pir-de-gar-
s5d-s5-na:3

XII. le-rij e-le-po:vr

• dd-tu-le-pe-i il-ja-3e-ne-ral-md bo-kud-po:vr-e-p0-driJ" le-po:vr-5-p0-
dar-3d le-rij-5-bo-ku-dar-3d le-riJ-5-ply-dar-3d-kle-po:vr le-po:vr-5
mwe-dar-3d-kle-rij le-po:vr-n5-pa-za-se-dar-3d il-pd:s kelk-fwa-kle-

422

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

rij-o-tro-dar-gd da-me-zo ed-bo-veit-md il-s5-3a-lu-de-rij le-po:vr
5-si>va-to-ta-da-mi-kle-riJ me-zil-n5-pa-tdd-ple-zi:r le-po:vr s5-su-vd-
to-si-oe-r0-kle-rij il-n9-s5-pa-spd-dd-si-fje:r le-fam-de-rij 5-bo-kud-bo-
bi-3u-ed-bel-rob le-zd-fd-de-po:vr S-mwed-gu^u-kle-zd-fd-de-riJ le-rij
don-bo-kud-ju^u-e-dotr-Joiz op-ti-zd-fd de-po:vr pd-dd-la-grd:d-ge:r
le-rij-e-le-po:vr 5-dD-ne-tre-3e-ne-roez-md o-sol-da e-o-si-a-la-krwa-ru:^
na-ty-rel-md le-rij-o-do-ne-ply-kle-poivr lep-ti-z5-do-ne-mwe-kloe:r-pa-
rd d-frd:s le-rij-5-bo-kud-Ja-to vwa-si syr-la-pa:3-d9-drwat ce-de-grd-
Ja-to k5-bjed-tu:r-a-til e-til-ply-bo-kle-me-zod-votr-pe-i

3. Classroom and Conversational Phrases

[b5-3u:r Good morning, everybody.

Bon jour, tout le monde

tul-m5:d]
II est temps de commencer. [il-e-tci

d9-ko-ma-se]
Est-ce que tout le monde est ici?

[es-ka-tul-m5:d e-ti-si]
II ne manque personne, je crois.

[il-n9-ma:k-per-sDn 39-krwa]
C'est juste; toute la classe est a

l'heure ce matin. [se-3yst tut-la-

kla:s-e-ta-loe:r s9-ma-te]
Ouvrez (fermez) vos livres, s'il

vous plait. [u-vre(fer-me)-vo-li:vr

sil-vu-ple]
Quelle est la lecon pour aujour-

d'hui? Quelle page? [kel-e-lal-so

pu:r-o-3ur-dqi kel pa:3]
Nous sommes reste's hier a la

page douze. [nu-SDm-res-te-i-e:r

a-la-pa:3-duz]
Combien de lignes lisons-nous?

[k5-bjed-lip li-z5-nu]
Jusqu'au bas de la page de droite,

n'est-ce-pas ? [3ys-ko-bad-la-pa:3-

d9-drwat nes-pa]

// is time to begin.

Is everybody present ?

Nobody is missing, I think.

That \? right, the whole class is
on tune this morning.

Open {close) your books, if you
please.

What is the lesson for today ?
What page ?

We stopped yesterday at page 12.

How many lines do we read?

To the foot of the right-hand
page, don't we f

APPENDIX

423

Y a-t-il des questions sur la lecon

du jour? [i-a-til-de-kes-tj5 syr-

lal-s3-dy-3u:r]
Oui, monsieur; il y a une chose

qui m'intrigue. [wim-sjo il-ja-

yn-jo:s ki-me-tri:g]
Veuillez eclaircir ce point pour nous.

[vce-je-e-kler-si:r sa-pwe-pu:r-nu]
Levez-vous, maintenant, et pronon-

cez le modele. [ta-ve-vu-met-na

e-pro-nD-sel-mo-del]
Continuez ; traduisez-le en anglais.

[k5-ti-nqe tra-dqi-ze-ta a-na-gle]
Comprenez-vous tous les mots?

[k5-pr3-ne-vu tu-le-mo]
ficoutez, et re'pe'tez-les apres moi.

[e-ku-te e-re-pe-te-le a-pre-mwa]
Pardon ; vous lisez trop vite ; je

ne puis vous suivre. [par-d5 vu-

li-ze-trD-vit 33n-pqi vu-sqi:vr]
Eh bien, je vais le relire ; et cette

fois plus lentement. [e-bje 33-vel-

ra-liir e-set-fwa ply-la:t-ma]
C'est assez ; asseyez-vous. [se-ta-se

a-se-je-vu]
Allez au tableau et e*crivez le

resume, [a-le-zo-ta-blo e-e-kri-

vel-re-zy-me]
Faites attention aux accents, [fet-

za-ta-sj5 o-zak-sa]
N'y a-t-il pas encore quelque chose

a corriger ? [nja-til-pa-zd-ko:r

kelk-^o:z-a-ko-ri-3e]
Cela suffit; c'est tres bien. [sla-

sy-fi se-tre-bje].
Ramassez les devoirs et mettez-les

sur le bureau. [ra-ma-se-led-vwa:r

e-me-te-le syrl-by-ro]

Are there any questions on the
lesson of the day f

Yes, sir; there is one thing that
puzzles me.

Please clear up this point for us.

Rise, now, and pronounce the
Model.

Go on; translate it into English.

Do you understand all the words ?

Listen and repeat them after me.

Pardon, you read too fast ; I
cannot follow you.

Very well, I will read it again,
and this time more slowly.

That \r enough; sit down.

Go to the board and write the
Rdsumi.

Pay attention to the accents.

Isn't there something else to cor-
rect ?

That is sufficient; it \r very good.

Pick up the papers and put them
on the desk.

424

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Enfin lisez votre exercice k haute

voix. [a-fe li-ze-votr-eg-zer-sis a-

ot-vwa]
Vous faites des progres sensibles.

[vu-fet de-pro-gre-sa-sibl]
Prenez la lecon prochaine pour

demain. [pra-ne lal-s5 pro-jen

purrd-me]
fitudiez -bien la grammaire. [e-ty-

dje-bje la-gra-me:r]
ficrivez les verbes. [e-kri-ve-le-verb]
Nous servons-nous d'un crayon?

[nu-ser-v5-nu doe-kr£-j5]
Comme vous voulez. Qa. m'est e*gal.

[kom-vu-vu-le sa-me-te-gal]
La classe est finie. [la-kla:s-e-fl-ni]

Finally, read your exercise aloud.

You are making noticeable Prog-
ress.

Take the next lesson for to-
morrow.

Study the gra?nmar well.

Write the verbs.
Shall we use a pencil ?

As you wish; it V the same to

me.
The class is dismissed.

Bonsoir, monsieur (madame, Made-
moiselle Amiel). [b5-swa:r ma-sjo
(ma-dam, mad-mwa-zel-a-mjel)]

Comment vous portez-vous? [ko-
ma-vu-por-te-vu]

Je me parte bien, merci ; et vous ?
[33m-port-bje mer-si e-vu]

Permettez-moi de vous debarrasser
de votre pardessus. [per-me-te-
mwa da-vu-de-ba-ra-se ds-votr-
pard-sy]

Vous etes bien aimable, mais j'ai
peur de vous ddranger. [vu-ze:t-
bj£-ne-ma:bl me-je-poe:r da-vu-de-
ra-3e]

Pas du tout; ne vous genez pas.
[pa-dy-tu n3-vu-3e-ne-pa]

Permettez-moi de vous presenter
a mon ami. [per-me-te-mwa da-
vu-pre-za-te a-mo-na-mi]

Good evening, sir (madam, Miss
Amiel).

How do you do ?

I am well, thank you ; and you ?

Allow me to take your overcoat.

You are very kind, but I am
afraid it will trouble you.

Not at all; make yourself at

ho7ne.
Allow ?ne to introduce you to my

friend.

APPENDIX

425

Avec plaisir ; charme de f aire votre

connaissance. [a-vek-ple-zi:r jar-

med-fe:r-VDtr-ko-ne-sa:s]
Plait-il ? Je n'ai pas compris. [pie-
til 33-ne-pa-k5-pri]
Parlez-vous f rancais ? [par-le-vu-

fra-se]
Un peu seulement ; je suis anglais.

[oe-po soel-ma 39-sqi-za-c(le]
Je vous demande pardon. [33-vud-

ma:d-par-d5]
Ce n'est rien ; il n'y a pas de quoi.

[sne-rje il-nja-pad-kwa]
II est tard ; il me faut partir. [il-e-

ta:r il-m3-fo-par-ti:r]
Mes compliments a madame votre

mere. [me-k5-pli-ma a-ma-dam-

votr-me:r]
Bien des choses de ma part a

votre frere. [bje-de-jo:z da-ma-

pa:r a-votr-fre:r]
Au revoir; a demain matin, [or-

vwa:r ad-mg-ma-te]

With pleasure; delighted to ?nake
your acquaintance.

Pardon. I didn't understand.

Do you speak French ?

Only a little ; I am English.

I beg your pardon.

That '.$■ nothing; don't mention it.

It is late ; I must go.

Give my regards to your mother.

My best wishes to your brother.

Good-by ; see you tomorrow morn-
ing.

4. LA MARSEILLAISE

Allons, enfants de la patrie,
Le jour de gloire est arrive !
Contre nous de la tyrannie
L'etendard sanglant est leve.
Entendez-vous dans les campagnes
Mugir ces feroces soldats ?
lis viennent jusque dans nos bras
figorger nos flls, nos compagnes !
Aux armes, citoyens ! formez vos bataillons !
Marchons ! Marchons !
Qu'un sang impur abreuve nos sillons !

426 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Amour sacre de la patrie,
Conduis, soutiens nos bras vengeurs !
Liberte ! Liberte cherie !
Combats avec tes def enseurs !
Sous nos drapeaux, que la victoire
Accoure a nos males accents !
Que tes ennemis expirants
Voient ton triomphe, et notre gloire !
Aux armes {etc., repeated from first stanza)

Rouget de Lisle

la-mar-se-je:z

a-15-za-fa da-la-pa-tri-a
l3-3u:r-d3-glwa:r e-ta-ri-ve
k5-tr3-nu d3-la-ti-ra-ni-3
le-td-da: r-sa-gla-te-ta-ve
a-ta-de-vu da-le-ka-pa-ns
my-giir se-fe-ro-sa-sol-da
il-vje-na 3ys-k3-da-no-bra
e-gor-3e-no-fis no-k5-pa-p9
o-zar-m9 si-twa-je for-me vo-ba-ta-j5
mar-j5 mar-jo
kce-sa-ke-py:r a-brce:-vo-no-si-j5

a-mu : r-sa-kre do-la-pa-tri-9
k5-dqi su-tje no-bra- va-3ce:r
li-ber-te li-ber-te-Je-ri-9
k5-ba-za-vek-te-de-fa-sce:r
su-no-dra-po ko-la-vik-twa-ra
a-ku:r a-no-ma-b-zak-sa
ko-te-ze-no-mi-zek-spi-ra
vwa-t5-tri-5:f e-no-tro-glwai-ra
o-zar-ma (etc.)

ROUGET DE LISLE

L'hymne connu sous le nom de Marseillaise fut ecrit, paroles et musique,
en 1792, par Rouget de Lisle, officier du genie a Strasbourg. La musique
et les paroles entrainantes de cet hymne, d'abord appele Chant de guerre
de Parmee du Rhin, en firent le cri de ralliement des revolutionnaires
francais et, chante a Paris par un regiment de Marseille a l'attaque sur les
Tuileries, prit desormais le nom de Marseillaise. Depuis lors, non seule-
ment les Francais mais d'autres peuples y ont trouve l'expression de
leurs penchants pour la liberte. Pendant la derniere guerre, l'hymne est
devenu bien familier aux Americains et les a enthousiasmes a un point
inconnu jusqu'alors

428 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

III. GENDER OF NOUNS

No rules can be given to determine the gender of all French
nouns. While it must be understood that there are exceptions to
each of them, the following rules cover the great majority of cases :

A. Gender determined by derivation. See Sec. 71, Note 2.

B. Gender determined by meaning.

1. Nouns are usually masculine that are the names of

(a) Males (human and animal).

(b) Trees, shrubs, and metals.

Infinitives and other parts of speech when used as nouns are
masculine.

2. Nouns are usually feminine that are the names of

{a) Females (human and animal).

(p) Fruits and flowers.

C. Gender determined by ending. See Sec. 7 1 , Note 1 .
When the gender is not determined by the meaning, the fol-
lowing rules and exceptions hold very generally :

1. Nouns are masculine when they do not end in mute e.

Exceptions. Nouns ending in ion, son, te\ and tie\ and abstract
nouns in eur, are feminine.

2. Nouns are feminine when they end in mute e (especially if
preceded by a double consonant or a vowel).

Exceptions. Nouns ending in acle, age, asme, isme, ege, erne, tere,
are masculine.

D. Gender of compound nouns.

The gender of compound nouns is determined as follows :
1. If they consist of two nouns, they have the gender of the
first part. Ex., le chou-fleur, the cauliflower.

APPENDIX 429

2. If they consist of a noun and another part of speech, they
have the gender of the noun, except compounds of a noun and a
verb, which are always masculine. Ex., le sous-sol, the basement;
le porte-manteau, the portmanteau.

3. If they consist of two words of which neither is a noun,
they are masculine. Ex., le passe-partout, the master-key.

IV. PLURAL OF NOUNS
The plural of nouns has been treated in Sees. 76 and 93.

A. The following nouns present special irregularities :

aieul |aieuls grandfathers

\ a'ieux ancestors

Detail . bestiaux cattle

ciel / C*e*S artificial skies, climates

Lcieux skies, heavens
.. J ceils (in compound words)

lyeux eyes

travail I travails <#«'*/ rePorts

\ travaux works

B. The plural of compound nouns is formed as follows :

1. If they consist of two nouns, or a noun and an adjective,
both parts take the plural form. Ex., le chou-fleur, the cauliflower \
pi. choux-fleurs.

2. If they consist of two nouns separated by a preposition, the
first noun alone takes the plural form. Ex., l'arc-en-ciel, the rain-
bow ; pi. arcs-en-ciel.

3. If they consist of a noun and some other part of speech, not
an adjective, the noun alone takes the plural form. Ex., le sous-
sol, the basement ; pi. sous-sols.

Note. Most compound nouns formed by joining a shortened form
of a verb with a following noun that is the object of the verb may be
used in the plural without change. Ex., le coupe-tete, the headsman ;
pi. coupe-tete or coupe-tetes.

430 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

4. If they consist of two words, neither of which is a noun,
the plural is like the singular. Ex., le passe-partout, the master-
key ; pi. passe-partout.

V. FORMATION OF ADVERBS
The formation of adverbs has been treated in Sec. 109.

A. When the masculine of an adjective ends in a vowel, the
corresponding adverb is formed by adding ment to the masculine.
Ex., joli, pretty ; joliment, prettily.

B. When the masculine of an adjective ends in a consonant,
the corresponding adverb is formed by adding ment to the femi-
nine. Ex., doux, sweet \ doucement, sweetly.

C. The following irregularities must be noted :

1. Some adjectives change a mute e to e* on the addition of
the ending ment. The more common of these are aveugle, com-
mode, commun, conforme, confus, 6norme, obscur, precis, profond,
uniforme. Ex., aveugle, blind \ aveugl£ment, blindly.

2. When the masculine of an adjective ends in ant or ent, these
endings are changed to am and em respectively before the addi-
tion of ment. Ex., m&hant, wicked; m&hamment, wickedly.

3. Adjectives having two forms in the masculine singular form
the adverb by adding ment to the feminine. Ex., fou, mad;
follement, madly.

4. The following special irregularities deserve notice :

Adjective Adverb

bref brievement

gentil gentiment

impuni impune'ment

traitre traitreusement

APPENDIX

43r

•fans

« s

to to

8 8

c
o

"co

4-> CO

<rt rt

N
S

.22

c/3

c
.2

*co

<fcS .22

—
e

CO
CO

co to

.22 .22

*CO
— CO

N
CO

C
CO
CO

.22

Tans

V -2

CO CO

.22 .22

•4-*

•SHH<£

4> S

• .2

#cu

CO
C/3

CO
CO
CO

4) $

9
a) .2

•4-»

•awi

3
0

N
CO

■

ivnoix

-IdNCQ

to CO

•3 -a

co a>

■M C

CS .«ji

v <o

•

.22

re .i-i
.55 -J3

4>>

co to

're "c3

co
re .2

anaxaj

cjJ rt
CO co

CJ o

*c3

rt 9

4->

c
o

•a a

C
re O

4->

c
9

•ana

-4-»

■

CO
CO

xsv<i

M CO

rt re

re <rt

,1)

.22

.«

■JJ J

CO CO

*, 6

iDHH

.22

+* c

-MHdWI

"? •?

22 22
're "re

aJ re

•« .«

■A

.22 .22

.22

re .2

XKHSHHcJ

• f

4> CO

V o

■a

4J CO

co co

1 o

N
CO

•AHVrf

-D

J-SVJ

AHVJ

•saaj

co
■9

■«->

HAIi

-INIJNJ

NOIXVO

-nlN03

h-l

(-1

432

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VII. REGULAR CONJUGATIONS

Rules for Formation

Prin. Parts

The Prin. Parts are :
Infinitive
Present Participle
Past Participle
ist Sing, of Pres. Ind.
i st Sing, of Past Def.

Pres. Ind.

Endings of Sing. :

ess
es s s
e t -

The PI. is formed by omitting the ending ant of the Pres. Part,
and adding ons, ez, ent.

Imperfect
(Des. Past)

Omit the ending ant of the Pres. Part, and add ais, ais, ait,
ions, iez, aient.

Past Def.
{Narr. Past)
{Perfect)

Endings :

ai is is
as is is
a it it
ames imes imes
ates ites ites
erent ifent irent

Future

Add to the Inf. (omitting a final e)
ai, as, a, ons, ez, ont.

Conditional

Add to the Inf. (omitting a final e)
ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient.

Imperative

Same as the Pres. Ind. rst Sing, and ist and 2d PI.

Pres. Subj.

Omit the ending ant of the Pres. Part, and add e, es, e, ions,
iez, ent.

Imp. Subj.
{Past Subj.)

Omit the last letter of the ist Sing. Past. Def. and add sse, sses,
*t, ssions, ssiez, ssent.

APPENDIX

433

REGULAR CONJUGATIONS

ist Conjugation

ad Conjugation

3d Conjugation

parler

finir

vendre

parlant

finissant

vendant

parte"

fini

vendu

je parte

je finis

je vends

je parlai

je finis

je vendis

je parte

je finis

je vends

tu paries

tu finis

tu vends

il parle

il finit

il vend

nous parions

nous finissons

nous vendons

vous parle z

vous finissez

vous vendez

ils parlent

ils finissent

ils vendent

je parlais

je finissais

je vendais

tu parlais

tu finissais

tu vendais

il parlait

il finissait

il vendait

nous parlions

nous finissions

nous vendions

vous parliez

vous finissiez

vous vendiez

ils parlaient

Us finissaient

ils vendaient

je parlai

je finis

je vendis

tu parlas

tu finis

tu vendis

il parla

il finit

il vendit

nous parlames

nous finimes

nous vendime's

vous parlates

vous finites

vous vendites

ils parlerent

ils finirent

ils vendirent

je parlerai

je finirai

je vendrai

tu parleras

tu finiras

tu vendras

il pariera

il finira

il vendra

nous parlerons

nous finirons

nous vendrons

vous parlerez

vous finirez

vous vendrez

ils parleront

ils finiront

ils vendront

je parlerais

je finirais

je vendrais

tu parlerais

tu finirais

tu vendrais

il parlerait

il finir&it

il vendrait

nous parlerions

nous finirions

nous vendrions

vous parleriez

vous finiriez

vous vendriez

ils parleraient

ils finiraient

Us vendraient

parle

finis

vends

parions

finissons

vendons

parlez

finissez

vendez

je parte

je finisse

je vende

tu paries

tu finisses

tu vendes

il parte

il finisse

U vende

nous parlions

nous finissions

nous vendions

vous parliez

vous finissiez

vous vendiez

ils parlent

ils finissent

ils vendent

je parlasse

je finisse

je vendisse

tu parlasse S

tu finisses

tu vendisses

il parlat

il finit

il vendit

nous parlassions

nous finissions

nous vendissions

vous parlassiez

vous finissiez

vous vendissiez

ils parlassent

ils finissent

Us vendissent

434 ELEMENTARY FRENCH

COMPOUND TENSES

I. Perfect Tenses. The perfect tenses of a verb are formed
by prefixing to its past participle the various simple tenses of
avoir, " to have " (sometimes etre, " to be "). Avoir and etre,
when thus used in the formation of compound tenses, are
called auxiliaries. Their conjugation, which is irregular, is
given on the opposite page. The perfect conjugation with
both auxiliaries, together with the tense-names, is given in full
on page 436.

Note. — Eire, instead of avoir, is used as the auxiliary in
forming the perfect tenses of the following intransitive verbs
denoting motion or change of condition: aller, fiartir, sortir,
venir, devenir, revenir, arriver, entrer, rester, tomber, naitre,
mourir (rarely of a few others) ; also of reflexive verbs.

II. Passive Voice. The passive voice of a verb is formed by
prefixing to its past participle the various tenses, simple and
perfect, of the auxiliary etre, "to be." The passive conjuga-
tion is given in full on page 437.

III. Agreement of Past Participle. When etre is the auxil-
iary, whether in the perfect or in the passive conjugation, the
past participle varies like an adjective to agree with the sub-
ject in number and gender. It then adds s in the masculine
plural,- e in the feminine singular, and es in the feminine
plural.

Note i. Past participles ending in s are alike in masculine
singular and plural.

Note 2. In ordinary conjugation it may be assumed that the
subject pronouns are masculine. In the plural, however, atten-
tion must always (when etre is the auxiliary) be paid to the
agreement of the past participle.

APPENDIX

435

CONJl

ION OF AUXILIARIES

avoir

atre

Prin. Parts \

ayant
eu

etant

fr1

je suis

j eus

je fus

j'ai
tu as

je suis
tu es

Pres. Ind.

ila

il est

nous avons

nous sommes

vous avez

vous etes

P :■

ils ont

ils sont

j'avais

j'^tais

tu avais

tu etais

Imperfect

il avait
nous avions

il etait
nous etions

vous aviez

vous ^tiez

ils avaient

ils etaient

j'eus

jefus

tu eus

tu fus

Past Def.

il eut
nous eumes

ilfut
nous fumes

vous eutes

vous futes

ils eurent

ils furent

j'aurai

je serai

tu auras

tu seras

Future

il aura

il sera

nous aurons

nous serons

vous aurez

vous serez

ik auront

ils seront

j'aurais

je serais

tu aurais

tu serais

il aurait

il serait

Conditional

nous aurions

nous serions

vous auriez

vous seriez

ils auraient

ils seraient

aie •

sois

Imperative

ayons

soyons

ayez ,

soyez

j'aie

je sois

tu aies

tu sois

Pres. Suij.

il ait

il soit

nous ayons

nous soyons

vous ayez

vous soyez

ils aient

ils soient

j'eusse

je fusse

tu eusses

tu fusses

Imp. Subj.

ileut

ilfut

nous eussions

nous f ussions

vous eussiez

vous fussiez

ils eussent

ils f ussent

436

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

PERFECT TENSES

With avoir

With etre

Prin. Parts
The first two are called
respectively Perf. Inf.
and Perf. Part.

avoir sauve"
ayant sauve"

j'ai sauve*
j'eus sauve*

etre alle"
etant alle"

je suis alle"
]e fus alle"

Past Indef.
(Per/. Ind.)
Pres. Ind. of auxiliary +
Past Part.

j'ai sauve"
tu as sauve*
il a sauve"
nous avons sauve"
vous avez sauve"
ils ont sauve

je suis alle"

tu es alle

il est alle"

nous sommes altes

vous etes allds

ils sont alles

Plufierf Ind.
Imperfect of auxiliary +
Past Part.

j'avais sauve"
tu avais sauve
il avait sauve"
nous avions sauve"
vous aviez sauve"
ils avaient sauve"

j'^tais alle"
tu &ais alle"
il &ait alle"
nous ^tions alles
vous &iez alles
ils etaient alles

Past A nterior
Past Def. of auxiliary +
Past Part.

j'eus sauve"
tu eus sauve*
il eut sauve"
nous eflmes sauve"
vous elites sauve"
ils eurent sauve"

je fus alle"
tu fus alle"
il fut all*
nous fumes altes
vous fGtes all^s
ils furent alles

Put. Perf.
Fut. of auxiliary + Past
Part.

j'aurai sauve
tu auras sauve"
il aura sauve"
nous aurons sauve"
vous aurez sauve"
ils auront sauve"

je serai alle"
tu seras alle"
il sera alle"
nous serons allds
vous serez altes
ils seront all£s

Cond. Perf.
Cond. of auxiliary + Past
Part.

j'aurais sauve"
tu aurais sauve"
il aurait sauve"
nous aurions sauve"
vous auriez sauve"
ils auraient sauve"

je serais alle"
tu serais alle"
il serait alle"
nous serions altes
vous seriez all£s
ils seraient all£s

Imperative

. wanting

wanting

Perf Subj.
Pres. Subj. of auxiliary
+ Past Part.

j'aie sauve"
tu aies sauve*
il ait sauve"
nous ayons sauve"
vous ayez sauve"
ils aient sauve

je sois alle"

tu sois alle"

il soit alle"

nous soyons allls

vous soyez allds

ils soient alles

Pluperf. Subj.
Imp. Subj. of auxiliary
+ Past Part.

j'eusse sauve"
tu eusses sauve"
il eut sauve"
nous eussions sauve"
vous eussiez sauve"
ils eussent sauve

je fusse alle"
tu fusses alle"
il f ut all*

nous fussions alles
vous f ussiez alles
ils f ussent alles

APPExNDIX

437

PASSIVE VOICE

Simple Tenses

Perfect Tenses

Prin. Paris

e'tre sauve*
eUnt sauve"

je suis sauve"
je fus sauve

Prin. Parts

avoir 6t6 sauve
ayant ete sauve"

j'ai &e" sauve"
j'eus 6t6 sauve*

Pres. Ind.

je suis sauve"

tu es sauve

il est sauve

nous sommes sauves

vous etes sauves

ils sont sauves

Past Indef.

j'ai iti sauv£

tu as &e" sauve"

il a 6t6 sauve"

nous avons e^e" sauves

vous avez ete sauves

ils ont ete sauves

Imperfect

j'e"tais sauv£

tu etais sauve
il ^tait sauv^
nous etions sauves
vous &iez sauves
ils etaient sauves

Pluperf.Ind.

j'avais 4te sauve"
tu avais 6te sauve"
il avait ete sauve
nous avions ete sauves
vous aviez iti sauves
ils avaient it6 sauves

Past Def

je fus sauve"

tu fus sauve

il fut sauve

nous f times sauves

vous f Cites sauves

ils f urent sauves

Past
A nterior

j'eus 6li sauve"
tu eus &l€ sauve"

il eut ete" sauve
nous eumes ete sauves
vous eutes 6t6 sauves
ils eurent £t£ sauves

Future

je serai sauve"

tu seras sauve
il sera sauve"
nous serons sauves
vous serez sauves
ils seront sauves

Fut. Per/.

j'aurai ete sauve"
tu auras e"te" sauve
il aura ete sauve
nous aurons ete sauves
vous aurez 6t6 sauves
ils auront ete sauves

Conditional

je serais sauve"
tu serais sauve
il serait sauve
nous serions sauves
vous seriez sauves
ils seraient sauves

Cond. Per/.

j'aurais e"te" sauve"
tu aurais ete sauve
il aurait 6t& sauve"
nous aurions ete" sauves
vous auriez 6t6 sauves
ils auraient iti sauves

Imperative

sois sauve"
soyons sauves
soyez sauves

Imperative

wanting

Pres. Subj.

je sois sauve"

tu sois sauve

il soit sauve

nous soyons sauves

vous soyez sauves

ils soient sauves

Per/. Subj.

j'aie 6ti sauve"
tu aies ete sauve
il ait ete sauve
nous ayons 6te sauves
vous ayez 6t6 sauves
ils aient ili sauves

Imp. Subj.

je fusse sauve"

tu fusses sauve"

il fut sauve

nous fussions sauves

vous f ussiez sauves

ils f ussent sauves

Pluperf.
Subj.

j'eusse ete" sauve"

tu eusses ete sauve"

il eut ete sauve

nous eussions ete sauves

vous eussiez ete sauves

ils eussent ete sauves

438

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

ORTHOGRAPHIC IRREGULARITIES OF THE FIRST
CONJUGATION

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Placer

place

placais

placai

to place

places

placais

etc.

placant

place

placait

placerent (3d PL)

place"

placons

placions

place

placez

placiez

placasse

placai

placent

placaient

etc.

Manger

mange

mangeais

mangeai

to eat

manges

mangeais

etc.

mangeant

mange

mangeait

mangerent (3d PI.)

mange"

mangeons

mangions

mange

mangez

mangiez

mangeasse

mangeai

mangent

mangeaient

etc.

Nettoyer
to clean

nettoie

nettoyais

nettoyai

nettoies

etc.

nettoyant

nettoie

nettoye"

nettoyons

nettoyasse

nettoie

nettoyez

etc.

nettoyai

nettoient

Payer

paie

payais

payai

to pay

paies

etc.

payant

paie

pay<5

payons

payasse

paie

payez

etc.

payai

paient

Mener

mene

menais

menai

to lead

menes

etc.

menant *

mene

mene"

menons

menasse

mene

menez

etc.

menai .

menent

Appeler

appelle

appelais

appelai

to caN

appelles

etc.

appelant

appelle

appele

appelons

appelasse

appelle

appelez

etc.

appelai

appellent

Jeter

jette

jetais

jetai

to throw

jettes

etc.

ietant

jette

jete"

jetons

jetasse

]ette

letez

etc.

jetai

jettent

Cdder

cede

oklais

ce"dai

to yield

cedes

etc

etc.

c£dant

cede

c€d6

cedons

ce"dasse

cede

cidez

etc.

c^dai

cedent

APPENDIX

439

ORTHOGRAPHIC IRREGULARITIES OF THE FIRST
CONJUGATION

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

placerai

place

Placer is a model of verbs ending in

etc.

place

etc.

cer, in which C takes a cedilla
before a and 0, to show that it

placerais

placons

remains soft.

etc.

placez

mangerai

mange

Manger is a model of verbs ending

» etc.

mange

etc.

in ger, in which e is added before
a and 0, to show that the g remains

mangerais

mangeons

soft.

etc.

mangez

nettoierai

nettoie

Similarly all verbs ending in oyer

etc.

nettoie

nettoies

and uyer change y to i before an
ending or a syllable whose vowel

nettoie

nettoierais

nettoyons

nettoyions

is a mute e.

etc.

nettoyez

nettoyiez
nettoient

paierai

paie

Similarly all verbs ending in ayer

etc.

paie

paies

generally change y to i before an

paie

ending or a syllable whose vowel is
a mute e. Sometimes, especially

paierais

payons

payions

etc.

payez

payiez

in older French, the y is retained

paient

throughout.

menerai

mene

Similarly all verbs ending in e-con-

etc.

mene

menes

sonant-er (except those ending in
eler and eter) change e to e before

mene

menerais

menons

menions

an ending or a syllable whose

etc.

menez

meniez
menent

vowel is a mute e.

appellerai

appelle

Similarly most verbs ending in eler

etc.

appelle

appellts

double the 1 before an ending or a

appelle

syllable whose vowel is a mute e.

appellerais

appelons

appelions

Geler, modeler, and peler (which

etc.

appelez

appeliez

are conjugated like mener) are

appellent

the commonest exceptions.

jetterai

jette

Similarly most verbs ending in eter

etc.

jette

jettes

double the t before an ending or

jette
jetions

a syllable whose vowel is a mute

jetterais

jetons

e. Acheter (which is conjugated

etc.

jetez

letiez

like mener) is the commonest ex-

]ettent

ception.

ce"derai

cede

Similarly all verbs ending in e-con-

etc.

cedes

sonant (or consonants)-er, change

cede

6 to e before an ending whose

ce*derais

c^dons

c^dions

vowel is a mute e. No change

etc.

cedez

cediez
cedent

occurs here in Fut. and Cond.

440

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

VIII. IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Aller

vais

allai s

allai

to go

vas

etc.

allant

alle-

allons

allasse

vais

allez

etc.

allai

vont

Envoyer

envoie

envoyais

envoyai

to send

envoies

etc.

envoyant

envoie

envoye-

envoyons

envoyasse

envoie

envoyez

etc.

envoyai

envoient

Acquerir

acquiers

acqudrais

acquis

to acquire

acquiers

etc.

acqueVant

acquiert

acquis

acquerons

acquisse

acquiers

acque"rez

etc.

acquis

acquierent

Assaillir

assaille

assaillais

assaillis

to assail

assailles

etc.

assaillant

assaille

•

assailli

assaillons

assaillisse

assaille

assaillez

etc.

assaillis

assaillent

Bouillir

bous

bouillais

bouillis

to boil

bous

etc.

bouillant

bout

bouilli

bouillons

bouillisse

bous

bouillez

etc.

bouillis

bouillent

Courir

cours

courais

courus

to run

cours

etc.

courant

court

couru

courons

courusse

cours

courez

etc.

courus

courent

Cueillir

cueille

cueillais

cueillis

to gather
cueillant

cueilles

etc.

cueille

cueilli

cueillons

cueillisse

cueille

cueillez

etc.

cueillis

cueillent

Dormir

dors

dormais

dormis

to sleep

dors

etc.

dormant

dort

dormi

dormons

dormisse

dors

dormez

etc.

dormis

dorment

APPENDIX

441

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

irai
etc.

irais
etc.

allons
allez

aille

ailles

aille

allions

alliez

aillent

Forms its perfect
tenses with etre.

enverrai
etc.

enverrais
etc.

envoie

envoyons
envoyez

envoie

envoies

envoie

envoyions

envoyiez

envoient

Similarly renvoyer.

acquerrai
etc.

acquerrais
etc.

acquiers

acquerons
acquerez

acquiere

acquieres

acquiere

acquerions

acqueriez

acquierent

Similarly all verbs
ending in quenr .

assaillirai
etc.

assaillirais
etc.

assaille

assaillons
assaillez

assaille
etc.

Similarly tressaillir.

bouillirai
etc.

bouillirais
etc.

bous

bouillons
bouillez

bouille
etc.

courrai
etc.

courrais
etc.

cours

courons
courez

coure
etc.

Similarly parcourir
and other com-
pounds.

cueillerai
etc.

cueillerais
etc.

cueille

cueillons
cueillez

cueille
etc.

Similarly recueillir
and accueillir .

dormirai
etc.

dormiraia
etc.

dors

dormons
dormez

dorme
etc.

Similarly endormir
and other com-
pounds.

442

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Faillir

to fail
faillant
failli
faux
faillis

faux

faut

faillons

faillez

faillent

faillais
etc.

faillis
etc.

faillisse
etc.

Fuir

to flee
fuyant
fui
fuis
fuis

fuis

fuit

fuyons

fuyez

fuient

fuyais
etc.

fuis
etc.

fuisse
etc.

Hair

to hate
hafesant
hai
hais
hais

hais

hait

haissons

hai'ssez

haissent

hai'ssais
etc.

hais
etc.

hai'sse
etc.

Mourir
to die
mourant
mort
meurs
mourus

meurs

meurt

mourons

mourez

meurent

mourais
etc.

mourus
etc.

mourusse
etc.

Offrir

to offer
off rant
offert
offre
offris

offre

offres

offre

offrons

offrez

offrent

offrais
etc.

offris
etc.

offrisse
etc.

Ouvrir

to open
ouvrant
ouvert
ouvre
ouvris

ouvre

ouvres

ouvre

ouvrons

ouvrez

ouvrent

ouvrais
etc.

ouvris
etc.

ouvrisse
etc.

Partir

to start
partant
parti
pars
partis

pars

part

partons

partez

partent

partais
etc.

partis
etc.

partisse
etc.

Sentir

to feel
sentant
senti
sens
sentis

sens

sent

sentons

sentez

sentent

sentais
etc.

sentis
etc.

sentisse s .
etc.:

APPENDIX

443

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

faudrai
etc.

faudrais
etc.

wanting

faille
etc.

There is also found a Fut.
faillirai, etc., and a sim-
ilar Cond. Many forms of
this verb are no longer in
use.

fuirai
etc.

fuirais
etc.

fuis

fuyons
fuyez

fuie

fuies

fuie

fuyions

fuyiez

fuient

Similarly s'enfuir.

hairai
etc.

hairais
etc.

hais

haissons
haissez

haisse
etc.

On account of the diaeresis
the circumflex accent is
omitted in all forms.

mourrai
etc.

mourrais
etc.

meurs

mourons
mourez

meure

meures

meure

mourions

mouriez

meurent

Forms its perfect tenses with
Stre.

offrirai
etc.

offrirais
etc.

offre

offrons
offrez

offre
etc.

Similarly souffrir.

ouvrirai
etc.

ouvrirais
etc.

ouvre

ouvrons
ouvrez

ouvre
etc.

Similarly COUvrir, and com-
pounds.

partirai
etc.

partirais
etc.

pars

partons
partez

parte
etc.

Similarly fits compounds
except repartir. Partir
forms its perfect tenses
with §tre.

sentirai
etc.

sentirais
etc.

sens

sentons
sentez

sente
etc.

Similarly mentir . se repen-
tir, and compounds.

444

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Servir

sers

servais

servis

to serve

sers

etc.

servant

sert

servi

servons

servisse

sers

servez

etc.

servis

servent

Sortir

sors

sortais

sortis

to go out

sors

etc.

sortant

sort

sorti

sortons

sortisse

sors

sortez

etc.

sortis

sortent

Tenir

tiens

tenais

tins (see Remarks)

to hold

tiens

etc.

tenant

tient

tenu

tenons

tinsse

tiens

tenez

etc.

tins

tiennent

Venir

viens

venais

vins (see Remarks)

to come

viens

etc.

venant

vient

venu

venons

vinsse

viens

venez

etc.

vins

viennent

VStir

vSts

vetais

vetis

to clothe

vSts

etc.

vetant

vet

v&u

vStons

vgtisse

vSts

vetez

etc.

vStis

v6tent

Asseoir

assieds

asseyais

assis

to seat

assieds

etc.

asseyant

assied

assis

asseyons

assisse

assieds

asseyez

etc.

assis

asseyent

Avoir

avais

eus

to have

etc.

ayant

avons

eusse

avez

etc.

eus

ont

Devoir

dois

devais

dus

to owe

dois

etc.

devant

doit

devons

dusse

dois

devez

etc.

dus

doivent

APPENDIX

445

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

servirai
etc.

servirais
etc.

sers

servons
servez

serve
etc.

Similarly desservir.

sortirai
etc.

sortirais
etc.

sors

sortons
sortez

sorte
etc.

Similarly ressortir, to go
out again. Both form
their perfect tenses with
Stre.

tiendrai
etc.

tiendrais
etc.

tiens

tenons
tenez

tienne

tiennes

tienne

tenions

teniez

tiennent

Past Def. tins, tins, tint,
tinmes, tintes. tinrent.
Similarly its compounds.

viendrai
etc.

viendrais
etc.

viens

venons
venez

vienne
viennes
• vienne
venions
veniez
viennent

Past Def. vins, vins, vint,
vinmes, vintes. vinrent.
Similarly its compounds.
Venir forms its perfect
tenses with etre.

vetirai
etc.

vetirais
etc.

vets

vetons
vetez

vete
etc.

Similarly its compounds.

assierai
etc.

assierais
etc.

assieds

asseyons
asseyez

asseye
etc.

Other forms are often found,
especially Pres. Part,
assoyant, and derived
forms accordingly. Sim-
ilarly seoir and its com-
pounds.

aurai
etc.

aurais
etc.

aie

ayons
ayez

aie

aies

ait

ayons

ayez

aient

Similarly ravoir. Avoir is

conjugated in full on page
435.

devrai
etc.

devrais
etc.

dois

devons
devez

doive

doives

doive

devions

deviez

doivent

Past Part. f. due. Sim-
ilarly rede voir.

446

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Falloir

to be necessary

il faut

il fallait

il fallut

fallu

il faut

il fallut

il fallflt

Mouvoir

meus

mouvais

mus

to move

meus

etc.

mouvant

meut

mouvons

musse

meus

mouvez

etc.

mus

meuvent

Pleuvoir

to rain

pleuvant

il pleut

il pleuvait

il plut

plu
il pleut

il plut

il plflt

Pourvoir

pourvois

pourvoyais

pourvus

to provide

pourvois

etc.

pourvoyant

pourvoit

pourvu

pourvoyons

pourvusse

pourvois

pourvoyez

etc.

pourvus

pourvoient

Pouvoir

peux (puis)

pouvais

pus

to be able

peux

etc.

pouvant

peut

pU / • X

pouvons

pusse

peux (puis)

pouvez

etc.

pus

peuvent

Recevoir

recois

recevais

regus

to receive

recois

etc.

recevant

recoit

recu

recevons

recusse

recois

recevez

etc.

regus

recoivent

Savoir

sais

savais

sus

to know

sais

etc.

sachant

sais

savons

susse

sais

savez

etc.

sus

savent

Valoir

vaux

valais

valus

to be worth

vaux

etc.

valant

vaut

valu

valons

valusse

vaux

valez

etc

valus

valent

APPENDIX

447

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

il faudra
il faudrait

wanting

il faille

An impersonal verb.

mouvrai
etc.

mouvrais
etc.

meus

mouvons
mouvez

meuve

meuves

meuve

mouvions

mouviez

meuvent

Past Part. f. mue. Simi-
larly its compounds, ex-
cept that in these the
Past Part, lacks circum-
flex accent.

il pleuvra
il pleuvrait

wanting

il pleuve

An impersonal verb.

pourvoirai
etc.

pourvoirais
etc.

pourvois

pourvoyons
pourvoyez

pourvoie

pourvoies

pourvoie

pourvoyions

pourvoyiez

pourvoient

pourrai
etc.

pourrais
etc.

wanting

puisse

puisses

puisse

puissions

puissiez

puissent

recevrai
etc.

recevrais
etc.

recois

recevons
recevez

recoive

recoives

recoive

recevions

receviez

recoivent

Similarly all compounds of
-cevoir.

saurai
etc.

saurais
etc.

sache

sachons
sachez

sache

saches

sache

sachions

sachiez

sachent

vaudrai
etc.

vaudrais
etc.

vaux

valons
valez

vaille

vailles

vaille

valions

valiez

vaillent

Similarly its compounds ex-
cept prevaloir, which has
in Pres. Subj. private,
etc.

448

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Dei .
Imp. Subj.

Voir

vois

voyais

vis

to see

vois

etc.

voyant

voit

voyons

visse

vois

voyez

etc

vis

voient

Vouloir

veux

voulais

voulus

to wish

veux

etc.

voulant

veut

voulu

voulons

voulusse

veux

voulez

etc.

voulus

veulent

Battre

bats

battais

battis

to beat

bats

etc.

battant

bat

battu

battons

battisse

bats

battez

etc.

battis

battent

Boire

bois

buvais

bus

to drink

bois

etc.

buvant

boit

buvons

busse

bois

buvez

etc.

bus

boivent

Conclure

conclus

concluais

conclus

to conclude

conclus

etc.

concluant

conclut

conclu

concluons

conclusse

conclus

concluez

etc.

conclus

concluent

Conduire

conduis

conduisais

conduisis

to lead

conduis

etc.

conduisant

conduit

conduisons

conduisisse

conduis

conduisez

etc.

conduisis

conduisent

Connaitre

connais

connaissais

connus

to know

connais

etc.

connaissant

connait

connu

connaissons

connusse

connais

connaissez

etc.

connus

connaissent

Coudre

couds

cousais

cousis

to sew

couds

etc.

cousant

coud

cousu

cousons

cousisse

couds

cousez

etc.

cousis

cousent

APPENDIX

449

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

verrai
etc.

verrais
etc.

vois

voyons
voyez

voie

voies

voie

voyions

voyiez

voient

Similarly entrevoir and re-
voir.

voudrai
etc.

voudrais
etc.

veux

voulons
voulez

veuille

veuilles

veuille

voulions

vouliez

veuillent

A second form for the

Imv. is veuille, veui lions,
veuillez.

battrai
etc.

battrais
etc.

bats

battons
battez

batte
etc.

Similarly abattre and other
compounds.

boirai
etc.

boirais
etc.

bois

buvons
buvez

boive

boives

boive

buvions

buviez

boivent

Similarly its compounds.

conclurai
etc.

conclurais
etc.

conclus

concluons
concluez

conclue
etc.

conduirai
etc.

conduirais
etc.

conduis

conduisons
conduisez

conduise
etc.

Similarly all verbs endinp in
uire except luire, reluire,
and nuire.

connaitrai
etc.

connaitrais
etc.

connais

connaissons
connaissez

connaisse
etc.

Similarly paraitre, paitre,
and compounds.

coudrai
etc.

coudrais
etc.

couds

cousons
cousez

couse
etc.

Similarly its compounds.

45Q

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Craindre

crains

craignais

craignis

to fear

crains

etc.

craignant

craint

craim

craignons

craignisse

crains

craignez

etc.

craignis

craignent

Croire

crois

croyais

crus

to believe

crois

etc.

croyant

croit

era

croyons

crusse

crois

croyez

etc.

crus

croient

Croitre

crois

croissais

crus

to grow

crois

etc.

croissant

croit

cru

croissons

crusse

crois

croissez

etc.

crus

croissent

Dire

dis

disais

dis

to say

dis

etc.

disant

dit

disons

disse

dis

dites

etc.

dis

disent

ficrire

ecris

. dcrivais

&rivis

to write

ecris

etc.

£crivant

(krit

<fcrit

^crivons

dcrivisse

^cris

<krivez

etc.

dcrivis

(fcrivent

fetre

suis

<kais

fus

to be

etc.

&ant

est

6ti

sommes

fusse

suis

etes

etc.

fus

sont

Faire

fais

faisais

fis

to make

fais

etc.

faisant

fait

faisons

fisse

fais

faites

. etc.

fis

font

Joindre

joins

joignais

joignis

to join

joins

etc.

joignant

joint

joignons

joignisse

joins

joignez

etc.

joignis

joignent

APPENDIX

451

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

craindrai
etc.

craindrais
etc.

crains

craignons
craignez

craigne
etc.

Similarly all verbs ending in
aindre.

croirai
etc.

croirais
etc.

crois

croyons
croyez

croie

croies

croie

croyions

croyiez

croient

croitrai
etc.

croitrais
etc.

crois

croissons
croissez

croisse
etc.

Past Part, f . crue.

dirai
etc.

dirais
etc.

dis

disons
dites

dise
etc.

ecrirai
etc.

ecrirais
etc.

ecris

^crivons
£crivez

ecrive
etc.

Similarly decrire and all
other verbs ending in
crire.

serai
etc.

serais
etc.

sois

soyons
soyez

sois

soit

soyons

soyez

soient

Conjugated in full on page
435-

ferai
etc.

ferais
etc.

fais

faisons
faites

fasse
etc.

Similarly satisfaire and
other compounds.

joindrai
etc.

joindrais
etc.

joins

joignons
]oignez

joigne
etc.

Similarly all verbs ending in
oindre.

452

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Lire

lis

lisais

lus

to read

lis

etc.

lisant

lit

lisons

lusse

lis

lisez

etc.

lus

lisent

Luire

luis

luisais

wanting

to shine

luis

etc.

luisant

luit

lui
luis

luisons

luisez

luisent

wanting

Maudire

maudis

maudissais

maudis

to curse

maudis

etc.

maudissant

maudit

maudissons

maudisse

maudis

maudissez

etc.

maudis

maudissent

Mettre

mets

mettais

mis

to put

mets

etc.

mettant

met

mis

mettons

misse

mets

mettez

etc.

mis

mettent

Moudre

mouds

moulais

moulus

to grind

mouds

etc.

moulant

moud

moulu

moulons

moulusse

mouds

moulez

etc.

moulus

moulent

Naitre

nais

naissais

naquis

to be born

nais

etc.

naissant

nait

naissons

naquisse

nais

naissez

etc.

naquis

naissent

Peindre

peins

peignais

peignis

to paint

peins

etc.

peignant

peint

peignons

peignisse

peins

peignez

etc.

peignis

peignent

Plaire

plais

plaisais

plus

to please

plais

etc.

plaisant •

plait

plu

plaisons

plusse

plais

plaisez

etc

plus

plaisent

APPENDIX

453

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

lirai
etc.

lirais
etc.

lis

lisons
lisez

lise
etc.

Similarly its compounds.

luirai
etc.

luirais
etc.

luis

luisons
luisez

luise
etc.

Similarly reluire and nuire.
The latter however has
Preterit nuisis, etc.

maudirai
etc.

maudirais
etc.

maudis

maudissons
maudissez

maudisse
etc.

mettrai
etc.

mettrais
etc.

mets

mettons
mettez

mette
etc.

Similarly commettre and
other compounds.

moudrai
etc.

moudrais
etc.

mouds

moulons
moulez

moule
etc.

Similarly its compounds.

naitrai
etc.

naitrais
etc.

nais

naissons
naissez

naisse
etc.

Similarly renaitre. Both
form their perfect tenses
with e"tre.

peindrai
etc.

peindrais
etc.

peins

peignons
peignez

peigne
etc.

Similarly all verbs ending
in eindre.

plairai
etc.

plairais
etc.

plais

plaisons
plaisez

plaise
etc.

Similarly its compounds.

454

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

IRREGULAR VERBS

Prin. Parts

Pres. Ind.

Imperfect

Past Def .
Imp. Subj.

Prendre

prends

prenais

pris

to take

prends

etc.

etc,

prenant

prend

pris

prenons

prisse

prends

prenez

etc.

pris

prennent

Rdsoudre

resous

r^solvais

resolus

to resolve

resous

etc.

rdsolvant

resout

r^solu

resolvons

r^solusse

resous

r^solvez

etc.

resolus

resolvent

Rire

ris

riais

ris

to laugh

ris

etc.

riant

rit

rions

risse

ris

riez

etc.

ris

rient

Suivre

suis

suivais

suivis

to follow

suis

etc.

suit

suivi

suivons

suivisse

suis

suivez

etc.

suivis

suivent

Suffire

suffis

suffisais

suffis

to be sufficient

suffis

etc.

suffisant

suffit

gtlffi

suffisons

suffisse

suffis

suffisez

etc.

suffis

suffisent

Taire

tais

taisais

tus

to be silent

tais

etc.

taisant

tait

taisons

tusse

tais

taisez

etc.

tus

taisent

Vaincre

vaincs

vainquais

vainquis

to conquer

vaincs

etc.

vainquant

vainc

vaincu

vainquons

vainquisse

vaincs

vainquez

etc.

vainquis

vainquent

Vivre

vis

vivais

ve*cus

to live

vis *"

etc.

vivant

vit

v^cu

vivons -

ve"cusse

vis

vivez

etc. -

vecus

viyent

APPENDIX

455

IRREGULAR VERBS

Future
Conditional

Imperative

Pres. Subj.

Remarks

prendrai
etc.

prendrais
etc.

prends

prenons
prenez

prenne

prennes

prenne

prenions

preniez

prennent

Similarly apprendre and
other compounds.

rdsoudrai
etc.

r^soudrais
etc.

rdsous

r^solvons
resolvez

resolve
etc.

rirai
etc.

rirais
etc.

ris

rions
riez

rie
etc.

Similarly sourire.

suivrai
etc.

suivrais
etc.

suis

suivons
suivez

suive
etc.

Similarly poursuivre.

suffirai
etc.

suffirais
etc.

suffis

suffisons
suffisez

suffise
etc.

tairai
etc.

tairais
etc.

tais

taisons
taisez

taise
etc.

vaincrai
etc.

vaincrais
etc.

vaincs

vainquons
vainquez

vainque
etc.

Similarly convaincre.

vivrai
etc.

vivrais
etc.

vis

vivons
vivez

vive
etc.

Similarly its compounds.

COLONNE DE JUILLET

Elle se dresse sur Pemplacement de la Bastille, ancienne prison d'litat,

prise par le peuple le 14 juillet (1789). Cette date est devenue celle de la

fete nationale

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

This vocabulary is designed to cover only the words and forms of
words actually used in the French portions of this book. Peculiarities
of inflection of the words included are in general added.

The plural form is given of all nouns and adjectives whose plural is
different from the singular and not formed by adding s. The feminine
form is given of all adjectives whose feminine is different from the mascu-
line and not formed by adding e. The principal parts of the irregular verbs
are given. Moreover there are inserted in the proper alphabetical places
those irregular forms of verbs and other words whose initial letters
separate them from the basal word. Isolated forms used in the earlier
lessons in advance of their full inflection are included also. Irregular
pronunciations are indicated by phonetic spelling.

The mark <*> means repetition of the word in black type at the head of
the paragraph ; e^e under droit means droite.

a, fires, avoir, has ; il y ~, there is

(are), ago
a, to, at, in, into, on, with ; with

measures, by ; <*> la (mode de),

in the style of
abaisser, draw down
abord : d'~, at first
aboyer, bark
abreuver, water, soak
abreuvoir m., watering trough
abri m., shelter; a !'«*, under

shelter; se mettre a l'~, take

shelter
absent, absent
absolu, absolute
absolutisme m., absolutism
acad^mie^, academy
accablant, oppressive

accent w., accent ; word, strain

accentuation/, accentuation

accepter, accept

accident m., accident

accompagner, accompany

accorder, grant

accoure,j£ra-. subj. accourir, hasten

accrocher (a), hang (on)

accuser, accuse

achetS, bought

acheter, buy

acheteur m., buyer

achever, finish

acque*rir (acquerant, acquis, ac-

quiers, acquis), acquire
acte m., act

acteur m. (f. actrice), actor
actif (/ -ve), active

457

458

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

addition/, bill

admettre (admettant, admis, ad-

mets, admis), admit
administrer, administer
admirer, admire
adorer, worship
adresse/i, address
adversaire m., adversary
aeroplane m., aeroplane
affaire /., trouble, matter; se tirer

d'cv>, get along ; parler d'^s, talk

business
affaire\ busy
affecter, take on, assume
affiche/, poster, bill
afficher, post (bills)
affronter, face
afin : ~ de, in order to ; «o que, in

order that
age «*., age ; quel 03 avez-vous ?

how old are you ?
age\ aged, old ; etre 03 de, be . . . old
agrSable, pleasant
agreablement, agreeably
agrSer, accept
ah! ah!

ai, pres. avoir, have
aide /I, aid, assistance ; venir en ~

a, come to the assistance of,

assist
aider, help

aie, aient, pres. subj. avoir (to have)
aigu {f. aigue), sharp
aile/, wing

aille, pres. subj. aller (to go)
aimable, kind
aimer (a), love, like (to) ; ~ mieux,

prefer

ainsi, thus; e» que, as well as;
pour ~ dire, so to speak

air m., air; avoir Pcv> (de), seem,
appear (to), look ; en plein ~, in
the open air

aise, glad ; bien ~, glad

ait, pres. subj. avoir (to have)

Al£sia_/^, a town in ancient Gaul

allS, past part, aller, gone

allee/, path

Allemagne/, Germany

allemand adj., German

allemand m*t German (the lan-
guage)

aller (allant, alle\ vais, allai), go;
be (of health); fit (of clothes),
become, suit ; s'en e*, go away ;
cv) chercher, go for

alliance/!, alliance

allie" m., ally

allonger, lengthen ; s'c*>, grow
longer ,

allons 1 why ! come !

alors, then ; ~ que, when

Alpes///., Alps

Alsace f., a province in northeast
France

alsacien (f. -nne), Alsatian

amabilitS/i, kindness

ambigu (f. ambigue), ambiguous

ambitieux (f. -se), ambitious

amenager, arrange

amener, bring (a person)

amer [a-me:r] {/. -ere), bitter

americain, American

AmSrique/, America

amertume/, bitterness

ami m. {/. amie), friend

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

459

amiti^/, friendship

amonceler, heap up ; s'~, gather

amoncellement m., pile, heap

amour m., love

ample, generous, full

amusant, funny, amusing

amusement nt., amusement

amuser, amuse ; s'<*>(de), enjoy, be
amused (at), have a good time

an m., year; jour de l'~, New
Year's Day ; avoir dix ~s, be
ten years old

ancetre m., ancestor

ancien (f-nne), ancient, old, former

anecdote f, anecdote

Angelus [a-3e-lys] m., angelus (a
religious service) ; bell announc-
ing the service

anglais adj., English

anglais m., English (the language)

Anglais m., Englishman

angle m., angle, corner ; a <» droit
de, at right angles to

Angleterre/i, England

animal m. (pi. -aux), animal

animg (de), inspired (with)

annee/!, year ; l'~ passed, last year

anniversaire *•., birthday, anni-
versary

annoncej^, advertisement

annoncer, announce

annuel (f -lie), annual

aout [u] m., August

apercevoir (apercevant, apercu,
apercois, apercus), perceive ; s'~
de, perceive, notice

apparent, apparent

appartement m., apartment

appartenir (appartenant, appar-
tenu, appartiens, appartins), be-
long

appeler (appell- before a utute
syllable), call; s'<~, be named;
comment vous appelez-vous ?
what is your name?

app€tit m., appetite; de bon ~,
with a good appetite

apporte\ brought

apporter, bring (a thing)

apprecier, value correctly, appre-
ciate

apprendre (apprenant, appris, ap-
prends, appris), learn

appreter, prepare (tr); s'~, pre-
pare (intr.)

approcher, bring nearer; &>™ de,
approach

appuyer (appui- before a mute
syllable), lean, bear on

apres, after ; d'~>, according to ; ~>
que, after

apres-midi in., afternoon, p.m.

arbre «., tree

arc in., arch

arched, arch

archeveche" m., archbishop's resi-
dence

architecte m., architect

architectural (pi. -aux), architec-
tural

architecture/!, architecture

ardemment, fervently

ardent, ardent, burning

arenesy^ pi., arena, amphitheater,
" stadium," " bowl "

argent in., money ; silver

460

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

Argonne /, a forest region in

France where Americans fought

in 1918
aristocratic/!, aristocracy
arme/i, arm, weapon
armee/, army
armistice »., armistice
armoire/i, closet
arranger, fix, arrange
arrestation/, arrest
arreter, stop (tr.) ; s'cv>, stop (intr.)
arriere-plan 7n., background
arrivee/i, arrival
arriver, arrive, happen
arrondissement m.\ arrondisse-

ment (division of a French

department)
art m., art

artere/^, thoroughfare, artery
article m., article, thing
artillerie/, artillery
artiste m. andf., artist
as, fires, avoir, have, hast
aspect m., appearance
assaillir (assaillant, assailli, as-

saille, assaillis), assail
assemble /., assembly, society
asseoir (asseyant, assis, assieds,

assis), seat ; s'e*>, sit down ; etre

assis, be seated; asseyez-vous,

sit down
assez (de), enough ; quite, rather
assierai, fut. asseoir (to seat)
assiette/, plate
assis, fiast fiart. asseoir, seated,

sitting
assister (a), be present at, attend
assurance/, assurance

assur^ment, certainly

Atlantique, Atiantic

attaque/, attack

attaquer, attack

atteindre (atteignant, atteint, at-

teins, atteignis), reach
attendre, wait (for), expect, await;

s'~ a, expect
attendrir, move (in feelings)
attente /, waiting; salle d'~,

waiting-room
attentif {/. -ve), attentive
attention/, attention
attirer, attract
attrait m., charm, interest
attraper, catch
attrayant, attractive
attribue\ attributed
au, contraction ofhle
aucun {/. -e), any one, no one;

ne . . . ~, no one, no
auditeur m,% hearer
aujourd'hui, today; d'~ en huit,

a week from today
auquel, contraction ofk lequel
aur-, fut., cond. avoir (to have)
aussi, also, too ; as, so ; ~ . . . que,

as ... as
aussitot que, as soon as
Austerlitz [os-ter-litz] «., the

place where Napoleon conquered

Austria
australien (/ -nne), Australian
autant (de), as much, as many
auteur m., author
autobus [o-to-bys] m., autobus
automne [o-ton] m., autumn ; en

«x>, in (the) autumn

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

461

automobile m. andf., automobile

autorisation/, authorization

autorit£/, authority

autour (de), around

autre, other, different; nous «*>s,
we (apart from others)

autrefois, formerly

autrement, otherwise

autrichien {f -nne), Austrian

aux, contraction of a les

auxiliaire, auxiliary

auxquels, contraction of a. lesquels

avais (-ait, etc.), imp. avoir, had

avance /, advance ; d'<~>, in ad-
vance ; en <*>, ahead of time

avanc^ advanced

avancer, advance, put forward

avant, before (in time) ; <~> de, be-
fore {with inf.) ; ~ que, before

avantage m., advantage

avant-hier [a-va-tje:r], day before
yesterday

avare m., miser

avec, with

avenue/, avenue

avez, pres. avoir, have

avis m., notice

avocat m., lawyer

avoir (ayant, eu, ai, eus), have ; il
y a (avait, etc.), there is (was,
etc.) ; ago ; since, for ; qu'avez-
vous ? what 's the matter with
you?

avons, pres. avoir, have

avril [a-vril] m., April

ayant, pres. part, avoir, having

ayez, pres. subj. avoir (to have)

azur m., blue, azure

bagages m. pi., baggage, luggage

baigner, bathe

bain m., bath; salle de ~, bath-
room

bal m., ball (dance)

banane/, banana

banc [ba] m., bench, settee

barbe/, beard ; faire la ^, shave

bas adj. (f -sse), low

bas m., stocking; bottom, foot;
en cv>, downstairs

base/, base

bataille/, battle

bataillon m., battalion

bateau m. {pi. -x), boat; ~ a
vapeur, steamboat

batiment «*., building

batir, build

battre (battant, battu, bats, battis),
beat, strike; se <*>, fight

beau {before a vowel bel ; / belle,
m. pi. beaux), beautiful, hand-
some; il fait ~ (temps), it is fine
weather ; se mettre au <~, become
fine (weather)

beaucoup (de), much, many

beaute* /, beauty

bel, see beau

belle,/ of beau

benefice **., advantage, benefit

Berthe, Bertha

Besancon m., a city in eastern
France

besogne/, work, task

besoin m., need {noun); avoir ~
(de), be in need, need

Detail m. {pi. bestiaux), cattle,
stock

462

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

beurre m., butter

bibliotheque/, library

bien, well ; much, many ; good ; <*>

des, many ; eh ~ ! well ! good !

<v> que, although
bientot, soon; a ev>, will see you

again soon
biere/, beer
bijou m. (pi. -x), jewel
billet m., ticket ; prendre un <~>, get

a ticket
blanc [bla] (f. blanche), white
bl6 m., wheat
blesser, hurt
bleu, blue
blond, light, blond
blouse/, blouse
bceuf m., beef; ox [.pi. bo]
boire (buvant, bu, bois, bus), drink
bois m., wood ; de cv>, wooden
Bois de Boulogne, a famous park

in Paris
boisson/, drink
boite/i, box ; cv> aux lettres, letter

box
boivent, pres. boire, drink
bon (f. -nne), good ; good-natured,

pleasant
Bonaparte, surname of Napoleon
bonde* (de), crowded (with)
bonheur ?n., happiness
bon jour m., good morning
bonne f., maid (servant)
bord m., edge, shore ; ~ de la mer,

seashore
border (de), border (with)
borgne, blind in one eye
bouche/i, mouth

boucher m., butcher

bouillir (bouillant, bouilli, bous,

bouillis), boil
boulanger m., baker
boulevard w., boulevard ; rampart
bourgeois, of the middle class,

homely
Bourguignon in., Burgundian
bourse/, purse
bout jw., end
bouteille/, bottle
bouton m., button
braise\ braised, panned
bras **., arm

brave, brave ; good, worthy (326,/)
bravoure/i, bravery
bref (/ breve), short
Bretagne/, Brittany, a province

in northwest France
breton (f. -nne), Breton, of Brittany
Brienne/i, the seat of a French

military school
brillant, brilliant
briller, glitter

brosse/, brush ; ~ a dents, tooth-
brush ; ~ a cheveux, hairbrush
brosser, brush
brouillard m., mist, fog
bru/i, daughter-in-law
bruit »., noise
bruler, burn
brusque, quick
Bruxelles [bry-sel]/!, Brussels, the

capital of Belgium
bu, past part, boire, drunk
buffet m., lunch counter
bureau m., desk (of a teacher);

office ; 03 de poste, post office

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

463

buste *«., bust
but m., goal, aim

C', elided form ofce {pron.)

5a, that

cabaret m., inn

cacher, hide

cachot m.% cell, prison

cadeau m. {pi. -x), present, gift

cadet (/. -tte), younger

cadre m., frame

caduc {/. -uque), infirm

cafe" »., coffee ; restaurant, cafd

cahier m,, notebook

caillou m. {pi. -x), pebble

caisse/, cash window

caissier m., cashier

cal m., callosity

calmer, calm

camarade m., companion, comrade,

chum ; ~ d'e'cole, schoolmate
camaraderie/, comradeship
Cambronne, a French marshal
campagne/1, country (apart from

city), country district ; a la ~, in

(to) the country
Canada m., Canada
Cantigny m., a French town where

Americans fought in 1 9 1 8
canton m., canton (division of a

French arrondissement)
capitate/.", capital
car, for

caractere mn character
caracteristique/, characteristic
carnaval m.% carnival
carotte/, carrot
carre\ square

carrure/i, build, physique

carte f, map ; card, menu ; ~ de

visite, visiting card
cas ///., case
casser, break (tr.)\ se ~, break

{intr.)
catastrophe/!, catastrophe
catheMrale/, cathedral
cause f, cause, reason ; a ~ de,

because of
causer, talk
ce pron., he, she, it, they ; this,

that, these, those ; ~ que, what,

that which; ~ qui, what, that

which ; ~ . . . quoi, that which ;

est-~ que, is it that ( 1 64) ; n'est-

~ pas, is it not (167)
ce adj. {before a vowel cet ; f

cette, pi. ces), this, that
ceci, this
c6der, yield
cela, that
celebre, famous
celeri m.t celery
celeste, heavenly
celle,/ 0/celui

celui, this, that, the one; he, him
cent, (a) hundred
centime m . , centime (one hundredth

of a franc)
centre »., center ; au ~ de, in the

center of
cependant, however, yet
cerise/, cherry
cerisier »., cherry tree
certain, certain

ces, pi. ofce {adj.), these, those
Cesar, Caesar (the Roman general)

464

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

cesser (de), cease (to)

cet, see ce (adj.)

cette,/^ ofce (adj.)

ceu.x,pl. of celui, these, those, the
ones ; they

chacal m., jackal

chacun (f -e), each one

chaired, desk

chaise f, chair

chaleur/!, heat

chambre f, room ; <*> a coucher,
bedroom

champ m., field ; ~ de foire, fair-
ground

Champagne f, a province in north-
east France

champignon m., mushroom

champion m., champion

Champs-Ely se'es 7r1.pL, an avenue
in Paris

chance f, good luck

changement m., change

changeur m;% money changer

chant m., song

chanter, sing

chapeau m. (pi. -x), hat

chapelier m., hatter

Chapu, a modern French sculptor

chaque, each

Charles, Charles

charmant, attractive

charm6, delighted

chasser, expel, drive (out) ; hunt

chat m,t cat

chateau m. (pi. -x), castle

Chateau-Thierry m., a French
town where Americans fought
in 1918

chaud, warm, hot; avoir ~, be

warm (hot) ; il fait ~, it is warm

(hot)
chauss£e_/l, roadway, street
chaussette/i, sock
chaussures f. pi., shoes, footwear
chef m.% chief ; ~ de gare, station

agent
chemin m., road, way ; «v. de fer,

railroad
chemise/], shirt
cher (f. -ere), dear, beloved ; costly

(326,/)
chercher, look for, seek, get ; aller

~, go for ; envoyer ~, send for
ch£ri, beloved, dear
cheval m. (pi. -aux), horse;

monter a ~, ride horseback
cheveux m. pi., hair ; brosse a ~,

hairbrush
Chez, at (to, in) the house (home,

store) of; «v moi (etc.), at my

(etc.) house
chicor£e frise'e/i, endive
chien m., dog
choisir, choose, select
chose /., thing; quelque <*>, some-
thing
chou m. (pi. -x), cabbage
chou-fleur m. (pi. choux-fleurs),

cauliflower
chre'tien[kre-tje](/: -nne), Christian
chute/, fall
ci, abbreviation for ici ( 1 94) ; par-

~ par-la, here and there
ciel m. (pi. cieux), sky
cigare m., cigar
cinq [sek ; 216, a], five

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

465

cinquante, fifty

cinquieme, fifth

circuler, circulate, go about

citadin m. (f. -e), city person

Cit6/!, the old central part of Paris

citoyen (f. -nne), citizen

civil [si-vil], civil

clair, clear

classe f.t class ; classroom ; salle

de ~, classroom
classique, classic

clef [kle]/, key ; fermer a ~, lock
clerc [kle:r] *»., clerk
client m. {/. -e), customer ; client
cloche/, bell
cocher m., coachman
code m., code, laws
cceur m., heart
coi {/. coite), quiet
coiffer, dress the hair ; ~ de, wear

on the head ; se ~, fix one's hair
coiffeur »»., hairdresser, barber
coiffure/, headdress
coin m.t corner
colere/, anger
collaborateur m,t collaborator
college m., college
colonie/i, colony
colonnade f., colonnade
colonne/, column
colossal, colossal
combat m,, contest
combats, zmv. combattre, fight
combien (de), how much, how

many ; at what price ; ~ de

temps, how long
Comgdie Francaise f., a famous

French theater

comique, of comedy, comic
comite" «., committee
commandant **., commandant,

commander, major
commandement «*., command
commander, command, order
comme, like, as
commemorer, commemorate
commencement m., beginning
commencer (a), begin (to)
comment adv., how, what
comment intj., what !
commercant m., business man,

merchant
commerce m., business
commis, past part, commettre,

committed
commode f., bureau, chest cf

drawers
commun, common
commune f., commune (division

of a French canton)
compagne/i, wife, consort
comparaison/!, comparison
compenser, make up for .
Compiegne/, a city in France
complet (f. -ete), complete, full
compliment »*., compliment
compost, compound
composer, compose, make up
compote f., sauce
comprendre (comprenant, compris,

comprends, compris), understand;

include
compris, past part, comprendre,

understood ; y <*>, including
compte [ko:t] m., account; se rendre

~, have an idea, realize

466

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

compter [ko-te], intend ; count

comptoir [ko-twa:r] m., counter

comte m., count (a title)

concert m., concert

concevoir (concevant, concu, con-
cois, concus), conceive

conclure(concluant, conclu, conclus,
conclus), conclude

Concorde/!, peace ; place de la Con-
corde, a famous square in Paris

concret {/. -ete), concrete

concu, past part, concevoir, con-
ceived

condition/], condition

conducteur m., conductor

conduire (conduisant, conduit, con-
duis, conduisis), lead; take (a
person)

confier, intrust

confortable, comfortable

congres m., national assembly,
congress

conjugaison/;, conjugation

conjuguer, conjugate

connais-sance/;, acquaintance

connaitre (connaissant, connu, con-
nais, connus), be acquainted with,
know

connu, past part, connaitre, known

conquSrir (conqufrant, conquis,
conquiers, conquis), conquer

conquete/, conquest

consacrer, consecrate, devote

conseil ?/?., advice

consentir (consentant, consenti,
consens, consentis), consent

consequent : par «<*, consequently

conserver, preserve

consideration/!, esteem
consid^rer, consider
consoler, comfort
consomme m., broth
consonne/;, consonant
constance_/\, constancy
construction/;, construction
construire (construisant, construit,

construis, construisis), construct
consulter, consult
contemporain, contemporary
content, glad; satisfied; ~ de,

satisfied with
contient, pres. contenir, contains
continuation/., continuation
continuel {/. -lie), continual
continuer, continue (tr.), go on ; se

<~>, continue (intr.), be prolonged
contraire m., contrary ; au ~, on

the contrary
contravention/;, violation (of law)
contre, against
convenablement, suitably
convenir (a) (convenant, convenu,

conviens, convins), be suitable

(to), suit
converser, converse
cooperation/;, cooperation
copier, copy
coque/;, shell
coquille/;, shell ; en ~, on the half

shell
corbeille/;, basket
cordialement, heartily
corps ///., body

correspondance/;, correspondence
corridor m., corridor, hall
corriger, correct

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

467

Corse /, Corsica

costume m., suit

cote/, coast

cote" m.,side ; a ~ de, beside ; a ses

~s, at one's side; d'a~, adjoining
coucher, put to bed; se ~, go to

bed ; chambre a ~, bedroom
coudre (cousant, cousu, couds,

cousis), sew
couleur/, color
coup m., stroke, blow; ~ d'ceil,

glance ; tout a ~, suddenly
couper, cut (off)
couple/, couple, two
cour/, yard, court
courage m.t courage
couramment, fluently
courant, current ; le ~, the present

month
courir (courant, couru, cours, cou-

rus), run
couronne/, crown
couronner, crown
courrier m.t mail
courriez, cond. courir, would run
cours ;/z., course, schedule; pi., lec-
tures, lessons
court, short

couru, past part, courir, run
cousin m. (f. -e), cousin
couteau m. (pi. -x), knife
couter, cost
couteux (f. -se), costly
coutume/, custom
couturiere f. , dressmaker
couvert (de), covered (with)
couvrir (couvrant, couvert, couvre,

couvris), cover

craie/, chalk

craindre (craignant, craint, crains,

craignis), fear
crainte/, fear; de ~ que, for fear

that, lest
cravate/, necktie
crayon m., pencil
cr&lule, credulous
creer, create
creme/, cream
crever, burst, break
cri m.% cry
crier, cry, shout
crise/, crisis
critique m.t critic
critiquer, criticize
croire (croyant, cru, crois, crus),

believe, think
croitre (croissant, cru, crois, crus),

grow
croix/, cross

crouton m., fried bread crumbs
croyance/, belief
croyez, pres. croire, believe
cruel (/ -He), cruel
cruellement, cruelly
cueillir (cueillant, cueilli, cueille,

cueillis), collect
cuiller [kqi-je:r] /, spoon
cuisine/, kitchen
cuisinier m. (/ -ere), cook
cultivable, arable, cleared
cultiver, cultivate
culture/, culture

d\ elided form of&e
dame/, lady
danger m., danger

468

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

dangereux (f -se), dangerous

dans, in, into, among

danser, dance

date/, date

davantage, more

de, of, from, with ; after superla-
tives, in ; partitive, some, any,
a ; with inf., to, by ; followed
by a numeral, than ; ~ la (P), of
(in) the; some, any; ne . . . pas
~>, not any, no, not a

d£barrasser, relieve

debout, standing

d&embre m., December

decider (a), persuade (to) ; se ~ (a),
decide (to)

decoration/!, decoration

d^corer, decorate

decrire (d£crivant, d&rit, decris,
d£crivis), describe

decrivez, describe

defaut m., defect

defendre (a quelqu'un de), forbid
(somebody to)

defense f, defense ; prohibition ;
~ d'afficher, post no bills ; ~ de
fumer, no smoking

dgfenseur m., defender

d^fier, defy

degre* m., degree

dehors, outdoors

d£ja, already ; meme ~, before this

dejeuner, lunch, breakfast

dej'euner m., breakfast, luncheon

dela, beyond ; au <~ de, beyond

del^gue* m., delegate

delicieux (/ -se), delicious

delit m., misdemeanor

demain, tomorrow ; a ~, good-by

till tomorrow
demander, ask, ask for ; ~ a, ask of

(a person); ~de {wit h inf.), ask to
demeure verb, live, lives
demeure^, home, dwelling
demeurer, dwell, live
demi, half (218)
de*mocratie f , democracy
d^molir, tear down, demolish
d£montrer, set forth
dent f, tooth ; brosse a ~s, tooth-
brush
dentelle/, lace
depart m., departure ; point de ~,

starting point
departement m., department (one

of the 87 main divisions of

France)
depecher, hasten (tr.) ; se ~, hurry,

hasten (intr.)
d^pendre (de), depend (upon)
depens m. pi., expense ; aux ~ de,

at the expense of
d£penser, spend
depuis, since, for; ~ quand, how

long
depute* m., deputy
d£ranger, disturb
dernier (f -ere), last, recent (3 26, f)
derriere, behind
des, contraction of de les, of (in)

the ; some, any
des que, as soon as
descendre, go down, come down,

descend ; <~ de voiture, get out of

a carriage ; ~ en ville, go down

town

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

469

description f. , description

deserter, desert

d£signe\ appointed, fixed

d£sint£grer, break up (tr.) ; se <*>,
break up (intr.)

d£sint£ressement »*., disinterest-
edness

d£sirer, desire

d^sormais, henceforth

desquels, contraction of&e lesquels

dessert verb, clears off (a table)

dessert «r., dessert

dessin m., drawing

destination /., destination ; a <~,
at one's destination

detacher, detach ; se t», stand out

detail m., detail

detruit, past part, d6truire, de-
stroyed

deux, two ; tous les ~, both

deuxieme [do-zjeim], second

devait, devaient, imp. devoir

devant, before (in place), in front
of

devanture/i, show window

deVelopper, develop

devenir (devenant, devenu, deviens,
devins), become

devenu, past part, devenir, become

devez, pres. devoir

deviez, imp. devoir

deviner, guess

devint, devinrent, past def. deve-
nir, became

devoir (devant, du, dois, dus), owe,
must, ought ; be to ; see 265

devoir /«., exercise

devourment //z., devotion

&evr-,fut., cond. devoir

dictionnaire **., dictionary

dieu m. (pi. -x), god ; mon Dieu !

heavens! goodness!
different, different
difficile, difficult
digne, worthy
dimanche ft*:, Sunday
dimension/;, dimension
diner, dine, eat dinner ; ~ en ville,

dine out
diner #z., dinner
dire (disant, dit, dis, dis), say, tell ;

~ a, tell ; entendre ~, hear (by

report) ; sans ~5 without saying ;

vouloir ~, mean
directeur m., director
dis, pres. ind., imv. dire, say
discipline, disciplined
discret (f. -ete), discreet
discretion : a ~, as much as one

wishes
discussion/I, discussion
disent, pres. dire, say
disposer, arrange
dispute/., dispute
disputer, dispute ; se e*>, dispute
distance/;, distance
distinguer, distinguish
dit, pres. dire, says ; past def. dire,

said
dit, past part, dire, said, told
dites, pres. dire, say
divers, different
divise* (en), divided (into)
dix [dis; 216, a\ ten
docteur in., physician, doctor
doigt m., finger

470

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

doit, pres. devoir

doivent, pres. devoir

dome «., dome

domestique m. andf., servant

domination/, control

dommage «., harm, loss ; c'est ~,

it is a pity
Domremy m., birthplace of Joan

of Arc
done, then
donne, give(s)
donne\ given
donne-moi, give me
donner, give; se ~ la peine (de),

take the trouble (to)
donnez-moi, give me
dont, of whom, of which, whose
dormir (dormant, dormi, dors, dor-
mis), sleep
dos m.t back
double, double
double" (de), lined (with)
douce,/, oj doux
doucement, sweetly, softly
doue\ endowed, gifted
douleur/, pain

doute m., doubt ; sans ~, doubtless
douter, doubt; ~> que, doubt

whether
doux {/. douce), sweet, gentle; il

fait <*>, it is mild
douzaine/, dozen
douze, twelve
dramaturge m., dramatist, play

writer
drap ?/z., cloth
drapeau m. (pi. -x), flag
dresser, raise ; se <~>, stand

droit, right ; a ~>e, to (at, on) the
right; a angle ~ de, at right
angles to ; de ~e, right-hand

droit ?n., right

druide m., druid (a Gallic priest)

du, contraction of He le, of (in) the ;
some, any

du (f. due), past part, devoir

duel m., duel

duquel, contraction of&e lequel

dur, hard

durable, durable

durer, last, be in force

eau/ (pi. -x), water

6blouissement m., dizzy spell

£chafaud m., scaffold

Schapper (a), escape (from)

Eclair *»., flash ; il fait des <*>s, it
lightens

Sclaircir, clear up

Sclairer (a), light (by)

£clater, break out

6cole_/!, school ; a l'~, at school

6colier m. (f. -ere), student, school-
boy (-girl)

£conome, economical, thrifty

Economies///., savings

6conomique, economic

£conomiser, save

Scouter, listen (to)

Verier : s'~, exclaim

£crire (Scrivant, 6crit, 6cris, Scrivis),
write

£cris, pres. ind., imv. Scrire, write

£crit, pres. emre, writes

6crit, past part. 6crire, written

6criv-, pres., imv. ecrire, write

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

471

Scrivain m., writer, author

gcrivit, past def Scrire, wrote

earned, stable (for horses)

Edifice m., building

Education/;, education

effacer, erase

effectivement, effectively

effet m., effect ; en <~>, in fact, in-
deed

effort m., effort

effrayer (effrai- before a mute syl-
lable), frighten ; s'cv>, be fright-
ened

6gal {pi. -aux), equal ; c'est <~>, it 's
all the same

6gard m., regard; a lr«w de, with
regard to

£glise/, church

egorger, slaughter, cut the throat of

Egypte/, Egypt

eh bien 1 good ! well !

elan m., dash, enthusiasm

electricite* f, electricity

electrique, electric

elevation/!, elevation, promotion

eleve m. and f, pupil

eleve\ brought up, bred ; bien <*>,
well-bred; mal ~, ill-bred

elever, raise ; .s'<*>, arise

elire (elisant, elu, 61is, elus), elect

elle, she, it; disj., her

elle-meme, herself

elles, they; disj., them

elles-memes, themselves

eloquent, eloquent

elu, past part, elire, elected

embellir, beautify, adorn

eminence/!, elevation

emouvoir (emouvant, emu, emeus,
emus), move (in feelings); s'~
de, be moved (stirred) by

empecher (de), prevent (from)

empereur m., emperor

emplacement m.t site

emplette f, purchase ; faire ses
<*>s, do one's shopping

employer (emploi- before a mute
syllable), employ

emporter, carry away

empresser : s'cv., hasten

en pron., of it (them), from it
(them), with it (them); some,
any ; <*> . . . le (la, les), its (3 1 8)

en prep., in; while, by; with
words denoting material, see
33 5 » a'i tout <*>, while

encadrer (de), frame (with)

enceinte f, inclosure

enclaver, inclose

encore, still, again, yet; ~ un(e),
another, one more ; ~ une fois,
once more

encre/, ink

encrier m., inkstand

endormir (endormant, endormi, en-
dors, endormis), put to sleep;
s'os, go to sleep

endroit **., place, spot

enfant m. andf, child

enfin, finally, at last

enlever, take away (off)

ennemi adj., hostile

ennemi m., enemy

ennui m., trouble

ennuyer (ennui- before a i?iute syl-
lable), tire ; s'<~>, be lonesome

472

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

enregistrer, check (baggage)

enrichir, enrich

enseigne/, sign

enseignement m., teaching

enseigner, teach, inform

ensemble, together

ensuite, afterward, then

entendre, hear; ~ dire, hear (by
report) ; ~ parler, hear tell ; bien
entendu, of course

enthousiasmer, fill with enthu-
siasm

entier {/. -ere), entire

entourer, surround

entr'acte «?., intermission

entrainant, inspiring

entre, between, in, among

entrecouper, intersect

entre-croiser, cross

entree/!, entrance ; entree

entrer, enter (intr.); ~ dans, enter
{tr.) .

envahir, invade

envahisseur m. , invader

enveloppe/.', envelope

envelopper, wrap up

enverrai, enverriez,yW., cond. en-
voyer (to send)

envers prep., toward

envers m., wrong side ; a P~, up-
side down

environ, about; d'~, about

environs m. pi., vicinity, suburbs

envoyer (envoyant, envoy6, envoie,
envoyai), send ; ~ chercher, send
for

6pais (f. -sse), thick

Spaule/, shoulder

epiceries f. pi., groceries

Spicier m., grocer

epoque/i, epoch, period

£pouvantail m., scarecrow

Sriger, erect

errer, roam

escalier m., stairs, staircase

espace m., space

esperer, hope

esprit m., mind, spirit

essayer, try, try on

est, pres. etre, is ; ~-ce que, is it
that (165); n'~-ce pas, is it not
(167)

estomac [es-to-ma] M., stomach ;
mal d'~, stomach ache

et [e], and

Stable/, stable (for cattle)

£tage m., story (of a house)

6tais (-ait, etc.), imp. etre, was, were

etaler, display

etant, pres. part, etre, being

etat m., state ; en ~ de, in a state of

Etats-Unis m. pi., United States

etc., et cetera, and so forth

£te\ past part, etre, been

et£ m., summer ; en ~, in (the)
summer

etendard m., banner

etes, pres. etre, are

etions, imp. etre, were

^toffe^, piece of goods; pi., goods
(in general)

6toile /., star ; ~ filante, shooting
star

£tonner, astonish; s'~, be sur-
prised

Stouffer, choke, stifle

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

473

Strange, queer

Stranger adj. (f -ere), foreign

Stranger m. (/ -ere), foreigner

etre (6tant, 6t6, suis, fus), be ; as
active auxiliary, have ; ~ a, be-
long to

Stroit, narrow

Stude/, study

Studiant m., student

Studier, study

eu, past part, avoir, had

eurent, past def. avoir, had

Europe/, Europe

euss- [ys-], past subj. avoir (to
have)

eut [y], past def. avoir, had

eut [y], past subj. avoir (to have)

eux, them, they

eux-memes, themselves

eVSnement m., event

eventail m., fan

Evident, evident

eViter (de), avoid

exact, exact

exactement, exactly

examen m., examination

examiner, examine

excSder, exceed

excellent, excellent

exces m., excess

excuser, excuse ; s'~, make excuses

executif (/ -ve), executive

execution/!, execution

exemple m., example, illustrative
sentence ; par ~, for instance

exercer, exercise

exercice «r., exercise, drill (military)

expirer, die, expire

expliquer, explain
exposition/, exposition
expres (f. -esse), positive
expressement, expressly
expression f. , expression
exprimer, express
extSrieur m., exterior
extravagance/., extravagance
extreme, extreme
extremement, extremely
extrSmitS/, end

face/, face, front ; <*> a, facing, in
front of ; en ~ (de), opposite, in
front (of)

fache\ sorry

facile, easy

facilement, easily

facon /, fashion ; de telle ~, in
such a way ; d'une ~, in a fashion

facteur m., postman

faible, feeble

faille, pres. subj. falloir (to be
necessary)

faillir (f aillant, failli, faux, faillis),
fail ; with inf., almost, nearly

f aim/, hunger ; avoir <*>, be hungry

faire (faisant, fait, fais, fis), make,
do ; with inf., have, cause,
make ; se ~, take place, be-
come : que ~ ? what 's to be
done? ~ la classe, hold the
class ; ~ de son mieux, do one's
best

faisait [fa-ze], imp. faire, made,
did

fait, pres. faire, makes, does ; past
part, faire, made, done

474

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

fait in., fact, point, deed ; en <~>, in

fact ; en ~ de, for ; ~ d'armes,

warlike exploit
faites, pres. ind., imv. faire, make
f alloir ( , f allu, il f aut, il f allut),

be necessary, be obliged to, must,

have to, need (274)
fameux (f -se), famous
familier (/ -ere), familiar
famille/, family
farci, stuffed
farine/i, flour
fasse, fassiez, pres. subj. faire (to

make)
fatiguS, tired
faudra, faudrait, fut., cond. f alloir

(to be necessary)
fausse,/.' ofiaMx
f aut, pres. f alloir (to be necessary)
fauteuil in., chair, armchair ; seat

(in a theater)
faux (f -sse), false
faux-col m., collar
favori (/. -ite), favorite
feliciter, congratulate
femme [fam]/, wife ; woman
fenetre/, window
fer 7n., iron ; chemin de ~, railroad
ferme adj., hard
ferme/, farm, farmhouse
fermer, close, shut ; ~ a clef, lock
fermier m, (f -ere), farmer
f£roce, savage
festin m., feast, banquet
fete/"., feast, holiday
feu in. (pi. -x), fire
feuillage in., foliage
feuille/, leaf, sheet

feutre m., felt

feVrier m., February

fichu in., neckerchief

fidele, faithful, true

fier [fi-e:r] (-ere), proud

figure/!, face, figure

filet m., net bag

fille/i, daughter, girl ; ~ de maga-

sin, clerk, salesgirl
fils [fis] m., son
fin_/i, end ; a la ~, at last
finir, finish, end; ~ de + inf.,

finish ; ~ par + inf., finally
firent, past def faire, made, did
fit, past def. faire, made, did
fit, past subj. faire (to make, do)
fixe, fixed, limited
flatter, flatter

fleur/, flower ; en ~, in bloom
fleurir, bloom
fleuve m., river (large)
Foch, commander of the Allied

armies at the end of the World

War
foif, faith

foire f, fair ; champ de ~, fair-
ground
foisj^, time; une ~, once ; deux~,

twice ; encore une ~, once more
fol, see fou
folle,/ of fou
fonder, found
font, pres. faire, make, do
fontaine f, fountain
force/, might ; force (troops) ; de

toutes ses ~s, with all his might
for§t /, forest
forger, forge

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

475

forgeron m., blacksmith

forme f.t form, shape

former, form

fors, except

fort adj., strong, loud

fort adv., very (much)

forteresse/, fortress

fortifier, fortify

fortune/, fortune

fou {before a vowel f ol ; f. f olle,

tn.pl. fous), crazy
fouetter, whip
fouiller, search
foule /, crowd
fourchette /, fork
foyer m., lobby

fr., abbreviation for franc (noun)
frais (f. fraiche), fresh, cool; il

fait <~>, it is cool
fraise/i, strawberry
franc adj. (f franche), frank
franc m., franc (a French coin, par

value about 20 cents)
francais adj., French
francais «r., French (the language);

livre de ~, French textbook
Francais m., Frenchman
France/!, France
franchement, frankly
Frangois, Francis; ~ I, king of

France (1 5 1 5-1 547)
frapper, knock, strike
Fr&teric, Frederick
frequenter, frequent, visit often
frere m., brother
froid adj., cold

froid m., cold ; avoir ~, be cold
froidement, coldly

fromage m., cheese

front m., front line

frotter, rub

fruit m., fruit (of one sort); pi.,
fruit (collectively)

fruitier adj. (f. -ere), fruits-bear-
ing)

fruitier m., fruit dealer

fuir (fuyant, fui, fuis, fuis), flee

fumtef, smoke

fumer, smoke ; ~ la pipe, smoke
a pipe

funeste, fatal

furent, past def etre, were

fusse, past subj. etre (to be)

fut, past def. etre, was

fut, past subj. etre (to be)

futur adj., future

futur m., future (tense)

gagner, earn, gain, make

gai [ge], cheerful, merry

gant m., glove

garcon m., boy, waiter; ~ de

magasin, clerk
garde f, guard (body of troops)
garder, keep, guard
gare/i, railway station ; chef de ~,

station agent
garnir (de), trim (with)
gateau m. {pi. -x), cake
gauche, left; a ~, to (at, on) the

left ; de ~, left-hand
Gaule/, Gaul
gaulois adj., Gallic
Gaulois m., Gaul (person)
gaz [ga:z] m., gas
geler, freeze

476

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

gener, impede ; se ~, stand on
ceremony

general m. (pi. -aux), general

g6ne>alement, generally

g£n£reux (f. -se), generous

g&lie »., genius ; engineers

genou m. (pi. -x), knee

genre m., race ; ~ humain, mankind

gens m. and/, pi., people

gentil [3a-ti] (f. -lie), well-behaved

gentilhomme m. (pi. gentils-
. hommes), gentleman, nobleman

geste #*., gesture

gilet m., vest

Gironde/!, a broad river in south-
west France

glace/!, ice

gladiateur m., gladiator

gloire/!, glory

gorge /., throat ; avoir mal a la ~,
have a sore throat

Goth m., Goth

gout m., taste

gouter m., luncheon

goutte/, drop

gouvernail m., rudder

gouvernement m., government

gouverner, govern

gracieux (f. -se), gracious, graceful

graduellement, gradually

grammaire /!, grammar; lecon de
<*>, grammar lesson

grand, large, tall (326,/)

grandeur/!, grandeur

grand'mere/!, grandmother

grand-pere m., grandfather

j-parents m. pi., grand-
parents

grange/, barn

gras (f. -sse), fat

grave, serious

graver, carve

gravure/!, picture, engraving

grec (f. grecque), Greek

grippe/!, influenza

gris, gray

gronder, roar, rumble

gros (f. -sse), big, stout; en ~,
wholesale

groupe m., group

guere, but little ; Be . . . «&, scarcely

guerir, cure

guerre/!, war

guichet m., (stamp) window; sta-
tion

guide m., guidebook, guide

guillotiner, guillotine

habiller, dress (/r.); s'~, dress

(intr.)
habit m., (dress) coat
habitant 711., inhabitant
habitation/!, residence, dwelling
habiter, inhabit
habitude/!, habit
habituer, accustom; s'~, become

accustomed
*haine/!, hate
*hair (hai'ssant, hai, hais, hai's),

hate
*halle /., market; ~ aux vins,

wine market

An aspirate h (52).

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

477

*hangar m., shed

*hardi, bold

* haricot m.% bean ; ~ vert, string

bean
*hasard m., chance
*hasarder, risk ; se ~ (a), venture

(to), chance (to)
*hate/i, haste
*hater, hasten (tr.)\ se ~, hasten

{intr.)
*haut, high, loud; loudly; en ~,

upstairs
*haut m.t top
helas 1 [e-la:s] alas !
*heler, call, hail
Henri, Henry; ~ IV, king of

France ( 1 5 89- 1 6 1 o)
herbe/, grass
hSroique, heroic
*heros m., hero
hesitation/, hesitation
hesiter, hesitate
heure /., hour ; o'clock, time ; <~>s

de loisir, leisure time; de bonne

~, early; a P~, on time; V<*>

qu'il est, the present time
heureusement, happily; ~ que,

lucky that
heureux (/ -se), happy; ~ de,

happy to
*hibou m. {pi. -x), owl
hier [i-e:r], yesterday ; avant-~, day

before yesterday ; ~ soir, last

night, yesterday evening
hirondelle/., swallow
histoire/i, history, story

historien 0*., historian

hiver [i-ve:r] m., winter ; en «*>, in

(the) winter
*homard m.t lobster
Homere m., Homer, the Greek poet
homme m., man
honnete, honest; polite (326,/)
honneur m., honor
honoraires m, j>/., fee
honorer, honor
*honte /., shame; avoir <*>, be

ashamed
horloge/, clock
horriblement, horribly
*hors, out (of)
*hors-d'ceuvre m., side dish
hospitalier (/ -ere), hospitable
hostile, hostile
hote m.t host; guest
hotel «., hotel; ~> de ville, city

hall ; Hotel-Dieu, hospital
*Hug0 (Victor), a great French

writer of the last century
*huit [qit ; 216, a J, eight ; ~ jours,

a week
*huitieme, eighth
huitre,/ oyster
humain, human
humble, humble, lowly
hymne [imn] m., hymn

ici, here ; par ~, this way
idealisme m., idealism
idee/, idea

ignorance /., ignorance
il, he, it

An aspirate h (52).

478

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

He/., island

illustre, famous

illustre\ illustrated, with pictures

ils, they

imaginaire, imaginary

imagination /, imagination

imbecile m., dunce

imm&liatement, immediately

immortel {/. -lie), immortal

imparfait m., imperfect .

imperatif m., imperative

impenssable, imperishable

impopulaire, unpopular

important, important

importer, be important

imposant, imposing

impossible, impossible

impression/^, impression

impur, impure

inaptitude/, inaptitude

incarc£rer, imprison

incarnation / , i ncarnation

incident «*., incident

inconnu, unknown

inddpendant, independent

indicateur m., guide; «o des che-
mins de fer, railroad tjme-table

indicatif m., indicative

indiquer, point out

industriel m., manufacturer, busi-
ness man

inevitable, inevitable

infinitif m., infinitive

influence/, influence
ingrat, sterile (of soil)
inoubliable, never to be forgotten
inquiet (/ -ete), uneasy
inscription/, inscription

inscrire (inscrivant, inscrit, in-
scris, inscrivis), inscribe

inspiration/, inspiration

inspirer (a), inspire (in)

instant m., moment

institut m., institute

instituteur m., teacher

institution/, institution

insulter, insult

intelligent, bright

intention /, intention ; avoir l'~
(de), intend (to)

intentionne\ intentioned

interessant, interesting

inteneur m., interior; a l'~, with-
in, inside

interroger, question

intriguer, puzzle

inutile, useless

invalide, disabled; h6tel des In-
valides, Soldiers' Home (at Paris)

invasion/, invasion

inviter (a), invite (to)

ir-,fut., cond. aller (to go)

ironique, ironical

ironiquement, ironically

irr^flgchi, thoughtless

Italie/, Italy

italien (/ -nne), Italian

itineraire m., itinerary

j\ elided form ofje

jadis [3a-dis], formerly

jaloux (/ -se), jealous

jamais, ever, never ; a ~, forever;

ne . . . <*>, never
jambe/, leg
Janvier m.7 January

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

479

Japon m., Japan

jaquette/i, (woman's) coat

jardin m., garden

jardiniere : a la ~, with vegetables

jaune, yellow

je, I

Jean, John

Jeanne, Joan, Jane ; ~ d'Arc, the

French heroine
jeter (jett- before a mute syllable),

throw
jeu m. (pi. -x), game, sport; ~

d'esprit, riddle; maison de <*>,

gambling house
jeudi m., Thursday
jeun : a ~, fasting
jeune, young
jeunesse/, youth
joie/, joy
joindre (joignant, joint, joins,

joignis), join (tr.) ; se ~ a, join

(intr.)
joli, pretty
joliment, prettily
jouer, play
jouir (de), enjoy
joujou m. (pi. -x), plaything
jour m., day; un~, some day; huit

<~s,aweek; denost*>s,inourday;

~ de Pan, New Year's Day
journal m. (pi. -aux), newspaper
journaliste m., journalist
journeX/1, day (with its happenings)
juge m., judge
juillet m., July
juin m., June
Jules, Julius
Julie, Julia

jumeau (/ jumelle), twin

jupe/, skirt

jus ;//., juice, gravy

jusque, up to, even ; jusqu'a, even

to, as far as, until ; jusqu'a ce

que, until.; jusqu'alors, up to

that time
juste, just ; c'est ~, that 's right
justice f, justice ; rendre la «~,

administer justice

kilo m., kilogram (2.2 pounds)
kilometre m., kilometer (.62 miles)

1', elided form ofle and la

la,/! ofle : art., the ; pron., her, it

la, there (1 94); par-ci par-~, here

and there
la-bas, over there, yonder
labeur **., labor, toil
lac m., lake
laine/i, wool
laisser, let
lait m., milk
laitue/i, lettuce
langue/i, language; tongue
laquelle,/! ^/"lequel
large, broad, wide
largeur/, width
laver, wash

le art. (f la, pi. les), the
lepron. (f la, pi. les), him, it; so
le$onf, lesson
lecture /, reading ; lecon de ~,

reading lesson
16gende/, legend
\6ger (/ -ere), light, slight
legion/!, legion

48o

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

legislatif (/. -ve), legislative
legitime, legitimate
legume m., vegetable
lendemain m., next day
lequel int. ftron. (f. laquelle, pi.

lesquels, lesquelles); which
lequel rel. ftron. (f. laquelle, ftl.

lesquels, lesquelles), which, that,

who, whom
les, ftl. ofle, la : art., the ; ftron.,

them
lesquels, ftl. of lequel
lettre /., letter ; a la ~, literally,

exactly ; boite aux ~s, letter box ;

en toutes ~s, in full
leur fters. ftron., to them, them
leur ftoss. adj. {ftl. -s), their ; le ~

ft oss. ftron., theirs
lever, raise ; se ~, arise, get up
liberal (ftl. -aux), liberal
liberty/, liberty
libraire m., bookseller
libre, free
lieu m. (ftl. -x), place; avoir ^,

take place ; donner ~ a, give

rise to
ligne/i, line; pecher a la ~, fish,

angle
limited, limit
linge m., linen
lire (lisant, lu, lis, lus), read
lis, fires, ind., imv. lire, read
lis [lis] m., lily

lisant, ftres. ftart. lire, reading
lisons, lisez, lisent, ftres. lire, read
liste/, list
lit, ftres. lire, reads
lit m., bed

litre m., liter (about a quart)

litt^raire, literary

literature f. , li terature

livre m., book

Xxvxef., pound

locality/, locality

locomotive /., locomotive

locution/], saying

loif., law

loin, far

Loire /., Loire, a large river in
central France

loisir m., leisure ; heures de ~,
leisure time

Londres m., London

long adj. (f. longue), long

long m., length ; le ~ de, along, by

longtemps, long, a long time

longuement, at length

longueur/, length

Lorraine /., a province in north-
east France

lors, then ; ~ de, at the time of

lorsque, when

lot m., parcel, lot

louer, praise ; rent

Louis, Louis; ~ XIV, king of
France (1643-17 15); ~ XV,
king of France (1 7 1 5-1 774); ~
XVI, king of France (1 774—
1792); ~-Philippe, king of
France (1830- 1848)

lourd, heavy

Louvre m., a famous museum in
Paris

lu, ftast ftart. lire, read

lui, to him, him, to her, her, to it;
disj., he, it

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

481

lui-m§me, himself, itself

luire (luisant, lui, luis, luisis), shine

lumiere/, light

lundi m., Monday

lune/, moon

luxe «., luxury

Luxembourg m., a famous palace

and garden in Paris
Lyon m., Lyons, an important

French city
lyrique, lyric

M., abbreviation for monsieur

m', elided form, of me

ma,/ of mon, my

MacMahon, a French marshal

madame f {pi. mesdames), Mrs.,
madam

Madeleine/., a church in Paris

mademoiselle f. {pi. mesdemoi-
selles), Miss

magasin m., store ; fille de ~,
clerk, salesgirl; garcon de ~,
clerk ; ~ de nouveautSs, depart-
ment store

magistrat m., magistrate

magnifique, magnificent

magnitude/, size

mai m., May

main/, hand

maintenant, now

maintenu, past part, maintenir,
held

maire m., mayor (administrator of
a French commune)

mais co?ij., but

mais intj., why ! ~ oui (si) ! yes
indeed !

maison [me-z5] /, house ; a la ~,
at home

maitre in., teacher (of a primary
school) ; e* d'£cole, schoolmaster ;
e>» d' hotel, steward

maitresse/, schoolmistress

majestueux (/ -se), imposing

majeur, important, great

mal adv., badly, ill

mal m. {pi. maux), evil, harm,
pain ; faire «• a, hurt ; avoir ~ a
la gorge, have a sore throat ; avoir
<X5 a la tete, have a headache ; ~
d'estomac, stomach ache -

malade adj., sick

malade m. andf, patient

maladie/, disease

male, vigorous, manly

malgre\ in spite of

malin (/ maligne), mischievous,
sly, shrewd

malle/, trunk ; faire une ~, pack
a trunk

manche/, sleeve

manchette/, cuff

manger, eat; salle a ~, dining-
room

maniere/, manner

manque m., lack

manquer (de), fail (to)

manteau m. {pi. -x), cloak

maquereau m. {pi. -x), mackerel

maquignon m., dealer, jobber

marchand m., merchant; <*> ambu-
lant, pushcart peddler

marchander, bargain, haggle

marchandise /, merchandise ;
freight

482

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

marche" m., market; bargain; au
~, to market ; bon ~, cheap ; ~
aux fleurs, flower market

marcher, walk, march

mardi m., Tuesday

marecage m., swamp

marechal m., marshal

mari m., husband

Marie, Mary ; ^-Antoinette, wife
of Louis XVI, an Austrian by
birth

maritime, maritime

mars [ma:rs] m., March

Marseillaise /.', French national
hymn

Marseille f, Marseilles, a city in
southern France

math^maticien m., mathematician

math£matique/!, mathematics

matin adv., early

matin m., morning, a.m.; le ~,
in the morning, mornings

maudire (maudissant, maudit,
maudis, maudis), curse

mauvais [mo-ve], bad

maux, pi. ofmal

mayonnaise, mayonnaise

me, me, to me ; refl., myself

m£chant, naughty, wicked, poor
(326,/)

m£decin m., doctor, physician

m^decine/, medicine

medicament m., medicine

M^dicis m., Medici, a famous Ital-
ian family

M£diterran£e_/;, Mediterranean

m£fait m., misdeed

meilleur, better ; le ~, (the) best

membre m., member

meme, same, self, even; en <*>
temps, at the same time ; ~ de"ja,
before this ; un ~, one and the
same ; de <*>, likewise

rnkmovref, memory

menaced, threat

mener, lead

mens, mentez, pres. mentir, lie

mentionner, mention

mentir (mentant, menti, mens,
mentis), lie (tell a falsehood)

menu m., menu, bill of fare

m£pris **., scorn

mer/, sea

merci, thank you

mercredi m., Wednesday

mere/], mother

m^rite m,t merit

m£riter, deserve

mes, pi. 0/"mon, my

mesdames, pi. of madame

mesdemoiselles, pi. of mademoi-
selle

message m., message

messieurs,//, 0/" monsieur

mesure/i, measure ; sur ~, made
to order

mesurer, measure

met, pres. mettre, puts

m^thode/;, method

metre m., meter (39.37 inches)

mettre (mettant, mis, mets, mis),
put, put on, place ; se ^ a, begin
to; se ~ au beau, become fine
(weather)

meubl6, furnished

meubles m. pi., furniture

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

483

meurs, meurt, pres. mourir, die,

dies
meutey^, pack (of hounds)
midi m., noon, twelve o'clock
mien : le ~ (f. la mienne), mine
mieux, better, preferable; le ~,
(the) best; faire de son ~, do
one's best ; valoir ~, be better,
be preferable
mil [mil], thousand (in dates)
milieu /«., middle ; au ~ de, in the
middle of; tout au ~, right in
the middle
militaire, military
mille [mil], (a) thousand
mille [mil] m., mile
milliard [mi-lja:r] m., billion
millier [mi-lje] m., thousand
million [mi-lj5] m., million
mineur, lesser, smaller
ministre m,, minister
minuit m., midnight, twelve o'clock
miserable, miserable, wretched
mit, past def mettre, put
MUe, abbreviation for mademoi-
selle
MM., abbreviation for messieurs
Mme, abbreviation for madame
mobilier m., furnishings, furniture
mode m., method ; mode, mood
mode/;, fashion, style
modele m., model
moderne, modern
modeste, modest
modiste m. andf, milliner
moeurs [mce:rs]_/^/., morals
moi, me, to me, I
moi-meme, myself

moindre, less ; le ~, (the) least

moins (de), less, fewer ; le ~, (the)
least, fewest ; au ~} at least ; a
~ que, unless

mois m., month

moisson/i, harvest

moitte/, half

mol, see mou

Moliere /«., a great French drama-
tist of the seventeenth century

molle, fof mou

moment /«., moment, while

mon (f ma, pi. mes), my

monde m., world, people ; tout le
<*>, everybody ; du ~, company

monnaie/, change, money

monsieur [ma-sjo] m. {pi. mes-
sieurs), Mr., sir ; gentleman

mont m., mount

montagne/, mountain

monter, climb, go up(stairs); get
in ; cv. a cheval, ride horseback

montre verb, show(s)

montre/!, watch

montrer, show ; montrez-moi, show
me

monument m., monument, object
of interest

moquer : se ~ de, make fun of

morceau m. (pi. -x), piece ; selection

morcellement m., parceling out,
subdivision

mordre, bite

mort, past part, mourir, died, dead

mort/, death

mortel (f -He), mortal

mot m., word, saying

motif m., motive

484

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

mou {before a vowel mol ; f. molle,

m. pi. mous), soft
mouchoir m., handkerchief
moudre (moulant, moulu, mouds,

moulus), grind
moulin m.t mill
mourir (mourant, mort, meurs,

mourus), die
mourut, past def. mourir, died
mousse/., moss
moustache/, mustache
mouton m., mutton
mouvement m., moving about,

movement
mouvoir (mouvant, mu, meus, mus),

move
moyen adj. (f. -nne), average,

middle
moyen m., means, way
mugir, bellow
multitude/, multitude
munir (de), furnish (with)
mur m., wall
mur, ripe
murir, ripen
musee m., museum
musicien m., musician
musique/, music

n', elided form ofne

nager, swim

naissance/, birth

naitre (naissant, n£, nais, naquis),
be born

Napoleon, Napoleon ; «»' I (Bona-
parte), emperor of France (i 804-
1814); ~ HI, emperor of the
French (1852-1870)

nappe/, tablecloth

naquit, past def naitre, was born

nasal {pi. -aux), nasal

natal, native

nation/, nation

national {pi. -aux), national

nature/, nature

naturel (/ -He), natural

naturellement, naturally, of course

navarin m., stew, ragout

ne, not; not translated, see 305

and 307, a, Note; «> . . . pas, not
ne*, past part, naitre, born
ne*cessaire, necessary
n£cessit6/, necessity
n£gliger, neglect
neige/, snow
neiger, snow
net [net] (/ -tte), clear
nettoyer, clean

neuf (/ neuve), new (newly made)
neuf (216, a), nine
neuvieme, ninth
neveu m. {pi. -x), nephew
nez m., nose
ni, nor ; ne . . . ~ ne, neither . . .

nor ; ne . . . ~ . . . ~, neither . . .

nor ; see 1 7 1
nid m., nest
niece/, niece
nier, deny

Nimes/, a city in southern France
noble, noble
noir, black
noix/, nut
nom m., name
nombre m., number
nombreux (/ -se), numerous

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

485

nommer, name

nommez, name

non, no

nord /«., north

nord-ouest [nor-dwest] m., north-
west

Normandie/i, Normandy, a prov-
ince in northern France

nos, pi. #/"notre, our

notamment, notably

notre^w. adj. {pi. nos), our

notre : le ~ poss. pron., ours

Notre-Dame/, a cathedral in Paris

nouer, tie

nourrir, feed, support; se ~ de,
live upon

nous, we, us, to us ; d/sj., us, we ;
refl., ourselves ; ~ tous, we all,
all of us

nous-memes, ourselves

nouveau {before a vowel nouvel ; f.
nouvelle, m. pi. nouveaux), new,
different (326,/); de <*>, again

nouvel, see nouveau

nouvelle,/ ^/ nouveau

nouvelles /.pi., news ; recevoir de
vos ~, get news from you

novembre m.\ November

noyer m., walnut tree

nuage m., cloud

nuire (nuisant, nui, nuis, nuisis),
injure

nuit /., night ; de la *», the night
long

nul {/. -He), no

numenque, numerical

numero m., number

nymphe/, nymph

oasis [wa-zis]/, oasis
ob&r (a), obey
obelisque m., obelisk
oberleutenant m. {a German-

Fre?ich word), first lieutenant
obligeant, obliging
obliger, oblige
obtenir (obtenant, obtenu, obtiens,

obtins), obtain
occasion/^, occasion, chance; a la

moindre ~, on the least occasion ;

d'~, second-hand
occidental {pi. -aux), western
occupy, busy, occupied
occuper, occupy
ocean ///., ocean
octobre «r.j October
odieux {/. -se), odious
ceil m. {pi. yeux), eye ; coup d'~>,

glance
OBuf m. {pi. ceufs [0]), egg
ceuvre/!, work

offert, past part, offrir, offered
officier m.t officer
offrir (offrant, offert, offre, offris),

offer
oh! oh!

oiseau m. {pi. -x), bird
omelette/, omelet
omnibus [om-ni-bys] m.: ~ a che-

vaux, omnibus drawn by horses
on, one, we, you, they ; somebody,

people (242, 243) ; l'~, see 243,

Note 2
oncle m., uncle
ont, pres. avoir, have
onze, eleven
op£ra m., opera, opera house

486

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

orw., gold ; d'~>, gold, of gold
orage m., storm
orageux (f. -se), stormy
orange/, orange
orchestre m., orchestra
ordinaire, ordinary
ordinairement, ordinarily
ordonner, order
ordre m., order ; donner P~ (de),

give orders (to)
oreille/, ear

original (pi. -aux), original
Orleans m., Orleans, a city in France
orner (de), ornament (with)
orthographe /., spelling, orthog-
raphy
os [ds] m. (pi. os [o]), bone
oser, dare
Ostende/, Ostend, a Belgian town

on the North Sea
oter, take off
ou, or
oil, where ; at which, in which ;

d'~, whence, from where; par

«>, through which
oublier, forget
ouest [west] m., west; a l'~, in

the west
oui, yes ; mais <*> ! yes indeed !
ours [urs] ?n., bear
outre : en ~, besides
ouvert, past part, ouvrir, opened,

open
ouverture/, opening
ouvrage m., work
ouvrir (ouvrant, ouvert, ouvre,

ouvris), open
ovale, oval

page/, page

paie, pres. payer, pay(s)

paille/, straw

pain m., bread

paire/, pair

paix/, peace

palais m., palace

pale, pale

pancarte/, placard

panier m., crate, basket

pan talon m., trousers

papier m., paper

paquet m., bundle

par, through, by; with units of

time, 2l\ ev>-ci ~-la, here and

there ; ~ ici, this way
paradis m., paradise
paragraphe m., paragraph
paraitre (paraissant, paru, parais,

parus), appear
parapluie m., umbrella
pare m,t park
parce que, because
parcourir (parcourant, parcouru,

parcours, parcourus),pass through
pardessus m., overcoat
pardon m., pardon
pardonner (a), pardon
pareil (f. -lie), like, similar
parents m. pi., parents
paresseux (/ -se), lazy, idle
parfaitement, excellently
parfum m., perfume
Paris m., Paris
parisien (/ -nne), Parisian
parlement m., parliament
parler, speak, talk ; ~ de, talk about,

speak of ; entendre ~, hear tell

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

487

parmi, among

parole/, word

pars, pres. partir, start

parseine" (de), dotted (with)

part, pres. partir, starts

part /., part, share ; prendre ~ a,
take part in ; de la ~ de, on the
part of ; de ma ~, from me

partager, share

partez, pres. partir, start

parti, past part, partir, started

parti m., party (political)

partial, partial

participation /, participation

participe m., participle

particulier (/ -ere), private, pe-
culiar, particular

particulierement, particularly

partie/, part; party, game

partir (partant, parti, pars, partis),
start, leave

partout, everywhere

parut, past def. paraitre, appeared

parvis m.y space before a church

pas adv., not ; ne . . . ~, not ; ne
. . . ~ de, no, not any, not a ;
~ du tout, by no means

pas m., step ; strait

passage m.t passage

passe" adj., past, last

pass6 «., past

passeport m., passport

passer, pass, go by ; spend (time) ;
se ~ de, do without

patrie^, native land

patriote m., patriot

pauvre, poor; needy (326,/)

pauvret6_/i, poverty

Pavie,/, Pavia, a city in Italy
payer (pai- before a mute syllable),

pay, pay for
pays m., country
pay sage m.t landscape
paysan m. (f. -nne), peasant
peau/ (pi. -x), skin
pechey^, peach
peche/, fishing

pecher, fish ; ~ a la ligne, fish, angle
p<§dagogie/, pedagogy
peigne m,t comb
peigner, comb ; se ~, comb one's

hair
peindre (peignant, peint, peins,

peignis), paint
peine f., trouble ; a ~, scarcely ;

prendre (se donner) la cv> (de),

take the trouble (to)
peintre ;;/., painter
peinture/, painting
penchant ///., inclination
pendant, during, for ; ~ que, while
pens^e/i, thought
penser, think ; ~ a, think of, think

about (put the mind on) ; ~ de,

think of, think about (have an

opinion of)
penseur m.t thinker
pension/!, boarding house
perdre, lose
pere m., father
permettre (permettant, permis,

permets, permis), permit
persil [per-si] m.t parsley
personnage m., personage
personnel, person ; m., anybody,

nobody ; ne . . . ««, nobody

488

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

personnel (f. -lie), personal

personnifier, impersonate

perte/i, loss, casualties

petit, little, small ; petty (326,/)

pgtrir, knead

peu (de), little, few ; ~ a ~, little by

little, gradually ; sous <*>, shortly
peuple m., people, tribe
peupler (de), people (with)
peur/!, fear ; avoir ~, be afraid
peut, pres. pouvoir, can ; on ne ~

plus, exceedingly, extremely
peut-etre, perhaps
peux, peuvent, pres. pouvoir, can
pharmacien m., druggist
photo f., photo, photograph
photographie/i, photograph
phrase f., sentence, phrase
piano m., piano
piece f.} piece ; room
pied m., foot

pedestal m. {pi. -aux), pedestal
Pierre, Peter
piston 7//., pedestrian
pigeon m., pigeon, squab
pipe f., pipe ; fumer la <~>, smoke

a pipe
piquant, sharp
pire, worse ; le <v} (the) worst
pis, worse ; le «», (the) worst
pittoresque, picturesque
place/!, seat (in a theater); place,

space, room ; square (in a city) ;

os du parvis, church square
placer, place
plaire (plaisant, plu, plais, plus),

please (intr.) ; ~ a, please {tr.)
plaisir m., pleasure

plait, pres. plaire, pleases; s'il
vous (te) plait, if you please;
~-il ? what did you say ?

plan m., plan, ground; arriere-~,
background ; premier ~, fore-
ground

plat m., dish, plate; deux ~s au
choix, choice of two dishes

platre m., plaster

plein, full

pleurer, weep

pleuvoir (pleuvant, plu, il pleut, il
plut), rain

pluie/, rain

plume/, pen

plupart f*, greater part, most ; la
«*> (des), most (of) ; pour la ~,
generally

pluriel »»., plural

plus (de), more (105); no more,
no longer ; le ~, (the) most ; ne
... ~, no more, no longer ; de
~ en <x>, more and more

plusieurs, several

Plutarque m., Plutarch, a Greek
biographer

plutot, rather

poche/, pocket

poesie_/i, poetry

poete m., poet

point adv., not at all ; ne . . . <~>,
not at all

point m., point, place ; sur le *» de,
on the point of, about to

poire/, pear

poirier m., pear tree

pois *»., pea: petits ~, green
peas

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

489

poisson m., fish

poitrine/, chest

poli, polite

politique adj., political

politique/, politics

pomme /., apple; *a de terre, po-
tato ; ~s nouvelles, new potatoes

pommier in., apple tree

pont in., bridge

populaire, popular

population/^, population

pore [po:r] m.t pig ; pork

portail in., front, portal

porte/, door

porte-plume m., penholder

porter, carry, bear, wear ; se ~,
be (of health) ; comment vous
portez-vous ? how do you do ?

portiere f., door (of an omnibus)

portrait m., portrait

poser, put, place

position/!, position

posse'der, possess

possible, possible

postal (pi. -aux), postal

poste/i, post; bureau de ~, post
office ; mettre a la ~, post, mail ;
~ restante, general delivery

poster, place, station, post

potage in., soup

pou m. (pi. -x), louse

poulet »»., chicken

pouls [pu] m.t pulse

pour, for; with inf., in order to;
~ que, in order that; <*> dix
francs, ten francs1 worth

pourboire m., tip

pourquoi, why

pourr-, fut., cond. pouvoir (to be

able)
pourvoir (pourvoyant, pourvu,

pourvois, pourvus) (de), provide

(with)
pourvu que, provided that, if only
pousser, grow
pouvoir (pouvant, pu, peux (puis),

pus), be able, can
pouvoir ;//., power
pre" m., field, pasture, meadow
precedent, preceding
precher, preach
pr&ieux (f. -se), precious
pr£cipiter, hasten
pr^dicateur m., preacher
prefecture (f.) de police, police

headquarters
pr^f^rable, preferable
pr^f^rer, prefer
pr£fet 111., prefect (administrator

of a French department)
premier (f. -ere), first; ~ plan,

foreground
prendre (prenant pris, prends, pris),

take, get ; ~ a, take from
preparatif in., preparation
prepare, prepared
preparer, prepare
pres de, near

prescription/, prescription
prescrire (prescrivant, present,

prescris, prescrivis), prescribe
present m., present (time)
presenter, introduce
president m., president
presque, almost
presse, hurried, in a hurry, busy

490

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

pressentir (pressentant, pressen-
ti, pressens, pressentis), foresee,
guess

pret (a), ready (to)

preter, lend

pr£tre m., priest

preVenir (prevenant, pre>enu, pr6-
viens, pre>ins), inform, tell

prier, pray, beg; je vous prie,
please (I beg you)

priere f., prayer ; ~ de ne pas,
please not

primaire, elementary

prince m., prince

princesses, princess

principal (pi. -aux), principal

principalement, principally, mainly

principaut^/i, principality

printemps m.t spring; au ~, in
(the) spring

pris, past part, prendre, taken

prise f.t capture

prison/:, prison

prisonnier m. (f. -ere), prisoner

prit, past def. prendre, took

prix m., price

probable, probable

prochain, next

proche, near

proclamation/:, proclamation

proclamer, proclaim

procurer, procure

produit, past part, produire, pro-
duced

professeur m., professor

profond, deep

progres, m., progress

promenade^, walk

promener, walk, take for a walk ;

se ~, take a walk
promeneur m. and/., pedestrian
promesse/:, promise; tenir sa <~,

keep one's promise
promettre (promettant, promis,

promets, promis), promise; ~

de, promise to
promis, past part, promettre,

promised
prononcer, pronounce ; se 03, be

pronounced
prononciation/:, pronunciation
propos m., purpose; a ~, fitting,

advisable
propre, own; clean (326,/)
proprtetaire *»., landlord
propriety:, property, estate
prouver, prove
proverbe m., proverb
province/:, province(s)
proximity/:, nearness, proximity
prudent, careful
Prusse/:, Prussia
prussien (f. -nne), Prussian
pu, past part, pouvoir (to be able)
public adj. (f. publique), public
public m., public
publier, publish
puis, then

puisse, puissions, fares, subj. pou-
voir (to be able)
punir, punish
punition/:, punishment
pupitre in., desk (of the pupil)
pur, pure
purge/, soup
put, imp. stibj. pouvoir (to be able)

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

491

qu', elided form of que

quai [ke] m., quay, wharf, plat-
form

quality/, quality

quand, when

quant a, as for

quarante, forty

quart m., quarter, fourth

quartier m., quarter, section

quatorze, fourteen

quatre, four

quatre-vingts, eighty

quatrieme, fourth

que int. pron., what; qu'est-ce qui,
what (323); qu'est-ce ~, what
(323); qu'est-ce que c'est que
cela ? what is that ?

que rel.pron., which, whom, that;
ce **>, what, that which

que conj., that, than, as ; with
subj., may, let; ne . . . ~, only

quel (f. -He), what, which, what a;
«v> que, whatever

quelconque, any whatever, of any
kind

quelque, some little, some; pi.,
a (some) few, some, several ; ~
chose, something, anything ;
■w . . . que, whatever

quelquefois, sometimes

quelqu'un (/ -e), somebody, any-
body ; pi. quelques-uns, some

question yC, question; etre ~, be
a question ; faire une c*>, ask a
question

questionnef, question

qui int. pron., who, whom ; a <>>,
whose ; de ~, whose ; ~ est-ce <~,

who (323); ~ est-ce que, whom,
who (323); <*> que, whoever

qui rel. pron., who, whom, which,
that ; ce ~, what, that which

quinze, fifteen

quitter, leave

quoi int. pron., what

quoi rel.pron., what; 00 • > . «»,
what, that which; de <~, some-
thing ; ~ que, whatever ; il n'y
a pas de <*>, it 's not worth men-
tioning

quoique, although

race/!, race

raisin m., grape

raison/, reason ; avoir ~, be right

ralliement m.t rallying

ramasser, collect

rangtef, row

ranimer, revive

rappeler, recall, remind of

rapporter, bring back, carry back,

take back
rare, rare
rarement, rarely
raser, shave
rayon m., department, counter,

shelf; ray
rayonner, radiate
reality, reality
recalcitrant, stubborn
re"cemment, recently
recent, recent
recevoir (recevant, recu, recois,

recus), receive
reciter, recite
reclamer, claim

492

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

recois, regoit, fires, recevoir, re-
ceive^)

recommander, register (of mail)

recommencer, begin again

reconnu, recognized

recu, fiast fiart. recevoir, received

redevenir (redevenant, redevenu,
redeviens, redevins), become
again

redire (redisant, redit, redis, redis),
say again

refuser, refuse

r£gal «*., feast, treat

regarder, look, look at (upon)

regiment m., regiment

region/!, region

regie /., ruler, rule

regne »., reign

r£gner, reign

regret in., regret

regretter, regret

r£gulier (f. -ere), regular

Reims [re:s] m., Rheims, a cathe-
dral city in northern France

reined, queen

relache m., respite, rest

relief m., relief

religieusement, religiously

religieux (/ -se), religious

religion/!, religion

relique/, relic

relire (relisant, relu, relis, relus),
reread

remarquable, remarkable

remarque/i, remark

remarquer, notice ; se faire ~, at-
tract notice

remercier (de), thank (for)

remettre (remettant, remis, remets,
remis), put again, put on again ;
postpone ; se ~ au beau, become
fine again

remonter, go up, ascend

remplacer, replace

remplir (de), fill (with)

r£mun£rer (de), pay (for)

renaissance /, rebirth; Renais-
sance, the revival of art and liter-
ature in the sixteenth century

renard ///., fox

rencontrer, meet, come across (tr.) ;
se ~, meet (i?itr.)

rendez-vous ?/z., meeting place

rendre, give back, render; se ~,
surrender ; se ~ a, go to, repair
to ; ~ la justice, administer jus-
tice ; ~ responsable (de), make
responsible (for) ; se <~ compte,
have an idea, realize

renfermer, contain

renomine\ renowned

renoncer (a), give up

renseignements m. fi/., informa-
tion

renseigner, inform, post

rentrer, return, go back (into),
enter again

renvoyer (renvoyant, renvoyS, ren-
voie, renvoyai), send back

repartie/i, reply, retort

repas m., meal

repentir (repentant, repenti, repens,
repentis) : se ~> (de), repent (of)

repertoire m., repertory, list

r£p£ter, repeat

replet {/. -ete), corpulent

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

493

replique/, reply
r£pondre, reply (to), answer
r£ponse/;, reply, answer
reporter, take (carry) back
repos m., rest

reposer, rest ; se <*>, rest (mtr.)i
repousser, drive back, repulse
representation/, performance
repr^senter, represent, perform
reproduire (reproduisant, reproduit,

reproduis, reproduisis), reproduce
r£publique/;, republic
re"server, reserve
residence /., residence
resistance /., resistance
r£soudre (r£solvant, r£solu, resous,

resolus), resolve; se ~ a, be

resolved to
responsable, responsible; rendre

~ de, make responsible for
ressembler (a), resemble
restante : poste ~, general delivery
restaurant m., restaurant
rester, remain, stay
r£sultat m,t result
retard : en ~, late
retenir (retenant, retenu, retiens,

retins), retain, keep back
retour m., return ; etre de ~, be

back
retourner, return; se ~, turn

around
r£unir, unite, join; se ~, meet,

gather
r£ussir (a), succeed (in)
reVeiller, wake ; se ~, wake up
revenir (revenant, revenu, reviens,

revins), come back

revenu, past part, revenir, come

back
reverdir, grow green again
revient, reviennent, pres. revenir,

come(s) back
revins, past def. revenir, came back
revoir(revoyant, revu, revois, revis),

see again ; au ~, good-by
revolution/!, revolution
reVolutionnaire m., revolutionist
revue/!, magazine
rez-de-chauss£e ;//., ground floor
Rhin m.t Rhine
rhume m., cold (disease)
riche, rich
richement, richly
richesses f. pi., riches, wealth
rideau m. {pi. -x), curtain
rien, nothing, anything ; ne . . . ~,

nothing
rire (riant, ri, ris, ris), laugh ; se ~

de, laugh at
rive/;, shore, bank
riviere/;, river (small)
robe /, dress; pommes de terre

en ~ de chambre, potatoes served

in their skins
robuste, strong, sturdy
roi w., king
role m., role, part
romain adj., Roman
Romain m., Roman
roman «., novel
romancier m., novelist
Rome/;, Rome
rompre, break
rond, round
rosbif m., roast beef

494

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

roti m., roast

Rouen m., a city in northern France

rouge, red

rouler, roll

route f., highway, road ; en <*> pour,

on the way to
roux {/. -sse), red, tawny
royal {pi. -aux), royal
royaliste m., royalist
ruban m., ribbon
rude, rude, uncouth
rue/!, street
rugueux (/. -se), rough
ruisseau in. {pi. -x), brook
rural {pi. -aux), rural
Russie/i, Russia

s', elided form ofse and si

sa,/! of son, his, her, its

sac m., bag, valise

sacr£, holy, sacred

sais, sait [se],pres. savoir, know(s)

saillie/;, projection ; faire ~, pro-
ject

saint m. {/. -e), saint

saisir, seize, grasp ; se ~ de, take,
seize

saison/;, season

salade/:, salad

salle f, room ; <~ de classe, class-
room ; ~ a manger, dining-room ;
~ d'attente, waiting-room

salon m., parlor

salutation/!, salutation

samedi «*., Saturday

sang m., blood

sans, without (a, any); <~> que,
without

sanUf, health

Sarrasin in., Saracen

satiriste m., satirist

satisfait (de), satisfied (with)

sauce/!, sauce, dressing

saucisson in., sausage

sauf, except

saur-,/«/., cond. savoir (to know)

sauver, save ; se ~, run away

sauveur m., savior

Savoie f, Savoy, a province in
southeast France

savoir (sachant, su, sais, sus),
know ; faire ~, inform

savon m., soap

scene/!, scene

science/!, science

se, himself, herself, itself, them-
selves ; each other, one another

stance/!, sitting, meeting

Sevastopol m., a fortified seaport
in the Crimea, Russia

sec {/. seche), dry

second [ss-go], second

secondaire [s9-go-de:r], secondary

secours in., safety, aid

secret {/. -ete), secret

sicnritif, safety

seigneur in., lord, noble

sein in., bosom ; midst

Seine/!, a river in northern France

seize, sixteen

sSjour m., stay

sel m., salt

selon, according to

semaine/;, week

sembler, seem

semer, sow

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

495

se*nat m., senate

secateur m., senator

sens [sa:s] m., sense

sensible, noticeable

sentiment *r., sentiment

sentir (sentant, senti, sens, sentis),

feel, smell ; se ev>, feel (of health)
separer, separate
sept [set ; 216, a], seven
septembre m,t September
serai, sera,////, etre (to be)
s£rail *f., seraglio •

serait, cond. etre, would be
serez,/w/. etre, will be
serie/, series
seriez, cond. etre, would be
seront,/#A etre, will be
serrer, press; ~ la main, shake

hands
sers, sert, fires, servir, serve(s)
servez, fires, servir, serve
servi, fiast fiart. servir, served
service m., service
serviette/;, napkin
servir (servant, servi. sers, servis),

serve ; ~ de, serve as ; se ~ de,

use
ses, fit. of son, his, her
seul, alone; only, (a) single one

(326,/)
seulement, only
severe, severe

si adv., so ; yes ; ~ . . . que, so ... as
si con/., if, whether
siecle m., century
siege m., seat
sien : le <~> (/ la sienne), his, hers,

its

signature/, signature

sillon m., furrow

sillonner, mark, streak

simple, simple

simultan£ment, simultaneously

sire m., my lord

situ.6, situated

six [sis ; 216, a\ six

sixieme [si-zje:m], sixth

soci£t6/, society

soeur/, sister

soi, one's self, itself

soie/, silk

soient, fires, subj. etre (to be)

soif /, thirst ; avoir ~, be thirsty

soigner, tend

soin 711., care, service ; aux ~s de,

in care of
soir m., evening; le ~, in the

evening, evenings ; hier ~, last

evening
soiree/, evening (with its happen-
ings)
Soissons m., a city in northern

France
soit, fires, subj. etre (to be)
soixante [swa-sa:t], sixty
soldat m., soldier
solde m., remnant; vente de ~s,

clearance sale
solde/, wages
soleil m., sun
sombre, dark, gloomy
sommeil m., sleep; avoir <~, be

sleepy
sommes, fires, etre, are
sommet m., summit, top
son (/ sa, fil. ses), his, her, its

496

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

sonne, rings

sonner, ring, strike (of a clock)

sont, fires, etre, are

sorcier m. {/. -ere), sorcerer

sors, sort, fires, sortir, go(es) out

sort m., fate

sortait, imp. sortir, went out

sorte /., kind ; de ~ que, so that ;

de toutes ~s, of all kinds
sortez, pres. sortir, go out
sorti, past part, sortir, gone out
sortie /, leaving, dismissal; exit
sortir (sortant, sorti, sors, sortis),

go out
sot {/. -tte), stupid
sou m., sou (one twentieth of a

franc), cent
souffrir (souffrant, souffert, souffre,

souffris), suffer
Soulier m., (low) shoe
souligner, underscore
soupe/, soup
souper m., supper
souris/, mouse
sous, under ; <*> peu, shortly
sous-pr6fet m., subprefect (ad-
ministrator of a French arron-

dissement)
soutiens, imv. soutenir, sustain
souvenir (souvenant, souvenu, sou-

viens, souvins), remember ; se ~

de, remember
souvenir m., memory
souvent, often

soyez, pres. subj. etre (to be)
spacieux (/ -se), roomy, spacious
sp&ial (fit. -aux), special
spectacle m., show, spectacle

spectateur m., spectator

spirale/, spiral ; en ~5 winding •

station/, station

statue/, statue

Strasbourg m., Strasburg, a city
in Alsace

studieux (f. -se), studious

style «*,, style

stylo m., fountain pen

su, fiast fiart. savoir, known

subir, undergo

subjonctif m., subjunctive

subordonng, subordinate

substantiel {/. -lie), substantial

subvention/, subsidy

succ£der, succeed

successeur m., successor

sucre m., sugar

sud [syd] m., south

suffire(suffisant, sutfi, suffis, suffis),
be sufficient

suis, fires, etre, am

suis, fires, suivre, follow

Suisse/, Switzerland

suite /, succession, effect, con-
tinuation ; a la ~ de, after ; des
<v>s de, because of, from ; tout de
<*>, immediately, at once

suivant, following

suivre (suivant, suivi, suis, suivis),
follow ; ~ un cours, take a
course ; faire ~, forward (mail)

sujet adj. (/ -tte), subject, liable

sujet m., subject; person

superbe, superb

superficie/, area

supposer, suppose; suppose* que,
supposing that

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

497

supreme, supreme

sur prep., on, over; ~ moi, about

me
sur adj., sure
surement, surely
surnaturel (f. -lie), supernatural
surpasser, surpass
surprise^, surprise
surtout, especially
survivant m., survivor
syllabe/, syllable
symbole m., symbol
sympathies, sympathy
systeme «., arrangement, system

t, see 89, b, Note

t\ elided form ofte

ta,f of ton, your, thy

table/, table

tableau m. (pi. -x), blackboard,
picture ; au ~, on (at) the black-
board

tablier m., apron

tache/, task

tactique/, tactics

tailleur in., tailor

taire (taisant, tu, tais, tus), say
nothing of ; se ~, be silent

talent m., ability

Tamise f, Thames (the English
river)

tandis que, while

tant (de), so much, so many ; ~
mieux, so much the better

t&n-tef, aunt

tapis m., carpet

tapisserie/, tapestry

taquiner, tease

tard, late

t&ssef, cup

tater, feel

te, you, to you, thee, to thee ; refl.,

thyself, yourself
tel (f. -lie), such ; un <*>, such a ;

~ que, such as; de ~le facon,

in such a way
temple m., temple
temps in., time; weather; a <~,

on time ; combien de ~, how

long ; de tous les ~, at all times ;

en meme ~, at the same time
tendre verb, hand out
tendre adj., delicate, tender
tenir (tenant, tenu, tiens, tins),

hold; ~ a, insist on, be eager

to; ~ sa promesse, keep one's

promise ; se <» debout, stand
terme m., term
terminer, finish, complete
terrain in., ground
terref, land ; pomme de cv>, potato
terrestre, earthly
tes, pi. 0/~ton, your, thy
tetef, head ; mal a la ~, headache
Texas in., Texas
the* in., tea

theatre in., theater, stage
tiea : le tien (_/.' la tienne), thine,

yours
tiens, intj., well !
tiens, tient, pres. tenir, hold(s)
tiers adj. (f tierce), third
tiers in., third
timbre in., stamp
tirer, draw ; se ~ d'affaire, get

along

498

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

toi, you, to you, thee, to thee, thou

toile/, linen

toilette/, toilet

toi-meme, thyself

tomate/, tomato

tombeau m. (pi. -x), tomb

tomber, fall

ton (f. ta, pi. tes), your, thy

tonnerre in., thunder ; il fait du «*>,
it is thundering

tort in., wrong ; avoir «*>, be wrong

tot, soon

toujours, always, ever

tour in., turn

tour/, tower

Touraine/, a province in central
France

tournelle/, little tower

tourner, turn (/r.); se «>, turn (intr.)

tout adj. andpron. (f. toute, 7n.pl.
tous (60)), all, every, everything,
any; ~ le, the whole; tous les,
every, all ; tous les deux, both ;
<v. le monde, everybody; » ce
qui (que), all (that)

tout adv., entirely, very ; ~ a
coup, suddenly ; ~ de suite, im-
mediately, at once ; <~> en, (even)
while

tracer, trace out

tradition/, tradition

traditionnel (/ -He), traditional

traduire (traduisant, traduit, tra-
duis, traduisis), translate

trag^die/, tragedy

trahir, betray

trait m., feature, trait

traite* in., treaty

traitre (/ -resse), treacherous

trajet m.% journey, route

tramway m., street car

transportation/, transportation

travail m. {pi. -aux), work

travaille\ worked

travailler, work

travers m.t width, breadth ; a ~,
through, across

traverser, cross

treize, thirteen

trente, thirty

tres, very, very much

tr£sor in., treasure

tribu/, tribe

tricentenaire m., tercentenary

triste, sad; poor sort of (326,/)

tristesse/, sorrow

triomphal (pi. -aux), victorious

triomphe m.t triumph

trois, three

troisieme, third

tromper, deceive; se <*>, be mis-
taken

trompette/, bugle

tronc [tro] m., trunk

trop (de), too much, too many ; too

trottoir m., sidewalk

trou m., hole

troupes/^/., forces, troops

trouve, find(s)

trouve\ found

trouver, find ; se ~, be found, be

tu, you, thou

tuer, kill

tuerie/, slaughter

Tuileries/ pi., former palace and
present park in Paris

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

499

turc (f. turque), Turkish
type, /«., type
typique, typical
tyrannies, tyranny

un art. (f. -e), a, an

un num. (f. -e), one; <~ meme,
one and the same ; P<*>, one ; V<*>
l'autre and les ~s les autres, see
325 ; les ~s des autres, from
each other ; P~ et l'autre, both

uni, united

union/, union

unique, unique

univers m., universe

university/!, university

user, wear out

utile, useful

utiliser, utilize

va, fires, aller, goes, is going

vacances f. pi., vacation ; etre en
~, be on (a) vacation

vache/i, cow

vagabonder, wander

vaincre (vainquant, vaincu, vaincs,
vainquis), conquer, defeat

vaincu, past part, vaincre, con-
quered

vais, pres. aller, go

valait, imp. valoir, was worth

valise/, valise

valoir (valant, valu, vaux, valus),
be worth, bring; ~ mieux, be
better, be preferable

vapeur f., steam; bateau a ~,
steamboat

vas, pres. aller, go

vase m., vase

vaudrait, cond. valoir, would be

worth
vaut, pres. valoir, is worth
veau m. {pi. -x), veal
v£cu, past part, vivre, lived
v£cut, past def. vivre, lived
v£hicule »., vehicle
veille/, the night before
venais, venait, imp. venir, came
vendre, sell ; a ~, for sale
vendredi w., Friday
vengeur (f. vengeresse), avenging
venir (venant, venu, viens, vins),

come; ~ de + inf., have just;
, faire «v>, send for (and get) ; en

~ a, come to the point of
vent ft*., wind ; il fait du ~, it is

windy
vente/, sale ; en <*>, on sale
venu, past part, venir, come
ver m.j worm
verbe m., verb

Vercing£torix m., a Gallic chief
Verdun m., a town in France, he-
roically defended in the World

War
verger m., orchard
veritable, real, true
vermeil (f. -lie), vermilion
verre m., glass ; ~ & yin, wineglass
verrez, fut. voir, will see
vers prep., towards, to
vers m.f verse, line
Versailles m., a city near Paris,

formerly the royal residence
verse : a ~, in torrents
vert adj., green

5oo

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

vert m., green

vertu/, virtue

veston m., (business) coat

v^tements nt. pi., clothes

vetir (vetant, vetu, vets, vetis),

clothe
veuillez, imv. vouloir, please, be

good enough to
veulent, pres. vouloir, wish
veux, veut, pres. vouloir, wish(es)
viande/i, meat
victoire/, victory
victorieux (f -se), victorious
vide, empty
vie/!, life
vieil, see vieux
vieille,/ of vieux
vieillesse/, old age
viendra, viendriez, fut., cond.

venir (to come)
vienne, pres. subj. venir (to come)
viens, pres. ind., imv. venir, come
vient, pres. venir, comes
vieux {before a vowel vieil; f.

vieille), old
vif (f vive), lively, alive
vilain, homely
village [vi-la:3] m., village
ville [vil] f, city ; a la ~, in the

city; en ~, in (to) town; descendre

en ~, go down town
vin m., wine ; verre a ~, wineglass
vingt, twenty
vint, past def venir, came
violence f, violence
visite/, call, visit
visiter, visit, call
visiteur m., visitor, caller

vit, past def. voir, saw

vit, pres. vivre, live

vite, fast, quickly

vivre (vivant, v&u, vis, v6cus),

live, exist ; vive ! long live !
voici, here is (are), now is
voient, pres. voir, see
voila, there is (are) ; see !
voir (voyant, vu, vois, vis), see;

faire ~, show, display
vois, pres. voir, see
voisin m. (f -e), neighbor
voisinage m., neighborhood
voit, pres. voir, sees
voiture f, carriage ; descendre de

<*>, get out of a carriage ; monter

en ~, get into a carriage
voix f, voice ; a haute ~, aloud ;

a ~ basse, in a low voice
volaille^C, poultry, fowls
voler (a), steal (from)
voleur m., thief
volonte*/, will
volontiers, willingly
volume m., volume
vont, pres. aller, go
vos, pi. of votre, your
votre poss. adj. {pi. vos), your
votre : le ~ poss. pron., yours
voudrait, voudriez, cond. vouloir,

would wish
vouloir (voulant, voulu, veux, vou-

lus), will, wish, want ; <*> Men, be

willing; <~> dire, mean; ~ rire,

joke; en ~ k, have a grudge

against
vous, you, to you ; dz'sj., you ; refl.,

yourself, yourselves

FRENCH-ENGLISH VOCABULARY

501

vous-meme(s), yourself, yourselves vue f., sight, view ; de ~, by sight
voyage m., journey; en ~, on a

journey *

voyager, travel
voyageur ?n. (/. -se), traveler
voyelle/, vowel
voyez, voyons, pres. voir, see
voyons intj., see ! come now !
vrai, true

vraisemblablement, probably
vu, past part, voir, seen

Waterloo m., a Belgian town,
scene of Napoleon's final de-
feat

y, at it (them), to it (them), in it
(them), there ; il ~ a, there is
(are) ; ago, since, for ; j'~ suis,
I'm here

yeux, pi. of oeil, eyes

Parmi les monuments les plus importants et les mieux conserves qui nous

restent de la domination romaine (Sec. 1) il y a les arenes de Nimes.

Leur construction ressemble beaucoup aux arenes modernes des colleges

des Etats-Unis

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

The plural is indicated, in the French, of all nouns and adjectives
whose plural is different from the singular and not formed by adding s.
The feminine is indicated, in the French, of all adjectives whose feminine
is different from the masculine and not formed by adding e. Adjectives
for which no position is designated regularly follow the noun with which
they are used. All verbs not marked irregular belong to the regular con-
jugations. Section numbers appended to a word indicate the section where
it is explained or discussed. An asterisk is used before aspirate h ; see, for
example, *honte under ashamed.

a, un(e) ( 1 2 i ) ; with units of meas-
ure, le (219, a); with units of
time, par, le (2 1 9, b) ; describing
parts of the body, le (188, Note);
not cv>, ne . . . pas de (1 16, a)

able : be ~ (to), pouvoir, v. irr.

about, on one^s person, sur ; with
numerals, environ ; ~ to, sur le
point de ; think ~, fix the miiid
on, penser a. ; have an opinion
of, penser de; talk (speak) ~,
parler de

absent, absent

accident, accident m.

accompany, accompagner

acquire, acqueVir, v. irr. (313, a)

act, acte m.

active, actif (f. -ve)

actor, acteur m.

add, aj outer

address, adresse/

admire, admirer; I ~, etc., j'ad-
mire, etc. (91)

admit, admettre, v. irr. (2.77)
advance verb, avancer, stem irr.

(245)
advance noun : in ~, d'avance
advanced, avance
advertisement, annonce/]
advice, conseils m. pi.
afraid : be ~, avoir peur
after prep., apres; conj., apres que
afternoon, apres-midi m. ; in the ~,

de l'apres-midi
afterwards, ensuite
again, encore, de nouveau ; see ~,

revoir; will see you ~ soon, a

bientot
age, age m.
ag0» il y a (precedes the expression

of time); a week ~, il y a une

semaine
agreeably, agrdablement
ah! ah!

ahead of time, en avance
air, air m.

502

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

503

alas ! helas !

alive, vif (f. vive)

all, tout (m.pl. tous), tous les ( 1 o 1 ) ;

<*> (that), tout ce qui (que); not
at ~, ne . . . point ; at ~, after

neg., du tout
ally, allie ;//. (/. -e'e)
almost, presque; faillir, v. irr.
alone, seul
along, le long de
aloud, a haute voix
Alps, A\pes, f. pi.
already, deja
also, aussi

although, quoique, bien que (307, a)
always, toujours
A. M., du matin
am, suis; as auxiliary, see 125,

236
ambiguous, ambigu (/ -gue)
America, Ame'rique/]
American, americain
among, parmi
amuse, amuser ; be ~>d at, s'amuser

de
amusement, amusement in.
an, un(e)

ancient, ancien (f. -nne)
and, et

anecdote, anecdote/
animal, animal m. {pi. -aux)
announce, annoncer, ste?n irr. (24 5)
another, one more, encore un(e);

a different, un(e) autre; one <v>,

les un(e)s les autres (325)
answer verb, repondre (a)
answer noun, rdponse/i
anterior, anterieur

anxious, inquiet (/. -ete) ; be ~ to,

tenir k
any adj., du, de la, de 1', des (115);

de(i 16); pron.,en (181, b); not

«», ne . . * pas de (116, a)
anybody, quelqu'un(e)
anything, quelque chose ; not <*>,

ne . . . rien
apothecary, pharmacien m.
appear, paraitre, v. irr. (276)
appetite, appetit m. ; with a good

~, de bon appetit
apple, pomme f. ; ~ tree, pom-

mier in.
appreciate, appr^cier
approach, s'approcher de
April, avril m.
architecture, architecture/
are, sommes, etes, sont (80); as

auxiliary, see 1 25, 236
area, superficies
arise, se lever, stem. irr. (248)
arm, bras m.
armchair, fauteuil m.
armistice, armistice ;//.
army, armde/
around, autour de
arrange, arranger, stem irr. (246)
arrest : under <*>, en etat d'arresta-

tion
arrival, arrivee/
arrive, arriver {fierf. auxiliary

etre)
art, es ; as auxiliary, see 1 25,

236
article, article m.
artillery, artillerie/
artist, artiste m.

504

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

as, que, comme; <*> . . . ~, aussi
. . . que ; ~ much (many), autant
(de); ~ much (many) ~, autant
que ; ~ soon ~, aussitot que, des
que ; ~ for, quant a

ashamed : be ~, avoir *honte

ask (to), demander (de) (295, b) ; ~
for, demander; ~ a question,
faire une question ; ~ somebody
(to), demander a quelqu'un (de)

asleep : fall ~, s'endormir, v. irr.
(258)

assail, assaillir, v. irr. (313, b)

assuredly, assurement

at, a ; with units of price, see
219; ~ all, du tout; «* the,
au, a la, a V, aux; <*> it (them), y ;
~home, a la maison, chez moi,
etc. ; ew school, a l'ecole ; ~ the
house (home) of, chez ; ~ his
home, chez lui; ~(to) the fruit
dealer's, chez le fruitier

attack verb, attaquer

attack noun, attaque_/!

attend, assister a

attentive, attentif (f. -ve)

attractive, charmant

August, aout m.

aunt, tante_/!

Australian, australien (f -nne)

author, auteur m.

authority, autarke"/!

authorization, autorisation/!

automobile, automobile m. andf.

autumn, automne m. ; in (the) ~,
en automne

avenue, avenue/!

avoid, eViter (de)

await, attendre

away, prefix en- (em-); carry ~,
emporter; go ~, s'en aller; run
~, se sauver; take ~ (from),
enlever (a)

back, prefix re- ; be ~, etre de re-
tour; bring ~, rapporter; give
<~, rendre ; send ~, renvoyer

bad, mauvais {precedes noun)

badly, mal

bag, sac m.

baggage, bagages 7n. pi.

baker, boulanger m.

ball, bal m.

banana, banane_/!

bank, rive f.

barber, coiffeur m.

barely, ne . . . guere

bark, aboyer, stem irr. (247)

barn, grange/!

basket, corbeille/!

bath, bain m. '

bathroom, salle de bain

battle, bataille/!

battlefield, champ de bataille

be, etre, v. irr. (156); se trouver;
with nouns of feeling, avoir
( 1 49) ; expressing dimension ,
avoir (219, c)\ of health, aller,
se porter; of weather, faire (294) ;
~ to, devoir ; <~ present at, assis-
ter a ; <*> back, etre de retour

bean, *haricot in. • string ~, *hari-
cot vert

bear verb, porter

bear noun, ours m.

beat, battre, v. irr. (313, /)

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

505

beautiful, beau (bel, f belle, m.pl.

beaux ; precedes noun)
beauty, beaute/
because, parce que ; ~ of, des

suites de, a cause de ; it is ~,

c'est que
become, devenir, v. irr. (261) {perf.

auxiliary etre); se faire ; of

dress, aller ; ~ again, redevenir ;

~ fine, of weather, se mettre

au beau; ~ fine again, se re-

mettre au beau
become past part ':, devenu
becoming : be ~, aller
bed, lit m.\ put to ~, coucher,

mettre au lit ; go to ~, se coucher
bedroom, chambre a coucher
beef, bceuf m.
been, 6t6
before prep., hi place, devant; in

time, avant; before inf., avant

de ; 00 long, avant peu ; conj.,

avant que
begin (to), commencer (a), stem

irr. (245 ; 295, c)', se mettre (a)

(277; 295, c)\ ~ again, recom-

mencer
behead, de'capiter
behind, derriere

believe, croire, v. irr. (288 ; 304, c)
bell, cloche/i
belong, appartenir, v. irr. (261);

~ to, etre a
beloved, bien-aime', cher (f -ere)
bench, banc m.
Bertha, Berthe
beside, a cote de
besides, en outre

best (the) adj., le meilleur {pre-
cedes noun) ; adv., le mieux ; do
one's ~, faire de son mieux

betray, trahir

better adj., meilleur {precedes
noun) ; adv., mieux ; be ~, va-
loir mieux

between, entre

big, gros {f. -sse; precedes noun)

bill, addition/!

billion, milliard m.

bird, oiseau ///. {pi. -x)

bite, mordre

biting, piquant

black, noir

blackboard, tableau m. {pi. -x)

blind, aveugle; ~ in one eye,
borgne

bloom verb, fleurir

bloom noun : in ~, en fleur

blue, bleu

boat, bateau m. {pi. -x)

boil, bouillir, v. irr. (313, ^r)

book, livre m.

bookseller, libraire m.

border (with), border (de)

born ne; be~, naitre, v. irr.{2j$);
was^estnd, naquit(220, Note 2)

both, tous (toutes) les deux, les
' deux, l'un(e) et l'autre

bottle, bouteille/;

bought past part., achete' •

boy, gargon m.

brave, brave

bread, pain m.

break, casser ; »= out, eclater

breakfast, dejeuner m.

brief, bref (/. breve)

506

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

bright, intelligent

brilliant, brillant

bring, a thing, apporter ; a person,

amener, stem irr. (248) ; ~ back,

rapporter; ~ near, approcher

(de)
broad, large
brother, frere m.
brought, apporte
brown, brun
brush verb, brosser
brush noun, brosse/I
Brussels, Bruxelles/ ,.
build, batir

building, edifice m.t batiment m.
bureau, commode,/]
Burgundian, Bourguignon ;//.
burn, bruler

burning adj., ardent, brulant
business, affaires fpl., commerce

m.\ oa man, commergant m.,

industriel m.
busy, occupe
but, mais

butcher, boucher m.
butter, beurre m.
button, bouton m.
buy, acheter, stem irr. (248, Note);

a ticket, prendre
by, par, de (240, b); with units

of measure, a ; before pres.

part., en

Caesar, Cesar
cake, gateau m. {pi. -x)
call verb, appeler, stem irr. (248,
Note); hail, hdler, stem irr.
call noun {visit), visite/I

can, of physical ability, pouvoir,

v. irr. (267); of mental ability,

savoir, v. irr. (268)
Canada, Canada m.
cannot, see can and not
capital, capitale/
captain, capitaine m.
car, street, tramway m.
card, visiting, carte/!
care for, soigner
carnival, carnaval m.
carpet, tapis m.
carriage, voiture/]
carry, porter ; ~ away, emporter ;

~ back, rapporter
cart, charrette/1
cash window, caisse/
cashier, caissier m.
cast, jeter, stem irr. (248, Note)
castle, chateau m. {pi. -x)
cathedral, cathedrale m.
caught past part., pris
cause, cause/!

cause to, faire, v. irr. (290, 291)
cease (to), cesser (de)(295, b; 330)
cent, sou m.
center, centre m. ; in the ~ of, au

centre de
centime, centime m.
century, siecle m.
chair, chaise/.'
chalk, craie/i
chamber, chambre/!
chance (to), se *hasarder (a)
change, monnaie/]
Charles, Charles
charming, charmant
chase, courir, v. irr. (259)

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

507

cheap, bon marche

check, enregistrer

cheerful, gai

cheese, fromage in.

cherry, cerise/] ; ~ tree, cerisier m.

chief, chef m.

child, enfant m. and/.

choose, choisir

Christian, chre'tien (/ -nne)

chum, camarade m.

church, eglise/; at ~, a l'eglise

cigar, cigare m.

circulate, circuler

citizen, citoyen m. (f -nne)

city, viWef; in the ~, a la ville

class, classe/!; in ~, en classe

classical, classique

classroom, classe f.

clean verb, nettoyer, stem irr. (247)

clean adj., propre

clear, clair, net (f -tte)

clearly, clairement

clerk, gargon (fille) de magasin;

employe* m.
client, client m.
cloak, manteau m. (pi. -x)
clock, horloge/i
close, fermer
cloth, drap m.
clothe, vetir, v. irr. (313, h)
clothes, vetements m. pi.
cloud, nuage m.
coachman, cocher m.
coat, dress, habit m.\ business,

veston m. ; woman's, jaquette/i
coffee, cafe* m.
cold adj., froid : be ~, avoir froid ;

it is ~, of weather, il fait froid

cold noun, froid in. ; disease,

rhume m.
coldly, froidement
collaborator, collaborates in.
collar, faux-col m.
colony, colonie/
color, covXqmx/.
comb, peigne m. ; <~ one's hair, se

peigner
come, venir, v. irr. (261) (per/.

auxiliary etre); intj., allons !

<*> and, venir + inf. ; ~ across,

rencontrer ; ~ back, revenir ; ~

down, descendre ; ~ in, entrer
come past part., venu (157); «*>

back past part., revenu
comes, is coming, vient
comfortable, confortable
command (to), commander (de)
commander, commandant m.
commence (to), commencer (a),

stem irr. (245 ; 295, c)
commit, commettre, v. irr. (277)
companion, camarade m.
company, du monde
Compiegne, Compiegne/!
complete verb, finir
complete adj., complet (f -ete)
compose, composer
comrade, camarade m.
conclude, conclure, v. irr. (313,

m.)
conditional, conditionnel in.
conduct, conduite/!
conductor, conducteur m.
conjugate, conjuguer
conjugation, conjugaison/!
conquer, conquerir, v. irr. (313, a)

508

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

consent (to), consentir (a), v. irr.

(258; 295,0
consider, considerer, stem irr. (249)
contain, renfermer
contemporary, contemporain
continual, continuel (/. -lie)
continuation, suite/
continue, continuer
contrary : on the ~5 au contraire
control, domination/
conversation, conversation/
converse, converser
cook, cuisinier m. (/ -ere)
cool, frais {/. fraiche) ; be ~, faire

frais
correct, corriger, stem irr. (246)
cost, couter
could, was able, pouvais, etc. ;

would be able, pourrais, etc.
count, nobleman, comte m.
counter, comptoir m.
country, division of territory,

pays m. ; not the city, cam-

pagne/ ; native land, patrie/ ;

in the <*>, a la campagne
courage, courage m.
course : of <*>, bien entendu
court, yard, cour/
cousin, cousin m. (f -e)
cover, couvrir, v. irr. (260) ; ~

much ground, parcourir du pays
covered (with), couvert (de)
COW, vache/
cravat, cravate/

crazy, fou (fol,/ folle, m.pi. fous)
create, crder, ste?n irr. (249, Note)
cross verb, traverser
cross adj., mechant

cross noun, croix/

crowd, foule/

crowded (with), bonde (de)

crown verb, couronner

crown noun, couronne/

cry (out), crier

cuff, manchette/

cup, tasse/, coupe f.

cure, guerir

curse, maudire, v. irr. (313,/)

curtain, rideau ?n. {pi. -x)

custom, coutume/

customer, client m.

cut, couper ; ~ off, couper

dare, oser (330)

dark, sombre

dash, elan m.

daughter, fille/

day, divisio?i of time, jour m. ;

with its happenings, jour nee/ ;

~ before yesterday, avant-hier ;

good ~, bonjour ; one (some) ~,

un jour
dead, mort

deal : a great ~ of, beaucoup de
dealer, marchand m. ; shoe 03, mar-

chand de chaussures
dear, cher (f -ere)
death, mort/
deceive, tromper
December, decembre m.
decide, decider
decorate, decorer
deep, profond

defeat, vaincre, v. irr. (313, u)
definite, defini
delicate, tendre

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

509

deny, nier

depart, partir, v. irr. (258)

department, of France, departe-
ment m. ; of a store, rayon m.\<*>
store, magasin de nouveautds

departure, depart m.

depend (upon), dependre (de)

deputy, depute in.

descend, descendre

describe, decrire, v. irr. (281)

desert, ddserter

deserve, meriter

desire (to), de*sirer (295, a)

desk, pupil's, pupitre in:, teacher's,
bureau in.

dessert, dessert in.

did, as auxiliary, see 86

die, mourir, v. irr. (263)

died past part., mort (157); past
tense, est mort, mourut, etc.

difference, difference y^

different, different

difficult, difficile

dine, diner

dining-room, salle a manger

dinner, diner m. ; at ~, au diner

discreet, discret (f -ete)

dismissal, sortie/

display, etaler

distinguish, distinguer

disturb, deranger, stem irr. (246)

divide (into), diviser (en)

dizzy spell, e"blouissement in.

do, faire, v. irr. (290) ; as auxil-
iary, see 125,141, 164; ~with,
faire de; ~ without, se passer
de; ~ one's best, faire de son
mieux ; how ~ you ~ ? bonjour

doctor, medecin m., docteur m.

does, as auxiliary, see 125, 164

dog, chien m.

dome, d6me m.

done, fait ; what 's to be <~> ? que

faire ?
donkey, ane m.
door, porte/i
doubt, douter
down : come ~, descendre ; sit ~,

s'asseoir; upside ~, a l'envers
downstairs, en bas ; go (come) ~,

descendre
dozen, douzaine/]
dress verb, tr., habiller; intr.,

s'habiller
dress noun, robe/i; streets, cos-
tume de ville
dress coat, habit m.
dressmaker, couturiere/I
drink, boire, v. irr. (287)
drive : go for a ~, se promener en

voiture ; cv> out, chasser
druggist, pharmacien m.
druid, druide m.
dry, sec (f. seche)
duel, duel in.
dunce, imbecile m.
during, pendant
dwell, demeurer ; I ~, etc., je de-

meure, etc. (91)

each, chaque; ~ one, chacun(e);

~ other, l'un(e) l'autre
eager : be ~ to, tenir a.
ear, oreilley^

earlier, de meilleure heure
early, de bonne heure

5io

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

earn, gagner

easily, facilement

easy (to), facile (de)

eat, manger, stem irr. (246)

edge, bord m.; on the ~ of, au

bord de
effect, suited
egg, ceuf m.
Egypt, figypte/
eight, *huit
eighteen, dix-huit
eightieth, quatre-vingtieme
eighty, quatre-vingts
either, after ?ieg., non plus
elder, plus age
electric, electrique
electricity, e'lectricite/
eleven, onze
eleventh, onzieme
emperor, empereur m.
employ, employer, stem irr. (247)
employee, employe m.
end (in) verb, finir (par)
end noun, fin/, bout m.
enemy, ennemi m.
England, Angleterre/
English, anglais
Englishman, Anglais m.
enjoy, jouir de; ~ one's self,

s'amuser
enough, assez (de) (113); be good

<*>, veuillez (271, Note 2); ~ to

live on, de quoi vivre
enter tr., entrer dans (chez) {perf.

auxiliary etre); intr., entrer;

~ again, rentrer
enthusiasm, elan m.
entire, entier (/. -ere)

envelope, enveloppe/

erect, eriger, stem irr. (246); con-

struire, v. irr. (289)
escape tr., echapper a; intr.,

s'echapper
especially, surtout
Europe, Europe/
even, meme
evening, division ofthne, soir m. ;

with its happenings, soiree/!;

~s, le soir; in the ~, le soir;

yesterday ~? hier soir
ever, jamais, toujours
every, tous (toutes) les; tout (m.pl.

tous) ; ev one for himself, sauve

qui peut
everybody, tout le monde
everything, tout
everywhere, partout
evident, evident
examination, examen m.
examine, examiner
example, exemple m.
except, excepte
exercise, exercice m.
expect (to), s'attendre (a) (295, c)
expel, chasser
expensive, couteux (/ -se)
explain, expliquer
express, exprimer
extremely, extremement
eye, oeil 7n.{pl. yeux)

face, figure/
fact : in ~, en effet
fair, foire/
faith, foi/
faithful, fidele

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

511

faithfully, fidelement

fall verb, tomber (per/, auxiliary

etre); I «3, etc., je tombe, etc.

(91); ~ asleep, s'endormir
fall noun, chute/!
false, faux {f -sse)
family, famille/
famous, fameux (f. -se)
fan, eVentail m.
far, loin
farm, ferme/
farmer, fermier m. (f. -ere)
farmhouse, ferme/
farther, plus loin
fast, vite
fat, gras {f -sse)
fate, sort in.
father, pere m.
favorite, favori {f -ite)
fear (to) verb, craindre (de), v. irr.

(278; 295, b); avoir peur (de)
fear noun, peur/i ; for ~ that, de

crainte que
feast, festin m., regal m.
February, feVrier m.
feel, sentir, v. irr. (258); tater; ~

well, se sentir bien
fees, honorairesy]//.
felt, feutre m.
few, peu (de) (113); a ~, quelques,

peu (de) ; some ~, quelques
fewer, moins (de) (113)
field, champ m., pre* m.
fifteen, quinze
fifth, cinquieme
fifty, cinquante
fight, se battre, v. irr. (313, /)
fill, remplir ; ~ with, remplir de

finally, enfin; finir par (295, Note)

find, trouver

fine, beau (bel, f. belle, m. pi.
beaux; precedes noun); be e*>,
of weather, faire beau; become
<*>, of weather, se mettre au
beau; become ~ again, se re-
mettre au beau

finish, finir (de) (295, b)

fire, feu m. {pi. -x); {conflagra-
tion) incendie f.

first, premier (f -ere); at ~r
d'abord; ~-class ticket, billet
de premiere classe

fish verb, pecher

fish noun, poisson m.

fishing, peche/

fit, aller, v. irr. (256)

fitting : be <*>, convenir, v. irr. (261 )

five, cinq

fix the hair, (se) coiffer

flag, drapeau in. {pi. -x)

flatter, flatter

flattering, flatteur {f -se)

flee, fuir, v. irr. (313,/)

floor {story), etage in.

flour, iarinef.

flower, fleur/

fluently, couramment

foliage, feuillage in.

follow, suivre, v. irr. (283)

following, suivant, qui suit

foot, pied in.

for prep., pour; with expressions
of time, depuis, pendant, il y a
(l55)'j go ~, aller chercher ; send
~, envoyer chercher

for conj., car

512

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

forbid, ddfendre ; ~ some one to,
defendre a quelqu'un de

foreign, Stranger {f -ere)

foreigner, etranger m. {f -ere)

foresee, pre voir, v. irr. (269)

forest, foretj^

forget (to), oublier (de) (295, b)

forgive, pardonner (a)

fork, fourchette/!

form verb, former

form noun, taille/i

former adj., ancien (f. -nne ; pre-
cedes noun); the ~, celui-la, etc.
(196,^, Note)

formerly, autrefois

fortunate, heureux {f -se)

forty, quarante

found, trouvd

four, quatre

fourteen, quatorze

fourth, quatrieme ; in fractions,
quart m. ; in dates, quatre m.

franc, franc m.

France, France/^

Francis, Francois

frank, franc {/. franche)

free adj., libre

freeze, geler, stem irr. (248, Note)

French, francais; ~ book, about
French, livre de francais; in
French, livre frangais

Frenchman, Frangais m.

fresh, frais {f fraiche)

Friday, vendredi m.

friend, ami m. (f. amie)

frighten, effrayer, stem irr. (247)

frightened : be ~>, s'eff rayer, stem
irr. (247)

from, de ; ~ the, du, de la, de 1',

des ; ~ it (them), en
front : in «* of, devant
fruit adj., fruitier {f -ere)
fruit noun, of one sort, fruit m. ;

collectively, fruits m. pl.\ ~

dealer, fruitier m. (f -ere)
full, plein
fun, plaisanteriej^; make ~ of, se

moquer de
furnish (with), munir (de)
furniture, meubles m. pi.
future adj., futur
future noun, futur m.

Gallic, gaulois

garden, jardin m.

gas, gaz m.

gather, cueillir, v. irr. (313, d)

Gaul, the country, Gaulef; a per-
son, Gaulois m.

gay, gai

general adj., general {pi. -aux)

general 7ioun, general m. {pi. -aux)

generally, gdneralement

generous, gdndreux (/ -se)

gentle, doux {f douce)

gentleman, monsieur m. {pi. mes-
sieurs)

German, allemand

Germany, Allemagne/

get, chercher, procurer; prendre,
v. irr. (279) ; of weather, se faire ;
«N3 along, se tirer d'affaire ; ~ into
{a vehicle), monter en ; ~ out of,
descendre de ; ~ up, se lever

gift, cadeau m. {pi. -x)

girl, fllle/, jeune fille

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

513

give, donner ; I ~, etc., je donne,
etc. (91); <*> back, rendre; ~ up,
renoncer a

glad, content, bien aise

glance verb, jeter un coup d'ceil

glance noun, coup d'ceil {pi. coups
d'ceil)

glass, verre tn.

gloomy, sombre

glove, gant tn.

go, aller, v. irr. (256) (perf. auxil-
iary etre); ~ and, aller + itif.
(256; 295, a); ~ away, s'en aller ;
~ back in(to), rentrer dans;
«a by, passer ; <~> down(stairs),
descendre; <v> down town, de-
scendre en ville ; ~ for, aller
chercher ; ~> into, entrer dans ;
~ out, sortir; ~ to, aller (257);
~ to bed, se coucher ; ~ to sleep,
s'endormir ; ~ to town, aller en
ville ; ~ up(stairs), monter

go, J dpi., vont

god, dieu m. (pi. -x)

goes, is going, va

gold adj., d'or

gold noun, or tn.

good, bon (f. -nne; precedes noun);
«3 morning, bonjour; be <*>
enough to, veuillez (271, Note 2)

good-by, adieu tn. (pi. -x),au revoir

goods, piece of, dtoffe /.; cloth,
€toiitsf.pl.

gone, alle (157); ~ out, sorti (157)

grammar, grammaire/

grandfather, grand-pere m-., aieul
tn.

grandmother, grand'mere/

grandparents, grands-parents tn.

pi.
grape, raisin tn.
grasp, saisir
grass, herbe/
gray, gris

Greek, grec (f. grecque)
green, vert ; grow ~ again, reverdir
grind, moudre, v. irr. (313, q)
grippe, grippe/,
grocer, epicier tn.
groceries, e'piceries/ pi.
ground, terrain tn. ; ™ floor, rez-de-

chaussee tn. ; on the ~ floor, au

rez-de-chaussee
grow, crottre, v. irr. (313, 0);

pousser ; I ~, etc., je pousse,

etc. (91)
grudge: have a ~ against, en

vouloir a
guess, deviner
guide, guide tn.
guidebook, guide tn.

had, avais, etc. (148); ai eu, etc.

(80) ; as auxiliary, see 151,152;

<*> to, falloir, v. irr. (273, 274)
hail, call, heler, stem irr. (249)
hair, cheveux m. pi. ; fix one's ~,

se coiffer
hairbrush, brosse a cheveux
hairdresser, coiffeur tn.
half, demi (218, Note); ~ an hour,

une demi-heure
hand, main/
hand out, tendre
handkerchief, mouchoir tn.
hang on, accrocher a

514

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

happen, arriver (perf auxiliary
etre)

happily, heureusement

happy, heureux (f -se; precedes
noun)

hard, ferme

has, a ; as auxiliary, see 157; *»
to, falloir, v. irr. (273, 274)

hast, as

hasten (to), se depecher (de)

hat, chapeau m. {pi. -x)

hate, *ha*ir, v. irr. (31 3,^)

hatter, chapelier m.

have, avoir, v. irr. (148); ai, avons,
avez, ont (85); as auxiliary,
see 157; causative, faire (291,
292); op just, venir de + inf.
(262); ~ to, falloir (273, 274);
will you ~, do you want,
voulez-vous (271, Note 3)

he conj. pron., il ; disj., lui ; ce
(198); cvj who, eelui qui

head, tete/I

headache, mal h la tete

health, santef. ; be in good ~, etre
en bonne sante, se porter bien

healthy : be ~} etre en bonne santd

hear, entendre; (by report) en-
tendre dire (293) ; ~ from, rece-
voir des nouvelles de; ~ tell,
entendre parler

heat, chaleur/!

heavy, lourd

help, aider (295, c)

henceforth, ddsormais

Henry, Henri

her pers. pron., dir. obj., la; indir.
obj., lui ; obj. of prep., elle ; poss.

adj., son, sa, ses ; lui (se) . . . le

(la, les) (188); cv, who, celle qui
here, ici ; ~ is (are), voici
hero, *heros m.
hers, le sien (f la sienne) (189);

a elle ( 1 90, 319)
herself refl., se (228); intetisive,

elle-meme (233)
hesitate, hesiter
hesitation, hesitation/!
high, *haut ; grand (precedes 7101m)
him dir. obj., le ; indir. obj., lui ;

obj. of prep., lui
himself refl., se (228); intensive,

lui-meme (233)
his poss. adj., son, sa, ses ; lui

(se) . . . le (la, les) (188); poss.

pro?i., le sien (f la sienne) (1 89);

a lui (190, 319)
hold, tenir, v. irr. (261); maintenir
hole, trou m.
home : at ~, a la maison, chez soi

(moi, etc.) ; to (at) my (his, etc.)

~, chez moi (lui, etc)
homely, vilain (precedes noun)
hope (to), espe'rer, stem irr. (249 ;

295, a)
horse, cheval m. (pi. -aux)
hospitable, hospitalier (f -ere)
hostile, hostile
hot, chaud ; be ~, of weather, faire

chaud (294) ; be ~, feel hot, avoir

chaud
hotel, hotel m.
hour, heure /!
house, maison/! ; at (to) the ~ of,

chez; at (to) my (his, etc.) ~,

chez moi (lui, etc.)

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

515

how, comment : ~ are you ? com-
ment allez-vous ? comment vous
portez-vous? ~ long, depuis
quand, combien de temps (155);
~ much (many), combien (de)
(113); know ~, savoir

however, cependant

hundred, cent (215, b); a ~, cent

hunger, faim/

hungry : be ~, avoir faim

hunt, chasser

hurry (to), se depecher (de)

hurt, blesser, faire mal a

husband, mari m.

I conj. pron., je; disj., moi

ice, glace/

idle, paresseux (f -se)

if, si (68, d)

ignorance, ignorance/:

ill, malade

ill-bred, mal e'leve'

illustrated, illustre'

illustrative sentence, exemple m.

immediately, tout de suite

imperative, imperatif m.

imperfect, imparfait m.

important, important; be ~, im-
porter

imprison, incarcerer

in, dans, en (332); after superla-
tive, de(io8); before names of
countries, en, a ( 1 20, b, Note) ;
before natnes of cities, a ; before
years and names of months, en ;
~ it (them), y ; «• the city, a la ville

inaptitude, inaptitude/

indeed, en effet

indefinite, indefini
independent, independant
indicative, indicatif m.
infinitive, infinitif ;//.
inform, faire savoir
information, renseignements tn.pl.
inhabit, habiter
inhabitant, habitant m.
injure, nuire, v. irr. (289)
ink, encre/
inkstand, encrier m.
insist (upon), tenir a
inspiration, inspiration/
inspire, inspirer
intelligent, intelligent
intend (to), compter ; avoir l'inten-

tion de
interesting, interessant
into, dans, en
invasion, invasion/
invite (to), inviter (a) (295, c)
ironical, ironique
is, est; as auxiliary, see 125, 241 ;

~ it not? n'est-ce pas? ~ it that,

est-ce que ; here <x>, void ; there

~, il y a, voila (150, Note)
island, ile/
it sub., il, elle ; ce (1 78, b) ; obj. of

verb, le, la ; obj. of prep., lui, elle ;

of (from, with) ~, en (181); to

(at, in) ~; y (180)
Italian, italien (/ -nne)
Italy, Italie/
itinerary, itine'raire m.
its, son, sa, ses; en -. . . le (la, les)

(3l8) ,V.,'':^

itself refl., se, soi(228, 324); inten-
sive, lui-meme, elle-meme(233);

5i6

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

January, Janvier m.

Japan, Japon m.

jealous, jaloux (f. -se)

jewel, bijou m. (pi. -x)

Joan, Jeanne

John, Jean

joke, vouloir rire

journey, voyage m. ; on a ~, en

voyage
joyfully, avec joie
Julius, Jules
July, juillet m.
June, juin m.
just : to have ~, venir de (262) ;

~ now, tout a l'heure
justice, justice/

keep, garder; ~ one's promise,

tenir sa promesse
key, clef f.
kill, tuer

kilometer, kilometre m.
kind adj., aim able
kind noun, sorte/*
kindly read, veuillez lire
kindness, amabilite/! ; have the ~

to, veuillez (271, Note 2)
king, roi m.
kitchen, cuisine f.
knead, petrir
knee, genou m. (pi. -x)
knew, savais, etc.
knife, couteau m. (pi. -x)
knock, frapper
know, a thing, savoir, v. irr. (268);

a person, connaitre, v. irr. (276);

~ how to, savoir
know(s), sais, sait

lace, dentelle/!

lady, dame/

lake, lac m.

land, terre/ ; native ~, patrie/

landlord, proprietaire m.

language, langue/

large, grand (precedes noun)

last verb, durer

last adj., dernier (f. -ere); just

passed, passe ; at ~, enfin ; ~

Monday, lundi dernier ; ~ night,

hier soir ; ~ year, l'anne'e passee
late, tard ; to be ~, etre en retard
latter : the ~, celui-ci, celle-ci, etc.

(196, c, Note)
laugh, rire, v. irr. (313, s); ~ at,

(se) rire de
law, \oif.
lawyer, avocat m.
lay, placer, stem irr. (245)
lazy, paresseux (f. -se)
lead, mener, stem irr. (248) ; con-

duire, v. irr. (289)
leaf, feuille/

lean, appuyer, stem irr. (247)
learn (to), apprendre (a), v. irr.

(279; 295,0
least : the ~ adj., le (la) moindre

(precedes noun) ; adv., le moins ;

at ~, au moins
leave, quitter
leaving, sortie/!
left past part., parti de
left adj., gauche ; to (at) the ^, a

gauche ; to be ~.5 rester (a) ; (I)

have ~, il (me) reste
left-hand, de gauche
leg, jambe/

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

517

legitimate, legitime

length, longueur/i ; at ~, longue-

ment
less adj., moindre {precedes noun);

adv., moins (de) (113)
lesson, lee, on/I ; grammar ~, lecon

de grammaire ; reading ~? lecon

de lecture
lest, que . . . ne, de crainte que

(with subj., 304); de crainte de

{with inf.)
let, as auxiliary in imv., see 140 ;

que (with subj., 301); laisser(20,3)
letter, lettre f ; ~ box, boite aux

lettres
lettuce, laitue/
library, bibliotheque/;
lie, mentir, v. irr. (258)
life, vie/;

light (by) verb, eclairer (a)
light nou?i, lumiere/;
lighten, faire des eclairs
lightning, e'clairs m. pi.
like (to) verb, aimer (a) (295, c) ;

should (would) ~, cond. <?/vouloir
like/r^., comme
line (with), doubler (de)
linen, toile/
list, liste/;
listen (to), dcouter
liter, litre in.
little adj., petit {precedes noun);

adv., peu (de) (113); some ~,

quelque ; ~ by ~, peu a peu
live, dwell, demeurer; exist {on),

vivre (de), v. irr. (284) ; enough

to ~ on, de quoi vivre ; long ~

the king ! vive le roi !

lively, vif (/ vive)

living, vie/.

lock, fermer a clef

London, Londres m.

lonesome : be <*>, s'ennuyer, stem
irr. (247)

long adj., long (f. longue ; precedes
noun); adv., longtemps; how~,
in expressions of ti?ne, depuis
quand, combien de temps (1 55, b,
Note); in dimensions, combien
de longueur; a ~ time, long-
temps ; be . . . cv>, in dimensions,
avoir . . . de long (longueur); ~
live I vive!

longer : no ~, ne . . . plus

look : £*> at (upon), regarder ; ~ for,
chercher

lord, seigneur m.

lose, perdre

loss, perte/;

loud, fort, haut; out ~, a haute voix

loudly, haut

love, aimer; I 00, etc., j'aime, etc.

(90
low, bas (f. -sse)
luck (good), chance/;
lucky, heureux (f. -se)
luggage, bagages m. pi.
lunch, ddjeuner m. ; ~ counter,

buffet m. ; ~ room, restaurant m.
luncheon, gouter m.
Luxemburg, Luxembourg m.

madam, madame, Mme (pi. mes^

dames, Mmes)
magistrate, magistrat m.
magnificent, magnifique

5i8

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

maid, bonne/

mail verb, jeter a la poste

mail noun, courrier m.

mainly, principalement

make, faire, v. irr. (290, 291, 292);
in profits, gagner ; ~ responsible
for, rendre responsable de

makes,' fait

man, homme m. ; young men,
jeunes gens m. pi.

manufacturer, industriel m.

many, beaucoup (de) (113); bien
(des); as~,autant(de)(ii3); how
~, combien (de)(i 13); so ~, tant
(de) (113); too ~, trop (de) (113)

map, carte/

March, mars m.

market, marche" m. ; to ~, au
marche*

marshal, marechal m.

Mary, Marie

master, maitre m.

masterpiece, chef-d'oeuvre m.

mathematician, mathematicien m.

mathematics, mathematique /

matter, affaire / ; what is the ~
with me (you, etc), qu'ai-je
(qu'as-tu, etc.)

may, pouvoir, v. irr. (267; 295, a);
as sign of subj., que (301); <v>
be, se pouvoir

May, mai m.

me obj. of verb, me, moi ; obj. of
prep., moi

mean, vouloir dire

meat, viande/

medicine, me'decine /, medica-
ment m.

meet, rencontrer

memory, m^moire/

menace, menace/

menu, menu m.

merchandise, marchandise/

merchant, marchand m., commer-

cant m.
merit, merite m.
merry, gai
meter, metre m.
method, methode/
middle, milieu m. {pi. -x)
midnight, minuit in.
might, pouvais, etc. ; pourrais, etc.
mild, doux (f douce); be ~, of

weather, faire doux
mile, mille m.
military, militaire
milk, lait m.
mill, moulin in.
milliner, modiste/
million, million in.
mind, esprit m.
mine, le mien (/ la mienne) ( 1 89) ;

a moi (1 90); a friend of ~, un de

mes amis (3 1 9)
minute, minute/
mischievous, malin (/ maligne)
misdeed, rndfait m.
miss, manquer
Miss, mademoiselle, MIle (pi. mes-

demoiselles, M1Ies)
mistaken : be ~, se tromper
model, modele in.
modern, contemporain, moderne
Moliere, Moliere
moment, moment m.
Monday, lundi m.

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

519

money, argent m. ; ~ changer,

changeur in.
month, mois m.
monument, monument m.
moon, lune/
more, plus (de) (113); ~ and «», de

plus en plus ; no <*>, ne . . . plus
morning, matin in. ; ~s, le matin ;

in the ~, le matin; good ~,

bonjour
mortal, mortel {/. -lie)
most (the), le (la) plus, la plupart
mother, mere/.
mount, mont m.
mountain, montagne/
mouth, bouche/
move, mouvoir, v. irr. (313, * ) : ~

about, circuler
moving about, mouvement m.
Mr., monsieur, M. {pi. messieurs,

MM.)
Mrs., madame, Mme {pi. mes-

dames, Mmes)
much, beaucoup (de) (113), bien

(des); as ~, autant (de) (113);

how ~, combien (de) (113); so ~,

tant (de) (113); too ~, trop (de)

(113); very ~, fort
museum, musee m.
must, necessity, falloir, v. z'rr.{2J3;

295, a; 303, Note 2); inference,

devoir, v. irr. (264; 295, a)
mustache, moustache/
mutton, mouton m.
my, mon, ma, mes ; me . . . le (la,

les)(i88)
myself refl., me; intensive, moi-

m&me

name verb, nommer

name noun, nom in. ; my ev> is, je

m'appelle
named : be ~, s'appeler, stem irr.

(248, Note)
napkin, serviette/
Napoleon, Napoleon
nation, nation/
national, national {pi. -aux)
native land, patrie/
natural, naturel (/ -lie)
naturally, naturellement
nature, nature/
naughty, me'chant
near (to), pres (de)
necessary, ne'cessaire; be~, falloir,

v. irr. (27 3; 295, a-, 303, Note 2)
necessities, ndcessites///.
necktie, cravate/
need verb, avoir besoin de ; falloir,

v. irr. (273)
need noun, besoin m.
neglect, negliger, stem irr. (246;

255, b)
neighbor, voisin m. {/. -e)
neighborly, voisin
neither . . . nor, ne . . . ni ne,

ne . . . ni . . . ni (171)
nephew, neveu m. {pi. -x)
net bag, filet m.
never, ne . . . jamais (168); jamais

(169)
new, different, nouveau (nouvel,

/ nouvelle, m. pi. nouveaux;

precedes noun)-, newly made,

neuf (/ neuve)
news, nouvelle/
newspaper, journal m. {pi. -aux)

520

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

New Year's, jour de Tan

next, prochain ; ~ week, la semaine

prochaine
niece, niece/
night, nuit/; last ~, hier soir;

the «b long, de la nuit
nine, neuf
nineteen, dix-neuf
ninety, quatre-vingt-dix
ninth, neuvieme
no, non ; partitive, ne . . . pas

de(n6, a)-, pas de (169); adj.,

nul (f -lie); ~ longer, ne . . . plus

(168); ~more, ne. . . plus (168);

plus de (169)
nobody, ne . . . personne (168);

personne (169)
noise, bruit m.
none, n'en . . . pas (181, b)
noon, midi m.
nor : neither . . . ~, ne . . . ni ne,

ne . . . ni . . . ni (171)
nose, nez m.
not, ne . . . pas ( 1 68) ; ~ a, i;e . . .

pas de (116); ~any, ne . . . pas

de (1 16) ; ~ at all, ne . . . point

(168); pas du tout
notebook, cahier m.
nothing, ne . . . rien (168); rien ( 1 69)
noun, nom m.
November, novembre m.
now, maintenant ; <*> is, voici
number, nombre m.
nursemaid, bonne/
nut, noix/

obelisk, obelisque m.
obey, obeTr a

oblige (to), obliger (a), stem irr.
(246) ; be ~d to, falloir, v. irr.
(273, 274)

obliging, obligeant

obtain, obtenir, v. irr. (261)

occasion, occasion/; on the least
~, a la moindre occasion

occupy, occuper

o'clock, heure / ; two <*>, deux
heures; twelve ~, noon, midi
m. ; midnight, minuit m.

October, octobre m.

odious, odieux (/ -se)

of, de; in dates, see 223; with
nouns of material, en, de
(335> a)\ ~ the, du, de la, de 1',
des; ~ it (them), en (181); ~
which, dont (203) ; think ~, fix
the mind on, penser a ; have an
opinion of, penser de ; quarter <~
ten, dix heures moins le(un) quart

off : take cv>, 6ter

offer, offrir, v. irr. (260)

office, bureau m.

officer, officier m.

often, souvent

old, vieux (vieil; / vieille; pre-
cedes ?iouri), ancien (/ -nne);
in years, age* ; how ~> are you ?
quel age avez-vous? I am ten
years ~, j'ai dix ans; je suis
igd de dix ans

omnibus, omnibus m.

on, sur ; in dates, see 223

once, une fois ; at <*>, tout de suite

one nu?n. adj., un (/ une) ; indef.
pron., on (242, 243); ~ another,
les un(e)s les autres; ~'s self,

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

521

se; soi(324); the ~> who (which),

celui (celle) qui
only adv., seulement ; ne . . . que

(168, 170); adj., seul
open verb, ouvrir, v irr. (260)
open adj., ouvert
open(s), ouvre
opera, opera in.
opportunity, opportunity/
opposite, en face de
or, ou

orange, orange/!
orchard, verger m.
orchestra seat, f auteuil d'orchestre
order, ordonner; in ~ to, pour,

afin de; in ~ that, pour que,

afin que (307, c)
Orleans, Orleans m.
other, autre ; each ~, l'un(e) l'autre ;

some . . . ~s, les un(e)s . . . les

autres
otherwise, autrement
ought, devoir, v. irr. (264; 295, a)
our, notre, nos; nous . . . le (la,

les) (188)
ours, le (la) n6tre (189); a nous

(190)
ourselves rejl., nous (228) ; inten-
sive, nous-memes (233)
out, dehors ; break ~, exlater ; go

~, sortir, v. irr. (258)
outer, extdrieur
over, sur ; ~ there, la-bas
overcoat, pardessus in.
owe, devoir, v. irr. (264)
owl, *hibou m. (pi. -x)
owner, propridtaire m.
ox, bceuf m.

pack, a trunk, faire une malle
•page, page/
painting, peinture/
pair, paire/
palace, palais m.
paper, papier m. ; news~, journal

tn. (pi. -aux)
parents, parents m. pi.
Paris, Paris m.
park, pare m.
parlor, salon m.
part, partie/; take <v> in, prendre

part k
participle, participe m.
pass (by), passer
passport, passeport m.
past, passe; half ~ three, trois

heures et demie (224)
pasture, pre m.
path, a\\6ef.

patient, a sick person, malade in.
patriot, patriote m.
pay, payer, stem often irr. (247) ;

~ for, payer
peace, paix/!

pear, poire/! ; ~ tree, poirier m.
peasant, paysan m. (f. -nne)
pebble, caillou m. (pi. -x)
pedestrian, pieton m.
pen, plume/
pencil, crayon m.
penholder, porte-plume m. *
people, les gens in. andf.pl.) on

(243) ; tribe, peuple m.
perceive, apercevoir, v. irr. (266)
performance, representation/
perfume, parfum in.
perhaps, peut-etre

522

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

perish, peVir

permit, permettre, v. irr. (277;

295, V)
person, personne f. ; young ~s,

jeunes gens m.pl.
persuade (to), decider (a) (295, c)
Peter, Pierre

photograph, photographies
phrase, phrase/!
picture, tableau m. (pi. -x), gra-

vure/i
piece, morceau in. (pi. -x)
pity, plaindre, v. irr. (278)
place verb, placer, stem irr. (245)
place noun, place /., lieu in. (pi.

-x), endroit m., point m. ; take

«», avoir lieu, se faire
plate, assiette/
play verb, jouer ; play a musical

instrument, jouer de ; I «v>, etc.,

je joue, etc. (91)
play noun, piece/!
plaything, joujou m. (pi. -x)
pleasant, agrdable
please intr., plaire, v. irr. (285);

tr., plaire a; veuillez (271); if

you <v>, s'il vous plait, je vous prie
pleased with, content de
pleasure, plaisir m. ; with ~,- avec

plaisir
pluperfect, plus-que-parfait m.
plural, pluriel m.
P. M., de l'apres-midi, du soir
pocket, poche/
poet, poete m.
point, point m.
polite, poli
poor, pauvre

population, population f.

populous, peuple

portrait, portrait m.

possible, possible

post, afficher; mail, mettre a la

poste
postal card, carte postale
posted (on), renseigne (de)
postman, facteur m.
post office, bureau de poste
potato, pomme de terre (pi.

pommes de terre)
pound, livre/
pour, rain, pleuvoir a verse; it ~s,

la pluie tombe a verse
praise, louer
prefer, aimer mieux; preferer, stem

irr. (249)
preferable, preferable ; be ~, valoir

mieux
preparation, preparatif m.
prepare tr., preparer ; intr., se

preparer h, s'appreter h; I ~,

etc., je prepare, etc. (91)
prescribe, prescrire (like ecrire,

281)
present adj., present; be ~ at,

assister k
present noun, present m. ; gift,

cadeau m. (pi. -x)
president, president m.
prettily, joliment
pretty, joli (precedes noun)
prevent (from), empecher (de)

(295,^; 305,^)
priest, pretre m.
prince, prince m.
princess, princesse/!

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

523

prisoner, prisonnier m. (/. -ere)
private, particulier (f. -ere)
proclaim, proclamer
proclamation, proclamation/;
procure, procurer
professor, professeur m.
promise verb, promettre, v. irr.

(277; 295, £); keep one's ~,

tenir sa promesse
promise noun, promesse f.
pronounce, prononcer, steni irr.

(245)

pronunciation, prononciation/!

properly, bien

proud, fier (f. -ere)

provide, pourvoir, v. irr. (313, k)\
~d that, pourvu que (307)

province, province f.

prudent, prudent

public, public {/. publique)

pull out, tirer

pulse, pouls m.

punish, punir

punishment, punition/I

pupil, eleve m. and/.

purchase, emplette/

pure, pur

purse, bourse f.

pushcart peddler, marchand ambu-
lant

put, mettre, v. irr. (277); ~ on,
mettre; ~ to bed, coucher,
mettre au lit

quarter, quart m.
queen, reine/
quickly, vite
quite, assez

railroad, chemin de fer ; ~ time-
table, indicateur des chemins de
fer

railway station, gare/

rain verb, pleuvoir, v. irr. (313,7)

rain noun, pluie/i

raise, lever, stem irr. (248)

rare, rare

rarely, rarement

ray, rayon m.

read, lire, v. irr. (282)

read past part., lu

reading, lecture/

reads, lit

ready (to), pret (a)

reason, cause/!

recall, rappeler, stem irr. (248,
Note)

receive, recevoir, v. irr. (266)

received past part., regu

recent, rdcent

recently, re'cemment

recite, reciter

red, rouge

refuse (to), refuser (de) (295, b)

regard : with ~ to, a l'egard de

regret verb, regretter

regret noun, regret m.

reign verb, regner, stem irr. (249)

reign noun, regne m. .

relic, relique/

remain, rester {per/, auxiliary
etre)

remark, remarque/i

remember, se souvenir de, v. irr.

Renaissance, Renaissance/

524

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

render, rendre

repeat, repe'ter

repent, se repentir, v. irr. (258)

repertory, repertoire m.

reply, rdpondre, repliquer

represent, representer ; I «w, etc.,

je represente, etc. (91)
republic, rdpublique/^
resolve, rdsoudre, v. irr. (313, r);

be ~d to, se re'soudre h (295, b)
respect, dgard m.\ with ~ to, a

l'egard de
responsible, responsable ; make ~>

for, rendre responsable de
rest, repos m.
restaurant, restaurant in.
result, resultat in.
return, come back, rentrer; revenir,

v. irr. (261) (perf. auxiliary

etre) ; go back, retourner ; give

back, rendre
revive, ranimer
ribbon, ruban in.
rich, riche

ride horseback, monter a cheval
right, droit ; to (at) the <*>, a droite ;

be ~, avoir raison
right-hand, de droite
rigorous, seVere
ring, a bell, sonner ; I ~, etc., je

sonne, etc. (91)
ripe, mur
ripen, murir
river, fleuve m., riviere f. (p. 96,

Note)
road, chemin m., route f.
roadway, chausse'e/
roast beef, rosbif m.

room, chambre_/i, salle/!, piece /.;

lunch 03, restaurant in.
roommate, camarade de chambre
rose, rose/!
round, rond
route, itine'raire m.
royalist, royaliste m.
rude, rude
rule, regie/
ruler, regie f.
run, courir, v. irr. (259); <*>away,

se sauver
running, courant
Russia, Russie_/i

sad, triste

sadly, tristement

said past part., dit

saint, saint in. (f. -e)

salad, salade/

sale, vente f. ; on ~, en vente ;

for ~, a vendre
salt, sel m.

same, meme (precedes noun)
satisfied with, content de
Saturday, samedi m.
save, sauver, economiser
savings, Economies f.pl.
say, dire, v. irr. (280); ~ again,

redire (280, Note)
says, dit
scarcely, ne . . . guere (168); a

peine
school, dcole/. ; at (to) ~, a l'dcole
school-teacher, maitre d'e'cole
scorn, rndpris m.
sea, merf.
seacoast, c6te/

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

525

search, fouiller ; ~ for, chercher
seashore, hord de la mer
season, saison/
seat verb, asseoir, v. irr. (272)
seat noun, place/!, siege m.
seated past part., assis; be ~,

s'asseoir
second, in series of two, second ;

in longer series, deuxieme
secret, secret (f. -ete)
security, se'curite'/
see, voir, v. irr. (269; 293); behold,

voila; ~ again, revoir; «* you

again soon, a bientot
seek, chercher

seem, sembler ; it ~s, il semble
seen, vu
Seine, Seine/
seize, saisir
select, choisir
self, -meme
sell, vendre
sells, vend
senator, se'nateur m.
send, envoyer, v. irr. (255); ~ back,

renvoyer; <*> for, envoyer cher-
cher
sentence, phrase/
separate adj., se'pare'
September, septembre m.
serious, serieux (f. -se)
servant, domestique m.
serve, servir, v. irr. (258)
served past part., servi
set: <~ out, partir, v. irr. (258)

(Perf. auxiliary etre); ~ to

work, s'y prendre
seven, sept

seventeen, dix-sept

seventy, soixante-dix

several, plusieurs

severe, severe

sew, coudre, v. irr. (313, n)

shall, see 136

shame, *honte/

share, partager, stem irr. (246)

sharp, aigu (f. aigue)

shave, faire la barbe, raser

she, elle, ce (198); ~ who, celle

qui
sheet, of paper, feuille/!
shelf, rayon m.
shine, luire, v. irr. (289)
shirt, chemise/
shoe, Soulier m. ; ~>s (footwear),

chaussures f pi.
shop verb, faire des emplettes
shore, rive/

short, court (precedes noun)
shortly, sous peu
should, see 138, 139; 265, a; 308
shout, crier
show, montrer, faire voir ; I ev>, etc.,

je montre, etc. (91)
show window, devanture/
shut, fermer
sick, malade
sickness, maladie/
side, cote m.
sidewalk, trottoir m.
sight, vue/ ; by ~, de vue
sign, signer
signature, signature/
silent : be ~, se taire (286)
silk, soie/
silver, argent m.

526

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

since ft rep., depuis ; conj., depuis

que
sing, chanter ; I ~, etc., je chante,

etc. (91)
single, seul

sir, monsieur (pi. messieurs)
sister, soeur/!
sit down, s'asseoir, v. irr. (272);

imv., asseyez-vous
situated, situd
six, six
sixteen, seize
sixty, soixante
size, grandeur f
skillfully, adroitement
skin, peau/: (pi. -x)
skirt, jupe/;
sky, ciel m. (pi. cieux)
slaughter, tuerie/
sleep verb, dormir, v. irr. (258);

go to ~, s'endormir
sleep noun, sommeil m.
sleeping room, chambre a coucher
sleepy : be ~, avoir sommeil
sleeve, manche/i
small, petit (precedes noun)
smell, sentir, v. irr. (258)
smoke, fumer ; ~ a pipe, fumer la

pipe
snow verb, neiger, stem irr. (246)
snow noun, neige/C
so, si, le (176); cv> . . . as, si . . .

que ; ~ much (many), tant (de)
sock, chaussette/i
soft, mou (mol, f molle, m. pi.

mous)
sojourn, sejour m.
soldier, soldat m.

some adj., du, de la, de 1', des;

pron., en (181); ~ little (few),

quelque(s)(3i6, c); ~ . . . others,

les un(e)s . . . les autres ; ~ day,

un jour
somebody, on (243), quelqu'un(e)
something, quelque chose
sometimes, quelquefois
son, fils ;//.
soon, bientSt, tot ; as ~ as, aussitSt

que, des que (137, 152) -
sorcerer, sorcier (f. -ere)
sou, sou m.
soup, soupe/i
south, midi m.
Spain, Espagne/:
speak, parler ; I <*>, etc., je parle,

etc. (91) ; 03 about, parler de ; so

to ~, pour ainsi dire
special, special (pi. -aux)
spell : dizzy ~? e'blouissement m.
spend, money, de'penser; time,

passer
spite : in <*> of, malgre'
spoon, cuiller/;
sport: make <~ (of), se moquer

(de)
spring, printemps m. ; in (the) <~,

au printemps
square adj., carre
square noun, of a city, place f
stable, for cattle, Stable f ; for

horses, €c\xnz f
stairs, staircase, escalier m.
stamp, timbre m. ; ~ window,

guichet m.
standing, debout
star, e'toile/

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

527

start, partir, v. irr. (258) (per/.

auxiliary etre)
started past part., parti; ~ from,

parti de
state, etat m. ; in a ~ of, en etat de
station, railway, garef
statue, statue/:
stay verb, rester (per/, auxiliary

etre)
stay noun, sejour m.
steal, voler ; ~ from, voler a
still, encore
stirred : be ~ by, s'emouvoir (313,

i, Note) de
stocking, bas m.
stop tr., arreter; intr., s'arreter
store, magasin m.
story, of a house, dtage m.
stout, gros (f. -sse ; precedes noun)
stranger, etranger (/ -ere)
strawberry, f raise/?
street, rue/ ; ~ car, tramway m. ;

<*> dress, costume de ville
strike, f rapper; of a clock, sonner
strong, fort

student, ecolier m. (f -ere)
studious, studieux (f -se)
study verb, etudier
study noun, etude f
stupid, sot (/. -tte)
sturdy, robuste
subject, sujet (/ -tte)
subjunctive, subjonctif m.
succeed (in), rdussir (a) (295, c)
such, tel (f -lie ; precedes noun)
(101); ~ a, un tel (f une telle)
suddenly, tout a coup
suffer, souffrir, v< irr. (260)

sufficient : be ~, suffire, v. irr.

sugar, sucre m.

suit verb, aller, v. irr. (246) ; con-

venir a
suit noun, costume m.
suitable : be ~, convenir, v. irr.

(261 ; 303)
summer, ete m. ; in (the) ~, en 6te
sun, soleil m.
Sunday, dimanche m.
superb, superbe
supper, souper m.
suppose, supposer
supposing that, suppose que (307)
sure, sur, vrai
surely', surement, vraiment
surprised : be ~ (at), s'etonner (de)
suspect, soupqonner
swamp, marecage m.
sweet, doux (f douce)
sweetly, doucement
swim, nager, stem irr. (246)

table, table/

tablecloth, nappe/

tailor, tailleur m.

take, prendre, v. irr. (279); aper-
so?i, amener, stem irr. (248); <>o
along, emporter ; ~ away, enle-
ver ; ~ back, reporter ; 03 from,
prendre a ; ~ oflf, 6ter ; ~ part
in, prendre part a; ~ place, avoir
lieu, se faire; ~ the trouble,
prendre (se donner) la peine ; ~
a walk, se promener

taken past part., pris

talk, parler, causer ; ~ about, parler
de ; cv> business, parler d'affaires

528

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

tall, grand

tapestry, tapisserie/i

taste, gout m.

teach (to), enseigner (a) (295, c)

teacher, of a primary school,

maitre m. (f -resse) ; of a higher

school, professeur m.
tell, dire, v. irr. (280; 295, b); a

story, raconter
ten, dix
tender, tendre
Thames, Tamise/
than, que ; followed by a numeral,

de
thank (for), remercier (de) ; ~ you,

merci
that rel. pron., qui, que, lequel

(laquelle, etc.) (199, 200); ~

which, ce qui, ce que, ce . . . quoi

(206) ; all ~, tout ce qui (que)
that dem. adj., ce, cet, cette (193);

emphatic, ce (cet, cette) ... -la

(194); dem. pron., celui, celle

(195); cela, ?a(i97); ce (198);

emphatic, celui-la (celle-la)( 1 96, c)
that conj., que
the, le, la, 1', les
theater, theatre m.
thee, obj. of verb, te, toi ; obj. of

prep., toi
their, leur (185 ; see 188); en . . .

le (la, les) (318)
theirs, le leur (1 89) ; a eux, a elles

(190)
them, dir. obj., les ; indir. obj.,

leur; obj. of prep., eux, elles
themselves refl., se ; intensive,

eux-memes, elles-memes (233)

then, alors, puis, ensuite

there, la, y (180, Note), la-bas;
ev. is (was, etc.), il y a (avait, etc)
(1 50) ; calling attention, voila !

thereupon, la-dessus

these adj., ces; emphatic, ces . . .
-ci (194); pron., ceux, celles
(195); ce(i98); emphatic, ceux-
ci (celles-ci) (196, c)

they conj. pron., ils, elles ; disj.,
eux, elles; ce(i98); indefinite,
on (243); ~ who, ceux (celles)
qui (196)

thick, <£pais (/ -sse)

thief, voleur m.

thine, le tien (/ la tienne) (1 89) ; a
toi (190)

thing, chose/

think, penser ; croire, v. irr. (288);
I ~, etc., je pense, etc. (91);
oa about (of), fix the mind on,
penser a; have an opinion of,
penser de

third, troisieme ; infractions, tiers

thirst, soiffi

thirsty : be ~, avoir soif

thirteen, treize

thirty, trente

this adj., ce, cet, cette (193); em-
phatic, ce (cet, cette) . . . -ci
(194); pron., celui, celle (195);
ceci (197); ce (198); emphatic,
celui-ci (celle-ci) (196, c)

those adj., ces ; emphatic, ces . . .
-Ia(i94);^/wz.,ceux,celles(i95);
ce (198); emphatic, ceux-la
(celles-la) (196, c)

thou conj. pron., tu ; disj., toi

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

529

though, quoique, bien que (305)

thousand, mille; in dates, mil
(220) ; a 05, mille

threat, menace/

three, trois

throat, gorge/ ; sore ~, mal a la
gorge; my ~ is sore, j'ai mal a
la gorge

through, par ; ~ which, par ou (322)

throw, jeter, stem irr. (248, Note)

thundering : be «w, f aire du tonnerre

thunderstorm, orage m.

Thursday, jeudi m.

thus, ainsi

thy, ton, ta, tes {see 1 88)

thyself refl., te; intensive, toi-
meme (233)

ticket, billet m. ; ~ window, gui-
chet m.

time, temps m., occasion/I, fois/ ;
have a good ~, s'amuser ; in «v>,
a temps; on ~, a l'heure, a
temps; a long ~, longtemps;
what ~ is it ? quelle heure est-
il ? three ~s a day, trois fois par
jour ; two cxjs two, deux fois deux

time-table, railway, indicateur des
chemins de fer

tip, pourboire m.

tired, fatigue

to, a ; as sign ofindir. obj., see 1 72,
173; with names of countries,
en, a ; in order to, pour, arm de
(309) ; ~ the, au, a la, a 1', aux ;
<v> it (them), y (1 82) ; ev the house
of, chez

today, aujourd'hui; m is Monday,
c'est aujourd'hui (le) lundi

together, ensemble

told past part., dit

tomato, tomate/i

tomb, tombeau m. (pi. -x)

tomorrow, demain; ~ morning,
demain matin

tongue, langue/!

too, trop ; also, aussi ; ~ much
(many), trop (de) (113)

took, prit, prirent (279)

tooth, dent/

toothbrush, brosse aux dents

top, haut m.

tower, tour/

town, ville/ ; in (to) ~, en ville

toy, joujou m. (pi. -x)

trace out, tracer, stem irr. (245)

tragedy, trage"die/

tramcar, tramway m.

translate, traduire, v. irr. (289)

travel verb, voyager, stem irr.
(246)

travel noun, voyage m.

traveler, voyageur m. (f. -se)

treacherous, traitre (f. -resse)

treasure, tresor m.

tree, arbre m.

tribe, peuple m.

trim (with), garnir (de)

troop, troupe/

trouble, peine /, des ennuis m.
pi. ; take the ~ (to), prendre (se
donner) la peine (de) ; be worth
the ~, en valoir la peine

trousers, pantalon m.

true, accurate, vrai ; loyal, fidele

trunk, malle/

truth, ve'ritd/

53Q

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

try (to), essayer (de), stem some-
times irr. (247 ; 295, b)

Tuesday, mardi m.

Turkish, turc (f turque)

turn, tour m.

twelve, douze ; o'clock, {noon) midi
m., {night) minuit m.

twenty, vingt

twenty-first, vingt et unieme

twenty-one, vingt et un

twice, deux fois

twin, jumeau (/. -elle ; m.pl. -x)

two, deux

ugly, vilain (precedes noun)

umbrella, parapluie m.

uncle, oncle m.

under, sous

undergo, subir

understand, comprendre, v. irr.

United States, fitats-Unis m. pi.

unless, a moins que (307)

until con/., jusqu'a ce que (307);

prep., jusqu'a (309, Note)
up, out of bed, leve, sur pied
upside down, a l'envers
upstairs, en haut
us, nous
use, employer, stem irr. (247);

se servir de
used to, see 130
useful, utile
useless, inutile
usually, d'ordinaire

vacation, vacances f pi. ; have a

~, etre en vacances
valise, valise/

value correctly, apprdcier
vase, vase m.
veal, veau m.
vegetable, legume m.
verb, verbe m.
very, tres ; ~ much, fort
vest, gilet m.
vice, vice m.
victory, victoire/
Vienna, Vienne/i
view, vuef
village, village m.
violence, violence^
virtue, vertu/
visit verb, visiter
visit nou?i, visite/
visitor, visiteur m. (f -se)
voice, voix f. ; in a low ~, k voix
basse

wait, attendre; 0= for, attendre;
~ until, attendre que (307)

waiter, garcon m.

waiting-room, salle d'attente

waken, se reveiller

walk, marcher; se promener, stem
irr. (248); go for a ~, se pro-
mener (a. pied); take a ~, se
promener

wall, mur m.

walnut tree, noyer m.

wander about, vagabonder

want, vouloir, v. irr. (271 ; 295, a)

war, guerre/!

warm, chaud; be <~>, of a person,
avoir chaud; of the iveathe?',
faire chaud

warn, avertir

ENGLISH-FRENCH VOCABULARY

531

was, e"tais, etc. ; ai ete, etc. ; as
active auxiliary, see 1 30

wash, laver

watch, montre/

water, eau/ {pi. -x)

way, chemin m., route/.; on the
~, en route, chemin faisant;
this (that) ~, par ici (la)

we, nous ; indefinite, on (243)

wealth, richesses/i//.

wear, porter

weather, temps m. ; be fine ~,
faire beau temps

Wednesday, mercredi m.

week, semaine f., huit jours ; last
~, la semaine derniere, la se-
maine passee ; a ~ from today,
d'aujourd'hui en huit

weep, pleurer

well adj. : be ~, aller, v. irn ; se
porter

well adv., bien ; intj., eh bien !

well-bred, bien eleve

were, e'tions, etc. ; avons ete, etc. ;
as active auxiliary, see 130

west, ouest m. ; in the ~, a l'ouest

what rel. pron., ce qui, ce que, ce
. . . quoi (206) ; int. pron., que,
quoi, qu'est-ce qui, qu'est-ce que
(21 1, 323); int. adj., quel (f. -lie)
(2 1 o) ; intj., comment ! ~ a, quel
(f. -lie) (2 10, Note 2); ~ is that?
qu'est-ce quec'est que cela? (323)

whatever pron., quoi que (307, d);
adj., quel que (307, d)

wheat, ble m.

When, quand (137, 152), lorsque,
ou ; int., quand

whence, d'ou (322); from ~, d'ou

where, ou ; from ~, d'ou (322)

whether, si (139, Note 3), que
(304, Note 3)

which rel. pron., qui, que (199);
lequel (laquelle, etc.) (200); int.
pron., lequel (laquelle, etc)
(212, b); int. adj., quel {/. -lie)
(2 1 2, a) ; of (from, with) ~, dont
(203) ; duquel (de laquelle, etc.)
(200, Note 2) ; to (at, in)~, auquel
(a laquelle, £/<:.) (200, Note 2); ou
(205) ; through ~, par ou (322) ;
that of ~, ce de quoi, ce dont,
ce h. quoi (206)

while, time, pendant que; con-
cession, tandis que ; with pres.
part., en, tout en (162, 298)

white, blanc (f. blanche)

who rel., qui (199); int., qui (208);
qui est-ce qui, qui est-ce que

(323)

whoever, qui que (307)

whole : the ~, tout le (101)

wholesale, en gros •

whom rel., que, qui (199); int., qui
(208); qui est-ce que (323); of
(from, with) ~, dont (203); de
qui; duquel (de laquelle, etc.)
(200, Note 2)

whose rel., dont, de qui, duquel
(de laquelle, etc) (203 ; 200,
Note 2); int., (possession) a qui,
(relationship) de qui (209)

why, pourquoi; intj., comment!
mais !

wicket, window, guichet m.

wide, large

532

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

width, largeur/

wife, femmej^

will, see 136

William, Guillaume

willing : be ~, vouloir bien, v. irr.

(271); are you «*, voulez-vous

(271, Note 3)
wind, vent m.
window, fenetre/
windy : be oa, f aire du vent
wine, yin m.
wineglass, verre a vin
wing, ailef
winter, hiver m. ; in (the) ~, en

hiver
wish, vouloir, v. irr. (271 ; 295, a;

304)

with, avec ; ~ it (them), en

without {&)prep., sans (298); con/.,
sans que (307) ; do ~, se passer
de ; ~ saying, sans dire

woman, femme/

wood, bois m.

wooden, de bois

wool, laine/

word, in speech, parole f. ; gram-
matical linit, mot m.

work verb, travailler; I ~, etc., je
travaille, etc. (91)

work noun, travail m: {pi. -aux);
(of art) ceuvre/;

world, monde m.

worse adj., pire {precedes noun) ;
adv. pis

worship, adorer

worst (the) adj., le pire {precedes
noun) ; adv. le pis

worth: be ~, valoir, v. irr. (270);

be ~ the trouble, en valoir la

peine
would, see 130, 138, 139
wrap up, envelopper
wreath, couronne/]
write, e'cris, etc. (p. 49); ecrire,

v. irr. (281)
writes, ecrit
wrong, tort ; be ~, avoir tort

yard, coury:

year, as a date, an m.\ as a

whole, anne'e_/\
yellow, jaune
yes, oui ; si (330); ~ indeed, mais

oui
yesterday, hier; ~ evening, hier

soir; day before ~, avant-hier
yet, encore

yield, cdder, stem irr. (249)
yonder, la-bas
you, vous; familiar, tu, toi (142);

indefnite, on (243)
young, jeune {precedes noun)
younger, cadet (/ -tte)
your, votre, vos (185, 188);

familiar, ton, ta, tes (142, 185,

188)
yours, le v6tre (189); a vous ( r 90) ;

familiar, le tien {f la tienne)

(189); a toi (190)
yourself refl., vous; fa?niliar, te;

intensive, vous-meme (1 79); fa-
miliar, toi-meme
yourselves refl.% vous; intetisive,

vous-memes (179)

GENERAL INDEX

References are to pages

a, contractions with, 29, 193

distinguished from dans, en,
169, 392

in compound nouns, 392

with geographical names, 95

with units of measure, 259
a moins que, 368
a qui, 244

abstract nouns, article with, 94
accents, 3
acquerir, 380, 440
address, titles of, 49
adjectives, agreement of, 60

comparison of, 77

demonstrative, 221

feminine of, 60, 71, 378

interrogative, 244-246

plural of, 60

position of, 64, 388

possessive, 29, 212

used as nouns, 65
adverbs, comparison of, 83

formation of, 82, 430

of quantity, 83

position of, 82, 390
affiches, 252

afin de, with infinitive, 370
afin que, subjunctive after, 368
age, expression of, 265
ag6 and vieux, 79, 265
agreement, of adjectives, 60

of participles, 168, 434

of possessives, 213

of verbs, 33, 224

aller, conjugation of, 303, 440

idioms with, 303
alphabet, 2
anterior, past, 156
apostrophe, 3
apposition, omission of article in,

383

articles, for possessives, 212
forms of, 25, 26
repetition of, 26
special uses of, 94
with names of languages, 137
with names of relatives, 383
with names of seasons, 185
with titles of sovereigns, 265

aspirate h, 18

assaillir, 380, 440

asseoir, 323, 444

aussi . . . que, 78

aussitot que, 125, 156

auxiliaries, perfect tenses, 155, 163,

434
with reflexive verbs, 273

avant que, subjunctive after, 368

avoir, as auxiliary, 155

conjugation of, 149, 435
idiomatic uses of, 150, 260
with parts of the body, 2 1 3

battre, 381, 448

bien, used with de, 383

boire, 334, 448

bon, comparison of, 78

bouillir, 380, 440

533

534

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

ca, 223

campagne and pays, 66

capitals, use of, 2
cardinal numbers, 253

in dates, 264

in titles, 265
ce, use of, 222, 223
ce dont, 238
ce que, 238
ce qui, 238
ce quoi, 238
ceci, 223
cedilla, 3
cela, 223
celui, 222
celui-ci, 223
celui-la, 223
cent, 254
ci, 222

classroom phrases, 422
combien, as adverb of quantity, 83

in interrogative sentences, 179
comparatives, followed by ne, 363
comparison, of adjectives, yy

of adverbs, 83
compound nouns, formation of, 392

gender of, 428

plural of, 429
compound tenses, 155, 163, 434,

435
compound verbs, 302
concession, clauses of, 368
conclure, 381, 448
conditional, conjugation of, 129

formation of, 129, 301

uses of, 129
conditions, expression of, 130, 157
conduire, 335, 448
conjugation, of irregular verbs, 300-
341, 440-455

of regular verbs, 102-141, 432,

433

conjunctions, compared with prep-
ositions, 370

conjunctive pronouns, 192

connaitre, 328, 448

consonantal vowels, 13

consonants, sounds of, 17-22

contractions with the article, 29

conversational phrases, 424

coudre, 381, 448

countries, prepositions with names
of, 95

courir, 308, 440

couvrir, 309, 443

craindre, 328, 450

croire, 335, 450

croitre, 381, 450

cueillir, 380, 440

dans, distinguished from a, en, 169,

392

dates, expression of, 263, 264

days of the week, 264

de, contractions with, 29, 193
in compound nouns, 392
to express in, j8
to express material, 214
with adverbs of quantity, 83
with geographical names, 95
with nouns of measure, 90, 260
with passive voice, 282

de qui, 237, 244

definite article, contractions of, 29
forms of, 25
inclusive use of, 94
partitive use of, 89
possessive use of, 212
uses of, 94, 95

demander, construction with, 200

demi, 259

demonstrative adjectives, 221

demonstrative pronouns, 222

dependent infinitives, 348

GENERAL INDEX

535

depuis, 157

des que, with past anterior, 1 56
descriptive past, see imperfect
devoir, 316, 444
diaeresis, 3
digraphs, 1 1
dire, 329, 450

disjunctive pronouns, 199, 384
dont, 237
dormir, 308, 440

doubting, clauses following verbs
of, 362

e mute, 9
6crire, 329, 450
elision, 23

empecher, use of ne after, 363
en, preposition, distinguished from
a. dans, 392
preposition, to express mate-
rial, 214, 393
preposition, with dates, 263
preposition, with names of

countries, 95
preposition, with present parti-
ciple, 168
preposition, with seasons, 185
pronoun, position of, 206
pronoun, possessive use of, 384
pronoun, use of, 204
endings of verbs, 431
entendre, construction following,

341 •

envoyer, 303, 440

est-ce que, 177

etre, as auxiliary, 163, 434
conjugation of, 163, 435
to express ownership, 213, 244

faillir, 381, 442
faire, conjugation of, 339, 450
idiomatic uses of, 339, 341

falloir, conjugation of, 323, 446

uses of, 323
fearing, construction following

verbs of, 361, 363
feminine, of adjectives, 60, 71, 378

of nouns, 61, 428
final consonants, linking of, 22

pronunciation of, 17
first conjugation, 103, 108, 433

irregularities of, 294, 438
fleuve and riviere, 96
fractions, 259
fuir, 381, 442
future, conjugation of, 124

formation of, 124, 301

uses of, 125

gender of nouns, 25, 428
geographical names, 95

h, aspirate, 18

hair, 381, 442

heure, 264

huit, no elision before, 254

hyphen, 3

ilya, 151, 157

imperative, conjugation of, 135

formation of, 135, 301

translation of, 135

use of singular and plural,
136
imperfect, conjugation of, 109

formation of, 109, 301

use of, no, 116
imperfect subjunctive, conjugation
of, 141

formation of, 141, 301
impersonal verbs, construction
after, 356

definition of, 323
inclusive article, 94

536

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

indefinite article, forms of, 26

omission of, 95
indicative, use of, contrasted with

subjunctive, 355
indirect object, 192

after special verbs, 195, 200
infinitive, after prepositions, 350

as noun, 350

denoting purpose, 349

dependent, 348

distinguished from subjunctive,

369

endings of, 102

for finite verb, 350

negativing an, 350

with a, 349

with de, 349

without preposition, 348
intensive pronouns, 200
interrogation, 44, 177
interrogative adjectives, 244-246
interrogative pronouns, 244-246, 385
interrogatives, order with, 178
intransitive verbs, perfect of, 164,

434
inversion of verb and subject, 390
irregular verbs, conjugation of, 303-

341, 440-455
it and they, 34, 192, 199, 223

Latin and French, 1
le, definite article, 25

to avoid repetition, 194
lequel, interrogative, 245

relative, 229, 230, 385
letters, names of, 2
liaison, 22
lire, 329, 452
l'on, 287
luire, 335, 452

map of France, 257

Marseillaise, 425

material, nouns of, 90, 214, 393

maudire, 381, 452

measure, expressions of, 90, 259

mentir, 308

menu, 209

mettre, 328, 452

mil, 263

mille, 254

milliard, 254

million, 254

models of correspondence, 394

months, names of, 264

moudre, 381, 452

mourir, 309, 442

mouvoir, 381, 446*

mute e, 9

jeux lV esprit, 218
joindre, 328, 450

jusqu'a ce que, subjunctive after,
368

1, liquid, 19

V, in elision, 25

la, 204, 223

laisser, construction following, 340,

34i
languages, names of, construction
with, 137

naitre, 263, 328

narrative past, see past definite

nasal sounds, 14

ne, after comparatives, 363

in negative expressions, 183

omission of, 184

pleonastic, 362
ne . . . que, 183, 184
necessity, expression of, 324
negation, 39, 183
negatives, 183
n'est-ce pas, 179

GENERAL INDEX

537

neuf and nouveau, 72

ni, 184

nouns, as adjectives, 49
feminine of, 61, 429
gender of, 25, 428
plural of, 26, 55, 378, 429
position of, when subject, 178,

nuire, 335, 453
numerals, cardinals, 253
ordinals, 258

object pronouns, position of, 193

offrir, 309, 442

on, uses of, 287

onze, no elision before, 254

order of elements in sentence, 206

ordinal numbers, 258

orthographic marks, 3

irregularities in first conjuga-
tion, 294, 438
Oil, in interrogative sentences, 178

used as a relative, 237, 385
ouvrir, 309, 442
ownership, expression of, 213, 244

par, in expressing units of time, 259
with faire and infinitive, 340
with passive voice, 282

paraitre, 328, 449

participle, agreement of, 168
past, endings of, 108
present, after en, 168
present, endings of, 108

partir, 308, 442

partitive construction, 89, 150, 20 ',

383
pas, omission of, 318, 391
passive voice, agent after, 282
agreement in, 280
conjugation of, 280, 437
on used for, 287

reflexive used for, 286

.tense usage in, 281

use of, 286
past anterior, 156
past definite, conjugation of, 115

formation of, 115, 301

uses of, 116
past indefinite, 116, 117'
payer, construction with, 195
peindre, 328, 452
pendant, 157
penser with a or de, 205
perfect tenses, 436

formation of, 155, 163

uses of, 156
personal pronouns, 192-200
personne, 183, 184, 390
petit, comparison of, 78
phonetic alphabet, 6
phonetic material, 415
phonetic transcription of models, 418
plaire, 334, 452
pleuvoir, 381, 446
plupart, 383
pluperfect, 156
plural, of adjectives, 60

of nouns, 26, 55, 378, 429
position, of adjectives, 64, 388

of adverbs, 82, 390

of conjunctive personal pro-
nouns, 193, 206

of en and y, 206

of negatives, 184

of reflexive pronouns, 273
possession, expression of, 29, 213
possessive adjectives, agreement
of, 29, 213

article used for, 212

list of, 212

use of, 211, 385
possessive pronouns, 213
pour, with infinitive, 104

538

ELEMENTARY FRENCH

pour que, subjunctive after, 368

pourvoir, 381, 446

pouvoir, 317, 446

premier, subjunctive after, 363

prendre, 329, 454

prepositions, before infinitives, 370

compared with conjunctions, 370

with geographical names, 95
present indicative, conjugation of,
102, 103

formation of, 102, 108, 300

uses of, 48, 103
present subjunctive, conjugation of,
140

formation of, 140, 301
preterit, see past definite
price, expression of, 259
principal parts of verbs, 107, 108,

142, 300
pronouns, demonstrative, 221-224

intensive, 200

interrogative, 244-246, 385

personal, 192-200

possessive, 211, 213

reflexive, 273

relative, 229-238
pronunciation of French, 5
punctuation, 24
purpose, clauses of, 368

quand,ininterrogativesentences,\i78

with future, 125, 157

with past anterior, 1 56
quantity of vowels, 16
que, for other conjunctions, 391

interrogative pronoun, 244, 385

meaning than, 78

relative pronoun, 229, 238

with subjunctive, 355
qu'est-ce qui, 245, 385
quel, 244
quelque, 384

questions, method of asking, 177-179
qui, interrogative pronoun, 244, 385

relative pronoun, 229, 238
qui est-ce qui, 385
quoi, interrogative pronoun, 245

relative pronoun, 238

recevoir, 317, 446
reciprocal use of reflexives, 387
reflexive pronouns, agreement of, 275
distinguished from intensives,

275

list of, 273

position of, 273

used as reciprocals, 387
reflexive verbs, conjugation of, 274

idiomatic use, 276

used for passive, 286
regular verbs, 102-141, 432
relative pronouns, 229-238
repentir, 308, 442
rSsoudre, 381, 454
rien, 183, 390
rire, 381, 454

savoir, 318, 446

se, 273

sentir, 308, 442

sequence of tenses, 355

servir, 308, 444

seul, subjunctive after, 363

si, 130, 369, 392

si . . . que, 78

size, expression of, 260

soi, 386

sortir, 308, 444

souffrir, 309, 443

sounds, of consonants, 17-22

of vowels, 8-1 5
sovereigns, titles of, 265
stem of verb, 102
stress, 22

GENERAL INDEX

539

subjunctive, after impersonal verbs,

356
after superlatives, 363
after verbs of doubting, etc., 363
after verbs of emotion, 361
after verbs of thinking, etc., 362
after verbs of wishing, etc., 362
in adjective clauses, 363
in adverbial clauses, 368
in concessive clauses, 368
in conditional clauses, 369
in indefinite relative clauses, 368
in object clauses, 361
in principal clauses, 355
in purpose clauses, 368
in relative clauses, 363
in subject clauses, 356
in time clauses, 368
imperfect, conjugation of, 141
present, conjugation of, 140
tenses of, 140, 355
use of, compared with indica-
tive, 355
use of, compared with infini-
tive, 369
use of ne with, 362, 363

suffire, 381, 454

suivre 334, 454

syllables, 4

synopsis, 141, 155, 164

taire, 334, 454

tel, 65

tenir, 309, 444

tenses, in subordinate clauses, 125,

13O' *57

of the subjunctive, 355
time, clauses of, 368

of day, expression of, 264
titles, of address, 49

of sovereigns, 265
tout, 65, 391

tressaillir, 380, 441

trigraphs, 11

tu, contrasted with vous, 135

un, article, 26

numeral, 253
unit of time, expression of, 259

vaincre, 381, 454

valoir, 322, 446

venir, conjugation of, 309, 444

idiomatic uses of, 309
verbs, agreement of, 33

conjugation of, 102-141, 301-
341, 432-455

endings of, 43 t

formation of, 300-302

impersonal, 323

irregular, 303-341

prepositions that follow, 349

principal parts of, 107, 108

pronominal, see reflexive

reflexive, 273

regular, 1 02-1 41
vetir, 381, 444
vingt, 254
vivre, 334, 454
voici, 151, 193
voila, 151, 193
voir, 318, 448

construction following, 340
vouloir, 195, 322, 448
VOUS, contrasted with tu, 135
vowels, sounds of, 8-15

weather, expression of, 341
wishing, subjunctive after clauses
of, 362
subjunctive in clauses of, 355

y, position of, 206
use of, 204

RETURN TO the circulation desk of any
University of California Library
or to the
NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
Bldg. 400, Richmond Field Station
University of California
Richmond, CA 94804-4698

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

• 2-month loans may be renewed by calling
(510)642-6753

• 1-year loans may be recharged by bringing
books to NRLF

• Renewals and recharges may be made 4
days prior to due date.

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

SEP 2 8 218

AUG 2 5 2003

12,000(11/95)

YB 36340

889455

THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Elementary French; the essentials of French grammar"

See other formats